TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2021
Registration No. 333-251963
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
6162
47-1776572
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Telephone: (888) 616-6866
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Mark E. Elbaum
Chief Financial Officer
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Telephone: (888) 616-6866
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With copies to:
Joseph H. Kaufman, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 455-2000
Michael Kaplan, Esq.
Shane Tintle, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 450-4000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
 
 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Amount
to be
Registered(1)
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee(3)
Common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share
14,375,000
$21.00
$301,875,000
$32,935
(1)
Includes 1,875,000 additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
$10,910 of such fee was previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated January 22, 2021
Preliminary Prospectus
12,500,000 Shares

Home Point Capital Inc.
Common Stock
This is our initial public offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 12,500,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. No public market currently exists for our common stock.
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $19.00 and $21.00 per share of common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “HMPT.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, rules and have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
Following the completion of this offering, investment entities directly or indirectly managed by Stone Point Capital, which we refer to as the Trident Stockholders, will beneficially own approximately 88.4% of the voting power of our common stock (or 87.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As long as the Trident Stockholders continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, they will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, any amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the approval of any merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Accordingly, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ. See “Management—Controlled Company” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 32 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Per Share
Total
Price to the public
$  
$  
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$
$
Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses)
$
$
(1)
See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding underwriter compensation.
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about    , 2021.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Wells Fargo Securities
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
Credit Suisse
J.P. Morgan
BofA Securities
Co-Managers
JMP Securities
Piper Sandler
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
SPC Capital Markets LLC
Wedbush Securities
Zelman Partners LLC
The date of this prospectus is    , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
ii
iii
iii
iii
1
32
71
73
74
75
76
77
82
84
111
139
145
153
155
157
164
166
169
175
175
175
F-1
None of us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. None of us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters take responsibility for, or can provide assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give to you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date hereof, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares of common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside the United States: the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. None of us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOSSARY
As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:
“An Agency” or “Agencies” refers to Ginnie Mae, the FHA, the VA, the USDA and/or GSEs.
“CFPB” refers to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.
“Fannie Mae” refers to the Federal National Mortgage Association.
“FHA” refers to the Federal Housing Administration.
“Freddie Mac” refers to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
“Ginnie Mae” refers to the Government National Mortgage Association.
“GSE” refers to Government-Sponsored Enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
“Holdings” refers to Home Point Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership, the direct parent of Home Point Capital Inc.
“HUD” refers to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
“MBS” refers to mortgage-backed securities—a type of asset-backed security that is secured by a group of mortgage loans.
“MSRs” refers to mortgage servicing rights—the right and obligation to service a loan or pool of loans and to receive a servicing fee as well as certain ancillary income. MSRs may be bought and sold, resulting in the transfer of loan servicing obligations. MSRs are designated as such when the benefits of servicing the loans are expected to adequately compensate the servicer for performing the servicing.
“Sponsor” or “Stone Point Capital” refers to Stone Point Capital LLC.
“Trident Stockholders” refers, collectively, to one or more investment entities directly or indirectly managed by Stone Point Capital, including Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.
“USDA” means the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
“VA” means the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
The data included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding the markets and industry in which we operate, including the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, are based on reports of government agencies, published industry sources and estimates based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Data regarding the industries in which we compete and our market position and market share within these industries are inherently imprecise and are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties beyond our control, but we believe that they generally indicate size, position and market share within these industries. Our own estimates have been based on information obtained from our trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.
We believe these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for the estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. Third-party industry and general publications, research, surveys and studies generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, none of us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters have independently verified any of the data from third-party sources. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included elsewhere in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Except as otherwise specified, such data is derived from Inside Mortgage Finance as of or for the period ended September 30, 2020. We believe that presentation of business metrics that are measured over the same length of time are meaningful in properly assessing the growth rates in such metrics. Because the full year 2020 results are not yet available, we have included data covering the latest twelve months as a point of comparison against the full years 2018 and 2019. Business metrics and data for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year 2020.
TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND COPYRIGHTS
We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Our name, logo and registered domain names are our proprietary service marks or trademarks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark by any other company appearing in this prospectus, to our knowledge, belongs to its holder. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ®, TM and ©, symbols, respectively, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Except as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, the consolidated historical financial statements and summary and selected historical consolidated financial data and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Home Point Capital Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, and have been prepared in U.S. dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, except for the presentation of Adjusted net income (loss), Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted revenue, each a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions of, and more information about, these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” This historical financial information does not give effect to this offering.
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the matters discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, we make certain forward-looking statements, including expectations relating to our future performance. These expectations reflect our management’s view of our prospects and are subject to the risks described under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our expectations of our future performance may change after the date of this prospectus and there is no guarantee that such expectations will prove to be accurate. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise indicates, any reference to “Home Point,” “our Company,” “the Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refers, to Home Point Capital Inc., the issuer of the shares of common stock being offered hereby, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
Company Overview
We are a leading residential mortgage originator and servicer driven by a mission to create financially healthy, happy homeowners. We do this by delivering scale, efficiency and savings to our partners and customers. Our business model is focused on leveraging a nationwide network of partner relationships to drive sustainable origination growth. We support our origination operations through a robust operational infrastructure and a highly responsive customer experience. We then manage the customer experience through our in-house servicing operations and our proprietary customer servicing portal, which we refer to as our Home Ownership Platform. We believe that the complementary relationship between our origination and servicing businesses allows us to provide a best-in-class experience to our customers throughout their homeownership lifecycle.
Our primary focus is our Wholesale channel, which is a business-to-business-to-customer distribution model in which we utilize our relationships with independent mortgage brokerages, which we refer to as our Broker Partners, to reach our end-borrower customers. In this channel, while our Broker Partners establish and maintain the relationship with the end-borrower, we as the lender underwrite the loan in-house and act as the original lender. This differentiates our Wholesale channel from our other two channels of mortgage origination: in our Direct channel, we as the lender engage with the end-borrower customers directly to originate mortgages, and in our Correspondent channel, we as the lender engage with original lenders, which we refer to as our Correspondent Partners, to purchase loans already issued to end-borrower customers.
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, we are the third largest wholesale lender by origination volume in 2020 through September 30. Through our Wholesale channel, we propel the success of our nearly 5,000 Broker Partners through a combination of full service, localized sales coverage and an efficient loan fulfillment process supported by our fully integrated technology platform. We differentiate ourselves from our peers focused on the wholesale channel by following a partnership approach towards our Broker Partners, where we seek to mitigate any conflict of interest by allowing the Broker Partners to maintain their customer relationships while we support them with our best-in-class technology platform.
While we initiate our customer relationships at the time the mortgage is originated, we maintain ongoing connectivity with our more than 300,000 customers through our servicing platform, with the ultimate objective of securing them as a Customer for Life. Our retention strategy and partnership model has differentiated us from our competitors and is a key driver of our continued growth in the wholesale channel.
Our growth is bolstered by a rising tide from the overall wholesale channel, which has garnered an increased share of the overall U.S. residential mortgage market every year since 2016. We benefit from these trends, as well as from our distinct wholesale strategy, which together enable highly scalable production volumes, a strong mix of purchase transactions and favorable unit economics, driven by lower fixed costs.
Our Wholesale strategy further propels our growth, with total loan originations of $46.3 billion through our Broker Partner network in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. This represents an annualized growth rate of 133% since 2018. Our total loan originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $38.0 billion.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our at-scale, in-house servicing approach is a key differentiator to our Wholesale strategy. We also operate in the Correspondent channel, to source customers efficiently, and in the Direct channel, to provide lending to customers which we service.
By executing on this strategy, we have developed from a de novo platform into an industry leader with a market-leading growth profile. As of September 30, 2020, we are the third largest wholesale lender with the fastest growth of the top five wholesale originators, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Overall, Home Point is the 10th largest non-bank originator in the United States, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, having originated $46.3 billion in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Total Funded Volume & Market Share


(1)
Total origination volume excludes origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2)
Origination volume figures used to calculate market share include $1.0 billion of Distributed Retail originations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We believe that the most efficient loan origination process results from scaled originators, such as Home Point, providing support to Broker Partners through a trusted and predictable origination infrastructure. Our scale allows us to provide our Broker Partners an efficient and personalized financing experience for their customers. With the combination of localized, in-market coverage and a customer service centric approach to managing the customer relationship in our servicing platform, we have developed into an industry leading mortgage originator.
We have grown our Broker Partner network from 1,623 as of December 31, 2018 to nearly 5,000 as of September 30, 2020, which represents an annualized growth rate of 88%. As of September 30, 2020, we held a 6.4% market share in the wholesale channel according to Inside Mortgage Finance, which represents an approximately 4x increase from our market share of 1.6% in 2017. We expect to continue to grow our presence in the wholesale channel by expanding our Broker Partner network, as well as increasing the wallet share we have with our partners.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Home Point Wholesale Market Share as % of Total Wholesale Market


Broker Partners represent wholesale and non-delegated correspondent accounts that Home Point is authorized to conduct business with at a given point in time (whether or not we have recently originated mortgages through such broker).
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The rate of growth in our Wholesale channel also demonstrates its scalability. We believe that our extensive network of in-market Broker Partners, a durable yet flexible operating infrastructure and a highly leverageable cost structure allow us to quickly flex origination capacity through different origination environments, while maximizing profitability.
Our Correspondent channel provides significant scale to our originations and acts as a low-cost source of acquiring customer relationships. Correspondent originations are accessed through a network of nearly 600 Correspondent Partners. These small- and medium-scale originators can underwrite, process and fund loans, but typically do not desire to retain the servicing due to the capital requirements and scale that is needed to profitably service loans. Our scale in servicing, and expertise in managing, mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs, allows us to cost-effectively aggregate servicing from our Correspondent Partners. As a result, this channel provides an opportunity for flexible, low-cost customer acquisition that can be scaled quickly as our internal capacity and/or market conditions allow. As of September 30, 2020, we are the seventh largest non-bank correspondent originator, according to Inside Mortgage Finance.
Correspondent Channel Originations and Number of Partners


*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We view our servicing platform as a key component to our strategy of providing a highly responsive customer experience. Retaining the servicing on our originations and managing a servicing platform in-house gives us the opportunity to establish a deeper relationship with our customers. This relationship is enhanced through our proprietary customer servicing portal, the Home Ownership Platform, which is our primary point of contact with our customers and is designed to house all interactions post-closing. These interactions can include servicing monthly loan payments, applying for a refinance or shopping for third-party homeowners’ insurance. This curated experience improves customer satisfaction and supports lasting customer relationships, which we believe allows us to better understand our customers’ future financing needs and extend the life of the relationship.
Number of Home Ownership Platform Unique Users in 2020

Our Home Ownership Platform differentiates us from our competitors in that it personalizes the experience for borrowers through the use of customized dashboards, such as allowing us to deliver critical information about borrowers’ accounts, including payment deadlines, forbearance status and escrow distributions and customized offerings, which allow us to connect borrowers to other third-party financial products such as insurance policies and home equity loans. We have continued to focus on using technology, data and analytics to enhance the home buying and homeownership experience for both our partners and our customers.
We have built a flexible technology infrastructure that is highly componentized, which we believe allows us to leverage nimble internal development teams and market leading third-party systems to provide a best-in-class experience for our partners and customers. We believe that our ability to rapidly reconfigure individual solutions using technology in areas such as underwriting, pricing and disclosure preparation reduces the complexity and improves the efficiency of the origination process.
These efforts have resulted in rapid growth in our originations and profitability. As we continue to grow, we believe the scalability of our partner-driven business model will produce significant operating leverage and increased profitability. We have grown our total net revenue from $164.3 million to $922.3 million and our total net income (loss) from $(24.2) million to $422.6 million, in each case, from 2018 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have also grown our non-GAAP core operating metrics for the same periods, with our Adjusted revenue growing from $154.1 million to $1,034.7 million and our Adjusted net income (loss) growing from $(32.0) million to $494.6 million. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their closest GAAP financial measures, please see note (1) in “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Also see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information.
Our Business
Our business model is focused on growing originations by leveraging a network of partner relationships that we support through reliable loan origination infrastructure and a highly responsive customer experience. Our operations are organized into two separate reportable segments: Origination and Servicing.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Origination
We originate mortgages in three distinct channels – our Wholesale channel, our Correspondent channel and our Direct channel. We choose to operate in these channels because we believe that together they:
provide us efficient access to both purchase and refinance transactions throughout market cycles;
benefit from the premise that in-market advisors will continue to be a cornerstone of the mortgage origination process;
are highly scalable and flexible; and
provide an optimized experience for our customers.
Funded Volume by Channel & Number of Third-Party Partners


(1)
Total origination volume excludes origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2)
Third Party Partners includes both Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
In each of these channels, our primary source of revenue consists of (i) gains on loans, which is the difference between the cost of originating or purchasing the mortgage loans and the price at which we sell such loans to investors, primarily the GSEs, and (ii) gains on fair value of MSRs.
Wholesale Channel
We originate residential mortgages in our Wholesale channel through a nationwide network of nearly 5,000 mortgage brokerages. We are strategically focused on this channel given that the underlying cost structure is more efficient than that of Distributed retail, where the costs and overhead associated with originating loans are the responsibility of the lender. As a result, we are able to operate with a lower fixed cost than many of our competitors. This highly leverageable cost structure allows for improved financial flexibility in varying interest rate environments.
Our Broker Partners have local and personal relationships with their customers and therefore can provide tailored and thoughtful advice. However, they do not have the underwriting, funding, distributing or servicing capabilities for these loans. We provide these resources, which allow them to operate with scale and compete against larger market participants. This can be seen through the rapid growth of our originations in this channel, which increased from $5 billion in 2018 to $28 billion in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, representing an annualized growth rate of 173%. Our originations in this channel for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $23.8 billion. This enables our Broker Partners to be nimble and run their business in an entrepreneurial fashion. Our Broker Partners are focused on providing the best possible experience, service, and price to their customers, while we concentrate on maximizing the efficiency of the origination platform leveraged by our partners. While our Broker Partners are responsible for originating the loan, we, as the lender, are responsible for making the loan.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wholesale Channel Originations


*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We use an in-market, highly experienced sales team to acquire and build Broker Partner relationships throughout the country. Because our active Broker Partners increase their origination productivity as they become trained on our platform, we employ two additional strategies to drive growth. First, we aim to increase the rate at which we approve and activate new Broker Partners on our platform and second, we aim to increase the percentage of originations we capture with our existing Broker Partners (our “wallet share”). Of the new Broker Partners we added in 2018, 32% were active during 2018 whereas 54% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and of the Broker Partners we added in 2019, 41% were active during 2019 whereas 55% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Of the Broker Partners we added in 2020, 38% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2018 increased from 11.5% in 2018 to 23.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and the wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2019 increased from 13.6% in 2019 to 26.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2020 was 25.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
   Activation Rate by Broker Partner Cohort
Wallet Share Growth by Broker Partner
Cohort Following Initial Onboarding


We have been able to achieve a competitive advantage in our sales cost structure through scale as our sales associates are highly productive, averaging $36.3 million in monthly loan volume generation in 2020 to date for each associate with a tenure greater than six months. In addition, our distributed and flexible staffing model has allowed us to drive down per unit operating costs in our Wholesale channel from $2,085 per loan in 2018 to $1,700 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 18.5% improvement on an annualized basis and $629 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $1,680.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wholesale Channel Cost per Loan


Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The efficiency of our sales team, combined with our flexible cost structure, has positioned us to further consolidate volume from the smaller and less efficient wholesale lenders that still control over 50% of the wholesale market. We plan to do this by increasing the number of independent brokerages that serve as our Broker Partners. Our current market coverage, defined as the number of our Broker Partners as a percentage of the total number of brokerages in the market, has increased from 10% to 20% from December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2020. Further penetration of the highly fragmented brokerage market would allow us to maintain our industry leading growth profile.
Growth in Number of Accounts & Market Coverage


(1)
Third Party Partners includes both Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners.
(2)
Active broker market coverage is calculated as the total number of active brokers at Home Point divided by the total number of brokers in the market.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The strategy we employ in our Wholesale channel is closely tied to our servicing strategy. Through our in-house servicing platform, we control the customer experience. This gives us the ability to include our Broker Partners in
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the management of the customer relationship and ultimately the retention of customers in our collective ecosystem. Our competitors either (i) sell servicing, which can result in inconsistent or adverse customer experiences or (ii) retain servicing and attempt to refinance these customers directly, creating friction in the partner relationship. We believe that our retention strategy and partnership model has differentiated us from others and is a key driver of our continued growth in the wholesale channel.
Correspondent Channel
In our Correspondent channel, we purchase closed and funded mortgages from a trusted network of our Correspondent Partners. Our Correspondent Partners include primarily small- to medium-sized independent mortgage banks, builder affiliates and financial institutions, with financial institutions representing 42% of these sellers. Our partners underwrite, process and fund loans, but typically lack the scale to economically retain servicing. Our financial institution partners prefer to sell to non-bank originators to avoid conflicting customer solicitation. This channel provides a flexible alternative for us to achieve our customer acquisition goals at a low cost. When favorable market opportunities present themselves, the channel can quickly be scaled up. We acquired $12.7 billion in production through 594 Correspondent Partner relationships during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Growth in Correspondent Production and Partners


*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The sales associates in our Correspondent channel are highly seasoned with an average of 28 years of mortgage experience and have strong, long-tenured relationships with their customer base. Both our sales and our internal operations are highly efficient. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our operations platform processed an average of 357 loans per full time associate per quarter, and our sales associates with a tenure greater than six months averaged $101 million in loan volume per associate per month. We have decreased our operating costs in our Correspondent channel from $573 per loan in 2018 to $279 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 51.3% improvement on an annualized basis and $383 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $278.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Correspondent Channel Cost per Loan


Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Direct Channel
In our Direct channel, we originate residential mortgages primarily for existing servicing customers who are seeking new financing options. Our Direct strategy is focused on maximizing the customer retention opportunity in our servicing portfolio, but is differentiated from our competitors in that it is designed to be inclusive of both of our customers’ preferences and our Broker Partners’ in-market presence. For example, if a Broker Partner initiated customer proactively contacts us about a refinancing, we will refer the customer to the applicable Broker Partner that originally established the relationship. This strategy removes the conflict of interest that some competitors have between their direct and wholesale channels. If the customer prefers to use our Direct functionality, or if there is no Broker Partner perhaps because the customer was sourced through a Correspondent Partner, we can still fulfill the customer’s preference and retain the customer relationship. We call this our omni-channel retention strategy.
Due to our omni-channel retention strategy, we maintain stronger Broker Partner relationships and create a key point of differentiation when winning new Broker Partners. We do not compete with our Broker Partners, but instead help them maintain their end customers when having an in-market loan originator is important. This strategy enhances our ability to grow originations and retain customers.
Servicing our customers in-house provides an opportunity for more frequent customer contact. These interactions are enhanced through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. This makes the process for a customer’s next transaction more efficient because we have an ongoing relationship with the customer and a rich data set that can be leveraged to better the loan origination process. By striving to make the process streamlined, reliable, and focused on the customer’s preference as to who they want as their loan originator, we believe we are able to create Customers for Life.
Over the course of the past year, we have significantly increased retention rates by leveraging our data and analytics to better understand our customers’ future financing needs. This allows us to proactively monitor our customer relationships over time. Our retention rate has increased from 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to 51% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Retention Rate


Retention Rate is defined by the total unpaid principal balance (UPB) of refinancing originations in the Consumer Direct channel divided by the total UPB of loan payoffs in Consumer Direct where Home Point actively pitched for refinancing opportunity.
Our Direct channel has been rapidly growing since we founded it in 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we have originated $1.6 billion in loans, representing a greater than 400% annual growth rate from the same period in 2019. We have also decreased our per unit operating costs in our Direct channel from $7,336 per loan in 2018 to $4,786 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 34.8% improvement on an annualized basis and $89 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $4,750.
Direct Channel Originations

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Direct Channel Cost per Loan


Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We maintain liquidity that is designed to allow us to fund our loan origination business and manage our day-to-day operations. Our sources of liquidity include loan funding facilities, secured and unsecured financing facilities as well as cash on hand. As our business continues to grow, we regularly reassess our funding strategy. To support our increased origination volumes in 2020, we negotiated increases in our existing warehouse line facilities and added new warehouse line facilities from our counterparties. As of September 30, 2020, we have increased the capacity of our warehouse lines by $1.4 billion since the beginning of 2020. From September 30, 2020 through January 8, 2021, we have increased the capacity of our warehouse lines by an additional $1.8 billion.
The agreements governing our warehouse line facilities contain certain restrictive and financial covenants, including maintenance of certain minimum amounts of liquidity and tangible net worth, compliance with certain leverage ratios and compliance with certain profitability requirements. If we are unable to maintain compliance with such requirements, the use of our warehouse line facilities may be limited, which may adversely impact our ability to grow. We maintain active dialogue with our lending partners and frequently monitor the capital markets as we consider additional ways in which we can supplement our liquidity should the need arise. We believe we have the ability to access the appropriate amount of capital to support our growth from internally generated cash flows and current debt agreements in place, along with alternative sources of secured and unsecured debt financing that we may consider in the future.
Servicing
Servicing is a strategic cornerstone of our business and central to our Customer for Life strategy. Servicing consists of collecting loan payments, remitting principal and interest payments to investors, managing escrow funds for the payment of mortgage-related expenses, such as taxes and insurance, performing loss mitigation activities on behalf of investors and otherwise administering our mortgage loan servicing portfolio in compliance with state and federal regulations and our investors’ guidelines. Strategically retaining servicing on the loans we originate and managing an in-house servicing platform allows us to establish deeper relationships with our customers. The relationship is enhanced through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. The Home Ownership Platform offers our customers a curated experience with frequent touchpoints, which we believe supports a superior homeownership
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

journey. This connectivity and ongoing dialogue helps us proactively find ways to help our customers, either through a refinancing of their mortgage or savings on another home-related product. Through frequency of interaction, coupled with providing effective solutions beyond a mortgage, we strive to develop a trusted relationship and ultimately increase the lifetime value of our customers.
Servicing UPB and Number of Customers


MSR servicing portfolio includes all loans that have been sold with the servicing rights retained and excludes loans held on the Company’s balance sheet that have not yet been sold, as the Company does not include earnings servicing fees on these balance sheet loans.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
While servicing is a strategic priority for us, we also view it as financially attractive given the significant cash flow and recurring fee income it provides.
Because servicing is such an integral component of our business, we seek to preserve the value of our portfolio. This is done in two ways: (i) through the natural hedge that our originations business provides and (ii) by employing an active MSR hedging strategy to further reduce volatility and mitigate the risks associated with changes in interest rates.
Asset Management
Over the course of the past year, we have initiated an asset management strategy to help us scale our servicing operation and support continued origination growth in a more capital-light manner. To execute on this strategy, we acquired a licensed entity, which will house servicing assets over time. We are preparing the launch of this investment vehicle and expect to begin raising third-party capital to grow the strategy in 2021. Our history of managing servicing assets for our balance sheet has given us the experience necessary to manage third-party capital.
Technology
Mortgage banking technology is evolving rapidly. Historically, it has been an advantage to develop technology in-house, but in today’s marketplace, there are various alternative technology solutions that provide a competitive advantage through increased flexibility and lower costs. Building and maintaining a monolithic, proprietary loan origination system is not only costly, but highly complex. This makes it increasingly challenging to evolve with emerging technologies. We have developed a multi-prong strategy whereby we (i) partner with best-in-class third-party software providers to meet our core technology needs and (ii) deploy internal resources to build proprietary software in areas where we believe we can create a strategic advantage. We integrate our third-party providers with our proprietarily built software to provide a unified, seamless experience for our partners and customers. We believe that our componentized approach promotes nimbleness and allows us to provide technology solutions faster than our competition, while retaining control in areas that we deem strategically important.
Our Home Ownership Platform is an example of our approach to technology. We have built a proprietary user interface that leverages third-party solutions to create a differentiated customer experience. The Home Ownership Platform presents our customers with a curated experience, which more broadly supports their home ownership journey. This is done together with third-party providers that offer a variety of products and services to our customers,
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including insurance, loans and other ancillary home service products. In addition to revenue generation, the successful execution of these offerings is intended to build a stronger relationship between us and our customers with the goal of retaining the customer in our ecosystem – Customers for Life.
We believe the combination of customer-centric technology and process execution is key to creating the best platform. As a result, we have placed a heavy emphasis on process design and have assembled a team of process engineers that possess a unique combination of business acumen and an understanding of how to deploy mortgage technology. This process engineering team is integrated within the operations of our business to ensure our technology solutions are strategically aligned in developing and delivering efficiencies to the business. These efficiencies promote our ability to drive scale and better serve the needs of both our customers and our partners. The dedicated focus of this team enables us to constantly identify and streamline operational areas that can be best served through technological improvement.
For example, we recently redesigned our Broker Partner loan submission process. Prior to the redesign, this function involved 115 associates producing, on average, 285 units per day, or approximately three units per associate. Through process re-engineering and improved technology, we successfully improved our operational leverage so that our associates can now produce, on average, approximately seven units per associate, which represents approximately 800 units per day in the aggregate. This has benefited our Broker Partners by reducing the overall processing time from an average of four days to less than 24 hours. The self-serve automation provides an intuitive experience for our Broker Partners with built in business logic to ensure disclosures are accurate and compliant, which allows rapid deployment to their customers.
Focus on Technology and Process Design

Through these investments in our technology and process, we have been able to significantly reduce the time and manual input for origination and servicing processes, resulting in a significant reduction in operating costs in each of our channels as discussed above.
Market Opportunity
Sizeable and Growing Total Addressable Market
The mortgage market is one of the largest and consistently growing financial markets in the world. As of September 30, 2020, there was approximately $10.2 trillion of residential mortgage debt outstanding in the United States. The mortgage origination market has averaged $2.0 trillion in annual originations since 2000, evidencing the consistency in market loan volume production. According to Fannie Mae’s Housing Forecast, total purchase and refinance originations are expected to reach $3.5 trillion in 2021. Periods of outsized refinancing opportunities, such as 2020, provide significant upside in the mortgage market, while purchase mortgages, which represent $1.7 trillion of the market of the 2021 forecast, provide stability in market volumes.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fannie Mae Mortgage Market Historical & Estimated Volume


Macroeconomic Tailwinds Supporting Market Growth
The current low interest rate environment provides a tailwind to origination volumes through decreased borrowing costs. According to the Federal Reserve’s September FOMC Statement, the Federal Reserve is expected to maintain rates at their current levels through 2023. Lower borrowing costs aid in increasing home ownership affordability, as well as provide homeowners with an opportunity to refinance their existing mortgage and lock-in lower borrowing costs. Periods of higher refinance volumes provide the opportunity for mortgage originators with the right scalability to benefit from elevated origination volumes without needing to invest additional capital to expand operational infrastructure. This market dynamic remains relevant today, where an estimated 90% of mortgages in the market, and 79% of mortgages that we service as of October 2020, are eligible to be refinanced at a lower rate than the original mortgage coupon. Additional macroeconomic factors, independent of the rate environment, are also expected to aid mortgage origination volume growth.
Distribution of Mortgages in the Money

(1) Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey, December 10, 2020. 50bps buffer represents an assumption on the cost of refinancing.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Demographic Trends Driving Purchase Volume Growth
Purchase volume growth is expected to continue given the prevailing demographic trend in which more young Americans are buying homes. The home ownership rate of individuals under age 35 has grown from 35% to 39% since 2015, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. According to the 2020 NAR Home Buyer and Generational Trends survey, in 2020, millennials made up 38% of home buyers, the highest of any age bracket. In addition, 88% of younger millennials (aged 22–29) and 52% of older millennials (aged 30-39) were first-time home buyers. A shifting trend toward telepresence, telecommunication, suburban living and remote working is expected to continue to support growth in the purchase market via increased home ownership.
First-Time Home Buyers in Age Group

Rise of the Non-Banks in Mortgage Banking
The mortgage industry has experienced a significant shift following the 2008 financial crisis, which has contributed to a favorable competitive landscape for non-bank originators. In 2008, non-banks represented 24% of the mortgage origination market. As of September 30, 2020, non-banks represent 72% of the mortgage origination market, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Post-crisis regulations resulted in conditions that have not favored significant bank participation in the market. In addition, business models of non-bank mortgage originators have been quicker to adapt to consumer preferences for a more efficient, engaging consumer experience.
There has been a similar trend taking place in the mortgage servicing market. Following the 2008 financial crisis, incumbent banks reduced their footprint in mortgage servicing. In 2008, non-banks represented 12% of the mortgage servicing market. As of September 30, 2020, non-banks represent 57% of the mortgage servicing market, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Banks have scaled back participation due to higher risk-based capital required to retain MSRs.
Non-bank servicers with a strong financial backing are expected to continue growing market share. Smaller non-banks have struggled given the regulatory complexity, scale and liquidity requirements required to run a profitable servicing operation.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shift from Bank to Non-Bank Originators


Shift from Bank to Non-Bank Servicers

Despite its size, the mortgage industry is highly fragmented. In 2019, the top 10 originators accounted for 40.9% of total originations compared to 73.8% in 2009.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mortgage Market Fragmentation


Growing Wholesale Channel
The Wholesale channel continues to benefit from outsized growth as both consumers and brokers have seen the benefits which the channel offers:
economies of scale: allows brokers to benefit from the scale of a larger organization while being able to run their business at a size that can be most responsive to their customers;
optimal choice: rather than needing to work with one originator, brokers have the ability to partner with multiple lenders to determine the best financing alternative for their customers; and
scalability of cost structure: reduce cost per loan and limited overhead.
These benefits have led to material growth in the channel over time. Wholesale has grown from 15% of originations in 2016 to 20% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. At the same time, the wholesale channel is highly fragmented and multiple lenders with sub-scale operations in the channel account for a meaningful market share. According to Inside Mortgage Finance, excluding the top three wholesale lenders, approximately 42% of overall wholesale channel origination volume in the first nine months of 2020 was split among more than 20 lenders, with none accounting for more than 4.4% of the market share individually.
Wholesale Share Growth and Wholesale Channel Fragmentation

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Source: Inside Mortgage Finance.
These wholesale market trends are in line with the broader trend of independent brokers increasing their presence in various subsectors of financial services. Increased regulation has driven producers away from regulated institutions and into independent relationships. By moving heavily regulated elements of the origination process into their operations, wholesale originators shoulder this regulation and free up brokers to focus on the customer experience. This provides a barrier to entry for current wholesale market participants as significant expertise in regulatory matters is a key to success in the channel.
We believe that our branding, which helps build greater customer recognition, together with our best-in-class technology platform and operations capabilities, which free up our Broker Partners to pursue new customers, position us strongly to capture market share.
Business Strengths
We Care Operating Philosophy
Home Point’s operating philosophy is rooted in a very simple but defining statement – “We Care.” This philosophy guides every interaction with our partners, our customers and each other. For example, during 2020 we have established 11 different We Care programs to support our associates and their families. This includes programs which enabled and supported the transition of over 91% of our associates to remote work.
Our culture also enables the addition of top talent and is the primary driver behind our ability to quickly add capacity. As an example, over 44% of our new hires since March 2020 came to us through our Family First referral program.
As we grow, “We Care” is defined and extended through our Home Point Principles and Home Point Stakes. The Home Point Principles define for our associates who we are as an organization. The Home Point Stakes provide more specific guidance on how our associates operationalize our Principles and demonstrate “We Care” every day.
Positioned for Leadership in the Wholesale Channel
Home Point is one of the fastest growing companies in the mortgage industry. This is a result of both the growing wholesale channel and our growing share of the channel. In the past five years, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, the wholesale channel has grown its market share from 15% of overall originations to 20%, and we expect this trend to continue. The benefits to both the customers and to the brokers are significant, and we believe this will continue to drive growth in the channel.
We are the third largest wholesale lender according to Inside Mortgage Finance as of September 30, 2020. Our Broker Partner relationships have grown from 1,623 in 2018 to nearly 5,000 as of September 30, 2020. We expect this growth trend to continue going forward, as our Broker Partners constitute only 20% of the addressable market
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as of September 30, 2020. Our scale, best-in-class in-market sales force and operational efficiencies are sustainable competitive advantages for our business. We believe our competitive advantages, coupled with the significant opportunity to add new relationships, positions us as the most likely consolidator of market share from smaller competitors.
Home Point Broker Penetration


Broker Penetration is calculated as the total number of active brokers at Home Point divided by the total number of brokers in the market. An active broker represents a broker that has originated a loan with Home Point over the past 12 months.
Platform Focused on Partner Networks with Focus on Purchase Production
We have built a platform focused on serving third-party participants in the mortgage market. Our partner relationships and operating platform are intended to be reliable and scalable and to provide us flexibility to respond to different market environments. We believe that this provides us with significant operating leverage during market expansions without requiring a high level of fixed overhead.
Our Broker Partners’ and Correspondent Partners’ in-market presence positions them well to serve the financing needs of their customers. As a result, our platform is more focused on purchase mortgages than many of our competitors. In 2019, our purchase origination mix was 51%. In 2020, which was a significantly stronger refinance environment, our purchase mix was 32% through September 30, 2020. Given the stability and ongoing growth of the purchase market, this reduces our volatility relative to our competitors.
In-House Servicing Can Drive Increased Lifetime Value
A core tenet of our strategy is that strategically retaining servicing and controlling the customer experience through our in-house platform provides the best opportunity to retain customers in our ecosystem, or as we describe it, create Customers for Life. We work to enhance this experience through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. The data exchanged during the dialogue with our customers through the Home Ownership Platform can be used to better understand where they are in their home ownership lifecycle. Ultimately, we expect the combination of a richer data set, the building of a trusted relationship and the leverage afforded by using in-market Broker Partners to result in greater customer retention and increased lifetime values of our customers.
Continuous Investment in Process and Technology Drives Efficiency and Experience
We believe that continuously investing in and developing process improvements and supporting technology provides our partner networks with the ability to compete against at-scale originators.
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our strategy is to partner with best-in-class third-party software providers to meet our core technology needs. We then deploy our internal resources to build proprietary software when we can create a strategic advantage. We integrate our third-party and proprietary solutions such that we can provide a seamless experience to our partners and customers.
We believe our componentized approach promotes nimbleness and allows us to evolve technology solutions faster than our competition while retaining control in areas we deem strategically important.
Growing and Highly Scalable Operating Model
We were built to take advantage of the massive opportunity in the mortgage market over time through a dedication to a highly scalable low-cost structure, including in areas such as compliance, fraud prevention procedures and personnel training and retention, which is capable of handling substantial increases in loan origination volume with minimal increases in expenses. We believe that our advantages will help us face substantial competition in this market.
We expect that our commitment to efficient operations, a scalable origination platform supporting partner networks, and strategically utilized servicing capabilities will allow us to compete successfully across market cycles. This has translated to our ability to achieve robust growth. Since 2018, our funded volume has grown from $10.6 billion to $46.3 billion in twelve months ended September 30, 2020, representing a compounded annualized growth rate of 133%. Our funded volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $38.0 billion. Our profitability and capital efficiency has translated into net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $422.6 million and Adjusted Net Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $494.6 million.
Proven Leadership
Our executive management team has a track record of growth and superior execution throughout economic cycles and market trends. Led by our Chief Executive Officer and President Willie Newman, a proven leader in the industry, the executive management team has an average of more than 25 years of industry experience across all disciplines and multiple business models.
Our Growth Strategies
Continue to Grow Market Share in the Wholesale Channel
We see significant opportunities to grow in the wholesale channel. The data strongly supports continued share growth within the wholesale channel in the overall mortgage market. The combination of at-scale lenders with local mortgage brokerages provides cost and service benefits to customers.
In addition, we intend to continue to take significant market share within the wholesale channel, especially from smaller market participants. Although we have experienced the fastest growth in the channel in recent years, we only have relationships with 20% of all active mortgage brokerages. This provides significant upside for us in any origination environment.
Continued Expansion of Correspondent Business with Consistent Returns
We have invested in consistently growing our Correspondent channel over time in a disciplined, return-focused manner. We will continue to take a measured approach to growth by leveraging further improvements in process and cost along with a highly tenured account management team to expand market share.
Aligned Investment in Process and Technology to Enhance Efficiency, Customer Experience
We believe our foundation of process engineering expertise and a componentized technology architecture has resulted in a competitive cost structure with significant upside opportunity. We are making material investments in our technology program by deploying enterprise workflow and rules engines to better support the execution of our process engineering priorities. These components are both industrial strength and highly configurable by the business. This gives us the ability to rapidly enhance our processes. This also will give us the ability to extend self-serve functionality. We believe this will result in a material advantage against competitors that are encumbered with costly proprietary systems that are challenging to rapidly enhance. We expect that the combination of superior process engineering and componentized technology will create a best-in-class cost structure and experience for our partners and customers.
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Evolve the Retention of our Customers, Create Lifetime Value
The combination of an in-house servicing platform and the retention of servicing gives us the opportunity to create an ongoing two-way dialogue with our customers. Our Home Ownership Platform is designed to drive increasing frequency of interaction. We expect that the expansion of the relationship with our customers as well as the rich data provided through frequent interaction can be leveraged to further understand our customers’ needs and preferences. Finally, our focus on providing the solutions our customers prefer, which includes engagement with our Broker Partners, results in an optimal execution for the customer and a deeper relationship with our Broker Partners.
Recent Developments
Payment of Cash Dividend
On September 30, 2020, our board of directors declared a cash dividend in the amount of $154.5 million, which was paid to Holdings, the sole stockholder, on October 5, 2020. In addition, on January 12, 2021, our board of directors declared a cash dividend in the amount of $25.7 million, which was paid to Holdings on January 14, 2021. As described below, we also made a distribution with a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Issuance of Senior Unsecured Notes
On January 19, 2021, we issued $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.000% senior unsecured notes due 2026 (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”), the proceeds of which were used to fund a distribution of $269.3 million to Holdings, to repay $270.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our MSR Facility (as defined herein) and to pay fees and expenses related thereto. We refer to the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom as the “Debt Transaction.” See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”
Interest on the Senior Unsecured Notes is payable at a rate of 5.000% per annum, semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2021. The Senior Unsecured Notes will mature on February 1, 2026. The indenture governing the Senior Unsecured Notes also contains customary covenants and events of default. The foregoing description is included for informational purposes only and is qualified in its entirety by the indenture governing the Senior Unsecured Notes, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
New Chairperson of the Board of Directors
Effective January 11, 2021, Andrew Bon Salle joined Home Point as Chairperson of our board of directors. Mr. Bon Salle joined Home Point from Fannie Mae where he served in various leadership positions, most recently as Executive Vice President of Single-Family Mortgage Business. We also entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Bon Salle, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Management.”
Preliminary Estimated Financials Results as of and for the Three Months and the Year Ended December 31, 2020
We are presenting certain preliminary estimated unaudited financial results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2020. The estimated unaudited financial results set forth below are preliminary and subject to revision based upon the completion of our year-end financial closing processes as well as the related audit of the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such estimated results reflect management’s current views and may change as a result of management’s review of results and other factors, including a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties. Such preliminary results are subject to the closing of the quarter, finalization of accounting procedures and completion of our audit, and should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.
In addition, the estimated results are based solely on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. As a result, our actual results for such periods may differ materially from the preliminary estimated financial results set forth below upon the completion of our financial closing procedures, final adjustments, and other developments
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that may arise prior to the time our financial results are finalized. Further, these preliminary financial results have not been audited or reviewed by our independent auditors, BDO USA, LLP. Accordingly, BDO USA, LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto and assumes no responsibility for, and disclaims any association with, this information.
These preliminary results should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data”, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto presented elsewhere in this prospectus. Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. For more information on these measures see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Our preliminary estimates for Total origination volume, Total net revenue, Total net income, Adjusted net income and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months and the year ended December 31, 2020 are presented in the following table. The following table also presents our actual results for the corresponding prior periods. See footnote 1 under “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for the definitions of, and additional information about, Adjusted net income and Adjusted EBITDA.
 
Three months ended
December 31,
2020
Three months ended
December 31,
2019
Year ended
December 31,
2020
Year ended
December 31,
2019
In millions (except Total origination volume in billions)
Estimated
Actual
Estimated
Actual
Total origination volume
$24.0
$8.3
$62.0
$22.2
Total net revenue
$456.7
$96.8
$1,394.2
$202.4
Total net income (loss)
$184.5
$16.1
$607.0
$(29.2)
Adjusted net income(1)
$171.0
$7.9
$667.7
$28.2
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
$221.9
$17.1
$910.6
$69.4
(1)
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted net income to Total net income (loss), the nearest U.S. GAAP financial measure.
 
Three months ended
December 31,
2020
Three months ended
December 31,
2019
Year ended
December 31,
2020
Year ended
December 31,
2019
In millions
Estimated
Actual
Estimated
Actual
Total net income (loss)
$184.5
$16.1
$607.0
$(29.2)
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
$(17.2)
$(10.4)
$81.1
$74.0
Income tax effect of change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
$3.7
$2.3
$(20.4)
$(17.0)
Adjusted net income
$171.0
$7.9
$667.7
$28.2
(2)
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Total Net Income (Loss), the nearest U.S. GAAP financial measure.
 
Three months ended
December 31,
2020
Three months ended
December 31,
2019
Year ended
December 31,
2020
Year ended
December 31,
2019
In millions
Estimated
Actual
Estimated
Actual
Total net income (loss)
$184.5
$16.1
$607.0
$(29.2)
Interest expense on Term debt and other borrowings
$4.0
$5.4
$18.4
$27.7
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
$49.2
$4.6
$198.6
$(9.5)
Depreciation and amortization
$1.4
$1.5
$5.5
$5.9
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
$(17.2)
$(10.4)
$81.1
$74.5
Adjusted EBITDA
$221.9
$17.1
$910.6
$69.4
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our preliminary estimates for MSR servicing portfolio – UPB, Cash and cash equivalents (excluding Restricted cash), Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value), Term debt and other borrowings, net and Tangible Common Equity as of December 31, 2020 are presented in the following table. The following table also presents our actual balances as of September 30, 2020.
 
As of December 31,
2020
As of September 30,
2020
In millions (except MSR servicing portfolio – UPB in billions)
Estimated
Actual
MSR servicing portfolio – UPB
$88.3
$74.0
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
$165.2
$271.5
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
$748.5
$583.3
Warehouse lines of credit
$3,005.4
$2,092.5
Term debt and other borrowings, net
$454.0
$374.1
Total Debt(2)
$ 3,459.4
$2,466.6
Tangible Common Equity
$916.7
$731.7
Total Common Equity
$927.5
$742.7
(1)
Does not reflect the $25.7 million cash dividend that our board of directors declared and paid to Holdings on January 14, 2021. See “—Recent Developments—Payment of Cash Dividend.”
(2)
Represents the sum of Term debt and other borrowings, net and Warehouse lines of credit.
Summary Risks Related to Our Business and this Offering
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose part or all of your investment. Below is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:
the spread of the COVID-19 (as defined below) outbreak and severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and financial markets it has caused;
our reliance on our financing arrangements to fund mortgage loans and otherwise operate our business;
the dependence of our loan origination and servicing revenues on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;
the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify investors if we breach representations and warranties;
counterparty risk;
the requirement to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances;
competition for mortgage assets that may limit the availability of desirable originations, acquisitions and result in reduced risk-adjusted returns;
our ability to continue to grow our loan origination business or effectively manage significant increases in our loan production volume;
competition in the industry in which we operate;
our ability to acquire loans and sell the resulting MBS in the secondary markets on favorable terms in our production activities;
our being a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules and, as a result, qualifying for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and
our Sponsor controlling us and its interests conflicting with ours or yours in the future.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to: (1) presenting only two years of audited financial statements in addition
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus; (2) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (3) having reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy or information statements; (4) being exempt from the requirements to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved; and (5) not being required to adopt certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.
Although we are still evaluating our options under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” and thus the level of information we provide may be different than that of other public companies. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our securities less attractive, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, and the price of our common stock may be more volatile. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We are electing to take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
We could remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of:
the last day of the year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;
the last day of the first year in which our annual gross revenues exceed an amount specified by regulation (currently $1.07 billion);
the day we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second quarter of such year; and
the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.
Our Sponsor
Stone Point Capital is a financial services-focused private equity firm based in Greenwich, CT. The firm has raised and managed eight private equity funds – the Trident Funds – with aggregate committed capital of more than $26 billion. Stone Point Capital targets investments in companies in the global financial services industry and related sectors.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware on August 27, 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105. Our telephone number is (888) 616-6866. Our website is located at www.homepointfinancial.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and are not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on our website or any such information in making your decision whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
Prior to the commencement of this offering, all of our outstanding and authorized equity interests, consisting of 100 shares of common stock, were held directly by Holdings, an affiliate of the Trident Stockholders. On January 21, 2021, we filed an amendment to our certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware to increase the total number of shares of authorized common stock of the Company to one billion (1,000,000,000) and to effectuate a 1,388,601.11-for-one stock split. As a result, Holdings holds 138,860,111 shares of our common stock, representing all shares of common stock issued and outstanding, as of the date of this prospectus..
We expect that, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, Holdings will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity. As a result of the merger, each issued and outstanding limited partnership unit of Holdings will be exchanged for approximately 2.6964 issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. As of the date of this prospectus, there were 51,499,016 limited partnership units of Holdings
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issued and outstanding. Upon completion of the merger, the 138,860,111 shares of our common stock currently held by Holdings will be held by the current holders of limited partnership units of Holdings.
Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects the impact of the stock split and the merger, and therefore certain data may not be comparable to similar data presented in our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Following the completion of this offering, the Trident Stockholders will beneficially own approximately 88.4% of the voting power of our common stock (or 87.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). See “Management—Controlled Company” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
12,500,000 shares.
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
138,860,111 shares.
Use of proceeds
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds and bear the underwriting discount attributable to their sale of our common stock. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Controlled company
Following the completion of this offering, the Trident Stockholders will beneficially own approximately 88.4% of the voting power of our common stock (or 87.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As long as the Trident Stockholders continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, they will be able to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, any amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the approval of any merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Accordingly, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ.
Dividend policy
Beginning with the first full quarter following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Initially, we expect the quarterly dividends to be $0.15 per share, which equals $0.60 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 3.0% based on a price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”
Conflicts of Interest
Because affiliates of SPC Capital Markets LLC beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, SPC Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not required in connection with this offering because the underwriters primarily responsible for managing the offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of SPC Capital Markets LLC and meet the requirements of Rule 5121(f)(12)(E). SPC Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.
Risk factors
Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in shares of our common stock.
Certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders
For a discussion of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences that may be relevant to non-U.S. stockholders, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”
Proposed trading symbol
“HMPT”
Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects and assumes:
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders;
an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the consummation of this offering;
the 1,388,601.11-for-one stock split of our common stock, which we effectuated on January 21, 2021; and
the merger of Holdings with and into the Company immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, with the Company as the surviving entity, whereby each issued and outstanding limited partnership unit of Holdings will be exchanged for approximately 2.6964 issued and outstanding shares of our common stock.
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:
14,012,669 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, (i) 2,654,234 of which are vested, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.61 per share, and (ii) 11,358,435 of which are not vested, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.29 per share, in each case, issued under our 2015 Option Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Awards”; and
6,943,005 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Incentive Plan and 1,388,601 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. See “Executive Compensation—Actions in Connection with this Offering.”
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. Unless otherwise indicated, shares and per share data for all periods presented in the table below have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the 1,388,601.11-for-one stock split, which we effectuated on January 21, 2021.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The following information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
Year ended
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Statement of Operations Data
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
$135,495
$199,501
$84,068
Loan fee income
60,630
19,829
32,112
19,603
Interest income
42,370
35,101
51,801
35,179
Interest expense
  (47,845)
(41,933)
(57,942)
(47,486)
Interest loss, net
(5,475)
(6,832)
(6,141)
(12,307)
Loan servicing fees
133,904
104,089
144,228
119,049
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
(151,168)
(173,134)
(47,312)
Other income
1,022
1,591
3,159
1,156
Total net revenue
922,335
103,004
199,725
164,257
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
251,462
104,571
156,197
109,577
Loan expense
28,581
10,182
15,626
16,882
Loan servicing expense
22,742
15,781
20,924
18,488
Occupancy and equipment
17,006
12,567
16,768
20,521
General and administrative
28,373
14,687
21,407
29,165
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
5,918
7,612
Other expenses
12,087
2,770
4,296
4,060
Total expenses
364,473
164,952
241,136
206,305
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax
557,862
(61,948)
(41,411)
(42,048)
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
149,306
(14,080)
(9,500)
(10,485)
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
2,701
209
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
422,606
(45,277)
(29,210)
(31,354)
Net income from discontinued operations before tax
9,707
Income tax provision
2,550
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
7,157
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine months ended
September 30,
Year ended
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Basic and diluted earnings per share
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations
$3.04
$(0.33)
$(0.21)
$(0.23)
Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations
0.05
Basic and diluted total net income (loss) per share
$3.04
$(0.33)
$(0.21)
$(0.17)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
138,860,111
138,860,111
138,860,111
138,860,111
 
September 30,
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$271,483
$30,630
$44,010
Restricted cash
41,907
51,101
38,234
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
313,390
81,731
82,244
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
2,281,835
1,554,230
421,754
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
583,263
575,035
532,526
Property and equipment, net
18,595
12,051
10,075
Accounts receivable, net
79,320
57,872
44,422
Derivative assets
314,794
40,544
18,990
Goodwill and intangibles
11,083
11,935
10,957
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
451,209
Other assets
65,745
76,162
64,214
Total assets
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholder’s equity:
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$2,092,477
$1,478,183
$404,237
Term debt and other borrowings, net
374,090
424,958
276,277
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
269,016
39,739
21,243
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
451,209
Other liabilities
189,700
56,368
44,654
Total liabilities
$5,845,164
2,498,455
1,197,620
 
 
 
 
Shareholder’s equity:
 
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid-in-capital
519,177
454,861
454,110
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
223,565
(44,549)
(15,339)
Total shareholder’s equity
742,742
410,312
438,771
Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
Other financial data
 
 
 
 
Adjusted revenue(1)
$1,034,687
$190,522
$276,907
$154,118
Adjusted net income (loss)(1)
494,598
20,347
28,185
(32,006)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
688,847
52,288
69,410
(19,613)
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018(2)
Origination Segment KPIs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Origination Volume by Channel
 
 
 
 
Wholesale(3)
$23,772,112
$7,023,411
$11,564,971
$4,889,220
Correspondent(3)
12,696,815
6,676,458
10,215,300
5,081,719
Direct(3)
1,576,959
291,302
487,322
608,148
Origination volume(3)
$38,045,886
$13,991,171
$22,267,593
$10,579,087
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale margin
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale margin (bps)(4)
253.1
96.8
89.6
79.5
 
 
 
 
 
Market Share
 
 
 
 
Overall share of origination market(5)
1.4%
0.9%
1.0%
0.7%
Share of wholesale channel(6)
6.4%
3.0%
3.5%
2.6%
 
 
 
 
 
Origination Volume by Purpose(7)
 
 
 
 
Purchase
31.7%
54.4%
50.6%
66.5%
Refinance
68.3%
45.6%
49.4%
33.5%
 
 
 
 
 
Third Party Partners
 
 
 
 
Number of Broker Partners(8)
4,921
2,684
3,085
1,623
Number of Correspondent Partners(9)
594
516
537
451
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018(2)
Servicing Segment KPIs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing
 
 
 
 
MSR servicing portfolio - UPB(10)
$73,951,042
$47,887,643
$52,600,546
$41,423,825
Servicing portfolio - Units(11)
307,236
217,558
236,362
189,513
 
 
 
 
 
60 days or more delinquent(12)
6.6%
2.0%
1.7%
2.3%
 
 
 
 
 
MSR Portfolio
 
 
 
 
MSR multiple(13)
2.6x
3.2x
3.4x
4.3x
(1)
We define Adjusted revenue as Total net revenue exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge and adjusted for Income from equity method investment.
We define Adjusted net income as Net income (loss) exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest (without adjustment for net warehouse interest related to loan fundings and payoff interest related to loan prepayments), taxes, depreciation and amortization exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge.
We exclude changes in fair value of MSRs, net of hedge from each of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA as they add volatility and are not indicative of the Company’s operating performance or results of operation. This adjustment does not include changes in fair value of MSRs due to realization of cash flows, which remain in each of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA. Realization of cash flows occurs when cash is collected as customers make scheduled payments, partial prepayments of principal, or pay their mortgage in full.
We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus, including Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA can provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. These measures are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net income, or any other operating performance measure calculated in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure reported by other companies.
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because each measure assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA provide indicators of
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance that are not affected by fluctuations in certain costs or other items. Accordingly, management believes that these measurements are useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period, and management relies on these measures for planning and forecasting of future periods. The Company measures the performance of the segments primarily on a contribution margin basis. Additionally, these measures allow management to compare our results with those of other companies that have different financing and capital structures. However, other companies may define Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA differently, and as a result, our measures of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to those of other companies.
The non-GAAP information presented above and elsewhere in this prospectus should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the section entitled “Selected Historical Combined Financial Information.”
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA to the nearest U.S. GAAP financial measures, pre-tax Net income (loss) and Net income (loss), respectively:
Reconciliation of Adjusted revenue to Total net revenue
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net revenue
$922,335
$103,004
$199,725
$164,257
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
2,701
209
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Adjusted revenue
$1,034,687
$190,522
$276,907
$154,118
Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to Total Net Income (Loss)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Income tax effect of change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
(26,310)
(19,303)
(17,086)
2,539
Adjusted net income (loss)
$494,598
$20,347
$28,185
$(32,006)
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Total Net Income (Loss)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
(7,157)
Interest expense on corporate debt
14,411
22,324
27,721
24,962
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
149,306
(14,080)
(9,500)
(10,485)
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
5,918
7,612
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Adjusted EBITDA
$688,847
$52,288
$69,410
$(19,613)
(2)
Unless otherwise indicated, our Distributed Retail channel was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 and as such it has been excluded from our key performance indicators for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(3)
Origination dollar value of new loans funded by channel. Origination volume excludes Origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(4)
Calculated as Gain on sale, net divided by Origination volume.
(5)
Calculated as the Company’s originations dollar value for the year divided by the total residential originations in the United States of America per Inside Mortgage Finance, a third party provider of residential mortgage industry news and statistics each year. Origination volume figures used to calculate market share include $1 billion of Distributed Retail originations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(6)
Calculated as the Company’s originations dollar value for the year divided by the total wholesale originations in the United States of America per Inside Mortgage Finance, each year.
(7)
Origination volume excludes Origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(8)
Number of Broker Partners with whom the Company sources loans from.
(9)
Number of Correspondent Partners from whom the Company purchases loans from.
(10)
The unpaid principal balance of loans we service on behalf of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mae and others, at period end.
(11)
Number of loans in our serving portfolio at period end.
(12)
Total balances of outstanding loan principals for which installment payments are at least 60 days past due as a percentage of the outstanding loan principal as of a specified date.
(13)
Calculated as the MSR fair market value as of a specified date divided by the related UPB divided by the weighted average service fee.
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
General Business Risks
The current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, has caused, and will continue to cause, disruption to our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the spread of the COVID-19 outbreak has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and financial markets and could potentially create widespread business continuity issues of an as yet unknown magnitude and duration.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. COVID-19 has since spread to over 100 countries, including every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency with respect to COVID-19.
The outbreak of COVID-19 has severely impacted global economic activity and caused significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The global impact of the outbreak has been rapidly evolving and many countries, including the United States, have reacted by instituting quarantines, mandating business and school closures and restricting travel. The outbreak has triggered a period of global economic slowdown and many experts predict that it may trigger a global recession. COVID-19 or another pandemic could have material and adverse effects on our ability to successfully operate due to, among other factors:
a general decline in business activity;
negatively impacting demand for our mortgage loan products, as well as borrowers’ ability to fulfill their loan obligations leading to an increase in delinquency rates, which could have a significant impact on the value of our mortgage assets;
the requirement for us to advance material amounts of cash for delinquent principal, interest, taxes and insurance typically paid by borrowers, which may not be reimbursed for an extended period of time;
the costs of preserving and liquidating defaulted properties, as a result of increased serious delinquencies and defaults;
the destabilization of the real estate and mortgage markets, which could negatively impact fair value of our assets, reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans;
difficulty accessing the capital markets on attractive terms, or at all, and a severe disruption and instability in the global financial markets, including the MBS market, or deteriorations in credit and financing conditions which could affect our access to capital necessary to fund business operations or address maturing liabilities on a timely basis;
the inability to promptly foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans and liquidate the underlying real property due to the rapidly changing regulatory and administrative climate, including the suspension of foreclosures and evictions as mandated by governmental bodies;
the potential negative impact on the health of our highly qualified personnel, in particular skilled managers, loan servicers, debt default specialists and underwriters, especially if a significant number of them are impacted; and
a deterioration in our ability to ensure business continuity during a disruption.
The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19. Nevertheless, COVID-19 presents material uncertainty and may also exacerbate the other risks described herein, which may negatively impact our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business relies on our financing arrangements to fund mortgage loans and otherwise operate our business. If one or more of such facilities are terminated, we may be unable to find replacement financing at commercially favorable terms, or at all, which could be detrimental to our business.
We currently fund substantially all of the MSRs and mortgage loans we close through borrowings under our financing arrangements and warehouse lines of credit along with funds generated by our operations. As of September 30, 2020, we held mortgage funding arrangements with seven separate financial institutions with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $3.1 billion. We entered into an additional mortgage funding arrangement in October 2020, which was amended in December 2020, with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $700 million. Furthermore, in January 2021, we entered into an additional mortgage funding arrangement with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $500 million. Each mortgage funding arrangement is collateralized by the underlying mortgage loans.
Of the seven existing funding facilities as of September 30, 2020, six of the facilities are 364-day facilities and the other funding facility is an evergreen agreement. The facilities entered into in October 2020 and January 2021 are also 364-day facilities. As of September 30, 2020, approximately $350 million of borrowing capacity under our mortgage loan funding facilities was committed, while the remaining borrowing capacity under our mortgage loan funding facilities was uncommitted and can be terminated by the applicable lender at any time. Three of the facilities require that we establish a cash reserve of $11.0 million which is reflected within Restricted cash on the unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020.
Our borrowings are generally repaid with the proceeds we receive from mortgage loan sales. We are currently, and may in the future continue to be, dependent upon our lenders to provide the primary funding facilities for our loans. While we currently expect to be able to renew our existing warehouse facilities prior to their expiration, there is no guarantee that our current uncommitted facilities will be available for future financing needs, nor that we will be able to secure alternative funding facilities to replace any current facilities that we are unable to renew upon their scheduled expiration. In the event that any of our loan funding facilities is terminated or is not renewed, or if the principal amount that may be drawn under our funding agreements that provide for immediate funding at closing were to significantly decrease, we may be unable to find replacement financing on commercially favorable terms, or at all, which could be detrimental to our business.
Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors, including:
restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions in our existing or future financing arrangements that may limit our ability to raise additional debt;
a decline in the liquidity in the credit markets;
prevailing interest rates;
the financial strength of our lenders;
the decisions of lenders from whom we borrow to reduce their exposure to mortgage loans; and
accounting changes that impact the calculations of covenants in our debt agreements.
If we are unable to refinance our existing debt or borrow additional funds due to any of the foregoing or other factors, our ability to maintain or grow our business could be limited. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Our loan origination and servicing revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions.
Our success depends largely on the health of the U.S. residential real estate industry, which is seasonal, cyclical and affected by changes in general economic conditions beyond our control. We also have significant dependence on some states such as California and are subject to conditions in those states. Economic factors such as increased interest rates, slow economic growth or recessionary conditions, the pace of home price appreciation or lack thereof, changes in household debt levels and increased unemployment or stagnant or declining wages affect our customers’ income and thus their ability and willingness to make loan payments. National or global events including, but not
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

limited to, the COVID-19 pandemic, affect all such macroeconomic conditions. Weak or a significant deterioration in economic conditions reduces the amount of disposable income consumers have, which in turn reduces consumer spending and the willingness of qualified potential borrowers to take out loans. As a result, such economic factors affect loan origination volume.
Additional macroeconomic factors including, but not limited to, rising government debt levels, the withdrawal or augmentation of government interventions into the financial markets, changing U.S. consumer spending patterns, changing expectations for inflation and deflation, and weak credit markets may create low consumer confidence in the U.S. economy or the U.S. residential real estate industry or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. Excessive home building or historically high foreclosure rates resulting in an oversupply of housing in a particular area may also increase the amount of losses incurred on defaulted mortgage loans, or may limit our ability to make additional loans in those affected areas. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.
Recently, financial markets have experienced significant volatility as a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Many state and local jurisdictions have enacted measures requiring closure of businesses and other economically restrictive efforts to combat the COVID-19 pandemic. Unemployment levels have increased significantly and may remain at elevated levels or continue to rise. There may be a significant increase in the rate and number of mortgage payment delinquencies, and house sales, home prices and multifamily fundamentals may be adversely affected, which could lead to a material adverse decrease of our mortgage origination activities. For more information, see the risk factor entitled, “The current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, has caused, and will continue to cause, disruption to our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the spread of the COVID-19 outbreak has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and financial markets and could potentially create widespread business continuity issues of an as yet unknown magnitude and duration.
Furthermore, several state and local governments in the United States are experiencing, and may continue to experience, budgetary strain, which will be exacerbated by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. One or more states or significant local governments could default on their debt or seek relief from their debt under the U.S. bankruptcy code or by agreement with their creditors. Any or all of the circumstances described above may lead to further volatility in or disruption of the credit markets at any time and adversely affect our financial condition.
Any uncertainty or deterioration in market conditions or prolonged economic slowdown or recession that leads to a decrease in loan originations will result in lower revenue on loans sold into the secondary market. Lower loan origination volumes generally place downward pressure on margins, thus compounding the effect of the deteriorating market conditions. Such events could be detrimental to our business. Moreover, any deterioration in market conditions that leads to an increase in loan delinquencies will result in lower revenue for loans we service for the GSEs and Ginnie Mae because we collect servicing fees from them only for performing loans. While increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary revenues, including late fees, these fees are likely unrecoverable when the related loan is liquidated.
Increased delinquencies may also increase the cost of servicing loans. The decreased cash flow from lower servicing fees could decrease the estimated value of our MSRs, resulting in recognition of losses when we write down those values. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income we receive on cash held in collection and other accounts and increases our obligation to advance certain principal, interest, tax and insurance obligations owed by the delinquent mortgage loan borrower. An increase in delinquencies could therefore be detrimental to our business. See the risk factor entitled, “A significant increase in delinquencies for the loans we service could have a material impact on our revenues, expenses and liquidity and on the valuation of our MSRs.”
Additionally, origination of loans can be seasonal. Historically, our loan origination has increased activity in the second and third quarters and reduced activity in the first and fourth quarters as home buyers tend to purchase their homes during the spring and summer in order to move to a new home before the start of the school year. As a result, our loan origination revenues vary from quarter to quarter. However, this historical pattern may be disrupted for the foreseeable future as a result of the shelter-in-place and similar protective orders that have been issued in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Any of the circumstances described above, alone or in combination, may lead to volatility in or disruption of the credit markets at any time and have a detrimental effect on our business.
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify investors if we breach representations and warranties.
When we sell loans, we are required to make customary representations and warranties about such loans to the loan purchaser. If a mortgage loan does not comply with the representations and warranties that we made with respect to it at the time of its sale, we could be required to repurchase the loan, replace it with a substitute loan and/or indemnify secondary market purchasers for losses.
As part of our correspondent production activities, we re-underwrite a percentage of the loans that we acquire, to ensure quality underwriting by our Correspondent Partners, accurate third-party appraisals and strict compliance with the representations and warranties that we require from our Correspondent Partners and that are required from us by our investors. No assurance can be given that the re-underwriting of a sample population of loans will identify any and all underwriting and regulatory compliance issues related to such loans or to any of the other loans we acquire from Correspondent Partners. In our Direct and Wholesale channels, we underwrite each loan prior to funding and attempt to comply with applicable investor guidelines. However, no assurance can be given that such underwriting will result in all cases with loans that fully comply with such guidelines, and state or federal law.
In the event of a breach of any representations or warranties we make to purchasers, insurers or investors, we believe, based on our experience, that in a majority of cases, for correspondent originated loans acquired using the “delegated underwriting” option, we will have recourse to the Correspondent Partner that sold the mortgage loans to us and breached similar or other representations and warranties. Although we believe we will have the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that Correspondent Partner, we cannot assure you that this will always be the case. For Correspondent loans where we do the underwriting, referred to as the “non-delegated underwriting” option, our ability to seek a recovery of repurchase and other losses from Correspondent Partners is more limited.
In addition to the customary representations and warranties we make, the documents governing our securitized pools of loans and our contracts with certain purchasers of our whole loans contain additional provisions that require us to indemnify or repurchase the related loans under certain circumstances. While our contracts vary, they contain provisions that require us to repurchase loans if the borrower fails to make loan payments due to the purchaser on a timely basis in the first few months after we sell the loan. We have been and continue to be subject to repurchase claims from investors for various reasons, and we will continue to be subject to such claims in the future. If we are required to indemnify or repurchase loans that we have sold or securitized, or will sell or securitize in the future, and this results in losses that exceed our reserve, such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the repurchased loan typically can only be financed at a steep discount to its repurchase price, if at all, and can generally be sold only at a discount to the unpaid principal balance, which in some cases can be significant. Significant repurchase activity on Direct or Wholesale loans or on Correspondent loans without offsetting recourse to a counterparty that we purchased the loan from could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are subject to counterparty risk and may be unable to seek indemnity from, or require our correspondent counterparties or sellers to repurchase mortgage loans if they breach representations and warranties, which could cause us to suffer losses.
When we purchase mortgage assets, our correspondent counterparty or seller typically makes customary representations and warranties to us about such assets. Our residential mortgage loan purchase agreements may entitle us to seek indemnity or demand repurchase or substitution of the loans in the event our counterparty breaches such a representation or warranty. However, there can be no assurance that our mortgage loan purchase agreements will contain appropriate representations and warranties, that we will be able to enforce our contractual right to demand repurchase or substitution, or that our counterparty will remain solvent or otherwise be willing and able to honor its obligations under our mortgage loan purchase agreements. Our inability to obtain indemnity or enforce repurchase obligations of counterparties and sellers for a significant number of loans could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our loans to advance our own funds to pass through scheduled principal and interest
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

payments to security holders of the MBS or whole loans into which the loans are sold, and pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. In certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make advances for which we may not be reimbursed. If a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. When a relatively young MSR portfolio such as ours ages, it is expected that the percentage of delinquent loans will typically increase and the amount of advances that are required and become outstanding in connection with such loans will increase in the aggregate. This increase in advances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, allowing borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic to request temporary loan forbearance for federally backed mortgage loans. Nevertheless, servicers of mortgage loans are contractually bound to advance monthly payments to investors, insurers and taxing authorities regardless of whether the borrower actually makes those payments. We expect that such payments may continue to increase throughout the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. While the GSEs recently issued guidance limiting the number of payments a servicer must advance in the case of a forbearance, we expect that a borrower who has experienced a loss of employment or a reduction of income may not repay the forborne payments at the end of the forbearance period. Additionally, we are prohibited by the CARES Act from collecting certain servicing related fees, such as late fees, during the forbearance plan period. We are further prohibited from initiating foreclosure and/or eviction proceedings under applicable investor and/or state law requirements. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 36,000 loans, or 10.0% of the loans in our MSR Servicing Portfolio had elected the forbearance option. We have so far successfully utilized other prepayments and mortgage payoffs to fund principal and interest advances relating to forborne loans, and have not advanced material amounts of principal or interest associated with forbearances. But, there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so in the coming months and we will ultimately have to replace such funds to make payments in respect of such prepayments and mortgage payoffs. As a result, we may have to use our cash, including borrowings under our debt agreements, to make the payments required under our servicing operation.
In addition, multiple forbearance programs, moratoria of foreclosure and eviction and other requirements to assist borrowers enduring financial hardship due to the COVID-19 pandemic are being issued by states, agencies and regulators. These measures could stay in place for an extended period of time. If we are unable to comply with, or face allegations that we are in breach of, applicable laws, regulations or other requirements, we may face regulatory action, including fines, penalties and restrictions on our business. In addition, we could face litigation and reputational damage.
Competition for mortgage assets may limit the availability of desirable originations, acquisitions and result in reduced risk-adjusted returns and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We face substantial competition in originating and acquiring attractive assets, both in our loan origination activities and our correspondent production activities. The competition for mortgage loan assets may compress margins and reduce yields, making it difficult for us to acquire assets with attractive risk-adjusted returns. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain returns, transition from assets producing lower returns into investments that produce better returns, or that we will not seek investments with greater risk to obtain the same level of returns. Any or all of these factors could cause the profitability of our operations to decline substantially and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
In addition, the financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial and lending institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as quickly as competitors or be successful in marketing these products and services to our Correspondent Partners and consumers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could harm our ability to attract customers and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our profitability depends, in part, on our ability to continue to acquire our targeted mortgage assets at favorable prices. We compete with mortgage REITs, specialty finance companies, private funds, banks, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, mutual funds, institutional investors, investment banking firms, depository institutions, governmental bodies and other entities, many of which focus on acquiring mortgage assets. Many of our competitors
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

also have competitive advantages over us, including size, financial strength, access to capital, cost of funds, federal pre-emption and higher risk tolerance. Competition may result in fewer acquisitions, higher prices, acceptance of greater risk, lower yields and a narrower spread of yields over our financing costs.
We may not be able to continue to grow our loan origination business or effectively manage significant increases in our loan production volume, both of which could negatively affect our reputation and business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our mortgage loan origination business consists of providing purchase money loans to homebuyers and refinancing existing loans. The origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business customers in the home buying process such as realtors and builders. As a result, our or our partners’ ability to secure relationships with such traditional business customers will influence our ability to grow our loan origination business. Our loan origination business also operates through third-party mortgage professionals who do business with us on a best efforts basis (i.e., they are not contractually obligated to do business with us). Further, our competitors also have relationships with these brokers and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand our broker networks. Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining our existing relationships or expanding our broker networks. Our business is also subject to overall market factors that can impact our ability to grow our loan production volume. For example, increased competition from new and existing market participants, reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity or slow growth in the level of new home purchase activity can impact our ability to continue to grow our loan production volumes, and we may be forced to accept lower margins in our respective businesses in order to continue to compete and keep our volume of activity consistent with past or projected levels. If we are unable to continue to grow our loan origination business, this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
On the other hand, we may experience material growth in our mortgage loan volume and MSRs. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of our services could suffer. For example, in connection with our increased loan origination volume in 2020, we identified a higher rate of errors in our post-closing loan quality control review of our originations function, and we implemented certain remedial measures to address these errors, including additional training programs for our associates. If these remedial measures are not effective or if these or other errors arise in connection with future growth in our loan volume, the quality of our loans could be impacted, which could in turn negatively affect our reputation and business, financial condition and results of operations.
Difficult conditions or disruptions in the MBS, mortgage, real estate and financial markets and the economy generally may adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Most of the Agency-eligible mortgage loans that we originate or acquire are delivered to the GSEs or Ginnie Mae to be pooled into an Agency MBS or sold directly to the Agencies through the cash window or other third parties. Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our liquidity because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we typically acquire and sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we acquire into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices or we may be required to repay a portion of the debt securing these assets, which could impact the availability and cost of financing arrangements and would likely result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The success of our business strategies and our results of operations are also materially affected by current conditions in the broader mortgage markets, the financial markets and the economy generally. Continuing concerns over factors including inflation, deflation, unemployment, personal and business income taxes, healthcare, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the mortgage markets and the real estate markets have contributed to increased volatility and unclear expectations for the economy and markets going forward. The mortgage markets have been and continue to be affected by changes in the lending landscape, defaults, credit losses and significant liquidity concerns. A destabilization of the real estate and mortgage markets or deterioration in these markets may adversely affect the performance and fair value of our assets, reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans that we acquire, either at a profit or at all. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive, and is likely to become more competitive, which could adversely affect us.
We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. Non-banks of various sizes and types are becoming increasingly competitive in the acquisition of newly originated mortgage loans and servicing rights. Many banks and large savings institutions have significantly greater resources or access to capital than we do, as well as a lower cost of funds. Additionally, some of our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our wholesale and correspondent production business. For example, non-bank loan servicers may try to leverage their servicing operations to develop or expand a wholesale and correspondent production business. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from the mortgage markets following the financial crisis in 2007, non-bank participants have become more active in these markets. As more non-bank entities enter these markets, or if more of the large commercial banks decide to become aggressive in the mortgage space once again, our production activities may generate lower volumes and/or margins. Accordingly, our inability to compete successfully or a material decrease in profit margins resulting from increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We depend on our ability to acquire loans and sell the resulting MBS in the secondary markets on favorable terms in our production activities. If our ability to acquire and sell is impaired, this could subject us to increased risk of loss.
In our production activities, we acquire and originate new loans, including non-Agency loans, from our Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners and sell or securitize those loans to or through the Agencies or other third-party investors. We also may sell the resulting securities into the MBS markets. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in operating this business or that we will continue to be able to capitalize on these opportunities on favorable terms or at all. In particular, we have committed, and expect to continue to commit, capital and other resources to this operation. However, we may not be able to continue to source sufficient loan acquisition opportunities to justify the expenditure of such capital and other resources. In the event that we are unable to continue to source sufficient opportunities for this operation, there can be no assurance that we would be able to acquire such assets on favorable terms or at all, or that such loans, if acquired, would be profitable to us. In addition, we may be unable to finance the acquisition of these loans or may be unable to sell the resulting loans or MBS in the secondary mortgage market on favorable terms or at all. We are also subject to the risk that the fair value of the acquired loans may decrease prior to their disposition either due to changes in market conditions, the delinquencies of our mortgage loans or a change in the condition of the underlying mortgage property. The occurrence of any one or more of these risks could adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
The gain recognized from sales in the secondary market represents a significant portion of our revenues and net earnings. Further, we are dependent on the cash generated from such sales to fund our future loan closings and repay borrowings under our loan funding facilities. A decrease in the prices paid to us upon sale of our loans could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The prices we receive for our loans vary from time to time and may be materially adversely affected by several factors, including, without limitation:
an increase in the number of similar loans available for sale;
conditions in the loan securitization market or in the secondary market for loans in general or for our loans in particular, which could make our loans less desirable to potential investors;
defaults under loans in general;
loan-level pricing adjustments imposed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including the recently imposed adjustments for the purchase of loans in forbearance and, although deferred for later implementation, refinancing loans;
the types and volume of loans being originated or sold by us;
the level and volatility of interest rates; and
the quality of loans previously sold by us.
Further, to the extent we become subject to delays in our ability to sell future mortgage loans which we originate, we would need to reduce our origination volume to the amount that we can sell plus any excess capacity under our
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

loan funding facilities. Delays in the sale of mortgage loans also increase our exposure to increases in interest rates, which could adversely affect our profitability on sales of loans.
The success and growth of our production and servicing activities will depend, in part, upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.
The production process and our servicing platform are becoming more dependent upon technological advancement and depends, in part, upon our ability to effectively interface with our Broker Partners, Correspondent Partners and other third parties. Maintaining, improving and becoming proficient with new technology may require us to make significant capital expenditures. To the extent we are dependent on any particular technology or technological solution, we may be harmed if such technology or technological solution becomes non-compliant with existing industry standards, fails to meet or exceed the capabilities of our competitors’ equivalent technologies or technological solutions, becomes increasingly expensive to service, retain and update, becomes subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation or malfunctions or functions in a way we did not anticipate that results in loan defects potentially requiring repurchase.
We also rely on third-party software products and services to operate our business. If we lose our rights to such products or services, or our current software vendors become unable to continue providing services to us on acceptable terms, we may not be able to procure alternatives in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all.
Additionally, new technologies and technological solutions are continually being released. We need to continue to develop and invest in our technological capabilities to remain competitive and our failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully adopt new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete and better ones become available. Additionally, if we fail to respond to technological developments in a cost-effective manner, or fail to acquire, integrate or interface with third-party technologies effectively, we may experience disruptions in our operations, lose market share or incur substantial costs.
Our risk management efforts may not be effective.
We could incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, liquidity risk and other market-related risks, as well as operational, tax and legal risks related to our business, assets and liabilities. We also are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and rules that are not industry specific, including health and safety laws, environmental laws, privacy laws and other federal, state, local and foreign laws and other regulations and rules in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our risk management policies, procedures and techniques may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks to which we are exposed, mitigate the risks we have identified or identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. Expansion of our business activities may also result in our being exposed to risks to which we have not previously been exposed or may increase our exposure to certain types of risks including risks related to our hedging transactions and strategy, as well as access to cash reserves, and we may not effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate these risks as our business activity changes or increases.
We could be harmed by misconduct or fraud that is difficult to detect.
We are exposed to risks relating to fraud and misconduct by our associates, contractors, custodians, brokers and Correspondent Partners and other third parties with whom we have relationships. For example, associates could execute unauthorized transactions, use our assets improperly or without authorization, use confidential information for improper purposes or misreport or otherwise try to hide improper activities from us. This type of misconduct can be difficult to detect and if not prevented or detected could result in claims or enforcement actions against us or losses. In addition, such persons or entities may misrepresent facts about a mortgage loan, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal, title information and employment and income stated on the loan application. If any of this information was intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation was not detected prior to the acquisition or funding of the loan, the value of the loan could be significantly lower than expected. A mortgage loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsalable or subject to repurchase if it is sold before detection of the misrepresentation. In addition, the persons and entities making a misrepresentation
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are often difficult to locate and it is often difficult to collect from them any monetary losses we have suffered. Our controls may not be completely effective in detecting this type of activity. Accordingly, such undetected instances of fraud may subject us to regulatory sanctions, litigation and losses, including those under our indemnification arrangements, and may seriously harm our reputation.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we continue to grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could result in a default and cross-defaults under our financing arrangements.
There is the risk that material weaknesses could be identified in the future and a risk exists that we may not successfully remediate future material weaknesses. Accordingly, our failure to maintain effective internal control over our business could result in financial risk and losses that would be reflected in our financial statements or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce, including our senior executives.
Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan servicers, debt default specialists, loan officers and underwriters. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced associates have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our associates, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses, and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us, and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The experience of our senior executives is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage origination and servicing industry. Changes to our senior executive team may occur, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not maintain and do not currently plan to obtain key life insurance policies on any of our senior managers.
We could be adversely affected if we inadequately obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.
We rely on a combination of strategies to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including the use of trademarks, service marks, domain names, trade secrets and unregistered copyrights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions. Nevertheless, these measures may not prevent misappropriation, infringement, reverse engineering or other violation of these rights by third parties. Any intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented in litigation or other proceedings, and such intellectual property rights may be lost or no longer provide us meaningful competitive advantages. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid all alleged infringements, misappropriations or other violations of such intellectual property rights. Third parties may raise claims against us alleging an infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property or proprietary rights.
Whether it is to defend against such claims or to protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, we may be required to spend significant resources including bringing litigation, which could be costly, time consuming and could divert the time and attention of our management team and result in the impairment or loss of portions of our rights, and we may not prevail. Our failure to secure, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, or defend against claims related to same, could adversely affect our brands and adversely impact our business.
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cybersecurity risks, cyber incidents and technology failures may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, an unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential or regulated data and information, and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business.
The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies. As our reliance on rapidly changing technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems and the information therein, both internal and those of third-party service providers.
A cyber incident refers to any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information technology resources, or those of our third-party providers, that result in the unauthorized access to, or disclosure, use, loss or destruction of, personally identifiable information or other sensitive, non-public, confidential or regulated data and information (including our borrowers’ personal information and transaction data), the misappropriation of assets, or a significant breakdown, invasion, corruption, destruction or interruption of any part of such information technology resources and the data therein. System disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications outages, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, employee and contractor error, negligence or malfeasance, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, hardware failures, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our customers.
We have undertaken measures intended to protect the safety and security of our information systems and the information systems of our third-party providers and the data therein, including physical and technological security measures, employee training, contractual precautions and business continuity plans, and implementation of policies and procedures designed to help mitigate the risk of system disruptions and failures and the occurrence of cyber incidents. Despite our efforts, there can be no assurance that any such risks will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed in a timely manner. It is possible that advances in computer capabilities, undetected fraud, inadvertent violations of our policies or procedures or other developments could result in a cyber incident or system disruption or failure. We may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all such risks, especially with respect to cyber incidents, as the methods of attack change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyber incidents can originate from a wide variety of sources, including persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce associates, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners or borrowers. These risks have increased in recent years and may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the internet and use of web-based product offerings and on the use of cybersecurity. In addition, our current work-from-home policy may increase the risk for the unauthorized disclosure or use of personal information or other data.
We may also be held accountable for the actions and inactions of third-party vendors regarding cybersecurity and other consumer-related matters, which may not be covered by indemnification arrangements with our third-party vendors.
Additionally, cyberattacks on local and state government databases and offices, including the rising trend of ransomware attacks, expose us to the risk of losing access to critical data and the ability to provide services to our customers.
Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, regulatory action or investigation, fines or penalties, additional regulatory scrutiny, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against and remedy any potential or existing security breaches and their consequences. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful and we may not have adequate insurance to cover these losses.
Material changes to the laws, regulations or practices applicable to reverse mortgage programs operated by FHA and HUD could adversely affect the reverse mortgage business of Longbridge Financial, LLC.
We own a 49.7% equity interest in Longbridge Financial, LLC, which participates in the reverse mortgage business. The reverse mortgage industry is largely dependent upon the Federal Housing Administration, or the FHA, and HUD, and there can be no guarantee that these entities will continue to participate in the reverse mortgage industry or that they will not make material changes to the laws, regulations, rules or practices applicable to reverse mortgage programs. The reverse mortgage loan products originated by Longbridge Financial, LLC are Home Equity
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conversion Mortgages, or HECM, an FHA-insured loan that must comply with the FHA’s and other regulatory requirements. Longbridge Financial, LLC also originates non-HECM reverse mortgage products, for which there is a limited secondary market. The FHA regulations governing the HECM product have changed from time to time. For example, on September 3, 2013, the FHA announced changes to the HECM program, pursuant to authority under the Reverse Mortgage Stabilization Act. The changes impact initial mortgage insurance premiums and principal limit factors, impose restrictions on the amount of funds that senior borrowers may draw down at closing and during the first 12 months after closing and require a financial assessment for all HECM borrowers to ensure they have the capacity and willingness to meet their financial obligations and the terms of the reverse mortgage. In addition, the changes require borrowers to set aside a portion of the loan proceeds they receive at closing (or withhold a portion of monthly loan disbursements) for the payment of property taxes and homeowners insurance based on the results of the financial assessment. The FHA also amended or clarified requirements related to HECMs through a series of issuances in 2014, including three Mortgagee Letters issued in June of 2014. The new requirements relate to advertising, restrictions on loan provisions, limitations on payment methods, new underwriting requirements, revised principal limits, revised financial assessment and property charge requirements and the treatment of non-borrowing spouses. The FHA has continued to issue additional guidance aimed at strengthening the HECM program. Most recently, the FHA issued a Mortgagee Letter changing initial and annual mortgage insurance premium rates and the principal limit factors for all HECMs. The reverse mortgage business of Longbridge Financial, LLC is also subject to state statutory and regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing requirements, required disclosures and permissible fees. It is unclear how the various new requirements, including the financial assessment requirement, will impact the reverse mortgage business and ultimately, our investment in Longbridge Financial, LLC. In addition, because many of these guidance and regulations relate to protection of customers who faced foreclosures and evictions which led to adverse publicity in the reverse mortgage industry, negative publicity due to actions by other reverse mortgage lenders could cause regulatory focus on the business of Longbridge Financial, LLC.
Our vendor relationships subject us to a variety of risks.
We have significant vendors that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology and other services to support our mortgage loan servicing and origination businesses. If our current vendors were to stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more vendor bankruptcies due to poor economic conditions or other events, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, in April 2012, the CFPB issued Bulletin 2012-03, as amended in 2016 by bulletin 2016-02, which states that supervised banks and non-banks could be held liable for actions of their service providers. As a result, we could be exposed to liability, CFPB enforcement actions or other administrative actions and/or penalties if the vendors with whom we do business violate consumer protection laws.
Our failure to deal appropriately with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, including legal and regulatory requirements, could cause harm to our business and adversely affect our business and financial condition and may negatively impact our reputation.
Maintaining our reputation is critical to attracting and retaining customers, trading and financing counterparties, investors and associates. If we fail to deal with, or appear to fail to deal with, various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, we could significantly harm our business. Reputational risk could negatively affect our financial condition and business, strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action, impact our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties, investors and associates and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Reputational risk from negative public opinion is inherent in our business and can result from a number of factors. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from social media and media coverage, whether accurate or not. Like other consumer-facing companies, we have received some amount of negative comment. These factors could tarnish or otherwise strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action, negatively affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading and financing counterparties and associates and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Large-scale natural or man-made disasters may lead to further reputational risk in the servicing area. Our mortgage properties are generally required to be covered by hazard insurance in an amount sufficient to cover repairs to or replacement of the residence. However, when a large scale disaster occurs, the demand for inspectors, appraisers, contractors and building supplies may exceed availability, insurers and mortgage servicers may be overwhelmed with inquiries, mail service and other communications channels may be disrupted, borrowers may suffer loss of employment and unexpected expenses which cause them to default on payments and/or renders them unable to pay deductibles required under the insurance policies, and widespread casualties may also affect the ability of borrowers or others who are needed to effect the process of repair or reconstruction or to execute documents. Loan originations may also be disrupted, as lenders are required to re-inspect properties which may have been affected by the disaster prior to funding. In these situations, borrowers and others in the community may believe that servicers and originators are penalizing them for being the victims of the initial disaster and making it harder for them to recover, potentially causing reputational damage to the us.
Moreover, the proliferation of social media websites as well as the personal use of social media by our associates and others, including personal blogs and social network profiles, also may increase the risk that negative, inappropriate or unauthorized information may be posted or released publicly that could harm our reputation or have other negative consequences, including as a result of our associates interacting with our customers in an unauthorized manner in various social media outlets.
In addition, our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters—even if related to seemingly isolated incidents, or even if related to practices not specific to the origination or servicing of loans, such as debt collection—could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential customers. In turn, this could decrease the demand for our products, increase regulatory scrutiny and detrimentally effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Employment litigation and related unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our business.
Team members and former team members may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us regarding injury, creation of a hostile workplace, discrimination, wage and hour, employee benefits, sexual harassment and other employment issues. In recent years there has been an increase in the number employment-related actions in states with favorable employment laws, such as California, as well as an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment claims against employers generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms and similar devices that allow individuals access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their businesses. If we experience significant incidents involving employment or harassment related claims, we could face substantial out-of-pocket losses and fines if claims are not covered by our liability insurance, as well as negative publicity. In addition, such claims may give rise to litigation, which may be time-consuming, costly and distracting to our management team.
Initiating new business activities or strategies or significantly expanding existing business activities or strategies may expose us to new risks and will increase our cost of doing business.
Initiating new business activities or strategies or significantly expanding existing business activities or strategies may expose us to new or increased financial, regulatory, reputational and other risks. Such innovations are important and necessary ways to grow our businesses and respond to changing circumstances in our industry; however, we cannot be certain that we will be able to manage the associated risks and compliance requirements effectively. Such risks include a lack of experienced management-level personnel, increased administrative burden, increased logistical problems common to large, expansive operations, increased credit and liquidity risk and increased regulatory scrutiny.
Furthermore, our efforts may not succeed and any revenues we earn from any new or expanded business initiative or strategy may not be sufficient to offset the initial and ongoing costs of that initiative, which would result in a loss with respect to that initiative, strategy or acquisition.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain of our material vendors have operations in India that could be adversely affected by changes in political or economic stability or by government policies.
Certain of our material vendors currently have operations located in India, which is subject to relatively higher political and social instability than the United States and may lack the infrastructure to withstand political unrest, natural disasters or global pandemics. The political or regulatory climate in the United States, or elsewhere, also could change so that it would not be lawful or practical for us to use vendors with international operations in the manner in which we currently use them. If we could no longer utilize vendors operating in India or if those vendors were required to transfer some or all of their operations to another geographic area, we would incur significant transition costs as well as higher future overhead costs that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. In some foreign countries with developing economies, it may be common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA. Any violations of the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws by us, our subsidiaries or our local vendors could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation and result in substantial financial penalties or other sanctions.
We may not be able to fully utilize our net operating loss, or NOL, and other tax carryforwards.
As of September 30, 2020, we had $34.1 million of NOL carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, which begin to expire in 2035. Our ability to utilize NOLs and other tax carryforwards to reduce taxable income in future years could be limited due to various factors, including (i) our projected future taxable income, which could be insufficient to recognize the full benefit of such NOL carryforwards prior to their expiration; (ii) limitations imposed as a result of one or more ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, (which subject NOLs to an annual limitation on usage); and/or (iii) challenges by the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, that a transaction or transactions were concluded with the principal purpose of evasion or avoidance of federal income tax. As of September 30, 2020, $24.9 million of our NOL carryforwards for federal income tax purposes are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Code, which we anticipate being able to fully utilize in the normal course. However, it is possible that this offering, together with other ownership changes, could further limit our ability to use these NOLs.
The IRS could challenge the amount, timing and/or use of our NOL carryforwards.
The amount of our NOL carryforwards has not been audited or otherwise validated by the IRS after the tax year ended December 31, 2016. Among other things, the IRS could challenge the amount, timing and/or our use of our NOLs. Any such challenge, if successful, could significantly limit our ability to utilize a portion or all of our NOL carry forwards. In addition, calculating whether an ownership change has occurred within the meaning of Section 382 is subject to inherent uncertainty, both because of the complexity of applying Section 382 and because of limitations on a publicly traded company’s knowledge as to the ownership of, and transactions in, its securities. Therefore, the calculation of the amount of our utilizable NOL carryforwards could be changed as a result of a successful challenge by the IRS or as a result of new information about the ownership of, and transactions in, our securities.
Possible changes in legislation could negatively affect our ability to use the tax benefits associated with our NOL carryforwards.
The rules relating to U.S. federal income taxation are periodically under review by persons involved in the legislative and administrative rulemaking processes, by the IRS and by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, resulting in revisions of regulations and revised interpretations of established concepts as well as statutory changes, including decreases in the tax rate. Future revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely impact our ability to use some or all of the tax benefits associated with our NOL carryforwards.
Changes in tax laws may adversely affect us.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly affected U.S. federal tax law, including by changing how the U.S. imposes tax on certain types of income of corporations and by reducing the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21%. It also imposed new limitations on a number of tax benefits, including deductions for business interest, use of net operating loss carryforwards, taxation of foreign income, and the foreign tax credit, among others.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

It also imposed new limitations on deductions for mortgage interest, which may affect the demand for loans which we acquire and service. The CARES Act, enacted on March 27, 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, further altered U.S. federal tax law, including in respect of certain changes that were made by the TCJA, generally on a temporary basis. There can be no assurance that future tax law changes will not increase the rate of the corporate income tax significantly, impose new limitations on deductions, credits or other tax benefits, or make other changes that may adversely affect our business, cash flows or financial performance. In addition, the IRS has yet to issue guidance on a number of important issues regarding the changes made by the TCJA and the CARES Act.
Market Risks
Interest rate fluctuations could significantly decrease our results of operations and cash flows and the fair value of our assets.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Due to the unprecedented events surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic along with the associated severe market dislocation, there is an increased degree of uncertainty and unpredictability concerning current interest rates, future interest rates and potential negative interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations present a variety of risks to our operations. Our primary interest rate exposures relate to the yield on our assets, their fair values and the financing cost of our debt, as well as to any derivative financial instruments that we utilize for hedging purposes. Decreasing interest rates may cause a large number of borrowers to refinance, which could result in the loss of future net servicing revenues with an associated write-down of the related MSRs. In addition, significant savings in interest rate movement may impact our gains and losses from interest rate hedging arrangements and result in our need to change our hedging strategy. Any such scenario could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in the level of interest rates also may affect our ability to acquire assets (including the purchase or origination of mortgage loans), the value of our assets (including our pipeline of mortgage loan commitments and our portfolio of MSRs) and any related hedging instruments, the value of newly originated or purchased loans, and our ability to realize gains from the disposition of assets. Changes in interest rates may also affect borrower default rates and may impact our ability to refinance or modify loans and/or to sell real estate owned, or REO, assets.
Borrowings under some of our financing agreements are at variable rates of interest, which also expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on certain of our variable-rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. We currently have entered into, and in the future we may continue to enter into, interest rate swaps or interest rate swap futures that involve the exchange of floating for fixed-rate interest payments to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps or interest rate swap futures with respect to all of our variable-rate indebtedness, and any such swaps may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, may prove disadvantageous, or may create additional risks.
In addition, our business is materially affected by the monetary policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the U.S. Federal Reserve, which influence interest rates and impact the size of the loan origination market. In 2017, the U.S. Federal Reserve ended its quantitative easing program and started its balance sheet reduction plan. The U.S. Federal Reserve’s balance sheet consists of U.S. Treasuries and MBS issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. To shrink its balance sheet prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. Federal Reserve had slowed the pace of MBS purchases to a point at which natural runoff exceeded new purchases, resulting in a net reduction. Recently, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, state and federal authorities have taken several actions to provide relief to those negatively affected by COVID-19, such as the CARES Act and the Federal Reserve’s support of the financial markets. In particular, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced programs to increase its purchase of certain MBS products in response to the COVID-19 pandemic’s effect on the U.S. economy, and the market for MBS in particular. The U.S. Federal Reserve also reduced the target range for the federal funds rate to 0 to 0.25% and announced a policy change in August 2020 to the way it sets interest rates that will likely keep interest rates in the U.S. relatively low for an extended period of time. The results of this recent policy change by the U.S. Federal Reserve are unknown at this time, as is its duration, but could affect the liquidity of MBS in the future.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hedging against interest rate exposure may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We pursue hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to changes in interest rates. However, while we enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risk, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in poorer overall performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions, in addition to directly affecting the percentage of loan applications in the underwriting process that ultimately close. Interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things, it may not fully eliminate interest rate risk, it could expose us to counterparty and default and cross-default risk that may result in greater losses or the loss of unrealized profits, and it will create additional expense. Generally, hedging activity requires the investment of capital and the amount of capital required often varies as interest rates and asset valuations change. Thus, hedging activity, while intended to limit losses, may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could materially and adversely affect us.
Our business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. A downturn in economic conditions resulting in adverse changes in interest rates, inflation, the debt capital markets, unemployment rates, consumer and commercial bankruptcy filings, the general strength of national and local economies and other factors that negatively impact household incomes could decrease demand for our mortgage loan products as a result of a lower volume of housing purchases and reduced refinancings of mortgages and could lead to higher mortgage defaults and lower prices for our loans upon sale.
In addition, a weakening economy, high unemployment and declining real estate values may increase the likelihood that borrowers will become delinquent and ultimately default on their debt service obligations. Our cost to service increases when borrowers become delinquent. In the event of a default, we may incur additional costs, the size of which depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the instruction of the loan investor, location and condition of the underlying property, the terms of the guarantee or insurance on the loan, the level of interest rates and the time it takes to liquidate the property.
We finance our assets with borrowings, which may materially and adversely affect the income derived from our assets.
We currently leverage and, to the extent available, we intend to continue to leverage our assets through borrowings, the level of which may vary based on the particular characteristics of our asset portfolio and on market conditions. We have financed certain of our assets through repurchase agreements, pursuant to which we sell mortgage loans to lenders (i.e., repurchase agreement counterparties) and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same assets back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. Because the cash we receive from the lender when we initially sell the assets to the lender is less than our cost to acquire the assets as well as the fair value of those assets (this difference is referred to as the haircut), if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same assets back to us we could incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the difference in asset value sold back to us reduced further by interest accrued on the financing (assuming there was no change in the fair value of the assets).
The value of our collateral may decrease, which could lead to our lenders initiating margin calls and requiring us to post additional collateral or repay a portion of our outstanding borrowings.
We originate or acquire certain assets, including MSRs, for which financing has historically been difficult to obtain. We currently leverage certain of our MSRs under secured financing arrangements. Our MSRs are pledged to secure borrowings under a loan and security agreement. Our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae MSRs are financed on a $500 million line of credit with a three year revolving period ending on January 31, 2022, followed by a one year amortization period which ends on January 31, 2023. Our secured financing arrangements pursuant to which we finance MSRs are further subject to the terms of an acknowledgement agreement with the related GSE and Ginnie Mae, pursuant to which our and the secured parties’ rights are subordinate in all respects to the rights of the applicable GSE or Ginnie Mae and subject to financial covenants similar to our financing arrangements. Accordingly, the exercise by any GSE or Ginnie Mae of its rights under the applicable acknowledgment agreement, including at the direction of the secured parties and whether or not we are in breach of our financing arrangement, could result in the extinguishment of our and the secured parties’ rights in the related collateral and result in significant losses to us.
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may in the future utilize other sources of borrowings, including term loans, bank credit facilities and structured financing arrangements, among others. The amount of leverage we employ varies depending on the asset class being financed, our available capital, our ability to obtain and access financing arrangements with lenders and the lenders’ and rating agencies’ estimate of, among other things, the stability of our asset portfolio’s cash flow.
Our operations are dependent on access to our financing arrangements, which are mostly uncommitted. If the lenders under these financing facilities terminate, or modify the terms of, these facilities, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We depend on short-term debt financing in the form of secured borrowings under various financing arrangements with financial institutions. These facilities are primarily uncommitted, which means that any request we make to borrow funds under these facilities may be declined for any reason, even if at the time of the borrowing request we have then-outstanding borrowings that are less than the borrowing limits under these facilities. We may not be able to obtain additional financing under our financing arrangements when necessary, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and exposing us to, among other things, liquidity risks which could adversely affect our profitability and operations.
Our financing agreements contain financial and restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our businesses.
The lenders under our financing agreements require us and/or our subsidiaries to comply with various financial covenants, including those relating to tangible net worth, profitability and our ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth. Our lenders also require us to maintain minimum amounts of cash or cash equivalents sufficient to maintain a specified liquidity position and maintain collateral having a market value sufficient to support the related borrowings. If we are unable to meet these financial covenants, our financial condition could deteriorate rapidly and could also result in a default or cross-defaults under our financing arrangements.
Our existing financing agreements also impose other financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions on us that impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies by limiting our ability to, among other things: incur certain types of indebtedness; grant liens; engage in consolidations and mergers and asset sales; make restricted payments and investments; and enter into transactions with affiliates. In our financing agreements, we agree to certain covenants and restrictions and we make representations about the assets sold or pledged under these agreements. We also agree to certain events of default (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), including payment defaults, breaches of financial and other covenants and/or certain representations and warranties, cross-defaults, servicer termination events, ratings downgrades, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, legal judgments against us, loss of licenses, loss of Agency, FHA, VA and/or USDA approvals and other events of default and remedies customary for these types of agreements. If we default on our obligations under our financing arrangements, fail to comply with certain covenants and restrictions or breach our representations and are unable to cure, the lender may be able to terminate the transaction or its commitments, accelerate any amounts outstanding, repurchase the assets, and/or cease entering into any other financing arrangements with us, which could also result in defaults or cross-defaults in our financing arrangements.
Because our financing agreements typically contain cross-default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our other agreements to also declare a default, thereby exposing us to a variety of lender remedies, such as those described above, and potential losses arising therefrom. In addition, defaults and cross-defaults under our financing arrangements could trigger a cross-defaults under our trading agreements, which could have a negative impact on our ability to enter into hedging transactions. Any losses that we incur on our financing agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We may be adversely affected by changes in the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, reporting practices, the method in which LIBOR is determined, the possible transition away from LIBOR and the possible use of alternative reference rates.
LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. In July 2017, the head of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority announced the desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On November 30, 2020, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, with the support of the United States Federal Reserve and the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, announced plans to consult on
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ceasing publication of USD LIBOR on December 31, 2021 for only the one week and two month USD LIBOR tenors, and on June 30, 2023 for all other USD LIBOR tenors. While this announcement extends the transition period to June 2023, the United States Federal Reserve concurrently issued a statement advising banks to stop new USD LIBOR issuances by the end of 2021. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, and it is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR, whether LIBOR rates will cease to be published or supported before or after 2021 or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted.
The possible withdrawal and replacement of LIBOR with alternative benchmarks introduces a number of risks for us, our customers and our industry more widely. These risks include legal implementation risks, as extensive changes to documentation for new and existing customers, including lenders and real estate investors/owners, may be required. There are also financial risks arising from any changes in the valuation of financial instruments, which may impact our loan production and servicing businesses. There are also operational risks due to the potential requirement to adapt information technology systems and operational processes to address the withdrawal and replacement of LIBOR. In addition, the withdrawal or replacement of LIBOR may temporarily reduce or delay transaction volume and could lead to various complexities and uncertainties related to our industry.
Additionally, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have announced that they will stop purchasing adjustable-rate mortgages (“ARMs”) based on LIBOR by the end of 2020 and plan to begin accepting ARMs based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) in late 2020. Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s switch to SOFR may result in a disruption of business flow for our business due to changes in loan pricing as a result of spread differential between LIBOR and SOFR and hedging issues, both from a differential in cost and uncertainty with timing for the transition to the new index. Additionally, our business may face operational risks associated with documentation for existing loans that may not adequately address the LIBOR transition and implementing SOFR into our systems and processes properly to ensure interest is accurately calculated.
While it is not currently possible to determine precisely whether, or to what extent, the possible withdrawal and replacement of LIBOR would affect us, the implementation of alternative benchmark rates to LIBOR could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may not be able to raise the debt or equity capital required to finance our assets and grow our businesses.
The growth of our businesses requires continued access to debt and equity capital that may or may not be available on favorable terms, at the desired times or at all. In addition, we own certain assets, including MSRs, for which financing has historically been difficult to obtain. Our inability to continue to maintain debt financing for MSRs could require us to seek equity capital that may be more costly or unavailable to us.
We are also dependent on a limited number of banking institutions that extend us credit on terms that we have determined to be commercially reasonable. These banking institutions are subject to their own regulatory supervision, liquidity and capital requirements, risk management frameworks and risk thresholds and tolerances, any of which may materially and negatively impact their willingness to extend credit to us specifically or mortgage lenders and servicers generally. Such actions may increase our cost of capital and limit or otherwise eliminate our access to capital.
Our access to any debt or equity capital on favorable terms or at all is uncertain. Our inability to raise such capital or obtain such debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We utilize derivative financial instruments, which could subject us to risk of loss.
We enter into a variety of hedging arrangements such as derivative contracts, to hedge the fair value of the MSR portfolio and minimize market rate risk although we cannot assure you that these hedging arrangements will protect the value of our MSR assets. We utilize derivative financial instruments for hedging purposes, which may include swap futures, options, “to be announced” contracts and futures. However, the prices of derivative financial instruments, including futures and options, are highly volatile. As a result, the cost of utilizing derivatives may reduce our income and liquidity, and the derivative instruments that we utilize may fail to effectively hedge our positions. We are also subject to credit risk with regard to the counterparties involved in the derivative transactions.
The use of derivative instruments is also subject to an increasing number of laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and its implementing
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations. These laws and regulations are complex, compliance with them may be costly and time consuming, and our failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations could subject us to lawsuits or government actions and damage our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Regulatory Risks
We operate in a highly regulated industry with continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations.
The mortgage industry is highly regulated, and we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that restrict, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan production and servicing businesses, including the fees that we may charge and the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure and other processing of personal information. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits. Both the scope of the laws and regulations and the intensity of the supervision to which our business is subject have increased over time in response to the financial crisis, as well as other factors, such as technological and market changes.
The laws and regulations and judicial and administrative decisions relating to mortgage loans and consumer protection to which we are subject include, for example, those pertaining to real estate settlement procedures, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, fair debt collection practices, service members protections, unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, federal and state advertising requirements, high-cost loans and predatory lending, compliance with net worth and financial statement delivery requirements, compliance with federal and state disclosure and licensing requirements, the establishment of maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, ability-to-repay and qualified mortgages, licensing of loan originators and other personnel, loan originator compensation, secured transactions, property valuations, insurance, servicing transfers, payment processing, escrow, communications with consumers, loss mitigation, debt collection, prompt payment crediting, periodic statements, foreclosure, bankruptcies, repossession and claims-handling procedures, disclosures related to and cancellation of private mortgage insurance, flood insurance, the reporting of loan application and origination data, and other trade practices. For a more detailed description of the regulations to which we are subject, see “Business—Regulation.”
We also must comply with federal, state and local laws related to data privacy and the handling of personally identifiable information, or PII, and other sensitive, regulated or non-public data. These include the recently enacted California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, and we expect other states to enact legislation similar to the CCPA, which limit how companies can use customer data and impose obligations on companies in their management of such data, and require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. The CCPA, among other things, requires new disclosures to California consumers and affords such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of personal information, in addition to limiting our ability to use their information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result from a failure to implement reasonable safeguards. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. The service providers we use, including outside counsel retained to process foreclosures and bankruptcies, must also comply with some of these legal requirements. Changes to laws, regulations or regulatory policies or their interpretation or implementation and the continued heightening of regulatory requirements could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.
The influx of new laws, regulations, and other directives adopted by federal, state and local governments in response to the recent COVID-19 pandemic exemplifies the ever-changing and increasingly complex regulatory landscape in which we operate. While some regulatory reactions to COVID-19 relaxed certain compliance obligations, the forbearance requirements imposed on mortgage servicers in the recently passed CARES Act added new regulatory responsibilities. The GSEs and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or the FHFA, Ginnie Mae, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, state and local governments, various investors and others have also issued guidance relating to COVID-19. Future regulatory scrutiny and enforcement resulting from COVID-19 is unknown.
Our failure to comply with applicable federal, state and local consumer protection and data privacy laws could lead to:
loss of our licenses and approvals to engage in our servicing and lending/loan purchasing businesses;
damage to our reputation in the industry;
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

governmental investigations and enforcement actions;
administrative fines and penalties and litigation;
civil and criminal liability, including class action lawsuits;
diminished ability to sell loans that we originate or purchase, requirements to sell such loans at a discount compared to other loans or repurchase or address indemnification claims from purchasers of such loans, including the GSEs;
inability to raise capital; and
inability to execute on our business strategy, including our growth plans.
Furthermore, situations involving a potential violation of law or regulation, even if limited in scope, may give rise to numerous and overlapping investigations and proceedings, either by multiple federal and state agencies and officials in the United States. In addition, our failure, or the failure of our Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners to comply with these laws and regulations may result in increased costs of doing business, reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, rescission of mortgages and return of interest payments, permanent forgiveness of debt, delays in the foreclosure process, litigation, reputational damage, enforcement actions, and repurchase and indemnification obligations, which could affect our investor approval status and our ability to sell or service loans. Our failure to adequately supervise vendors and service providers may lead to significant liabilities, inclusive of assignee liabilities, as a result of the errors and omissions of those vendors and service providers.
As regulatory guidance and enforcement and the views of the CFPB, state attorneys general, the GSEs and other market participants evolve, we may need to modify further our loan origination processes and systems in order to adjust to evolution in the regulatory landscape and successfully operate our lending business. In such circumstances, if we are unable to make the necessary adjustments, our business and operations could be adversely affected.
Our failure to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject, whether actual or alleged, would expose us to fines, penalties or potential litigation liabilities, including costs, settlements and judgments, and also trigger defaults under our financing arrangements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to liability for potential violations of anti-predatory lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.
Various federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending and servicing practices. The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, prohibits inclusion of certain provisions in residential loans that have mortgage rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels and requires that borrowers be given certain disclosures prior to origination. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. In addition, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain residential loans, including loans that are not classified as “high cost” loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefits test with respect to the related borrower. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. The VA has also adopted rules to protect veterans from predatory lending in connection with certain home loans.
Failure of residential loan originators or servicers to comply with these laws, to the extent any of their residential loans are or become part of our mortgage-related assets, could subject us, as a servicer or, in the case of acquired loans, as an assignee or purchaser, to monetary penalties and could result in the borrowers rescinding the affected loans. Lawsuits have been brought in various states making claims against originators, servicers, assignees and purchasers of high cost loans for violations of state law. Named defendants in these cases have included numerous participants within the secondary mortgage market. If our loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could be subject to lawsuits or governmental actions, or we could be fined or incur losses.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The CFPB is active in its monitoring of the residential mortgage origination and servicing sectors. New or revised rules and regulations and more stringent enforcement of existing rules and regulations by the CFPB could result in increased compliance costs, enforcement actions, fines, penalties and the inherent reputational harm that results from such actions.
The CFPB has oversight of non-depository mortgage lending and servicing institutions and is empowered with broad supervision, rulemaking and examination authority to enforce laws involving consumer financial products and services and to ensure, among other things, that consumers receive clear and accurate disclosures regarding financial products and are protected from hidden fees and unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices. The CFPB has adopted a number of regulations under long-standing consumer financial protection laws and the Dodd-Frank Act, including rules regarding truth in lending, assessments of a borrower’s ability to repay, home mortgage loan disclosure, home mortgage loan origination, fair credit reporting, fair debt collection practices, foreclosure protections and mortgage servicing rules, including provisions regarding loss mitigation, prompt crediting of borrowers’ accounts for payments received, delinquency and early intervention, prompt investigation of complaints by borrowers, periodic statement requirements, lender-placed insurance, requests for information and successors-in-interest to borrowers. The CFPB also periodically issues guidance documents, such as bulletins, setting forth informal guidance regarding compliance with these and other laws under its jurisdiction, and issues public enforcement actions, which provide additional guidance on its interpretation of these legal requirements.
The CFPB also has enforcement authority and can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties. The CFPB has made it clear that it expects non-bank entities to maintain an effective process for managing risks associated with third-party vendor relationships, including compliance-related risks. In connection with this vendor risk management process, we are expected to perform due diligence reviews of potential vendors, review vendors’ policies and procedures and internal training materials to confirm compliance-related focus, include enforceable consequences in contracts with vendors regarding failure to comply with consumer protection requirements, and take prompt action, including terminating the relationship, in the event that vendors fail to meet our expectations. Through enforcement actions and guidance, the CFPB is also applying scrutiny to compensation payments to third-party providers for marketing services and may issue guidance that narrows the range of acceptable payments to third-party providers as part of marketing services agreements, lead generation agreements and other third-party marketer relationships.
In addition to its supervision and examination authority, the CFPB is authorized to conduct investigations to determine whether any person is engaging in, or has engaged in, conduct that violates federal consumer financial protection laws, and to initiate enforcement actions for such violations, regardless of its direct supervisory authority. Investigations may be conducted jointly with other regulators. The CFPB has the authority to impose monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws, require remediation of practices and pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws. The CFPB also has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders, orders for restitution or rescission of contracts and other kinds of affirmative relief and monetary penalties ranging from up to approximately $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1,000,000 per day for knowing violations.
The mortgage lending sector is currently relying for a significant portion of the mortgages originated on a temporary CFPB regulation, commonly called the “QM Patch,” which permits mortgage lenders to comply with the CFPB’s ability to repay requirements by relying on the fact that the mortgage is eligible for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Reliance on the QM Patch has become widespread due to the operational complexity and practical inability for many mortgage lenders to rely on other ways to show compliance with the ability to repay regulations. On June 22, 2020, the CFPB issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to, among other things, revise the definition of a qualified mortgage. On October 20, 2020, the CFPB finalized a rule extending the temporary “GSE patch,” which grants QM status to loans eligible to be purchased or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, until the QM rule changes are finalized and take effect. Meanwhile, the CFPB will continue developing final rules on the general QM loan definition and its proposal for a new category of “seasoned” QMs. We cannot predict what final actions the CFPB will take and how it might affect us as well as other mortgage lenders.
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consistent with its active monitoring of residential mortgage origination and servicing, the CFPB may impose new regulations under existing statutes or revise its existing regulations to more stringently limit our business activities. In addition, uncertainty regarding changes in leadership or authority levels within the CFPB and changes in supervisory and enforcement priorities, including potentially more stringent enforcement actions, could result in heightened regulation and oversight of our business activities, materially and adversely affect the manner in which we conduct our business, and increase costs and potential litigation associated with our business activities. Our failure to comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject, whether actual or alleged, would expose us to fines, penalties or potential litigation liabilities, including costs, settlements and judgments, and also trigger defaults under our financing arrangements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
The state regulatory agencies continue to be active in their supervision of the loan origination and servicing sectors and the results of these examinations may be detrimental to our business. New or revised rules and regulations and more stringent enforcement of existing rules and regulations by state regulatory agencies could result in increased compliance costs, enforcement actions, fines, penalties and the inherent reputational harm that results from such actions.
We are also supervised by regulatory agencies under state law. State attorneys general, state licensing regulators, and state and local consumer protection offices have authority to investigate consumer complaints and to commence investigations and other formal and informal proceedings regarding our operations and activities. In addition, the GSEs and the FHFA, Ginnie Mae, the FTC, HUD, various investors, non-agency securitization trustees and others subject us to periodic reviews and audits.
State regulatory agencies have been and continue to be active in their supervision of loan origination and servicing companies, including us. If a state regulatory agency imposes new rules or revises its rules or otherwise engages in more stringent supervisory and enforcement activities with respect to existing or new rules, we could be subject to enforcement actions, fines or penalties, as well as reputational harm as a result of these actions. We also may face increased compliance costs as a direct result of new or revised rules or in response to any such stringent enforcement or supervisory activities. A determination of our failure to comply with applicable law could lead to enforcement action, administrative fines and penalties, or other administrative action.
Government responses to COVID-19, including the passage of the CARES Act, pose new and evolving compliance obligations on our business, and we may experience unfavorable changes in or failure to comply with existing or future regulations and laws adopted in response to COVID-19.
Due to the unprecedented impact on major sectors of the U.S. economy from COVID-19, numerous states and the federal government have adopted measures requiring mortgage servicers to work with consumers negatively impacted by COVID-19. The CARES Act imposes several new compliance obligations on our mortgage servicing activities, including, but not limited to mandatory forbearance offerings, altered credit reporting obligations, and moratoriums on foreclosure actions and late fee assessments. Many states have taken similar measures to provide mortgage payment and other relief to consumers, which create additional complexity around our mortgage servicing compliance activities. We cannot predict when or on what terms and conditions these measures will be lifted, which will depend on future legislative and regulatory developments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The swift passage of the CARES Act increases the likelihood of unintended consequences from the legislation. An example of such unintended consequences is the liquidity pressure placed on mortgage servicers given our contractual obligation to continue to advance payments to investors on loans in forbearance where consumers are not making their typical monthly mortgage payments. Moreover, certain provisions of the CARES Act are subject to interpretation given the existing ambiguities in the legislation, which creates class action and other litigation risk.
Although much of the executive, legislative and regulatory action stemming from COVID-19 is focused on mortgage servicing, regulators are adjusting compliance obligations impacting our mortgage origination activities. Many states have adopted temporary measures allowing for otherwise prohibited remote mortgage loan origination activities. While these temporary measures allow us to continue to do business remotely, they impose notice, procedural, and other compliance obligations on our origination activity.
Federal, state and local executive, legislative and regulatory responses to COVID-19 are rapidly evolving, not consistent in scope or application, and subject to change without advance notice. Such efforts may impose additional compliance obligations, which may negatively impact our mortgage origination and servicing business. Any
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

additional legal or regulatory responses to COVID-19 may unfavorably restrict our business operations, alter our established business practices, and otherwise raise our compliance costs.
Failure to comply with the GSEs, FHA, VA and USDA guidelines and changes in these guidelines or GSE and Ginnie Mae guarantees could adversely affect our business.
We are required to follow specific guidelines and eligibility standards that impact the way we service and originate GSE and U.S. government agency loans, including guidelines and standards with respect to:
underwriting standards and credit standards for mortgage loans;
our staffing levels and other servicing practices;
the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;
our modification standards and procedures;
the amount of reimbursable and non-reimbursable advances that we may make; and
the types of loan products that are eligible for sale or securitization.
These guidelines provide the GSEs and other government agencies with the ability to provide monetary incentives for loan servicers that perform well and to assess penalties for those that do not. In addition, these guidelines directly limit the types of loan products that we may offer in general and the mortgage loans that we may underwrite for specific borrowers to the extent that we those products to be supported by the GSEs and other government agencies. As a result, failure to comply with these guidelines could adversely impact our ability to benefit from GSE and other government agency support and could therefore impact our business.
At the direction of the FHFA, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have aligned their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages, which could result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings, and other breaches of servicing obligations. We generally cannot negotiate these terms with the Agencies and they are subject to change at any time without our specific consent. A significant change in these guidelines, that decreases the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources to provide mortgage services, could decrease our revenues or increase our costs.
In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, the USDA or the VA, or the insurance provided by the FHA, or coverage provided by private mortgage insurers, could also have broad adverse market implications. Any future increases in guarantee fees or changes to their structure or increases in the premiums we are required to pay to the FHA or private mortgage insurers for insurance or to the VA or the USDA for guarantees could increase mortgage origination costs and insurance premiums for our customers. These industry changes could negatively affect demand for our mortgage services and consequently our origination volume, which could be detrimental to our business. We cannot predict whether the impact of any proposals to move Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac out of conservatorship would require them to increase their fees. For further discussion, see “Risk Factors—We are highly dependent on the GSEs and Ginnie Mae and the FHFA, as the conservator of the GSEs, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.”
We are highly dependent on the GSEs and Ginnie Mae and the FHFA, as the conservator of the GSEs, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales depends to a significant degree on programs administered by the GSEs and Ginnie Mae and others that facilitate the issuance of MBS in the secondary market. The GSEs, Ginnie Mae and FHFA play a critical role in the mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with them. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conventional conforming loans that we acquire from mortgage lenders through our correspondent production activities or our Direct channel activities qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by the GSEs and Ginnie Mae or for purchase by a GSE directly through its cash window. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by the GSEs and Ginnie Mae on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees, our retention of such credit risk through structured transactions that lower our
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

guarantee fees, and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures to the Agencies and other third-party purchasers.
The disposition of the FHFA conservatorship of the GSEs continues to be debated between the U.S. Congress and the executive branch of the U.S. federal government and could also be impacted by a forthcoming U.S. Supreme Court case regarding whether FHFA’s structure is constitutional. In June 2018, the Trump Administration brought forth a new proposal to end government conservatorship, which would result in full privatization of the GSEs. In September 2019, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the U.S. Treasury, the FHFA and HUD released plans to reform the housing finance system. These Agencies developed these plans in conjunction with one another and other government agencies, and include legislative and administrative reforms to achieve the following reform goals: (i) ending the conservatorships of the GSEs upon the completion of specified reforms; (ii) facilitating competition in the housing finance market; (iii) establishing regulation of the GSEs that safeguards their safety and soundness and minimizes the risks they pose to the financial stability of the United States; and (iv) providing that the federal government is properly compensated for any explicit or implicit support it provides to the GSEs or the secondary housing finance market. At this point, it remains unclear whether any of these legislative or regulatory reforms will be enacted or implemented. Any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between the GSEs and the U.S. federal government could adversely affect our business and prospects. Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to the GSEs, these actions may not be adequate for their needs. If the GSEs are adversely affected by events such as ratings downgrades, inability to obtain necessary government funding, lack of success in resolving repurchase demands to lenders, foreclosure problems and delays and problems with mortgage insurers, they could suffer losses and fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of the GSEs or any significant adverse change in their capital structure, financial condition, activity levels in the primary or secondary mortgage markets or underwriting criteria could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. The roles of the GSEs could be significantly restructured, reduced or eliminated and the nature of the guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Elimination of the traditional roles of the GSEs, or any changes to the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by the GSEs or the fees, terms and guidelines that govern our selling and servicing relationships with them, such as increases in the guarantee fees we are required to pay, initiatives that increase the number of repurchase demands and/or the manner in which they are pursued, or possible limits on delivery volumes imposed upon us and other sellers/servicers, could also materially and adversely affect our business, including our ability to sell and securitize loans that we acquire through our correspondent production activities or our Direct channel activities, and the performance, liquidity and market value of our assets. Moreover, any changes to the nature of the GSEs or their guarantee obligations could redefine what constitutes an Agency MBS and could have broad adverse implications for the market and our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our ability to generate revenues from newly originated loans that we acquire through our correspondent production activities and originated by our Direct channel is also dependent on the fact that the Agencies have not historically focused on acquiring such loans directly from the smaller mortgage lenders with whom we have relationships, but have instead relied on banks and non-bank aggregators such as us to acquire, aggregate and securitize or otherwise sell loans from such lenders to investors in the secondary market. Certain of the Agencies have approved more of the smaller lenders that traditionally might not have qualified for such approvals, and more importantly are discussing programs where they would facilitate new or expanded options for a broad range of lenders to sell their servicing through executions other than whole loan sales to correspondent aggregators. In the future, the Agencies may continue to create initiatives, programs and technology that serve to discourage correspondent aggregators. To the extent that lenders choose to sell directly to the Agencies rather than through correspondent aggregators like us, this reduces the number of loans available for purchase in the correspondent business channel and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are required to have various Agency approvals and state licenses in order to conduct our business and there is no assurance we will be able to maintain those Agency approvals or state licenses or that changes in Agency guidelines will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to state mortgage lending, purchase and sale, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. Our failure to obtain any necessary licenses, comply with applicable licensing laws or satisfy the various requirements to maintain them over time could restrict our Direct channel activities or loan
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase and sale or servicing activities, result in litigation, or civil and other monetary penalties, or criminal penalties, or cause us to default under certain of our lending arrangements, any of which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are required to hold Agency approvals in order to sell mortgage loans to a particular Agency and/or service such mortgage loans on their behalf. Our failure to satisfy the various requirements necessary to maintain such Agency approvals over time would also substantially restrict our business activities and could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition including defaults under our financing agreements.
We are also required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we originate and service Agency loans. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by federal and state regulators, our lenders and the Agencies, which can result in increases in our administrative costs, the requirement to pay substantial penalties due to compliance errors or the loss of our licenses. Negative publicity or fines and penalties incurred in one jurisdiction may cause investigations or other actions by regulators in other jurisdictions and could adversely impact our business.
In addition, because we are not a state or federally chartered depository institution, we do not benefit from exemptions from state mortgage lending, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all states in which we operate and the District of Columbia, and regulatory changes may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet.
In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to mortgage servicers and mortgage originators. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary income we are entitled to collect from borrowers or otherwise. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to obtain a notice of non-objection from Fannie Mae to this offering could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The consummation of this offering requires certain state regulatory and Agency approvals or non-objections. We anticipate that Fannie Mae will provide us with a notice of non-objection to this offering, but as of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet obtained such notice from Fannie Mae. We cannot be certain that it will provide the notice of non-objection or that it will not take other actions to restrict our business involving Fannie Mae that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In this regard, Fannie Mae could impose a number of remedies or certain other requirements, including but not limited to compensatory fees, restricting our ability to sell originated loans to Fannie Mae, service Fannie Mae loans or hold Fannie Mae related servicing rights, or impose other requirements that may have the effect of limiting our business. While we believe it to be unlikely, it is also possible that Fannie Mae could suspend or terminate our Fannie Mae seller/servicer approval. Any such business restrictions or suspension or termination of our Fannie Mae seller/servicer approval may need to be reported to regulators, Agencies, or other counterparties and could adversely impact our business. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet received a limited number of approvals from certain state regulators and Ginnie Mae. While we expect to obtain all such approvals that are required to be obtained prior to consummation of this offering, we cannot be certain that such approvals will be obtained prior to consummation of this offering or at all.
Our failure to comply with the significant amount of regulation applicable to our investment management subsidiary could materially adversely affect our business plans.
We anticipate registering Home Point Asset Management LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the Investment Advisers Act. Such investment management subsidiary would be subject to significant regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors whose assets are being managed and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to customers, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. Registered investment advisers are also subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.
We also regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties and service providers whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected. Regulations that would become applicable to our investment management subsidiary that are easily applied to traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds, may be more difficult to apply to a portfolio of loans, and can require procedures that are uncommon, impractical or difficult in our loan production and servicing business.
The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual associates or other sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our associates by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing customers.
If we are unable to comply with TRID rules, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.
The CFPB’s TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure, or TRID, rules impose requirements on consumer facing disclosure rules and impose certain waiting periods to allow consumers time to shop for and consider the loan terms after receiving the required disclosures. If we fail to comply with the TRID rules, we may be unable to sell loans that we originate or purchase, or we may be required to sell such loans at a discount compared to other loans. We could also be subject to repurchase or indemnification claims from purchasers of such loans, including the GSEs.
The conduct of our correspondents and/or independent mortgage brokers with whom we produce our wholesale mortgage loans could subject us to lawsuits, regulatory action, fines or penalties.
The failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations and rules by the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our wholesale and correspondent production activities may subject us to lawsuits, regulatory actions, fines or penalties. We have in place a due diligence program designed to assess areas of risk with respect to these acquired loans, including, without limitation, compliance with underwriting guidelines and applicable law. However, we may not detect every violation of law by these mortgage lenders. Further, to the extent any other third-party originators with whom we do business fail to comply with applicable law, and subsequently any of their mortgage loans become part of our assets, or prior servicers from whom we acquire MSR fail to comply with applicable law, it could subject us, as an assignee or purchaser of the related mortgage loans or MSR, respectively, to monetary penalties or other losses. In general, if any of our loans are found to have been originated, serviced or owned by us or a third party in violation of applicable law, we could be subject to lawsuits or governmental actions, or we could be fined or incur losses.
The independent third-party mortgage brokers through whom we produce wholesale mortgage loans have parallel and separate legal obligations to which they are subject. These independent mortgage brokers are not considered our employees and are treated as independent third parties. While the applicable laws may not explicitly hold the originating lenders responsible for the legal violations of mortgage brokers, federal and state agencies increasingly have sought to impose such liability. The U.S. Department of Justice, through its use of a disparate impact theory under the Fair Housing Act, is actively holding home loan lenders responsible for the pricing practices of brokers, alleging that the lender is directly responsible for the total fees and charges paid by the borrower even if the lender neither dictated what the broker could charge nor kept the money for its own account. In addition, under the TRID rule, we may be held responsible for improper disclosures made to customers by brokers. We may be subject to claims for fines or other penalties based upon the conduct of the independent home loan brokers with which we do business.
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mortgage loan modification and refinance programs, future legislative action and other actions and changes may materially and adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, the assets in which we invest.
The U.S. government, primarily through the Agencies, has established loan modification and refinance programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. We can provide no assurance that we will be eligible to use any government programs or, if eligible, that we will be able to utilize them successfully. These programs, future U.S. federal, state or local legislative or regulatory actions that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans, as well as changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for modifications or refinancing mortgage loans with the GSEs or Ginnie Mae, may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on MSRs, residential mortgage loans, residential MBS, real estate-related securities and various other asset classes in which we invest, all of which could require us to repurchase loans, generally, and specifically from Ginnie Mae and the GSEs, which may result in a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity.
Private legal proceedings alleging failures to comply with applicable laws or regulatory requirements, and related costs, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to various pending private legal proceedings challenging, among other things, whether certain of our loan origination and servicing practices and other aspects of our business comply with applicable laws and regulatory requirements. The outcome of any legal matter is never certain. In the future, we are likely to become subject to other private legal proceedings alleging failures to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including putative class actions, in the ordinary course of our business.
With respect to legal actions for impending or expected foreclosures, we may incur costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, execute or re-file documents or take other actions in our capacity as a servicer. We may incur increased litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower or a class of borrowers. In addition, if a court rules that the lien of a homeowners association takes priority over the lien we service, we may incur legal liabilities and costs to defend such actions. If a court dismisses or overturns a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability in our capacity as seller, servicer or otherwise to the loan owner, a borrower, title insurer or the purchaser of the property sold in foreclosure. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us, particularly to the extent they relate to securitized mortgage loans or loans that we sell to the GSEs or other third parties. A significant increase in litigation costs and losses occurring from lawsuits could trigger a default or cross-defaults under our financing arrangements, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Residential mortgage foreclosure proceedings in certain states have been delayed due to lack of judicial resources and legislation.
Several states, including California and Nevada, have enacted Homeowner’s Bill of Rights legislation to establish mandatory loss mitigation practices for homeowners which cause delays in foreclosure proceedings. It is possible that additional states could enact similar laws in the future. Delays in foreclosure proceedings could require us to delay the recovery of advances, which could materially affect our business, results of operations and liquidity and increase our need for capital.
When a mortgage loan we service is in foreclosure, we are generally required to continue to advance delinquent principal and interest to the securitization trust and to make advances for delinquent taxes and insurance and foreclosure costs and the upkeep of vacant property in foreclosure to the extent that we determine that such amounts are recoverable. These servicing advances are generally recovered when the delinquency is resolved. Regulatory actions that lengthen the foreclosure process will increase the amount of servicing advances that we are required to make, lengthen the time it takes for us to be reimbursed for such advances and increase the costs incurred during the foreclosure process.
The CARES Act temporarily paused all foreclosures, and the Agencies have further extended the pause on foreclosures. Many state governors also issued orders, directives, guidance or recommendations halting foreclosure activity including evictions. These measures will increase our operating costs, extend the time we advance for delinquent taxes and insurance and could delay our ability to seek reimbursement from the investor to recoup some or all of the advances. We cannot predict when or on what terms and conditions these measures will be lifted, which will depend on future legislative and regulatory developments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Increased regulatory scrutiny and new laws and procedures could cause us to adopt additional compliance measures and incur additional compliance costs in connection with our foreclosure processes. We may incur legal and
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other costs responding to regulatory inquiries or any allegation that we improperly foreclosed on a borrower. We could also suffer reputational damage and could be fined or otherwise penalized if we are found to have breached regulatory requirements.
We may incur increased costs and related losses if a customer challenges the validity of a foreclosure action, if a court overturns a foreclosure or if a foreclosure subjects us to environmental liabilities.
We may incur costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, execute or re-file documents or take other action in our capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures. In addition, if certain documents required for a foreclosure action are missing or defective or if a court overturns a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability to a title insurer or the purchaser of the property sold in foreclosure or could be obligated to cure the defect or repurchase the loan. We may also incur litigation costs, timeline delays and other protective advance expenses if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a customer. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise reimbursable to us, particularly to the extent they relate to securitized mortgage loans. A significant increase in such costs and liabilities could adversely affect our liquidity and our inability to be reimbursed for advances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Regulatory agencies and consumer advocacy groups are becoming more aggressive in asserting claims that the practices of lenders and loan servicers result in a disparate impact on protected classes.
Antidiscrimination statutes, such as the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibit creditors from discriminating against loan applicants and borrowers based on certain characteristics, such as race, sex, religion and national origin. The Fair Housing Act also expressly prohibits discrimination with respect to the purchase of mortgage loans. Various federal regulatory agencies and departments, including the U.S. Department of Justice and CFPB, take the position that these laws apply not only to intentional discrimination, but also to neutral practices that have a disparate impact on a group that shares a characteristic that a creditor may not consider in making credit decisions (i.e., creditor or servicing practices that have a disproportionate negative affect on a protected class of individuals).
These regulatory agencies, as well as consumer advocacy groups and plaintiffs’ attorneys, are focusing greater attention on “disparate impact” claims. The U.S. Supreme Court recently confirmed that the “disparate impact” theory applies to cases brought under the FHA, while emphasizing that a causal relationship must be shown between a specific policy of the defendant and a discriminatory result that is not justified by a legitimate objective of the defendant. Although it is still unclear whether the theory applies under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, regulatory agencies and private plaintiffs can be expected to continue to apply it to both the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act in the context of home loan lending and servicing. To extent that the “disparate impact” theory continues to apply, we may be faced with significant administrative burdens in attempting to comply and potential liability for failures to comply.
Furthermore, many industry observers believe that the “ability to repay” rule issued by the CFPB, discussed above may have the unintended consequence of having a disparate impact on protected classes. Specifically, it is possible that lenders that make only qualified mortgages may be exposed to discrimination claims under a disparate impact theory.
In addition to reputational harm, violations of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act can result in actual damages, punitive damages, injunctive or equitable relief, attorneys’ fees and civil money penalties.
Risks Related to Our Mortgage Assets
Our acquisition of MSRs exposes us to significant risks.
MSRs arise from contractual agreements between us and the investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans that we service on their behalf. We generally create MSRs in connection with our sale of mortgage loans to the Agencies or others where we assume the obligation to service such loans on their behalf. We may also purchase MSRs from third-party sellers. All MSR capitalizations are recorded at fair value on our balance sheet. The determination of the fair value of MSRs requires our management to make numerous estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions include, without limitation, estimates of future cash flows associated with MSRs based upon assumptions involving interest rates as well as the prepayment rates, delinquencies and
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

foreclosure rates of the underlying serviced mortgage loans. The ultimate realization of future cash flows from the MSRs may be materially different than the values of such MSRs as may be reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as of any particular date. The use of different estimates or assumptions in connection with the valuation of these assets could produce materially different fair values for such assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Accordingly, there may be material uncertainty about the fair value of any MSRs we acquire or hold.
Prepayment speeds significantly affect MSRs. Prepayment speed is the measurement of how quickly borrowers pay down the unpaid principal balance of their loans or how quickly loans are otherwise brought current, modified, liquidated or charged off. We base the value of MSRs on, among other things, our projection of the cash flows from the related mortgage loans. Our expectation of prepayment speeds is a significant assumption underlying those cash flow projections. If prepayment speed expectations increase significantly, the fair value of the MSRs could decline and we may be required to record a non-cash charge, which would have a negative impact on our financial results. Furthermore, a significant increase in prepayment speeds could materially reduce the ultimate cash flows we receive from MSRs, and we could ultimately receive substantially less than what we estimated when initially capitalizing such assets.
Moreover, delinquency rates also have a significant impact on the valuation of any MSRs. An increase in delinquencies generally results in lower revenue because typically we only collect servicing fees from Agencies or mortgage owners for performing loans. Our expectation of delinquencies is also a significant assumption underlying our cash flow projections. If delinquencies are significantly greater than we expect, the estimated fair value of the MSRs could be diminished. Increased delinquencies also typically translate into increased defaults and liquidations, and as an MSR owner we are also responsible for certain expenses and losses associated with the loans we service, particularly on loans sold to Ginnie Mae. A reduction in the fair value of the MSR or an increase in defaults and liquidations would adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Changes in interest rates are a key driver of the performance of MSRs. Historically, in periods of rising interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs generally increases as prepayments decrease, and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs and related expected cash flows increase. In a declining interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally decreases as prepayments increase and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs, and related cash flows, decrease.
There has been a long-term trend of falling interest rates, with intermittent periods of rate increases. More recently, there was a rising interest rate environment for the majority of 2018 and a falling interest rate environment in 2019 and during the first three quarters of 2020. Because origination volumes tend to increase in declining interest rate environments and decrease in increasing rate environments, we believe that our two principal sources of revenue, mortgage origination and mortgage loan servicing, contribute to a stable business profile by creating a natural hedge against changes in the interest rate environment.
In addition, we may pursue various hedging strategies to seek to further reduce our exposure to adverse changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the level and volatility of interest rates, the type of assets held and other changing market conditions. Interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us. To the extent we do not utilize derivative financial instruments to fully hedge against changes in fair value of MSRs or the derivatives we use in our hedging activities do not perform as expected, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be more susceptible to volatility due to changes in the fair value of, or cash flows from, MSRs as interest rates change.
Furthermore, MSRs and the related servicing activities are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations and may be subject to various judicial and administrative decisions imposing various requirements and restrictions on our business. Our failure to comply with the laws, rules or regulations to which we or they are subject by virtue of ownership of MSRs, whether actual or alleged, could expose us to fines, penalties or potential litigation liabilities, including costs, settlements and judgments, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights under which we conduct servicing activities.
The majority of the mortgage loans we service are serviced on behalf of the GSEs and Ginnie Mae. These entities establish the base service fee to compensate us for servicing loans as well as the assessment of fines and penalties that may be imposed upon us for failing to meet servicing standards.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the GSEs, the GSEs have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their behalf at any time and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the GSEs with little or no notice and without any compensation. If any of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae were to terminate us as a servicer, or increase our costs related to such servicing by way of additional fees, fines or penalties, such changes could have a material adverse effect on the revenue we derive from servicing activity, as well as the value of the related MSRs. These agreements, and other servicing agreements under which we service mortgage loans for non-GSE loan purchasers, also require that we service in accordance with GSE servicing guidelines and contain financial covenants. If we were to have our servicing rights terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, this could adversely affect our business.
A significant increase in delinquencies for the loans we service could have a material impact on our revenues, expenses and liquidity and on the valuation of our MSRs.
An increase in delinquencies will result in lower revenue for loans we service for the GSEs and Ginnie Mae because we only collect servicing fees from the GSEs and Ginnie Mae from payments made on the mortgage loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary revenues, including late fees, these fees may not be collected until the related loan reinstates or in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies may result in certain other advances being made on behalf of delinquent loans, which may not be entirely reversible and would decrease the interest income we receive on cash held in collection and other accounts to the extent permitted under applicable requirements.
We base the price we pay for MSRs on, among other things, our projections of the cash flows from the related mortgage loans. Our expectation of delinquencies is a significant assumption underlying those cash flow projections. If delinquencies were significantly greater than expected, the estimated fair value of our MSRs could be diminished. If the estimated fair value of MSRs is reduced, we may not be able to satisfy minimum net worth covenants and borrowing conditions in our debt agreements and we could suffer a loss, which could trigger a default and cross-defaults under our other financing arrangements and trading agreements (impacting our ability to enter into hedging transactions) and the possible loss of our eligibility to sell loans to the Agencies or issue an Agency MBS, all of which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also subject to risks of borrower defaults and bankruptcies in cases where we might be required to repurchase loans sold with recourse or under representations and warranties. A borrower filing for bankruptcy during foreclosure would have the effect of staying the foreclosure and thereby delaying the foreclosure process, which may potentially result in a reduction or discharge of a borrower’s mortgage debt. Even if we are successful in foreclosing on a loan, the liquidation proceeds upon sale of the underlying real estate may not be sufficient to recover our cost basis in the loan, resulting in a loss to us. For example, foreclosure may create a negative public perception of the related mortgaged property, resulting in a diminution of its value. Furthermore, any costs or delays involved in the foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying property will further reduce the net proceeds and, thus, increase the loss. If these risks materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in the event of a default under any mortgage loan we have not sold, we will bear the risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and of the mortgage loan.
Our inability to promptly foreclose upon defaulted mortgage loans could increase our cost of doing business and/or diminish our expected cash flows.
Our ability to promptly foreclose upon defaulted mortgage loans and liquidate the underlying real property plays a critical role in our valuation of the assets which we acquire and our expected cash flows on such assets. There are a variety of factors that may inhibit our ability to foreclose upon a mortgage loan and liquidate the real property within the time frames we model as part of our valuation process or within the statutes of limitation under applicable state law. These factors include, without limitation: extended foreclosure timelines in states that require judicial foreclosure, including states where we hold high concentrations of mortgage loans, significant collateral documentation deficiencies, federal, state or local laws that are borrower friendly, including legislative action or initiatives designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures and that serve to delay the foreclosure process and programs that may require specific procedures to be followed to explore the refinancing of a mortgage loan prior to the commencement of a foreclosure proceeding and declines in real estate values and sustained high levels of unemployment that increase the number of foreclosures and place additional pressure on the judicial and administrative systems.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A decline in the fair value of the real estate that we acquire, or that underlies the mortgage loans we own or service, may result in reduced risk-adjusted returns or losses.
A substantial portion of our assets are measured at fair value. The fair value of the real estate that we own or that underlies mortgage loans that we own or service is subject to market conditions and requires the use of assumptions and complex analyses. Changes in the real estate market may adversely affect the fair value of the collateral and thereby lower the cash to be received from its liquidation. Depending on the investor and/or insurer or guarantor, we may suffer financial losses that increase when we or they receive less cash upon liquidation of the collateral for defaulted loans that we service. The same would apply to loans that we own. In addition, adverse changes in the real estate market increase the probability of default of the loans we own or service.
We may be adversely affected by concentration risks of various kinds that apply to our mortgage or MSR assets at any given time, as well as from unfavorable changes in the related geographic regions containing the properties that secure such assets.
Our mortgage and MSR assets are not subject to any geographic, diversification or concentration limitations except that we will be concentrated in mortgage-related assets. Accordingly, our mortgage and MSR assets may be concentrated by geography, investor, originator, insurer, loan program, property type and/or borrower, increasing the risk of loss to us if the particular concentration in our portfolio is subject to greater risks or is undergoing adverse developments. We may be disproportionately affected by general risks such as natural disasters, including major hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, floods, earthquakes and severe or inclement weather should such developments occur in or near the markets in California or the Gulf Coast region in which such properties are located. For example, as of September 30, 2020, approximately 21.5% of our mortgage and MSR assets had underlying properties in California. In addition, adverse conditions in the areas where the properties securing or otherwise underlying our mortgage and MSR assets are located (including business layoffs or downsizing, industry slowdowns, changing demographics, natural disasters and other factors) and local real estate conditions (such as oversupply or reduced demand) may have an adverse effect on the value of those assets. A material decline in the demand for real estate in these areas, regardless of the underlying cause, may materially and adversely affect us. Concentration or a lack of diversification can increase the correlation of non-performance and foreclosure risks among subsets of our mortgage and MSR assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Many of our mortgage assets may be illiquid and we may not be able to adjust our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions.
Our MSRs, securities and mortgage loans that we acquire may be or become illiquid. It may also be difficult or impossible to obtain or validate third-party pricing on the assets that we purchase. Illiquid investments typically experience greater price volatility, as a ready market does not exist, or may cease to exist, and such investments can be more difficult to value. Contractual restrictions on transfer or the illiquidity of our assets may make it difficult for us to sell such assets if the need or desire arises, which could impair our ability to satisfy margin calls or access capital for other purposes when needed. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the recorded value, or may not be able to obtain any liquidation proceeds at all, thus exposing us to a material or total loss.
Fair values of our MSRs are estimates and the realization of reduced values from our recorded estimates may materially and adversely affect our financial results and credit availability.
The fair values of our MSRs are not readily determinable and the fair value at which our MSRs are recorded may differ from the values we ultimately realize. Ultimate realization of the fair value of our MSRs depends to a great extent on economic and other conditions that change during the time period over which it is held and are beyond our control. Further, fair value is only an estimate based on good faith judgment of the price at which an asset can be sold since transacted prices of MSRs can only be determined by negotiation between a willing buyer and seller. In certain cases, our estimation of the fair value of our MSRs includes inputs provided by third-party dealers and pricing services, and valuations of certain securities or other assets in which we invest are often difficult to obtain and are subject to judgments that may vary among market participants. Changes in the estimated fair values of those assets are directly charged or credited to earnings for the period. If we were to liquidate a particular asset, the realized value may be more than or less than the amount at which such asset was recorded. Accordingly, in either event, our financial condition could be materially and adversely affected by our determinations regarding the fair value of our MSRs, and such valuations may fluctuate over short periods of time.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We utilize analytical models and data in connection with the valuation of our assets, and any incorrect, misleading or incomplete information used in connection therewith would subject us to potential risks.
We rely heavily on models and data to value our assets, including analytical models (both proprietary models developed by us and those supplied by third parties) and information and data supplied by third parties. Models and data are also used in connection with our potential acquisition of assets and the hedging of those acquisitions. Models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on historical data available to us and our assumptions about factors such as future mortgage loan demand, default rates, severity rates, home price trends and other factors that may overstate or understate future experience. Our models could produce unreliable results for a number of reasons, including the limitations of historical data to predict results due to unprecedented events or circumstances, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments in response to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models or inappropriate application of a model to products or events outside of the model’s intended use. In particular, models are less dependable when the economic environment is outside of historical experience.
In the event models and data prove to be incorrect, misleading or incomplete, any decisions made in reliance thereon expose us to potential risks. For example, by relying on incorrect models and data, especially valuation models, we may be induced to buy certain assets at prices that are too high, to sell certain other assets at prices that are too low or to miss favorable opportunities altogether. Similarly, any hedging based on faulty models and data may prove to be unsuccessful.
We rely on internal models to manage risk and to make business decisions. Our business could be adversely affected if those models fail to produce reliable and/or valid results.
We make significant use of business and financial models in connection with our proprietary technology to measure and monitor our risk exposures and to manage our business. For example, we use models to measure and monitor our exposures to interest rate, credit and other market risks. The information provided by these models is used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions, pricing and products. If these models are ineffective at predicting future losses or are otherwise inadequate, we may incur unexpected losses or otherwise be adversely affected.
We build these models using historical data and our assumptions about factors such as future mortgage loan demand, default rates, home price trends and other factors that may overstate or understate future experience. Our assumptions may be inaccurate and our models may not be as predictive as expected for many reasons, including the fact that they often involve matters that are inherently beyond our control and difficult to predict, such as macroeconomic conditions, and that they often involve complex interactions between a number of variables and factors.
Our models could produce unreliable results for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, the limitations of historical data to predict results due to unprecedented events or circumstances, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments in response to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models, or inappropriate application of a model to products or events outside of the model’s intended use. In particular, models are less dependable when the economic environment is outside of historical experience, as was the case from 2008 to 2010 or during the present COVID-19 pandemic.
We continue to monitor the markets and make necessary adjustments to our models and apply appropriate management judgment in the interpretation and adjustment of the results produced by our models. As a result of the time and resources, including technical and staffing resources, that are required to perform these processes effectively, it may not be possible to replace existing models quickly enough to ensure that they will always properly account for the impacts of recent information and actions.
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information from and about borrowers, mortgage loans and the properties securing them, and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In connection with our Wholesale, Correspondent and Direct channel activities, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of borrowers and/or our business counterparties including Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and business counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information, and upon the information and work product produced by appraisers,
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

credit repositories, depository institutions and others, as well as the output of automated underwriting systems created by the GSEs and others. If any of this information or work product is intentionally or negligently misrepresented in connection with a mortgage loan and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the fair value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party or one of our associates, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Our controls and processes may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or acquisitions, or from our business counterparties. Any such misrepresented information could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We expect the economic changes resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic coupled with the high refinance and purchase volumes that we are observing to increase the potential for customer fraud. During periods of high unemployment, we observe an increase in customers failing to disclose that their income and employment has been negatively impacted. We have also observed an increase in cyber fraud and phishing schemes affecting our business due to COVID-19. Fraudulent emails have been sent on behalf of the Company which introduce malware, including spyware, through malicious links in order to redirect funds to the fraudster’s account.
The technology and other controls and processes we have created to help us identify misrepresented information in our mortgage loan production operations were designed to obtain reasonable, not absolute, assurance that such information is identified and addressed appropriately. Accordingly, such controls may not have detected, and may fail in the future to detect, all misrepresented information in our mortgage loan production operations. In the future, we may experience financial losses and reputational damage as a result of mortgage loan fraud.
General Risk Factors
We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of NASDAQ and the rules of the SEC and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of other companies that are subject to such requirements.
Immediately following this offering, our Sponsor will collectively beneficially own approximately 88.4% of the voting power of common stock (or 87.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that:
a majority of our board of directors consist of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ;
our director nominees be selected, or recommended for our board of directors’ selection by a nominating/governance committee comprised solely of independent directors; and
the compensation of our executive officers be determined, or recommended to our board of directors for determination, by a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ.
Our Sponsor controls us and their interests may conflict with yours in the future.
Immediately following this offering, our Sponsor will collectively beneficially own approximately 88.4% of the voting power of our common stock (or 87.0% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Our Sponsor will be able to control the election and removal of our directors and thereby determine our corporate and management policies, including potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, asset sales, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws and other significant corporate transactions for so long as our Sponsor and its affiliates retain significant ownership of us. Our Sponsor and its affiliates may also direct us to make significant changes to our business operations and strategy, including with respect to, among other things, new product and service offerings, team member headcount levels and
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

initiatives to reduce costs and expenses. This concentration of our ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control of the Company, which may reduce the value of an investment in our common stock. So long as our Sponsor continues to own a significant amount of our voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, our Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as our Sponsor and its affiliates collectively own at least 5% of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, our Sponsor will be able to appoint individuals to our board of directors under the stockholders’ agreement that we expect to enter into in connection with this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” The interests of our Sponsor may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock.
In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Sponsor and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Sponsor, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will not have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsor and its affiliates also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Sponsor may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
In addition, our Sponsor and its affiliates will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any acquisition of the Company. This concentration of voting control could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of the Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, regulatory, finance, accounting, investor relations, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements, diverting the attention of management away from revenue-producing activities. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company,” among other exemptions:
we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and
we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (1) if our gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion in any fiscal year, (2) if we become a large accelerated filer, with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates, or (3) if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible notes in any three-year period.
We cannot predict if investors may find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.
Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
As a privately-held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404.
As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our results of operations. In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report following the completion of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business.
In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the remediation of any deficiencies identified by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the issuance of their attestation report. Our testing, or the subsequent testing (if required) by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Any material weaknesses could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements or disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.
We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
There has been no prior public market for our common stock and there may not develop or continue an active, liquid trading market for shares of our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market or how active and
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling your shares of our common stock at an attractive price or at all. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. Instead, the initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock.
Our stock price may change significantly following this offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following:
results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors;
changes in economic conditions for companies in our industry;
changes in market valuations of, or earnings and other announcements by, companies in our industry;
declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of companies in our industry;
additions or departures of key management personnel;
strategic actions by us or our competitors;
announcements by us, our competitors, our suppliers of significant contracts, price reductions, new products or technologies, acquisitions, dispositions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;
changes in preference of our customers and our market share;
changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;
changes in business or regulatory conditions;
future sales of our common stock or other securities;
investor perceptions of or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;
changes in the way we are perceived in the marketplace, including due to negative publicity or campaigns on social media to boycott certain of our products, our business or our industry;
the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;
changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business;
announcements relating to litigation or governmental investigations;
guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;
the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exchange rate fluctuations;
tax developments;
changes in accounting principles; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from informational technology system failures and disruptions, epidemics, pandemics, natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, civil unrest or responses to these events.
Furthermore, the stock market may experience extreme volatility that, in some cases, may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation against various issuers. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
None of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be available to us to fund our operations.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering. The selling stockholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of such shares. Consequently, none of the proceeds from this offering will be available to us to fund our operations, capital expenditures, compensation plans or acquisition opportunities. See “Use of Proceeds.”
You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.
After this offering, we will have approximately 861,139,889 shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will authorize us to issue these shares of common stock, options and other equity awards relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved shares for issuance under the 2021 Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Arrangements to be Adopted in Connection with this Offering—2021 Incentive Plan.” Any common stock that we issue, including under the 2021 Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of our common stock to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, you bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.
As a holding company, we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations, including to pay dividends.
We are a holding company for all of our operations and are a legal entity separate from our subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries are the principal sources of funds available to us to pay
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate operating expenses, to pay stockholder dividends, to repurchase stock and to meet our other obligations. The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay amounts due on any of our liabilities or to make funds available to us for such payments. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to us in the future will depend, among other things, on their earnings, tax considerations and covenants contained in any financing or other agreements. In addition, such payments may be limited as a result of claims against our subsidiaries by their creditors, including suppliers, vendors, lessors and employees.
If the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments to us is materially restricted by cash needs, bankruptcy or insolvency, or is limited due to operating results or other factors, we may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of equity or the sale of assets. However, there is no assurance that we would be able to raise sufficient cash by these means. This could materially and adversely affect our ability to pay our obligations or pay dividends, which could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing owners in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.
The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, including sales by our existing owners, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 138,860,111 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the 12,500,000 shares sold in this offering (or 14,375,000 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, including our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (including our existing owners), may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
The remaining outstanding 126,360,111 shares of common stock held by our existing owners after this offering, representing approximately 91.0% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock following this offering, will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 and subject to certain restrictions on resale. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
We, our executive officers, directors and certain of our existing owners that hold substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock and certain other securities held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares or securities subject to any such lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up agreements. An aggregate of 80,425 vested options are not subject to these lock-up agreements.
Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of the shares covered by these agreements will be eligible for resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144, subject to our compliance with the public information requirement and, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that certain of our existing owners will be considered an affiliate upon the expiration of the lock-up period based on their expected share ownership, as well as their board nomination rights (if applicable). Certain other of our stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time.
In addition, pursuant to a registration rights agreement, our Sponsor will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” By exercising its registration rights and selling a large number of shares, our Sponsor could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to decline. Certain of our existing owners may have “piggyback” registration rights with respect to future registered offerings of our common stock. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by registration rights would represent approximately 88.4% of our total common stock outstanding. Registration of any
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the 2021 Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 6,943,005 shares of our common stock.
As restrictions on resale end, or if the existing owners exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.
These provisions will provide for, among other things:
a classified board of directors, as a result of which our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms;
the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;
advance notice requirements for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;
certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;
the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 40% of shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and
that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors if our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 40% of shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Our board of directors will be authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue 250 million shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders and the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for Securities Act claims, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a suit in a different judicial forum than they may otherwise choose for disputes with us or our directors, officers, team members or stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, subject to limited exceptions, that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee or stockholder of our company to the Company or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, which already provides that such claims must be bought exclusively in the federal courts. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any actions or proceedings asserting claims arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware Supreme Court has upheld the validity of similar provisions under the DGCL, there is uncertainty as to whether a court in another state would enforce such a forum selection provision. Our exclusive forum provision will not relieve us of our duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other team members or stockholders. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial conditions.
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains certain “forward-looking statements,” as that term is defined in the U.S. federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital needs, the industry in which we operate and other similar matters. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “could,” “would,” “will,” “may,” “can,” “continue,” “potential,” “should” and the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology often identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements, including the risks discussed in this prospectus. Factors, risks, and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those contemplated include, among others:
the spread of the COVID-19 outbreak and severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and financial markets it has caused;
our reliance on our financing arrangements to fund mortgage loans and otherwise operate our business;
the dependence of our loan origination and servicing revenues on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;
the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify investors if we breach representations and warranties;
counterparty risk;
the requirement to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances;
competition for mortgage assets that may limit the availability of desirable originations, acquisitions and result in reduced risk-adjusted returns;
our ability to continue to grow our loan origination business or effectively manage significant increases in our loan production volume;
competition in the industry in which we operate;
our success and growth of our production and servicing activities and the dependence upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes;
the effectiveness of our risk management efforts;
our ability to detect misconduct and fraud;
any failure to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce, including our senior executives;
our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property;
any cybersecurity risks, cyber incidents and technology failures;
material changes to the laws, regulations or practices applicable to reverse mortgage programs operated by FHA and HUD;
our vendor relationships;
our failure to deal appropriately with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, including legal and regulatory requirements;
any employment litigation and related unfavorable publicity;
exposure to new risks and increased costs as a result of initiating new business activities or strategies or significantly expanding existing business activities or strategies;
any failure to comply with the significant amount of regulation applicable to our new investment management subsidiary;
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the impact of changes in political or economic stability or by government policies on our material vendors with operations in India;
our ability to fully utilize our NOL and other tax carryforwards;
any challenge by the IRS of the amount, timing and/or use of our NOL carryforwards;
possible changes in legislation and the effect on our ability to use the tax benefits associated with our NOL carryforwards;
the impact of other changes in tax laws;
the impact of interest rate fluctuations;
risks associated with hedging against interest rate exposure;
the impact of any prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values;
risks associated with financing our assets with borrowings;
risks associated with a decrease in value of our collateral;
the dependence of our operations on access to our financing arrangements, which are mostly uncommitted;
risks associated with the financial and restrictive covenants included in our financing agreements;
our exposure to volatility in the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate;
our ability to raise the debt or equity capital required to finance our assets and grow our business;
risks associated with higher risk loans that we service;
risks associated with derivative financial instruments;
our ability to foreclose on our mortgage assets in a timely manner or at all;
our ability to obtain and/or maintain licenses and other approvals in those jurisdictions where required to conduct our business;
the impact of revised rules and regulations and enforcement of existing rules and regulations by the CFPB;
legislative and regulatory changes that impact the mortgage loan industry or housing market;
changes in regulations or the occurrence of other events that impact the business, operations or prospects of government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, the FHA or the VA, the USDA, or GSEs such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or such changes that increase the cost of doing business with such entities;
the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and regulatory agencies, and any other legislative and regulatory changes that impact the business, operations or governance of mortgage lenders;
the CFPB, and its issued and future rules and the enforcement thereof;
changes in government support of homeownership;
changes in government or government sponsored home affordability programs;
changes in governmental regulations, accounting treatment, tax rates and similar matters;
risks associated with our acquisition of MSRs;
the impact of our counterparties terminating our servicing rights under which we conduct servicing activities; and
our failure to deal appropriately with issues that may give rise to reputational risk.
Many of the important factors that will determine these results are beyond our ability to control or predict. You are cautioned not to put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as otherwise required by law, we do not assume any obligation to publicly update or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds and bear the underwriting discount, if any, attributable to their sale of our common stock. We have agreed to pay certain offering expenses for the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY
Beginning with the first full quarter following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Initially, we expect the quarterly dividends to be $0.15 per share, which equals $0.60 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 3.0% based on a price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2020:
on an actual basis; and
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Debt Transaction.
You should read this table in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
September 30, 2020
(Unaudited)
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)
Actual
Pro Forma
for the Debt
Transaction
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
$271,483
$271,256
 
 
 
Debt
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$2,092,477
$2,092,477
Term debt and other borrowings, net(2)
374,090
643,203
Total debt
$2,466,567
$2,735,680
 
 
 
Stockholder’s equity
 
 
Common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share (138,860,111 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma)
$
$
Additional paid in capital
519,177
473,402
Retained earnings
223,565
Total stockholder’s equity
742,742
$473,402
 
 
 
Total capitalization
$3,209,309
$3,209,082
(1)
Does not include Restricted cash. Also excludes the impact of (a) the cash dividend declared by our board of directors on September 30, 2020 in the amount of $154.5 million, which was paid to Holdings, the sole stockholder, on October 5, 2020. (b) the cash dividend declared by our board of directors on January 12, 2021 in the amount of $25.7 million, which was paid to Holdings on January 14, 2021 and (c) the fees and expenses of this offering of approximately $5.1 million. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Payment of Cash Dividend.”
(2)
Net of issuance costs.
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.
Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2020 was approximately $731.7 million, or $5.27 per share of our common stock. We calculate pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets (including our right-of-use assets related to our leases), reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Debt Transaction, the stock split and the merger of Holdings into the Company described elsewhere in this prospectus.
The sale by the selling stockholders of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, represents an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $14.73 per share of common stock to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
$20.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2020
5.27
Dilution per share of common stock to investors in this offering
$14.73
Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock would increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors in the offering by $1.00 per share. The information discussed above is for illustrative purposes only.
The following table summarizes, on the same basis as of September 30, 2020, the total number of shares of common stock purchased, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per share of common stock paid by our existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.
 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Per Share
Name of Beneficial Owners
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing owners
126,360,111
91.0%
$360,589,002
59.1%
$2.85
New investors in this offering
12,500,000
9.0%
$250,000,000
40.9%
$20.00
Total
138,860,111
100.0%
$610,589,002
100.0%
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 present our financial position and results of operations after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively, the “Pro Forma Transactions”):
the issuance in January 2021 of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Unsecured Notes;
the use of $269.8 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes and $0.2 million of cash on hand to repay $270.0 million outstanding amounts under our MSR Facility; and
the use of $269.3 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes to fund a distribution to our existing shareholder.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of September 30, 2020. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma consolidated statements do not include the impact of any potentially dilutive shares resulting from the planned merger transaction of Holdings with and into the Company.
The notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements provide a more detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the pro forma consolidated financial statements.
As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes to address the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps, as well as additional expenses relating to, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.
The pro forma adjustments set forth below are based on currently available information and certain assumptions made by our management and may be revised as additional information becomes available. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements presented are for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily indicate our financial condition or the operating results that would have been achieved if the transactions had occurred as of the date or for the periods indicated above, nor are they indicative of our financial condition or operating results as of any future date or for any future period. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering and the other transactions contemplated by such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Pro Forma Transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with, “Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the audited annual consolidated financial statements of Home Point Capital Inc. and accompanying notes thereto as well as the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Home Point Capital Inc. and related notes thereto, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Home Point Capital Inc., & Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2020
(in thousands)
 
Home Point
Capital As
Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to Debt
Transaction
Footnotes
Home Point
Capital Pro Forma
Assets:
 
         
 
         
Cash and cash equivalents
$271,483
$(227)
(A)
$271,256
Restricted cash
41,907
 
41,907
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
313,390
(227)
 
313,163
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
2,281,835
 
 
2,281,835
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
583,263
 
 
583,263
Property and equipment, net
18,595
 
 
18,595
Accounts receivable, net
79,320
 
 
79,320
Derivative assets
314,794
 
 
314,794
Goodwill and intangibles
11,083
 
 
11,083
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
 
 
2,919,881
Other assets
65,745
 
65,745
Total assets
$6,587,906
$(227)
 
$6,587,679
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$2,092,477
 
 
$2,092,477
Term debt and other borrowings, net
374,090
269,113
(B)
643,203
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
269,017
 
 
269,017
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
 
 
2,919,881
Other liabilities
189,700
 
189,700
Total liabilities
$5,845,165
$269,113
 
$6,114,278
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
519,177
(45,775)
(D)
473,402
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
223,565
(223,565)
(C)
Total shareholders' equity
742,742
(269,340)
 
473,402
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$6,587,906
(227)
 
$6,587,679
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Home Point Capital Inc., & Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020
(in thousands)
 
Home Point
Capital As
Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to Debt
Transaction
Footnotes
Home Point
Capital Pro
Forma
Revenue:
 
         
 
         
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
 
 
$962,778
Loan fee income
60,630
 
 
60,630
Interest income
42,370
 
 
42,370
Interest expense
(47,845)
14,694
(A)
(33,151)
Interest loss, net
(5,476)
14,694
 
9,219
Loan servicing fees
133,904
 
 
133,904
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
 
 
(230,524)
Other income
1,022
 
1,022
Total net revenue
922,335
14,694
 
$937,029
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
251,462
 
 
251,462
Loan expense
28,581
 
 
28,581
Loan servicing expense
22,742
 
 
22,742
Occupancy and equipment
17,006
 
 
17,006
General and administrative
28,373
 
 
28,373
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
 
 
4,222
Other expenses
12,087
 
12,087
Total expenses
364,473
0
 
364,473
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income tax
557,862
14,694
 
572,556
Income tax expense (benefit)
149,306
3,831
(B)
153,137
Income from equity method investment
14,050
 
14,050
 
 
 
 
 
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
10,863
 
$433,469
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share:
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share
 
 
(C)
$3.12
Pro Forma Number of Shares Used in Computing EPS:
 
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted
 
 
 
138,860,111
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Home Point Capital Inc., & Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
 
Home Point
Capital As
Reported
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Related to Debt
Transaction
Footnotes
Home Point
Capital Pro
Forma
Revenue:
 
         
 
         
Gain on loans, net
$199,501
 
 
$199,501
Loan fee income
32,112
 
 
32,112
Interest income
51,801
 
 
51,801
Interest expense
(57,942)
15,537
(A)
(42,405)
Interest loss, net
(6,141)
15,537
 
9,396
Loan servicing fees
144,228
 
 
144,228
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(173,134)
 
 
(173,134)
Other income
3,159
 
3,159
Total net revenue
199,725
15,537
 
215,262
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
156,197
 
 
156,197
Loan expense
15,626
 
 
15,626
Loan servicing expense
20,924
 
 
20,924
Occupancy and equipment
16,768
 
 
16,768
General and administrative
21,407
 
 
21,407
Depreciation and amortization
5,918
 
 
5,918
Other expenses
4,296
 
4,296
Total expenses
241,136
0
 
241,136
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income tax
(41,411)
15,537
 
(25,874)
Income tax expense (benefit)
(9,500)
4,055
(B)
(5,445)
Income from equity method investment
2,701
 
2,701
 
 
 
 
 
Total net income (loss)
$(29,210)
11,482
 
$(17,728)
 
 
 
 
 
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share:
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share
 
 
(C)
$(0.13)
Pro Forma Number of Shares Used in Computing EPS:
 
 
Basic and diluted
 
 
 
138,860,111
Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Balance Sheet
(A)
Represents the net adjustment to Cash and cash equivalents to reflect the difference between the face amount of $550.0 million of the Senior Unsecured Notes, (i) the payment of $270.0 million to repay a portion of the MSR Facility which was funded using $269.8 million from the Senior Unsecured Notes, (ii) $269.3 million distributed to our existing shareholder, and (iii) $10.9 million used to pay debt issuance costs related to the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes.
(B)
Represents the net adjustment to Term debt and other borrowings, net associated with the issuance of Senior Unsecured Notes (in millions).
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes
$550.0
Debt issuance costs of Senior Unsecured Notes
(10.9)
Repayment of portion of the MSR Facility
(270.0)
Net adjustment to Term debt and other borrowings, net
$269.1
(C)
Represents the adjustment to reduce retained earnings to zero to reflect the $223.6 million of the total $269.3 million distribution paid to our existing shareholder from the net proceeds of the Senior Unsecured Notes. The remainder of the distribution, $45.8 million, has been reflected as a decrease to Additional paid-in capital as discussed in note (D).
(D)
Represents the adjustment to reduce Additional paid-in capital in excess of Retained earnings balance by $45.8 million as a result of the distribution paid to our existing shareholder from the net proceeds of the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Statements of Operations
(A)
Represents the net adjustment to Interest expense associated with the payment of a portion of the MSR Facility and the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes (in thousands):
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2020
Year ended
December 31, 2019
Interest expense — Senior Unsecured Notes
$21,992
$29,053
Interest expense — MSR Facility
(7,228)
(13,515)
Net adjustments to Interest expense
$14,694
$15,537
The interest rate on the Senior Unsecured Notes is 5.00% payable semi-annually.
(B)
Represents a reduction of $3.8 million and $4.1 million in Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The adjustments were based on the    statutory tax rates of 26.07% and 26.10% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The adjustment is the result of the net increase in pro forma interest expense arising from the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes partially offset by the repayment of a portion of the MSR Facility.
(C)
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share has been calculated based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except for share and per share data):
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2020
Year ended
December 31, 2019
Numerator
 
 
Pro forma net income (loss) (basic and diluted)
$433,469
($17,728)
Denominator
 
 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding (basic and dilutive)
138,860,111
138,860,111
Pro forma net income (loss) per share (basic and dilutive)
$3.12
($0.13)
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The following information should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Statement of Operations Data
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
$135,495
$199,501
$84,068
Loan fee income
60,630
19,829
32,112
19,603
Interest income
42,370
35,101
51,801
35,179
Interest expense
(47,845)
(41,933)
(57,942)
(47,486)
Interest loss, net
(5,475)
(6,832)
(6,141)
(12,307)
Loan servicing fees
133,904
104,089
144,228
119,049
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
(151,168)
(173,134)
(47,312)
Other income
1,022
1,591
3,159
1,156
Total net revenue
922,335
103,004
199,725
164,257
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
251,462
104,571
156,197
109,577
Loan expense
28,581
10,182
15,626
16,882
Loan servicing expense
22,742
15,781
20,924
18,488
Occupancy and equipment
17,006
12,567
16,768
20,521
General and administrative
28,373
14,687
21,407
29,165
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
5,918
7,612
Other expenses
12,087
2,770
4,296
4,060
Total expenses
364,473
164,952
241,136
206,305
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax
557,862
(61,948)
(41,411)
(42,048)
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
149,306
(14,080)
(9,500)
(10,485)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
408,556
(47,868)
(31,911)
(31,563)
Net income from discontinued operations before tax
9,707
Income tax provision
2,550
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
7,157
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
2,701
209
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Basic and diluted loss earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations
$3.04
$(0.33)
$(0.21)
$(0.23)
Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations
0.05
Basic and diluted total net income (loss) per share
$3.04
$(0.33)
$(0.21)
$(0.17)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted
138,860,111
138,860,111
138,860,111
138,860,111
 
September 30,
December 31,
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
2020
2019
2018
 
(unaudited)
(audited)
Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$271,483
$30,630
$44,010
Restricted cash
41,907
51,101
38,234
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
313,390
81,731
82,244
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
2,281,835
1,554,230
421,754
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
583,263
575,035
532,526
Property and equipment, net
18,595
12,051
10,075
Accounts receivable, net
79,320
57,872
44,422
Derivative assets
314,794
40,544
18,990
Goodwill and intangibles
11,083
11,935
10,957
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
451,209
Other assets
65,745
76,162
64,214
Total assets
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholder’s equity:
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$2,092,477
$1,478,183
$404,237
Term debt and other borrowings, net
374,090
424,958
276,277
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
269,016
39,739
21,243
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
451,209
Other liabilities
189,700
56,368
44,654
Total liabilities
$5,845,164
2,498,455
1,197,620
 
 
 
 
Shareholder’s equity:
 
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid-in-capital
519,177
454,861
454,110
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
223,565
(44,549)
(15,339)
Total shareholder’s equity
742,742
410,312
438,771
Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and assumptions and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Refer to “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Future results could differ significantly from the historical results presented in this section.
Data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, have been derived from Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries’ unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries’ audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading residential mortgage originator and servicer with a mission to create financially healthy, happy homeowners. Our business model is focused on growing originations through highly leverageable partner networks supported by at-scale operations, and managing the customer experience through our in-house servicing operation and proprietary Home Ownership Platform. Our originations are primarily sourced through a nationwide network of nearly 5,000 independent mortgage brokerages, or our Broker Partners. We enable the success of our Broker Partner network through a unique blend of in market sales coverage and an efficient and scaled loan fulfillment process, which is supported by our fully integrated technology platform. We also source customers through nearly 600 correspondent sellers, or our Correspondent Partners. We maintain ongoing connectivity with more than 300,000 customers through our servicing platform with the ultimate objective of establishing Customers for Life.
Servicing is a strategic cornerstone of our business and central to our Customer for Life strategy. Retaining our servicing and managing the servicing platform in-house gives us the opportunity to establish a deeper relationship with our customers. This relationship is enhanced through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. The proprietary Home Ownership Platform differs from competitors in the way in which it personalizes the experience for borrowers through the use of customized dashboards, which allow us to deliver critical information about borrowers’ accounts such as payment deadlines, forbearance status and escrow distributions and customized offerings, which allow us to connect borrowers to other third-party financial products such as insurance policies and home equity loans. For example, since launching the insurance policy offering in the second quarter of 2019 through September 30, 2020, our customers obtained more than 3,800 insurance policies through the platform. These interactions with the customer act as recurring brand touchpoints and strengthen our identity with the customer. As the number of these touchpoints has grown since the launch of our Home Ownership Platform, we have been able to drive the retention rate from 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to 51% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
This connectivity and ongoing dialogue help us proactively find ways to help our customers save money, either through a refinancing of their mortgage or savings on another home-related product. We believe the frequency of customer interaction, coupled with providing effective solutions beyond the mortgage, will result in the development of trusted, long-standing relationships and ultimately increase the lifetime value of the customer relationships.
By executing on this strategy, we have developed our de novo platform into an industry leader with a historic market-leading growth position. As of September 30, 2020, we are the third largest wholesale lender with the fastest growth of the top five wholesale originators, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Overall, Home Point is the 10th largest non-bank originator in the United States, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, having originated $46.3 billion in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Segments
Our operations are organized into two separate reportable segments: Origination and Servicing.
In our Origination segment, we source loans through three distinct production channels: Direct, Wholesale and Correspondent. The Direct channel provides the Company’s existing servicing customers with various financing options. At the same time, it supports the servicing assets in the ecosystem by retaining existing servicing customers
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

who may otherwise refinance their existing mortgage loans with a competitor. The Wholesale channel consists of mortgages originated through a nationwide network of nearly 5,000 Broker Partners. The Correspondent channel consists of closed and funded mortgages that we purchase from a trusted network of Correspondent Partners. Once a loan is locked, it becomes channel agnostic. The channels in our Origination segment function in unison through the following activities: hedging, funding, and production. Our Origination segment generated Contribution margins of $791.9 million and $60.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $89.5 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we disposed of our Distributed retail channel.
Our Servicing segment consists of servicing loans that were produced in our Originations segment where the Company retained the servicing rights. Servicing consists of collecting loan payments, remitting principal and interest payments to investors, managing escrow funds for the payment of mortgage-related expenses, such as taxes and insurance, performing loss mitigation activities on behalf of investors and otherwise administering our mortgage loan servicing portfolio in compliance with state and federal regulations. We also strategically buy and sell servicing rights. Our Servicing segment generated Contribution margins of ($31.7) million and $21.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $24.6 million and $26.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
We believe that maintaining both an Origination segment and a Servicing segment provides us with a more balanced business model in both rising and declining interest rate environments, as compared to other industry participants that predominantly focus on either origination or servicing, instead of both.
Nine months ended September 30, 2020 Summary
For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we originated $38.0 billion of mortgage loans compared to $14.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $24.0 billion or 171.9%. Our MSR Servicing Portfolio as of September 30, 2020 was $74.0 billion of MSR UPB compared to $52.6 billion of MSR UPB as of December 31, 2019. We generated $422.6 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $45.3 million of net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We generated $494.6 million of Adjusted net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $20.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We generated $688.8 million of Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $52.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further information regarding our use of Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA, including limitations related to such non-GAAP measures and a reconciliation of such measures to net income, the nearest comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
Total net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 included a loss of $230.5 million due to a decrease in the fair value of our MSRs resulting from the valuation model impact of a decrease in projected duration of cash flow collections during the period. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association (MBA) Mortgage Finance Forecast, average 30-year mortgage rates declined by approximately 70 basis points from September 30, 2019 to September 30, 2020. A decline of this nature generally results in higher prepayment speeds and a subsequent downward adjustment to the fair value of our MSRs for the loans that still exist in our portfolio. However, when rates decline, our Origination volume generally increases as refinance opportunities increase.
The above-described increase in Adjusted net income and Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to the increase in Gain on loans, net of $827.3 million and the increase in Loan fee income of $40.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in Gain on loans, net and Loan fee income was driven by the increase in Origination volume described above and increased profit margins on overall loan sales to investors, which increased by 156.3 basis points or 161.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our increased Origination volume also resulted in an increase in Compensation and benefits expense of $146.9 million or 140.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to that for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. For definitions of, and more information about, these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
Year ended December 31, 2019 Summary
For the year ended December 31, 2019, we originated $22.3 billion of mortgage loans compared to $10.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $11.7 billion or 110.5%, excluding the revenue related to loans sourced through the Distributed retail, channel which was included in discontinued operations for the
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

year ended December 31, 2018. Our MSR Servicing Portfolio as of December 31, 2019 was $52.6 billion of MSR UPB compared to $41.4 billion of MSR UPB as of December 31, 2018. We generated a $29.2 million net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to a $24.2 million net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018. We generated $28.2 million of Adjusted net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $(32.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $60.2 million or 188.1%, and we generated $69.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $(19.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further information regarding our use of Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA, including limitations related to such non-GAAP measures and a reconciliation of such measures to net income, the nearest comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
Total net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 included a loss of $173.1 million due to a decrease in the fair value of our MSRs resulting from the valuation model impact of a decrease in projected duration of cash flow collections during the period. According to the MBA Mortgage Finance Forecast, average 30-year mortgage rates declined by 110 basis points from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. A decline of this nature generally results in higher prepayment speeds and a subsequent downward adjustment to the fair value of our MSRs for the loans that still exist in our portfolio. However, when rates decline, our Origination volume generally increases as refinance opportunities increase.
The above-described increase in Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to the increase in Gain on loans, net of $115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to that for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our increased Origination volume also resulted in an increase in Compensation and benefits expense of $46.6 million or 42.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to that for the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, our income from Loan servicing fees increased by $25.2 million or 21.2% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to that for the year ended December 31, 2018. For definitions of, and more information about, these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Recent Developments – COVID-19
Business Operations
In March 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic, and the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a national emergency. While the financial markets have demonstrated significant volatility due to the economic impacts of COVID-19, our flexible, scalable platform and technology-enabled infrastructure have enabled us to respond quickly to the increased market demand, resulting in record levels of Origination volume. We expect the increase in origination demands to remain steady as a result of the low interest rate environment and our competitive positioning in the markets.
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act allows borrowers with federally backed loans to request a temporary mortgage forbearance through December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 36,000 loans, or 10.0%, of the loans in our MSR Servicing Portfolio had elected the forbearance option. Of the 10.0% of the loans in our MSR Servicing Portfolio that had elected the forbearance option as of December 31, 2020, approximately 51.9% remained current on their December 31, 2020 payments. As a result of the CARES Act forbearance requirements, we have experienced increases in delinquencies in our MSR Servicing Portfolio, and we believe delinquencies will likely remain elevated through the expiration of the CARES Act, which we believe is in line with industry performance.
As of September 30, 2020, the 60 days or more delinquent rate in our MSR Servicing Portfolio was 6.6%, compared to 2.0% as of September 30, 2019, and as of December 31, 2020, the 60 days or more delinquent rate in our MSR Servicing Portfolio was 4.4% compared to 1.8% as of December 31, 2019. As a servicer, we may be required to advance principal and interest to the investor for up to four months on GSE backed mortgages and longer on other government agency backed mortgages on behalf of borrowers who have entered a forbearance plan. In response to these potential GSE requirements, in April 2020 we amended our servicing advance facility to extend the maturity date to May 2021 and increased the total capacity from $50 million to $85 million. Only a limited amount of our MSR Servicing portfolio, consisting of approximately $3.1 billion as of September 30, 2019 and $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020, was exposed to these GSE requirements.
As of September 30, 2020, our Servicing advance receivable increased by $27.0 million, or 63.7% compared to September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $26.1 billion in our MSR Servicing
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Portfolio as of September 30, 2020, compared to September 30, 2019. As a result, we increased our Servicing advance reserves by $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. However, out of the total increase in Servicing advance reserves of $3.0 million, $0.8 million was directly attributed to the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase of $0.8 million in the Servicing advance reserves was a result of increased delinquency rates on our Servicing segment stemming from the CARES Act. As of September 30, 2020, we had $271.5 million of unrestricted cash, $9.0 million in unused lines of credit, and $33.3 million in unused capacity from our servicing advance facilities. These amounts represent material excess liquidity.
As of December 31, 2020, our Servicing advance receivable increased by $44.4 million, or 82.9% compared to December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $37.3 billion in our MSR Servicing Portfolio as of December 31, 2020, compared to December 31, 2019. As a result, we increased our Servicing advance reserves by $4.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. However, out of the total increase in Servicing advance reserves of $4.1 million, $1.4 million was directly attributed to the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase of $1.4 million in the Servicing advance reserves was a result of increased delinquency rates on our Servicing segment stemming from the CARES Act. As of December 31, 2020, we had $165.2 million of unrestricted cash, $9.0 million in unused lines of credit, and $35.2 million in unused capacity from our servicing advance facilities. These amounts represent material excess liquidity.
We are currently prohibited from collecting certain servicing-related fees, such as late fees, and initiating foreclosure proceedings until the termination of the CARES Act forbearance period. As a result, we expect the effects of the CARES Act forbearance requirements to reduce our servicing income and increase our servicing expenses. Further, we have seen an increase in MSR prepayment speeds, which is driven by historically low interest rates. Refer to “Note 5, Mortgage servicing rights,” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus, for our increase in prepayment speeds. As a result of COVID-19, we experienced immaterial increased costs due to temporary process disruptions, resulting in holding loans held for sale in our portfolio longer than the average 30 days from funding to sale. While the incurred costs have thus far been immaterial, we expect this to be a continued risk until the COVID-19 pandemic has been remedied.
Finally, under the CARES Act, we elected to defer the payment of employer-related payroll taxes in the amount of $6.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and $11.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. Under the CARES Act, 50.0% of the deferred payroll taxes are due by December 31, 2021 and 50.0% are due by December 31, 2022. We have recorded and will record the accrual for deferred payroll taxes within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, as applicable.
Associate Safety
We are continuing to focus on protecting the safety and wellbeing of our associates. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we quickly implemented a number of initiatives to ensure the safety of our associates. Since mid-March 2020, more than 90.0% of our associates have been working from home, and they are not participating in travel or face-to-face meetings that are deemed non-essential. To date, there has not been a material number of COVID-19 illnesses reported in our associate base, nor has there been a material impact to the observed productivity of our workforce in the aggregate.
While the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material negative impact on our operational performance, financial performance, or liquidity to date, it is difficult to predict what the ongoing impact of the pandemic will be on the economy and our business. Refer to “Risk Factors” for more details.
Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations for Periods Presented
Residential Real Estate Market Conditions
Our Origination volume is impacted by broader residential real estate market conditions and the general economy. Housing affordability, availability and general economic conditions influence the demand for our products. Housing affordability and availability are impacted by mortgage interest rates, availability of funds to finance purchases, availability of alternative investment products and the relative relationship of supply and demand. General economic conditions are impacted by unemployment rates, changes in real wages, inflation, consumer confidence, seasonality and the overall economic environment. Recent market conditions, such as low interest rates and limited supply of housing, have led to home price appreciation and a decrease in the affordability index.
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in Interest Rates
Origination volume is impacted by changes in interest rates. Decreasing interest rates tend to increase the volume of purchase loan origination and refinancing whereas increasing interest rates tend to decrease the volume of purchase loan origination and refinancing.
Changes in interest rates impact the value of interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale. Interest rate lock commitments represent an agreement to extend credit to a customer whereby the interest rate is set prior to the loan funding. These commitments bind us to fund the loan at a specified rate. When loans are funded, they are classified as held for sale until they are sold. During the origination and sale process, the value of interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale inventory rises and falls with changes in interest rates; for example, if we enter into interest rate lock commitments at low interest rates followed by an increase in interest rates in the market, the value of our interest rate lock commitment will decrease.
The fair value of MSRs is also driven primarily by interest rates, which impact the likelihood of loan prepayments. In periods of rising interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs generally increases as prepayments decrease, and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs and related expected cash flows increase. In a declining interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally decreases as prepayments increase and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs, and related cash flows, decrease.
There has been a long-term trend of falling interest rates, with intermittent periods of rate increases. More recently, there was a rising interest rate environment for the majority of 2018 and a falling interest rate environment in 2019 and during the first three quarters of 2020. Because origination volumes tend to increase in declining interest rate environments and decrease in increasing rate environments, we believe that our two principal sources of revenue, mortgage origination and mortgage loan servicing, contribute to a stable business profile by creating a natural hedge against changes in the interest rate environment. Additionally, to mitigate the interest rate risk impact, we employ hedging strategies. Our hedging strategies allow us to protect our investment and help us manage our liquidity through forward delivery commitments on mortgage-backed securities or whole loans and options on forward contracts.
Key Performance Indicators
We review several operating metrics, including the following key performance indicators to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe these key metrics are useful to investors both because they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, and they may be used by investors to help analyze the health of our business.
Our origination metrics enable us to monitor our ability to generate revenue and expand our market share across different channels. In addition, they help us track origination quality and compare our performance against the nationwide originations market and our competitors. Other key performance indicators include the number of Broker Partners and number of Correspondent Partners, which enable us to monitor key inputs of our business model. Our servicing metrics enable us to monitor the size of our customer base, the characteristics and value of our MSR Servicing Portfolio, and help drive retention efforts.
The following summarizes key performance indicators for our business:
Origination Segment KPIs
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018(a)
Origination Volume by Channel
 
 
 
 
Wholesale(b)
$23,772,112
$7,023,411
$11,564,971
$4,889,220
Correspondent(b)
12,696,815
6,676,458
10,215,300
5,081,719
Direct(b)
1,576,959
291,302
487,322
608,148
Origination volume(b)
$38,045,886
$13,991,171
$22,267,593
$10,579,087
 
 
 
 
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018(a)
Gain on sale margin
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale margin (bps)(c)
253.1
96.8
89.6
79.5
 
 
 
 
 
Market Share
 
 
 
 
Overall share of origination market(d)
1.4%
0.9%
1.0%
0.7%
Share of wholesale channel(e)
6.4%
3.0%
3.5%
2.6%
 
 
 
 
 
Origination Volume by Purpose(f)
 
 
 
 
Purchase
31.7%
54.4%
50.6%
66.5%
Refinance
68.3%
45.6%
49.4%
33.5%
 
 
 
 
 
Third Party Partners
 
 
 
 
Number of Broker Partners(g)
4,921
2,684
3,085
1,623
Number of Correspondent Partners(h)
594
516
537
451
Servicing Segment KPIs
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended
December 31
($ in thousands)
2020
2019(a)
2019
2018(a)
Mortgage Servicing
 
 
 
 
MSR Servicing Portfolio - UPB(i)
$73,951,042
$47,887,643
$52,600,546
$41,423,825
MSR Servicing Portfolio - Units(j)
307,236
217,558
236,362
189,513
 
 
 
 
 
60 days or more delinquent(k)
6.6%
2.0%
1.7%
2.3%
 
 
 
 
 
MSR Portfolio
 
 
 
 
MSR multiple(l)
2.6x
3.2x
3.4x
4.3x
(a)
Unless otherwise indicated, our Distributed Retail channel was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 and as such it has been excluded from our key performance indicators for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(b)
Origination dollar value of new loans funded by channel. Origination volume excludes Origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(c)
Calculated as Gain on sale, net divided by Origination volume.
(d)
Calculated as the Company’s originations dollar value for the year divided by the total residential originations in the United States of America per Inside Mortgage Finance, a third party provider of residential mortgage industry news and statistics each year. Origination volume figures used to calculate market share include $1 billion of Distributed Retail originations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(e)
Calculated as the Company’s originations dollar value for the year divided by the total wholesale originations in the United States of America per Inside Mortgage Finance, each year.
(f)
Origination volume excludes Origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(g)
Number of Broker Partners with whom the Company sources loans from.
(h)
Number of Correspondent Partners from whom the Company purchases loans.
(i)
The unpaid principal balance of loans we service on behalf of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mae and others, at period end.
(j)
Number of loans in our serving portfolio at period end.
(k)
Total balances of outstanding loan principals for which installment payments are at least 60 days past due as a percentage of the outstanding loan principal as of a specified date.
(l)
Calculated as the MSR fair market value as of a specified date divided by the related UPB divided by the weighted average service fee.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We believe that certain non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus, including Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA can provide useful information to investors and others in
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

understanding and evaluating our operating results. These measures are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net income, or any other operating performance measure calculated in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure reported by other companies.
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because each measure assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA provide indicators of performance that are not affected by fluctuations in certain costs or other items. Accordingly, management believes that these measurements are useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period, and management relies on these measures for planning and forecasting of future periods. The Company measures the performance of the segments primarily on a contribution margin basis. Additionally, these measures allow management to compare our results with those of other companies that have different financing and capital structures. However, other companies may define Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA differently, and as a result, our measures of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to those of other companies.
Adjusted revenue. We define Adjusted revenue as Total net revenue exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge and adjusted for Income from equity method investment.
Adjusted net income (loss). We define Adjusted net income (loss) as Net income (loss) exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge.
Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest (without adjustment for net warehouse interest related to loan fundings and payoff interest related to loan prepayments), taxes, depreciation and amortization exclusive of the impact of the change in fair value of MSRs related to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions, net of MSRs hedge and discontinued operations.
The non-GAAP information presented below and elsewhere in this prospectus should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”
The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted revenue, Adjusted net income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA to the nearest GAAP financial measures of Total net revenue and Net income (loss), as applicable:
Reconciliation of Adjusted Revenue to Total Net Revenue
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net revenue
$922,335
$103,004
$199,725
$164,257
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
2,701
209
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge(a)
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Adjusted revenue
$1,034,687
$190,522
$276,907
$154,118
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to Total Net Income (Loss)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge(a)
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Income tax effect of change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge(b)
(26,310)
(19,303)
(17,086)
2,539
Adjusted net income (loss)
$494,598
$20,347
$28,185
$(32,006)
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Total Net Income (Loss)
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
(7,157)
Interest expense on corporate debt
14,411
22,324
27,721
24,962
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
149,306
(14,080)
(9,500)
(10,485)
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
5,918
7,612
Change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge(a)
98,302
84,927
74,481
(10,348)
Adjusted EBITDA
$688,847
$52,288
$69,410
$(19,613)
(a)
MSR fair value changes due to valuation inputs and assumptions are measured using a stochastic discounted cash flow model that includes assumptions such as prepayment speeds, delinquencies, discount rates, and effects of changes in market interest rates. Refer to “Note 2, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 5, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and to “Note 2, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 7, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The change in the value of the MSR hedge is measured based on third party market values and cash settlement. Refer to “Note 14, Fair Value Measurements”, to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Note 18, Fair Value Measurements” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We exclude changes in fair value of MSRs, net of hedge from Adjusted revenue as they add volatility and we believe that they are not indicative of the Company’s operating performance or results of operations. This adjustment does not include changes in fair value of MSRs due to realization of cash flows, which remain in Adjusted EBITDA. Realization of cash flows occurs when cash is collected as customers make scheduled payments, partial prepayments of principal, or pay their mortgage in full.
(b)
The income tax effect of change in fair value of MSR (due to inputs and assumptions), net of hedge is calculated as the MSR valuation change, net of hedge multiplied by the quotient of Income tax expense (benefit) divided by Income (loss) before income tax.
Description of Certain Components of our Results of Operations
Components of Revenue
Gain on loans, net includes the realized and unrealized gains and losses on mortgage loans, as well as the changes in fair value of all loan-related derivatives, including interest rate lock commitments, freestanding loan-related derivatives, and representation and warranty reserve.
Loan fee income consists of fee income earned on all loan originations, including amounts earned related to application and underwriting fees. Fees associated with the origination and acquisition of mortgage loans are recognized when earned, which is the date the loan is originated or acquired.
Interest income (loss), net consists of interest income recognized on loans held for sale for the period from loan funding to sale, which is typically 30 days, and interest earned on escrow and custodial funds held on behalf of our servicing customers and investors, respectively. Interest loss, net is presented net of interest expense related to our loan funding warehouse and other facilities as well as expenses related to amortization of capitalized debt expense, original issue discount, gains or losses upon extinguishment of debt, and commitment fees paid on certain debt agreements.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loan servicing fees consist of fees received from loan servicing. Loan servicing involves the servicing of residential mortgage loans on behalf of an investor. Total Loan servicing fees include servicing and other ancillary servicing revenue earned for servicing mortgage loans owned by investors. Servicing fees received for servicing mortgage loans owned by investors are based on a stipulated percentage of the outstanding monthly principal balance on such loans, or the difference between the weighted-average yield received on the mortgage loans and the amount paid to the investor, less guaranty fees and interest on curtailments (reduction of principal balance). Loan servicing fees are receivable only out of interest collected from mortgagors and are recorded as income when earned, which is generally upon collection. Late charges and other miscellaneous fees collected from mortgagors are also recorded as income when collected.
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights. MSRs represent the fair value assigned to contracts that obligate us to service the mortgage loans on behalf of the owners of the mortgage loans in exchange for service fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service loans. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recognized as current period income as a component of Change in fair value of MSRs. To hedge against interest rate exposure on these assets, we enter into various derivative instruments, which may include but are not limited to swaps and forward loan purchase commitments. Changes in the value of derivatives designed to protect against MSR value fluctuations, or MSR hedging gains and losses, are also included as a component of Change in fair value of MSRs.
Other Income includes income that is dissimilar in nature to revenues we earn from loan origination and servicing activities, such as proceeds from the sale of a business or contingent consideration received.
Components of Operating Expenses
Compensation and benefits expense includes all salaries, commissions, bonuses and benefit-related expenses for our associates.
Loan expense primarily includes loan origination costs, loan processing costs, and fees related to loan funding. As a result of adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from contracts with customers, or ASC 606, certain passthrough fees such as flood certification, credit report, and appraisal fees, among others, are presented net within Loan expense. A reclassification of these passthrough fees from Loan fee income to Loan expense is presented for periods subsequent to adoption.
Loan servicing expense primarily includes servicing system technology expenses, non-performing servicing expenses, and general servicing expenses, such as printing expenses, recording fees, and title search fees.
Occupancy and equipment includes rent expense, utilities, office supplies, technology and other office expenses.
General and administrative primarily includes marketing and advertising costs, travel and entertainment, legal reserves, and professional services, such as audit and consulting fees.
Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of Property and equipment and amortization of Intangible assets.
Other expenses primarily consist of insurance, dues and subscriptions, and other employee-related expenses such as recruitment fees and training expenses.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation consists of equity awards and is measured and expensed accordingly under ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation.
Future Public Company Expenses
As a public company, we anticipate our operating expenses will increase as we establish and maintain governance and controls in accordance with SEC guidelines. We expect some of our expenses to increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Sarbanes-Oxley and prepare and distribute periodic reports as required by SEC rules and regulations. Such expenses include but are not limited to accounting, legal and personnel-related expenses. As a result, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our results of operations in future periods.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations — Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data for each of the periods indicated:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
$ Change
% Change
Gain on loans, net
962,778
135,495
827,283
610.6%
Loan fee income
60,630
19,829
40,801
205.8%
Interest income
42,370
35,101
7,269
20.7%
Interest expense
(47,845)
(41,933)
(5,912)
14.1%
Interest loss, net
(5,475)
(6,832)
1,357
19.9%
Loan servicing fees
133,904
104,089
29,815
28.6%
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
(151,168)
(79,356)
52.5%
Other income
1,022
1,591
(569)
(35.8)%
Total net revenue
922,335
103,004
819,331
795.4%
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
251,462
104,571
146,891
140.5%
Loan expense
28,581
10,182
18,399
180.7%
Loan servicing expense
22,742
15,781
6,961
44.1%
Occupancy and equipment
17,006
12,567
4,439
35.3%
General and administrative
28,373
14,687
13,686
93.2%
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
(172)
(3.9)%
Other expenses
12,087
2,770
9,317
336.4%
Total expenses
364,473
164,952
199,521
121.0%
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income tax
557,862
(61,948)
619,810
1,000.5%
Income tax expense (benefit)
149,306
(14,080)
163,386
1,160.4%
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
11,459
442.3%
Total net income (loss)
422,606
(45,277)
467,883
1,033.4%
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we recorded Total net income of $422.6 million, an increase of $467.9 million, or 1033.4%, compared with the Total net loss of $45.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in Net income was primarily the result of an increase in Gain on loans, net due to increased Origination volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in Total net income was further driven by an increase in Loan fee income of $40.8 million, or 205.8%, due to the growth of our Origination volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. These were partially offset by an unfavorable Change in fair value of MSRs of ($230.5) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to an unfavorable Change in fair value of MSRs of ($151.2) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in Total net income was also partially offset by an increase of $146.9 million, or 140.5% in Compensation and benefits expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to increases in commissions and headcount as a result of the growth in Origination volume.
Revenue
For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gains on loans, net
The components of Gain on loans, net for the periods presented were as follows:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Gain on sales, net(a)
$657,355
$(37,127)
Origination of mortgage service rights
352,118
175,756
Change in fair value of loans held for sale, IRLCs, and related hedges
301,173
55,599
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) from derivative financial instruments
(330,851)
(56,569)
Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties
(17,017)
(2,164)
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
$135,495
(a)
The Gain on sales, net includes income related to originations of mortgage servicing rights.
The table below provides details of the characteristics of our mortgage loan production for each of the periods presented:
Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Origination volume
38,045,886
13,991,171
Originated MSR - UPB
37,066,235
12,678,916
Gain on sale margin(a)
253.1
96.8
Retained servicing (UPB)(b)
99.2%
96.2 %
(a)
Gain on sale margin represents the margin on loans sold, including the realized and unrealized gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans, as well as the changes in fair value of all loan-related derivatives, including interest rate lock commitments, freestanding loan-related derivatives, and representation and warranty reserve, and is calculated as the ratio of Gain on loans, net to the Sales volume UPB.
(b)
Represents the percentage of our loan sales UPBs for which we retained the underlying servicing UPB during the period.
Gain on loans, net increased by $827.3 million, or 610.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was due to an increase of $694.5 million on Gain on sales, net and an increase of $176.4 million of fair values of originated MSRs partially offset by an increase in an unfavorable Change in fair value of loans held for sale, IRLCs, and related hedges of $28.7 million, and an increase of $14.9 million of Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Gain on sales, net increased by $694.5 million or 1,870.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by our increase in Origination volume. Origination volume increased by $24.0 billion, or 171.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, which was led by an increase in the wholesale market channel due to an increase in our number of sales associates and Broker Partners. The increase of our Origination volume was supported by declining interest rates during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decline in interest rates supported our increase in Refinance as a percentage of our Origination volume. The increase was further driven by an increase in originated MSRs of $176.4 million, or 100.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Retained servicing (UPB) ratio was approximately 99.2% and 96.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in Retained servicing (UPB) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 in addition to the increase in Origination volume resulted in an increase in the volume of originated MSRs. In addition, Gain on sale margin increased by 161.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase of Gain on sale margin was primarily driven by the low interest rates market which resulted in increased demand. This increase in demand led to increased margins for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Gain on loans, net also includes unrealized gains and losses from the fair value changes in mortgage loans held for sale and IRLCs, as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses from derivative instruments used to hedge the
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

loans held for sale and IRLCs. The net loss from these fair value changes increased by $28.7 million, or 2,961.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase in net loss was primarily due to increased volatility in the secondary mortgage market.
Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties increased by $14.9 million, or 686%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is driven by our increase in Origination volume, which resulted in an increase of the reserve.
Loan fee income
Loan fee income increased by $40.8 million, or 205.8%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Origination volume of $24.0 billion, or 171.9%, for the respective periods.
Loan servicing fees
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Retained servicing fees, net of guarantees
$135,813
$101,138
Late fees and other
(1,909)
2,951
Loan servicing fees
$133,904
$104,089
The table below provides details of the characteristics of our mortgage loan servicing portfolio for each of the periods presented:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
MSR Servicing Portfolio - UPB
$73,951,042
$47,887,643
Average MSR Servicing Portfolio - UPB
$63,275,795
$44,655,734
MSR Servicing Portfolio – units
307,236
217,558
MSRs Fair Value Multiple (x)
2.57x
3.15x
Delinquency Rates (%)
12.6%
2.2%
Weighted average credit score
734
721
Weighted average servicing fee, net (bps)
0.3
0.3
Loan servicing fees increased by $29.8 million, or 28.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in servicing fees net of guarantee fees of $135.8 million due to an increase in the Average MSR Servicing Portfolio of $18.6 billion, or 41.7%, as of September 30, 2020 compared to September 30, 2019, which was primarily driven by an increase in Origination volume and our Retained servicing (UPB) ratio over the period. Late fees and other decreased by $4.9 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by the restrictions around charging late fees until the termination of the CARES Act forbearance period.
Change in fair value of MSRs
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Realization of cash flows
$(132,222)
$(66,241)
Valuation inputs and assumptions
(211,667)
(163,025)
Hedge
113,365
78,098
Change in fair value of MSRs
(230,524)
(151,168)
Change in fair value of MSRs presented losses for both nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. Losses in fair value of MSRs increased by $79.4 million, or 52.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was partially offset by increased gains from our hedging results. The increase in loss was further driven by an increase in the Realization of cash flows of
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$66.0 million, or 99.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This was primarily driven by lower interest rates and increased Realization of cash flows, which resulted in an increase in prepayment speed.
Interest (loss), net
The components for Interest (loss), net for the periods presented were as follows:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Interest income
42,370
35,101
Interest expense
(47,845)
(41,933)
Interest loss, net
(5,475)
(6,832)
Interest (loss), net decreased by $1.4 million, or 19.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in interest earned on loans held for sale of $13.7 million, or 64.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in interest earned on loans held for sale was due an increase in Origination volume of $24.0 billion or 171.9%. The decrease in Interest (loss), net was further driven by the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest earned on customer escrow and custodial fund balances of $6.3 million or 46.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in interest earned on customer escrow and custodial fund balances was due to lower interest rates. The decrease in Interest (loss), net was also partially offset by an increase in interest expense incurred by our warehouse facilities of $14.8 million or 83.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in interest expense incurred by our warehouse facilities was primarily due to an increase in Origination volume of $24.0 billion or 171.9% partially offset by a decrease in interest rates. Refer to “Note 9, Warehouse Lines of Credit” of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Other income
Other income decreased by $0.6 million, or 35.8%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $0.5 million in contingent consideration for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, which resulted from the sale of Natty Mac in the year ended December 31, 2018.
Expenses
Total expenses increased by $199.5 million, or 121.0%, for the year nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This was primarily driven by an increase in Compensation and benefits expense due to an increase in Origination volume.
Compensation and benefits expense increased by $146.9 million, or 140.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $79.9 million in commissions and bonuses resulting from an increase in Origination volume, as well as an increase of $67.0 million in salary and benefits expense largely driven by an 66.0% increase in employee headcount to support our growth in Origination volume. As a percentage of volume, Compensation and benefits expense was 0.7% and 0.8% of Origination volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively.
Loan expense increased by $18.4 million, or 180.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was consistent with the increase in Origination volume of $24.0 billion, or 171.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Loan servicing expense increased by $7.0 million, or 44.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a $3.7 million increase in write-offs of advances due to an increase in our MSR Servicing Portfolio and management’s estimate pertaining
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to the collectability of certain advances. As a percentage of Total net revenue, write-offs of advances was 1.1% and 6.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. The increase was further due to an increase of $3.3 million in servicing expenses as a result of the increase in our MSR Servicing Portfolio.
Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $4.4 million, or 35.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in equipment and information technology associated expense of $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was further driven by an increase of occupancy expenses of $0.9 million, partially offset by a reduction of $0.3 million in rent expense due to the closing of certain facilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
General and administrative expense increased $13.7 million, or 93.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in professional services fees of $13.5 million related to title clearing as a result of the increase in Origination volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $0.2 million, or 3.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in amortization of intangibles, partially offset by an increase in depreciation of certain assets.
Income tax expense on continuing operations increased by $163.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is primarily due to an increase in pre-tax income. Our overall effective tax rate of 26.8% and 22.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 21.0%. Several factors influence the effective tax rate including the impact of equity investments, and state taxes which were recorded in 2020.
Summary Results by Segment for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019
We have two segments:
Our Origination segment consists of a combination of retail and third-party loan production operations. The increase in revenues for the Origination segment was primarily driven by an increase in loan Origination volume.
Our Servicing segment consists of servicing loans the Company had initially originated and subsequently sold, for which the Company retained servicing rights as well as MSRs the Company occasionally purchases from others. The decrease in revenues for the Servicing segment was primarily driven by a decrease in interest rates.
Origination
The table below presents details of Revenue and Contribution margin for the Origination segment:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Gain on loans, net
962,778
135,853
Loan fee income
60,630
19,788
Loan servings fees
(1,982)
(459)
Interest income
1,804
2,237
Change in FV of MSRs
Other income
Total Origination segment revenue
1,023,230
157,419
Directly attributable expense
231,315
97,041
Contribution margin
791,915
60,378
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Servicing
The table below presents details of Revenue and Contribution margin for the Servicing segment:
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
Gain on loans, net
$
$(358)
Loan servicing fees
135,886
104,548
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
(151,168)
Interest income
7,130
13,255
Other income
205
4
Total Servicing segment revenue
(87,303)
(33,719)
Change in mortgage servicing rights due to valuation, net of hedge
(98,302)
(84,927)
Directly attributable expense
42,664
29,754
Contribution margin
$(31,665)
$21,454
Results of Operations – Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data for each of the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
$ Change
% Change
Gain on loans, net
$199,501
$84,068
$115,433
137.3%
Loan fee income
32,112
19,603
12,509
64.0%
Interest income
51,801
35,179
16,622
47.2%
Interest expense
(57,942)
(47,486)
(10,456)
22.0%
Interest loss, net
(6,141)
(12,307)
6,166
-50.1%
Loan servicing fees
144,228
119,049
25,179
21.2%
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(173,134)
(47,312)
(125,822)
265.9%
Other income
3,159
1,156
2,003
173.3%
Total net revenue
199,725
164,257
35,468
21.6%
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
156,197
109,577
46,620
42.5%
Loan expense
15,626
16,882
(1,256)
-7.4%
Loan servicing expense
20,924
18,488
2,436
13.2%
Occupancy and equipment
16,768
20,521
(3,753)
-18.3%
General and administrative
21,407
29,165
(7,758)
-26.6%
Depreciation and amortization
5,918
7,612
(1,694)
-22.3%
Other expenses
4,296
4,060
236
5.8%
Total expenses
241,136
206,305
34,833
16.9%
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income tax
(41,411)
(42,048)
637
-1.5%
Income tax benefit from continuing operations
(9,500)
(10,485)
985
-9.4%
Income from equity method investments
2,701
209
2,492
1,192.3%
Net loss from continuing operations
(29,210)
(31,354)
2,144
-6.8%
Net income from discontinued operations before tax
9,707
(9,707)
N/M
Income tax provision from discontinued operations
2,550
(2,550)
N/M
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
7,157
(7,157)
N/M
Total net loss
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
$(5,013)
20.7%
Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded a Total net loss of $29.2 million, an increase of $5.0 million, or 20.7%, compared to a Total net loss of $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increase in Net loss was primarily the result of an unfavorable Change in fair value of MSRs of $173.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to an unfavorable change in fair value of MSRs of $47.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, combined with a decrease in Income from discontinued operations, net of tax. The decrease in the fair value of MSRs was primarily driven by interest rate fluctuations and the unfavorable change in Income from discontinued operations, net of tax was due to our disposition of certain business lines during the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, Compensation and benefits expense increased by $46.6 million, or 42.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 due to increases in headcount as a result of the growth in Origination Volume. These were partially offset by higher Gain on loans, net of $115.4 million or 137.3%, due to increased volume and an increase in Loan servicing fees of $25.2 million, or 21.2%, due to the growth of our MSR Servicing Portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Gains on loans, net
The components of Gain on loans, net for the periods presented were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Gain on sales, net(a)
$209,261
$80,536
Change in fair value of loans held for sale, IRLCs, and related hedges
54,723
(17,818)
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) from derivative financial instruments
(60,290)
22,717
Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties
(4,193)
(1,367)
Gain on loans, net
$199,501
$84,068
(a)
The Gain on sales, net includes income related to originations of mortgage servicing rights.
The table below provides details of the characteristics of our mortgage loan production for each of the periods presented:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Origination volume(a)
22,267,593
10,579,087
Originated MSR UPB
20,484,918
11,690,884
Gain on sale margin(a)(b)
89.6
79.5
Retained servicing (UPB)(c)
96.8%
97.4%
(a)
Origination volume excludes Origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(b)
Gain on sale margin represents the margin on loans sold, including the realized and unrealized gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans, as well as the changes in fair value of all loan-related derivatives, including interest rate lock commitments, freestanding loan-related derivatives, and representation and warranty reserve, and is calculated as the ratio of Gain on loans, net to the Sales volume UPB
(c)
Represents the percentage of our loan sales UPBs for which we retained the underlying servicing UPB during the period
Gain on loans, net increased by $115.4 million, or 137.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to an increase of $128.7 million on Gain on sales, net and an increase in the Change in fair value of loans held for sale, IRLCs, and related hedges of $72.5 million, partially decreased by a decrease of $83.0 million of Realized and unrealized gain (loss) from derivative financial instruments and an increase of $2.8 million of Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Gain on sales, net increased by $128.7 million, or 159.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was consistent with our increase in Origination volume. Origination volume, excluding volume from the Distributed retail channel, increased by $11.7 billion, or 110.5% for the year
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, which was led by an increase in the wholesale market channel. The increase of our Origination volume was supported by declining interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2019. This decline in interest rates supported our increase in Refinance as a percentage of our Origination volume. The increase was further driven by increased fair values of originated MSRs. Originated MSRs increased by $102.9 million, or 60.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The unpaid principal balance of our MSRs increased by $11.2 billion, or 27.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Retained servicing (UPB) ratio remained at approximately 97.0% in both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. As the Retained servicing (UPB) ratio did not significantly change for the year ended December 31, 2019, the increase in fair value of the originated MSRs was driven by an increase in Origination volume. In addition, Gain on sale margin increased by 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in Gain on sale margin was primarily driven by the low interest rates market which resulted in increased demand, which led to increased margins for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Gain on loans, net also includes unrealized gains and losses from the fair value changes in mortgage loans held for sale and IRLCs as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses from derivative instruments used to hedge the loans held for sale and IRLCs. The Net loss from these fair value changes decreased by $10.5 million, or 213.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Gains of $72.5 million were recognized in the year ended 2019 due to changes in fair value of loans held for sale and IRLCs resulting from favorable market conditions. These gains were partially offset by realized and unrealized losses from derivative financial instruments due to unexpected changes in interest rates.
Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties increased by $2.8 million or 206.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is consistent with our increase in Origination volume, which resulted in an increase of the reserve.
Loan fee income
Loan fee income increased by $12.5 million, or 63.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Origination volume of $11.7 billion, or 110.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was partially offset by a shift in the mix of our business from the Direct channel and Distributed retail to Wholesale and the Correspondent channel, which generate lower Loan fee income due to the nature of those channels.
Loan servicing fees
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Retained servicing fees, net of guarantees
$141,195
$118,096
Late fees and other
3,033
953
Loan servicing fees
$144,228
$119,049
The table below provides details of the characteristics of our mortgage loan servicing portfolio for each of the periods presented:
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
MSR Servicing Portfolio (UPB)
$52,600,546
$41,423,825
Average MSR Servicing Portfolio (UPB)
$47,012,186
$37,037,889
MSR Servicing Portfolio (Loan Count)
236,362
189,513
MSRs Fair Value Multiple (x)
3.4x
4.3x
Delinquency Rates (%)
3.5
3.8
Weighted average credit score
722
721
Weighted average servicing fee, net (bps)
0.3
0.3
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loan servicing fees increased by $25.2 million, or 21.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in servicing fees net of guarantees of $23.1 million due to an increase in the Average MSR Servicing Portfolio of $10.0 billion, or 26.9% as of December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018, which was primarily driven by an overall decrease in interest rates over the period. Late fees and income increased by $2.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily driven by gains on the sale of $3.0 million of Ginnie Mae loan modifications.
Change in fair value of MSRs
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Realization of cash flows
$(98,650)
(57,659)
Valuation inputs and assumptions
(133,997)
(9,903)
Hedge
59,513
20,250
Change in fair value of MSRs
(173,134)
(47,312)
Change in fair value of MSRs presented losses for both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Fair value losses increased by $125.8 million, or 265.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by lower interest rates and increased Realization of cash flows, which resulted in an increase in prepayment speed. The increase was partially offset by increased gains from our hedging results. The increase in loss was further driven by an increase in the Realization of cash flows of $41.0 million, or 71.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Interest (loss), net
The components for Interest (loss), net for the periods presented were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Interest income
51,801
35,179
Interest expense
(57,942)
(47,486)
Interest (loss), net
(6,141)
(12,307)
Interest (loss), net decreased by $6.2 million, or 50.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was driven by an increase in interest earned on servicing deposits of $14.4 million due to an increase of $581.8 million or 122.6% in customer escrow and custodial fund balances for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 as well as the fact that the Company migrated their servicing deposits to institutions offering higher interest rates. The decrease was further driven by an increase of $1.4 million in interest income earned on loans held for sale, net of interest expense incurred by our warehouse facilities. Our warehouse facilities increased by $1.1 billion or 265.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 2018. Refer to “Note 13, Warehouse Lines of Credit” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The decrease was partially offset by $6.5 million reduction in interest income from the sale of Natty Mac in 2018.
Other income
Other income increased by $2.0 million, or 173.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily driven by contingent consideration received in 2019, partially offset by the non-recurring proceeds from the sale of Natty Mac in 2018. Refer to “Note 3, Business Combinations” of our audited consolidated financial statements for further detail.
Expenses
Total expenses increased by $34.8 million, or 16.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by increases in Compensation and benefits expense.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation and benefits expense increased by $46.6 million, or 42.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $30.2 million in commissions and bonuses resulting from an increase in Origination volume, as well as an increase of $16.4 million in salary and benefits largely driven by an 11.1% increase in employee headcount to support our growth in Origination volume. As a percentage of volume, Compensation and benefits expense was 0.7% and 1.0% of Origination volume for the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, excluding loan originations from the Distributed retail channel as it was disposed during the year ended December 31, 2018.
Loan expense decreased by $1.3 million, or 7.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by the recognition of certain passthrough fees of $3.8 million as a reduction to Loan fee income due to the adoption of ASC 606 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was further due to a decrease of $2.7 million in appraisal fees due to a decrease in the Direct channel which historically had higher appraisal fees, due to the nature of the business. These reductions in expense were partially offset by increases in costs of $5.2 million due to an increase in Origination volume.
Loan servicing expense increased by $2.4 million, or 13.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by a $5.4 million increase in write-offs of advances due to an increase in loan Origination volume and management’s estimate pertaining to the collectability of certain advances. As a percentage of Total net revenue, the write-offs of advances represent 3.9% and 1.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $3.3 million in servicing fees paid to subservicers as a result of transferring a portion of our servicing portfolio from subservicers to in-house servicing.
Occupancy and equipment expense decreased by $3.8 million, or 18.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in occupancy expenses of $2.7 million due to the abandonment and termination of certain office leases and a decrease in sublease income of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
General and administrative expense decreased $7.8 million, or 26.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in marketing and advertising of $4.1 million due to a shift in the mix of our business away from the direct channel where marketing and advertising efforts have historically focused and a reduction in new legal reserves by $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $1.7 million, or 22.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in impairment expense due to impairments of $0.3 million recorded in 2018 and the resulting lower carrying value in 2019 of certain intangible assets.
Income tax benefit on continuing operations decreased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Our overall effective tax rate of 22.9% and 24.9% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 21.0% primarily due the impact of state incomes taxes, adjustments to the partial valuation allowance on state net operating losses, offset by the tax impact of equity method investee earnings, certain non-deductible expenses, and the impact of state rate changes on the beginning deferred tax balances.
Summary Results by Segment for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
We have two segments:
Our Origination segment consists of a combination of retail and third-party loan production operations. The increase in revenues for the Origination segment was primarily driven by an increase in loan Origination volume.
Our Servicing segment consists of servicing loans the Company had initially originated and subsequently sold, for which the Company retained servicing rights as well as MSRs the Company occasionally purchases from others. The decrease in revenues for the Servicing segment was primarily driven by a decrease in interest rates.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Origination
The table below presents details of Revenue and Contribution margin for the Origination segment:
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Gain on loans, net
$200,646
$84,127
Loan fee income
32,072
18,462
Loan servings fees
(846)
Interest income
2,697
6,028
Other income
44
Total Origination segment revenue
234,569
108,661
Directly attributable expense
145,113
108,410
Contribution margin
$89,456
$251
Servicing
The table below presents details of Revenue and Contribution margin for the Servicing segment:
 
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2019
2018
Gain on loans, net(a)
$(1,145)
$(59)
Loan servicing fees
145,074
119,049
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(173,134)
(47,312)
Interest income
18,883
2,228
Other income
13
(98)
Total Servicing segment revenue
(10,309)
73,808
Change in mortgage servicing rights due to valuation, net of hedge
(74,481)
10,348
Directly attributable expense
39,579
37,280
Contribution margin
$24,593
$26,180
(a)
Gain on loans, net includes a loss on a prior sale of servicing that we reserved for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the loss is from a loss on GNMA note modifications completed by Servicing.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have included:
Borrowings, including under our warehouse funding facilities and other secured and unsecured financing facilities
Cash flow from our operations, including:
Sale of mortgage loans held for sale
Loan origination fees
Servicing fee income
Interest income on loans held for sale, and
Cash and marketable securities on hand
Historically, our primary uses of funds have included:
Origination of loans
Payment of interest expense
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repayment of debt
Payment of operating expenses, and
Changes in margin requirements for derivative contracts
We are also subject to contingencies which may have a significant impact on the use of our cash.
Summary of Certain Indebtedness
To originate and aggregate loans for sale into the secondary market, we use our own working capital and borrow or obtain on a short-term basis primarily through committed and uncommitted loan funding facilities that we have established with different large global and regional banks. Our loan funding facilities are primarily in the form of master repurchase agreements and participation agreements. New loan originations that are financed under these facilities are generally financed at approximately 98% to 100% of the principal balance of the loan (although certain types of loans are financed at lower percentages of the principal balance of the loan). In addition, we recently completed an offering of our Senior Unsecured Notes. See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Issuance of Senior Unsecured Notes.” We fund the balance from cash generated from our operations.
Once closed, the underlying residential mortgage loan that is held for sale is pledged as collateral for the borrowing or advance that was made under the applicable facility. In most cases, loans will remain on one of the warehouse lines of credit facilities for only a short time, generally less than one month, until the loans are pooled and sold. During the time the loans are held for sale, we earn Interest income from the borrower on the underlying mortgage loan. This income is partially offset by the interest and fees we have to pay under the loan funding facilities.
When we sell a pool of loans in the secondary market, the proceeds received from the sale of the loans are used to pay back the amounts we owe on the loan funding facilities. We rely on the cash generated from the sale of loans to fund future loans and repay borrowings under our loan funding facilities. Delays or failures to sell loans in the secondary market could have an adverse effect on our liquidity position.
As of September 30, 2020, we held mortgage warehouse lines of credit arrangements with seven separate financial institutions with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $3.1 billion and an unused borrowing capacity of $1.0 billion. Refer to “Note 9, Warehouse Lines of Credit” of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of September 30, 2020, we held facilities and lines of credit with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $95.0 million and an unused borrowing capacity of $42.3 million. Refer to “Note 10, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net” of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of December 31, 2019, we held mortgage warehouse lines of credit arrangements with seven separate financial institutions with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $1.7 billion and an unused borrowing capacity of $222.6 million. Refer to “Note 13, Warehouse Lines of Credit” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2019, we held facilities and lines of credit with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $80.0 million and an unused borrowing capacity of $0.02 million. Refer to “Note 14, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The amount owed and outstanding on our loan funding facilities fluctuates significantly based on our origination volume, the amount of time it takes us to sell the loans we originate, and the amount of loans being self-funded with cash.
Our debt financing agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender at its option, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. A margin deficit generally will result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement relative to the available financing and offsetting hedges. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we generally will be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice.
The warehouse facilities and other lines of credit require maintenance of certain operating and financial covenants, and the availability of funds under these facilities is subject to, among other conditions, our continued compliance with these covenants. These financial covenants include, but are not limited to, maintaining a certain minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, minimum profitability levels, and a maximum Direct Endorsement
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compare Rate, as determined by the Federal Housing Administration. A breach of these covenants can result in an event of default under these facilities following which the lenders would be able to pursue certain remedies against us. In addition, each of these facilities includes cross-default or cross- acceleration provisions that could result in all facilities terminating if an event of default or acceleration of maturity occurs under any facility.
We were in compliance with all covenants under our warehouse facilities and other lines of credit as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Cash flows
Our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are summarized below.
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2020
2019
2019
2018
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$(385,095)
$(975,613)
$(1,206,693)
$262,832
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(9,914)
(5,401)
(10,608)
149,281
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
626,668
986,606
1,216,788
(412,457)
Net increase (decrease) in Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
231,659
5,592
(513)
(344)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$313,390
$87,836
81,731
82,244
Our Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash increased by $225.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash increased by $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.
Operating Activities
Our Cash flows from operating activities are primarily influenced by changes in the levels of our inventory of loans held for sale as shown below:
($ in thousands)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
Cash flows from:
2020
2019
2019
2018
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
$51,131
$(904,170)
$(1,113,232)
$380,500
Other operating sources
(436,226)
(71,443)
(93,461)
(117,668)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(385,095)
(975,613)
(1,206,693)
262,832
Cash used in operating activities decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in cash provided by Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value), which was primarily due to an increase in net income and sale proceeds, net of cash used for new originations, driven by an increase in Gain on sale margin and Origination volume.
Cash used in operating activities increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used in Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value) was primarily due to an increase in originations of mortgage loans held for sale, which was partially offset by a decrease in other operating sources primarily due to an increase in the change in fair value of MSRs.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the additional purchase of computers and equipment stemming from the increased headcount in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash used in investing activities increased for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the decrease in warehouse facility lending receivables as a result of the sale of Natty Mac in the year ended December 31, 2018 and purchases of MSRs during the year ended December 31, 2018.
Financing Activities
Our Cash flows from financing activities are primarily influenced by changes in Warehouse borrowings as shown below:
($ in thousands)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
Year Ended December 31,
Cash flows from:
2020
2019
2019
2018
Warehouse borrowings
$614,294
$931,498
1,073,946
(521,784)
Other financing sources
12,374
55,108
142,842
109,327
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
626,668
986,606
1,216,788
(412,457)
Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $359.9 million or 36.5% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $426.0 million in proceeds from warehouse, term and other borrowings, net of payments and a decrease of $2.3 million in debt issuance costs, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $63.8 million in capital contributions from Home Point LP for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by increases in Warehouse borrowings. Cash provided by other financing sources for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased from the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase in Cash flows provided by other financing sources was primarily driven by an increase in our term debt during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Shareholder’s equity
Total shareholder’s equity increased by $348.7 million, or 88.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by a $467.9 million increase in net income and a $63.8 million capital contribution from Home Point LP. The increase was partially offset by $154.5 million cash dividend declared.
Total shareholder’s equity decreased by $28.5 million, or 6.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by a Net loss of $29.2 million and Stock-based compensation expenses of $0.8 million.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
The following table sets forth certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019. Refer to “Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies” and “Note 10, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net” of the notes to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and to “Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies” and “Note 14, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net” of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of contractual obligations, commercial commitments, and other contingencies, including legal contingencies.
($ in thousands)
Total
Less than
1 year
1-3 
years
3-5 
years
More than
5  years
Term debt(a)
366,708
366,708
Interest on long term debt
52,673
20,348
32,325
Advance facilities(b)
48,250
48,250
Warehouse facilities(b)
1,478,183
1,478,183
Operating line of credit(b)
10,000
10,000
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
3,350,161
3,350,161
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
3,171,868
3,171,868
 
 
 
Operating Leases(c)
23,320
7,512
13,320
2,488
Total
8,501,163
8,086,322
412,353
2,488
(a)
The rate used to estimate interest was the rate as of December 31, 2019. The rate is based on the LIBOR rate and there has been a significant decline in the rate in 2020 which is not reflected above. Term debt is net of debt issuance costs.
(b)
Interest expense on advance, warehouse facilities and operating lines of credit is not presented in this table due to the short-term nature of these facilities.
(c)
Payments due for our leases of office space and equipment expiring at various dates through 2025. The payments represent future minimum rental payments under the leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable term in excess of one year.
Repurchase and Indemnification Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to liability with respect to certain representations and warranties that we make to the investors who purchase the loans that we originate. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, or indemnify the purchaser of such loans for losses incurred, if there has been a breach of these representations and warranties, or in the case of early payment defaults. In addition, in the event of an early payment default, we are contractually obligated to refund certain premiums paid to us by the investors who purchased the related loan.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Refer to “Note 9, Warehouse Lines of Credit,” “Note 10, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net”, and “Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and to “Note 13, Warehouse Lines of Credit,” “Note 14, Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net”, and “Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We have identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. We believe that the judgment, estimates, and assumptions used in the preparation of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and audited consolidated financial statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, actual results could differ, and the use of other assumptions or estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition. Our critical accounting policies and estimates are discussed below and relate to fair value measurements, particularly those determined to be Level 2 and Level 3. Refer to “Note 14, Fair Value Measurements” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Note 18, Fair Value Measurements” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mortgage loans held for sale. We have elected to record Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The majority of our Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are saleable into the secondary mortgage markets, and their fair values are estimated using observable quoted market or contracted prices or market price equivalents, which would be used by other market participants. These saleable loans are considered Level 2. A smaller portion of our Mortgage loans held for sale consist of loans repurchased from the GSEs that have subsequently been deemed to be non-saleable to GSEs when certain representations and warranties are breached. These repurchased loans are considered Level 3 at collateral value less estimated costs to sell the properties.
Changes in economic or other relevant conditions could cause our assumptions with respect to market prices of securities backed by similar mortgage loans to be different than our estimates. Increases in the market yields of similar mortgage loans result in a lower Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.
Derivative financial instruments. We enter into IRLCs, forward commitments to sell mortgage-backed securities, and MSR-related derivatives which are considered derivative financial instruments. Our derivative financial instruments are accounted for as free-standing derivatives and are included in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.
The Company estimates the fair value of IRLCs based on the value of the underlying mortgage loan, quoted MBS prices and estimates of the fair value of the MSRs and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment. The Company estimates the fair value of forward sales commitments based on quoted MBS prices. The weighted average pull-through rate for IRLCs was 72% and 80% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The weighted average pull-through rate for IRLCs was 82% and 75% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Given the significant and unobservable nature of the pull-through factor, IRLCs are classified as Level 3.
MSRs. We have elected to record MSRs at fair value. MSRs are recognized as a component of Gain on loans, net when loans are sold, and the associated servicing rights are retained. Subsequent changes in fair value of MSRs due to the collection and realization of cash flows and changes in model inputs and assumptions are recognized in current period earnings and included as a separate line item in the consolidated statements of operations.
We use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value.
Changes in economic and other relevant conditions could cause our assumptions, such as with respect to the prepayment speeds, to be different than our estimates. The key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of MSRs are prepayment speeds and the discount rate. Increases in prepayment speeds generally have an adverse effect on the value of MSRs as the underlying loans prepay faster, which causes accelerated MSR amortization. Increases in the discount rate result in a lower MSR value and decreases in the discount rate result in a higher MSR value. Refer to “Note 5, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Note 7, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
Refer to “Note 2 Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting developments and the expected effect on the Company.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk
In the normal course of business, as a mortgage lender, we are subject to a variety of risks which can affect our operations and profitability. We broadly define these areas of risk as interest rate risk, credit risk and risk related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Interest Rate and Fair Value Risk
Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. A change in interest rates may impact our IRLCs, MSRs valuations, and origination volume and associated revenue. Our operating results
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. Presently our debt financing is based on a floating interest rate calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement. Therefore, we engage in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of income caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, we use business hedges and derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of mitigating the risk associated with changes in interest rates that would be unfavorable to our IRLCs and MSRs. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.
Outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of the commitment through the loan funding date or expiration date as the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding. This risk is present in periods where changes in short-term interest rates result in mortgage loans being originated with terms that provide a smaller interest rate spread above the financing terms of our warehouse facilities, which can negatively impact our net interest income. The loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. Forward MBS sale commitments or whole loans and options on forward contracts are used to manage the interest rate and price risk.
The fair value of MSRs is driven primarily by interest rates, which impact the likelihood of loan prepayments and refinancing. In periods of rising interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs generally increases as prepayments decrease, and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs and related expected cash flows increase. In a declining interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally decreases as prepayments increase and therefore the estimated life of the MSRs and related cash flows decrease. We manage the impact that the volatility associated with changes in fair value of its MSRs has on its earnings with a variety of derivative instruments. The amount and composition of derivatives used to economically hedge the value of MSRs will depend on our exposure to loss of value on the MSRs, the expected cost of the derivatives, expected liquidity needs, and the expected increase to earnings generated by the origination of new loans resulting from the decline in interest rates. The increase in originations serves as a business hedge of the MSRs, providing a benefit when increased borrower refinancing activity results in higher production volumes, which would partially offset declines in the value of the MSRs thereby reducing the need to use derivatives. The benefit of this business hedge depends on the decline in interest rates required to create an incentive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and lower their interest rates; however, this benefit may not be realized under certain circumstances regardless of the change in interest rates. Refer to “Note 5, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Note 7, Mortgage Servicing Rights” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.
Credit risk
We are subject to credit risk, which is the risk of default that results from a borrower's inability or unwillingness to make contractually required mortgage payments. We attempt to mitigate this risk through stringent underwriting standards, monitoring pledged collateral and other in-house monitoring procedures. As of September 30, 2020, the average credit score for loans in our MSR portfolio was 734. We are also subject to credit risk with regard to the counterparties involved in the derivative transactions and revenues from servicing regarding loans sold on the secondary market.
For loans that were repurchased or not sold in the secondary market, we are subject to credit risk to the extent a borrower defaults and the proceeds upon ultimate foreclosure and liquidation of the property are insufficient to cover the amount of the mortgage plus expenses incurred. We believe that this risk is mitigated through the implementation of stringent underwriting standards, strong fraud detection tools, and technology designed to comply with applicable laws and our standards.
Our credit exposure for amounts due from investors and derivative related receivables is mitigated since our policy is to sell mortgages only to highly reputable and financially sound financial institutions. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conventional conforming loans that we acquire from mortgage lenders through our correspondent production activities or our consumer direct activities qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by the GSEs and Ginnie Mae or for purchase by a GSE directly through its cash window. This results in the assumption of credit risk by the GSEs and Ginnie Mae on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees, our retention of such credit risk through structured transactions that lower our guarantee fees, and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures to the agencies and other third-party purchasers.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk related to the COVID-19 pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and continues to have, a significant impact on the national economy and the communities in which we operate. While the pandemic’s effect on the macroeconomic environment has yet to be fully determined, and while the pandemic has not materially affected our results of operations, financial position or liquidity, if it continues for months or years, the pandemic and governmental programs created as a response to the pandemic, could affect the core aspects of our business, including the origination of mortgages, our servicing operations, our liquidity and our employees. Such effects, if they continue for a prolonged period, may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For additional discussion on these risks please refer to “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business – General Business Risks.” The current outbreak of COVID-19 has caused, and will continue to cause, disruption to our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the spread of the COVID-19 outbreak has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and financial markets and could potentially create widespread business continuity issues of an as yet unknown magnitude and duration.
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS
Company Overview
We are a leading residential mortgage originator and servicer driven by a mission to create financially healthy, happy homeowners. We do this by delivering scale, efficiency and savings to our partners and customers. Our business model is focused on leveraging a nationwide network of partner relationships to drive sustainable origination growth. We support our origination operations through a robust operational infrastructure and a highly responsive customer experience. We then manage the customer experience through our in-house servicing operations and our proprietary customer servicing portal, which we refer to as our Home Ownership Platform. We believe that the complementary relationship between our origination and servicing businesses allows us to provide a best-in-class experience to our customers throughout their homeownership lifecycle.
Our primary focus is our Wholesale channel, which is a business-to-business-to-customer distribution model in which we utilize our relationships with independent mortgage brokerages, which we refer to as our Broker Partners, to reach our end-borrower customers. In this channel, while our Broker Partners establish and maintain the relationship with the end-borrower, we as the lender underwrite the loan in-house and act as the original lender. This differentiates our Wholesale channel from our other two channels of mortgage origination: in our Direct channel, we as the lender engage with the end-borrower customers directly to originate mortgages, and in our Correspondent channel, we as the lender engage with original lenders, which we refer to as our Correspondent Partners, to purchase loans already issued to end-borrower customers.
According to Inside Mortgage Finance, we are the third largest wholesale lender by origination volume in 2020 through September 30. Through our Wholesale channel, we propel the success of our nearly 5,000 Broker Partners through a combination of full service, localized sales coverage and an efficient loan fulfillment process supported by our fully integrated technology platform. We differentiate ourselves from our peers focused on the wholesale channel by following a partnership approach towards our Broker Partners, where we seek to mitigate any conflict of interest by allowing the Broker Partners to maintain their customer relationships while we support them with our best-in-class technology platform.
While we initiate our customer relationships at the time the mortgage is originated, we maintain ongoing connectivity with our more than 300,000 customers through our servicing platform, with the ultimate objective of securing them as a Customer for Life. Our retention strategy and partnership model has differentiated us from our competitors and is a key driver of our continued growth in the wholesale channel.
Our growth is bolstered by a rising tide from the overall wholesale channel, which has garnered an increased share of the overall U.S. residential mortgage market every year since 2016. We benefit from these trends, as well as from our distinct wholesale strategy, which together enable highly scalable production volumes, a strong mix of purchase transactions and favorable unit economics, driven by lower fixed costs.
Our Wholesale strategy further propels our growth, with total loan originations of $46.3 billion through our Broker Partner network in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. This represents an annualized growth rate of 133% since 2018. Our total loan originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $38.0 billion.
Our at-scale, in-house servicing approach is a key differentiator to our Wholesale strategy. We also operate in the Correspondent channel, to source customers efficiently, and in the Direct channel, to provide lending to customers which we service.
By executing on this strategy, we have developed from a de novo platform into an industry leader with a market-leading growth profile. As of September 30, 2020, we are the third largest wholesale lender with the fastest growth of the top five wholesale originators, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Overall, Home Point is the 10th largest non-bank originator in the United States, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, having originated $46.3 billion in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total Funded Volume & Market Share

(1)
Total origination volume excludes origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2)
Origination volume figures used to calculate market share include $1.0 billion of Distributed Retail originations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We believe that the most efficient loan origination process results from scaled originators, such as Home Point, providing support to Broker Partners through a trusted and predictable origination infrastructure. Our scale allows us to provide our Broker Partners an efficient and personalized financing experience for their customers. With the combination of localized, in-market coverage and a customer service centric approach to managing the customer relationship in our servicing platform, we have developed into an industry leading mortgage originator.
We have grown our Broker Partner network from 1,623 as of December 31, 2018 to nearly 5,000 as of September 30, 2020, which represents an annualized growth rate of 88%. As of September 30, 2020, we held a 6.4% market share in the wholesale channel according to Inside Mortgage Finance, which represents an approximately 4x increase from our market share of 1.6% in 2017. We expect to continue to grow our presence in the wholesale channel by expanding our Broker Partner network, as well as increasing the wallet share we have with our partners.
Home Point Wholesale Market Share as % of Total Wholesale Market

Broker Partners represent wholesale and non-delegated correspondent accounts that Home Point is authorized to conduct business with at a given point in time (whether or not we have recently originated mortgages through such broker).
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The rate of growth in our Wholesale channel also demonstrates its scalability. We believe that our extensive network of in-market Broker Partners, a durable yet flexible operating infrastructure and a highly leverageable cost structure allow us to quickly flex origination capacity through different origination environments, while maximizing profitability.
Our Correspondent channel provides significant scale to our originations and acts as a low-cost source of acquiring customer relationships. Correspondent originations are accessed through a network of nearly 600 Correspondent Partners. These small- and medium-scale originators can underwrite, process and fund loans, but typically do not desire to retain the servicing due to the capital requirements and scale that is needed to profitably service loans. Our scale in servicing, and expertise in managing, mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs, allows us to cost-effectively aggregate servicing from our Correspondent Partners. As a result, this channel provides an opportunity for flexible, low-cost customer acquisition that can be scaled quickly as our internal capacity and/or market conditions allow. As of September 30, 2020, we are the seventh largest non-bank correspondent originator, according to Inside Mortgage Finance.
Correspondent Channel Originations and Number of Partners

*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We view our servicing platform as a key component to our strategy of providing a highly responsive customer experience. Retaining the servicing on our originations and managing a servicing platform in-house gives us the opportunity to establish a deeper relationship with our customers. This relationship is enhanced through our proprietary customer servicing portal, the Home Ownership Platform, which is our primary point of contact with our customers and is designed to house all interactions post-closing. These interactions can include servicing monthly loan payments, applying for a refinance or shopping for third-party homeowners’ insurance. This curated experience improves customer satisfaction and supports lasting customer relationships, which we believe allows us to better understand our customers’ future financing needs and extend the life of the relationship.
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number of Home Ownership Platform Unique Users in 2020

Our Home Ownership Platform differentiates us from our competitors in that it personalizes the experience for borrowers through the use of customized dashboards, such as allowing us to deliver critical information about borrowers’ accounts, including payment deadlines, forbearance status and escrow distributions and customized offerings, which allow us to connect borrowers to other third-party financial products such as insurance policies and home equity loans. We have continued to focus on using technology, data and analytics to enhance the home buying and homeownership experience for both our partners and our customers.
We have built a flexible technology infrastructure that is highly componentized, which we believe allows us to leverage nimble internal development teams and market leading third-party systems to provide a best-in-class experience for our partners and customers. We believe that our ability to rapidly reconfigure individual solutions using technology in areas such as underwriting, pricing and disclosure preparation reduces the complexity and improves the efficiency of the origination process.
These efforts have resulted in rapid growth in our originations and profitability. As we continue to grow, we believe the scalability of our partner-driven business model will produce significant operating leverage and increased profitability. We have grown our total net revenue from $164.3 million to $922.3 million and our total net income (loss) from $(24.2) million to $422.6 million, in each case, from 2018 to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We have also grown our non-GAAP core operating metrics for the same periods, with our Adjusted revenue growing from $154.1 million to $1,034.7 million and our Adjusted net income (loss) growing from $(32.0) million to $494.6 million. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their closest GAAP financial measures, please see note (1) in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Also see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information.
Our Business
Our business model is focused on growing originations by leveraging a network of partner relationships that we support through reliable loan origination infrastructure and a highly responsive customer experience. Our operations are organized into two separate reportable segments: Origination and Servicing.
Origination
We originate mortgages in three distinct channels – our Wholesale channel, our Correspondent channel and our Direct channel. We choose to operate in these channels because we believe that together they:
provide us efficient access to both purchase and refinance transactions throughout market cycles;
benefit from the premise that in-market advisors will continue to be a cornerstone of the mortgage origination process;
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are highly scalable and flexible; and
provide an optimized experience for our customers.
Funded Volume by Channel & Number of Third-Party Partners

(1)
Total origination volume excludes origination volume from the Distributed Retail channel, which was included in discontinued operations in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2)
Third Party Partners includes both Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
In each of these channels, our primary source of revenue consists of (i) gains on loans, which is the difference between the cost of originating or purchasing the mortgage loans and the price at which we sell such loans to investors, primarily the GSEs, and (ii) gains on fair value of MSRs.
Our originations are comprised of both purchase and refinance originations. While refinancing origination levels in the market vary based on a number of market dynamics, including interest rate levels, inflation, unemployment and the strength of the overall economy, we are focused on maintaining steady growth in our purchase origination volumes, which gives us a considerable advantage over our competitors as purchase originations tend to be more stable and reduce earnings volatility. In 2019, our purchase origination mix was 51%. In 2020, the low interest rate environment has driven outsized growth in refinancing volumes, resulting in a purchase mix of 32% through September 30, 2020. However, we maintained strong growth in our purchase origination levels, which grew 59% year over year. Our purchase originations have grown from $7.0 billion in 2018 to $15.7 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 59% annualized growth rate. We expect the historical growth trends in our purchase originations to continue in the coming years.
Our Capital Markets team consists of 28 employees, whose primary job is to facilitate the pooling and selling of loans into the secondary market and execute our hedging and risk management strategies. Our Capital Markets team employs numerous strategies designed to minimize execution risk during the securitization process. We use an analytical approach to drive our Capital Markets function and optimize execution. These strategies also protect against any interest rate movements that take place in the time period between our commitment to pricing a loan and the execution date of reselling or securitizing the loan.
Wholesale Channel
Through a nationwide network of nearly 5,000 mortgage brokerages, we originated $28 billion of loans and 89,413 number of loans in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. Our wholesale originations were comprised of 36% purchase loans and 64% refinance for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. The breakdown of products in the channel was 23% government and 77% conventional for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We are strategically focused on this channel given that the underlying cost structure is more efficient than that of Distributed retail, where the costs and overhead associated with originating loans are the responsibility of the lender. As a result, we are able to operate with a lower fixed cost than many of our competitors. This highly leverageable cost structure allows for improved financial flexibility in varying interest rate environments.
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Broker Partners have local and personal relationships with their customers and therefore can provide tailored and thoughtful advice. However, they do not have the underwriting, funding, distributing or servicing capabilities for these loans. We provide these resources, which allow them to operate with scale and compete against larger market participants. This can be seen through the rapid growth of our originations in this channel, which increased from $5 billion in 2018 to $28 billion in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, representing an annualized growth rate of 173%. Our originations in this channel for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $23.8 billion. This enables our Broker Partners to be nimble and run their business in an entrepreneurial fashion. Our Broker Partners are focused on providing the best possible experience, service, and price to their customers, while we concentrate on maximizing the efficiency of the origination platform leveraged by our partners. While our Broker Partners are responsible for originating the loan, we, as the lender, are responsible for making the loan. As a result, the decision to extend credit to the borrower, and the associated credit risk exposure, is our sole responsibility and not the responsibility of our Broker Partners. While we maintain policies and procedures designed to monitor the performance of our Broker Partners, we are not liable for their independent actions.
Wholesale Channel Originations

*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We use an in-market, highly experienced sales team to acquire and build Broker Partner relationships throughout the country. Because our active Broker Partners increase their origination productivity as they become trained on our platform, we employ two additional strategies to drive growth. First, we aim to increase the rate at which we approve and activate new Broker Partners on our platform and second, we aim to increase the percentage of originations we capture with our existing Broker Partners (our “wallet share”). Of the new Broker Partners we added in 2018, 32% were active during 2018 whereas 54% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and of the Broker Partners we added in 2019, 41% were active during 2019 whereas 55% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Of the Broker Partners we added in 2020, 38% were active during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2018 increased from 11.5% in 2018 to 23.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and the wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2019 increased from 13.6% in 2019 to 26.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The wallet share captured by the new Broker Partners we added in 2020 was 25.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   Activation Rate by Broker Partner Cohort
Wallet Share Growth by Broker Partner
Cohort Following Initial Onboarding

We have been able to achieve a competitive advantage in our sales cost structure through scale as our sales associates are highly productive, averaging $36.3 million in monthly loan volume generation in 2020 to date for each associate with a tenure greater than six months. In addition, our distributed and flexible staffing model has allowed us to drive down per unit operating costs in our Wholesale channel from $2,085 per loan in 2018 to $1,700 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 18.5% improvement on an annualized basis and $629 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $1,680.
Wholesale Channel Cost per Loan

Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
We have built a flexible sales team through the combination of (i) recruiting experienced market-leading Account Executives to our platform and (ii) training and developing younger and highly talented Account Executives in-house. Our Account Executives have a broad range of skill and experience levels. Our experienced Account Executives solve complex situations at the local level, while newer Account Executives manage normal-course originations from centralized locations. This allows us to optimize our cost structure while maintaining high customer service levels for our customers. Our scale gives us the ability to retain a team of highly qualified Account Executives.
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The efficiency of our sales team, combined with our flexible cost structure, has positioned us to further consolidate volume from the smaller and less efficient wholesale lenders that still control over 50% of the wholesale market. We plan to do this by increasing the number of independent brokerages that serve as our Broker Partners. Our current market coverage, defined as the number of our Broker Partners as a percentage of the total number of brokerages in the market, has increased from 10% to 20% from December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2020. Further penetration of the highly fragmented brokerage market would allow us to maintain our industry leading growth profile.
Growth in Number of Accounts & Market Coverage

(1)
Third Party Partners includes both Broker Partners and Correspondent Partners.
(2)
Active broker market coverage is calculated as the total number of active brokers at Home Point divided by the total number of brokers in the market.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The strategy we employ in our Wholesale channel is closely tied to our servicing strategy. Through our in-house servicing platform, we control the customer experience. This gives us the ability to include our Broker Partners in the management of the customer relationship and ultimately the retention of customers in our collective ecosystem. Our competitors either (i) sell servicing, which can result in inconsistent or adverse customer experiences or (ii) retain servicing and attempt to refinance these customers directly, creating friction in the partner relationship. We believe that our retention strategy and partnership model has differentiated us from others and is a key driver of our continued growth in the wholesale channel.
Correspondent Channel
In our Correspondent channel, we purchase closed and funded mortgages from a trusted network of our Correspondent Partners. Our Correspondent Partners include primarily small- to medium-sized independent mortgage banks, builder affiliates and financial institutions, with financial institutions representing 42% of these sellers. Our partners underwrite, process and fund loans, but typically lack the scale to economically retain servicing. Our financial institution partners prefer to sell to non-bank originators to avoid conflicting customer solicitation. This channel provides a flexible alternative for us to achieve our customer acquisition goals at a low cost. When favorable market opportunities present themselves, the channel can quickly be scaled up. We acquired $12.7 billion in production through 594 Correspondent Partner relationships during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Growth in Correspondent Production and Partners

*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
The sales associates in our Correspondent channel are highly seasoned with an average of 28 years of mortgage experience and have strong, long-tenured relationships with their customer base. Both our sales and our internal operations are highly efficient. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our operations platform processed an average of 357 loans per full time associate per quarter, and our sales associates with a tenure greater than six months averaged $101 million in loan volume per associate per month. We have decreased our operating costs in our Correspondent channel from $573 per loan in 2018 to $279 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 51.3% improvement on an annualized basis and $383 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $278.
Correspondent Channel Cost per Loan

Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Direct Channel
In our Direct channel, we originate residential mortgages primarily for existing servicing customers who are seeking new financing options. Our Direct strategy is focused on maximizing the customer retention opportunity in our servicing portfolio, but is differentiated from our competitors in that it is designed to be inclusive of both of our customers’ preferences and our Broker Partners’ in-market presence. For example, if a Broker Partner initiated customer proactively contacts us about a refinancing, we will refer the customer to the applicable Broker Partner that originally established the relationship. This strategy removes the conflict of interest that some competitors have between their direct and wholesale channels. If the customer prefers to use our Direct functionality, or if there is no Broker Partner perhaps because the customer was sourced through a Correspondent Partner, we can still fulfill the customer’s preference and retain the customer relationship. We call this our omni-channel retention strategy.
Due to our omni-channel retention strategy, we maintain stronger Broker Partner relationships and create a key point of differentiation when winning new Broker Partners. We do not compete with our Broker Partners, but instead help them maintain their end customers when having an in-market loan originator is important. This strategy enhances our ability to grow originations and retain customers.
Servicing our customers in-house provides an opportunity for more frequent customer contact. These interactions are enhanced through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. This makes the process for a customer’s next transaction more efficient because we have an ongoing relationship with the customer and a rich data set that can be leveraged to better the loan origination process. By striving to make the process streamlined, reliable, and focused on the customer’s preference as to who they want as their loan originator, we believe we are able to create Customers for Life.
Over the course of the past year, we have significantly increased retention rates by leveraging our data and analytics to better understand our customers’ future financing needs. This allows us to proactively monitor our customer relationships over time. Our retention rate has increased from 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to 51% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Retention Rate

Retention Rate is defined by the total unpaid principal balance (UPB) of refinancing originations in the Consumer Direct channel divided by the total UPB of loan payoffs in Consumer Direct where Home Point actively pitched for refinancing opportunity.
Our Direct channel has been rapidly growing since we founded it in 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we have originated $1.6 billion in loans, representing a greater than 400% annual growth rate from the same period in 2019. We have also decreased our per unit operating costs in our Direct channel from
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$7,336 per loan in 2018 to $4,786 per loan in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020, which represents a 34.8% improvement on an annualized basis and $89 per loan lower than the average of our competitors in the first half of 2020. Our cost per loan for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $4,750.
Direct Channel Originations

Direct Channel Cost per Loan

Source: Mortgage Bankers Association and STRATMOR Peer Group Roundtable Program.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Our Direct channel is focused on maximizing the retention opportunity of customers in our servicing portfolio. We believe that recapturing our customers is integral to our goal of creating Customers for Life. For that reason, we began building our Direct channel in 2019, and we have quickly scaled it from $0.5 billion of origination volume in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $1.8 billion of origination volume in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Within our Direct channel, we originated 6,432 loans in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. Our direct originations were comprised of 3% purchase loans and 97% refinance in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. The breakdown of products in the channel was 32% government and 68% conventional for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Our Direct channel is a key piece of our omni-channel retention strategy, which we designed to meet the needs of our customers, as well as our Broker Partners. Our retention strategy is differentiated from our competitors because it reduces the ‘channel conflict’ that exists between brokers and originators in our competitors’ strategies.
We proactively look for opportunities to save our existing servicing portfolio customers money by identifying refinancing opportunities on their existing mortgage. Our strategy for doing this is to refer that customer back to the applicable Broker Partner that initially established the relationship. That referral creates an opportunity for our Broker Partners to generate incremental business without independently sourcing the loan. Our ability to deliver that lead to our Broker Partner allows us to build sticky, long-term relationships and add meaningful value for our Broker Partners. While a referral to our Broker Partner does not guarantee that we will ultimately originate the retained loan, we believe this strategy allows us to capture an increased share of our Broker Partner’s future business and advance our goal of maintaining Customers for Life.
In situations where the customer relationship was sourced through a Correspondent Partner, we look to originate that customer’s next loan through our Direct channel and retain the corresponding MSR. By maintaining flexibility to retain our customers through both our Broker Partners and our Direct channel, we are able to effectively execute our omni-channel retention strategy. This strategy has helped us improve our retention rate from 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 to 51% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
We maintain liquidity that is designed to allow us to fund our loan origination business and manage our day-to-day operations. Our sources of liquidity include loan funding facilities, secured and unsecured financing facilities as well as cash on hand. As our business continues to grow, we regularly reassess our funding strategy. To support our increased origination volumes in 2020, we negotiated increases in our existing warehouse line facilities and added new warehouse line facilities from our counterparties. As of September 30, 2020, we have increased the capacity of our warehouse lines by $1.4 billion since the beginning of 2020. From September 30, 2020 through January 8, 2021, we have increased the capacity of our warehouse lines by an additional $1.8 billion.
The agreements governing our warehouse line facilities contain certain restrictive and financial covenants, including maintenance of certain minimum amounts of liquidity and tangible net worth, compliance with certain leverage ratios and compliance with certain profitability requirements. If we are unable to maintain compliance with such requirements, the use of our warehouse line facilities may be limited, which may adversely impact our ability to grow. We maintain active dialogue with our lending partners and frequently monitor the capital markets as we consider additional ways in which we can supplement our liquidity should the need arise. We believe we have the ability to access the appropriate amount of capital to support our growth from internally generated cash flows and current debt agreements in place, along with alternative sources of secured and unsecured debt financing that we may consider in the future.
See risk factors entitled “We may not be able to continue to grow our loan origination business or effectively manage significant increases in our loan production volume, both of which could negatively affect our reputation and business, financial condition and results of operations” and “Our financing agreements contain financial and restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our businesses” under the section “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” elsewhere in this prospectus.
Servicing
Servicing is a strategic cornerstone of our business and is central to our Customer for Life strategy, which extends the customer lifecycle. Our Servicing segment, which operates primarily out of our centralized office in Dallas, TX, is authorized to conduct business in all 50 states and D.C. and is composed of 309 associates. We have dedicated significant time and resources to developing our in-house servicing capabilities so we can effectively execute our strategy. By continuing to increase origination volumes, we have been able to grow our servicing portfolio, which enables us to generate attractive economics and benefit from scale.
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Servicing UPB and Number of Customers

MSR servicing portfolio includes all loans that have been sold with the servicing rights retained and excludes loans held on the Company’s balance sheet that have not yet been sold, as the Company does not include earnings servicing fees on these balance sheet loans.
*
LTM 3Q’20 represents the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Our servicing portfolio is comprised of high-quality mortgages that conform to GSE guidelines. As of September 30, 2020, our servicing portfolio consisted of 64% conventional mortgages and 36% government mortgages and approximately 6.6% of loans were 60 days or more delinquent.
Servicing UPB by Investor

Servicing is a strategic cornerstone of our business and central to our Customer for Life strategy. Servicing consists of collecting loan payments, remitting principal and interest payments to investors, managing escrow funds for the payment of mortgage-related expenses, such as taxes and insurance, performing loss mitigation activities on behalf of investors and otherwise administering our mortgage loan servicing portfolio in compliance with state and federal regulations and our investors’ guidelines. Strategically retaining servicing on the loans we originate and managing an in-house servicing platform allows us to establish deeper relationships with our customers. The relationship is enhanced through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. The Home Ownership Platform offers our customers a curated experience with frequent touchpoints, which we believe supports a superior homeownership
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

journey . This connectivity and ongoing dialogue helps us proactively find ways to help our customers, either through a refinancing of their mortgage or savings on another home-related product. Through frequency of interaction, coupled with providing effective solutions beyond a mortgage, we strive to develop a trusted relationship and ultimately increase the lifetime value of our customers.
We have utilized the Home Ownership Platform to support our customers during the COVID-19 pandemic. We have provided our customers with on-demand access to updates on forbearance policies and details on the various options available to help navigate through a period of significant uncertainty. In conjunction with our servicing team, we believe we were able to provide our customers with a high level of customer service, deepening our relationships and solidifying our position as a trusted partner.
The Home Ownership Platform is fully integrated into our broader technology infrastructure. We rely on fully integrated origination and servicing technology to drive efficiency, manage compliance and regulatory processes and facilitate seamless loan onboarding, funding and servicing. We believe that leveraging our technology platform as we continue to grow will allow us to further realize economies of scale and benefit from operating leverage in both our Origination and Servicing segments.
While servicing is a strategic priority for us, we also view it as financially attractive given the significant cash flow and recurring fee income it provides.
Because servicing is such an integral component of our business, we seek to preserve the value of our portfolio. This is done in two ways: (i) through the natural hedge that our originations business provides and (ii) by employing an active MSR hedging strategy to further reduce volatility and mitigate the risks associated with changes in interest rates.
We have refined our hedging strategy as our servicing portfolio has grown, and currently we hedge approximately 50% of our total MSR asset value through financial instruments. Our financial hedge, in conjunction with the natural macro hedge provided by our Origination segment, has allowed us to effectively protect the value in our servicing portfolio and limit earnings volatility.
Historical MSR Change Gross and Net of Hedge

Asset Management
Over the course of the past year, we have initiated an asset management strategy to help us scale our servicing operation and support continued origination growth in a more capital-light manner. To execute on this strategy, we acquired a licensed entity, which will house servicing assets over time. We are preparing the launch of this investment vehicle and expect to begin raising third-party capital to grow the strategy in 2021. Our history of managing servicing assets for our balance sheet has given us the experience necessary to manage third-party capital.
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technology
Mortgage banking technology is evolving rapidly. Historically, it has been an advantage to develop technology in-house, but in today’s marketplace, there are various alternative technology solutions that provide a competitive advantage through increased flexibility and lower costs. Building and maintaining a monolithic, proprietary loan origination system is not only costly, but highly complex. This makes it increasingly challenging to evolve with emerging technologies. We have developed a multi-prong strategy whereby we (i) partner with best-in-class third-party software providers to meet our core technology needs and (ii) deploy internal resources to build proprietary software in areas where we believe we can create a strategic advantage. We integrate our third-party providers with our proprietarily built software to provide a unified, seamless experience for our partners and customers. We believe that our componentized approach promotes nimbleness and allows us to provide technology solutions faster than our competition, while retaining control in areas that we deem strategically important.
Our Home Ownership Platform is an example of our approach to technology. We have built a proprietary user interface that leverages third-party solutions to create a differentiated customer experience. The Home Ownership Platform presents our customers with a curated experience, which more broadly supports their home ownership journey. This is done together with third-party providers that offer a variety of products and services to our customers, including insurance, loans and other ancillary home service products. In addition to revenue generation, the successful execution of these offerings is intended to build a stronger relationship between us and our customers with the goal of retaining the customer in our ecosystem – Customers for Life.
The Home Ownership Platform provides a customized and enriched experience for our customers through the use of data and analytics. The platform serves as a tool to establish touch points with our customers and better understand their financing needs. By synthesizing the data, we can identify opportunities to increase the efficiency of processes via our simplistic and streamlined user interface. This user interface allows our customers to manage a variety of aspects of their existing and potential future homeownership products, including making monthly payments, exchanging documents and contacting support.
We believe the combination of customer-centric technology and process execution is key to creating the best platform. As a result, we have placed a heavy emphasis on process design and have assembled a team of process engineers that possess a unique combination of business acumen and an understanding of how to deploy mortgage technology. This process engineering team is integrated within the operations of our business to ensure our technology solutions are strategically aligned in developing and delivering efficiencies to the business. These efficiencies promote our ability to drive scale and better serve the needs of both our customers and our partners. The dedicated focus of this team enables us to constantly identify and streamline operational areas that can be best served through technological improvement.
For example, we recently redesigned our Broker Partner loan submission process. Prior to the redesign, this function involved 115 associates producing, on average, 285 units per day, or approximately three units per associate. Through process re-engineering and improved technology, we successfully improved our operational leverage so that our associates can now produce, on average, approximately seven units per associate, which represents approximately 800 units per day in the aggregate. This has benefited our Broker Partners by reducing the overall processing time from an average of four days to less than 24 hours. The self-serve automation provides an intuitive experience for our Broker Partners with built in business logic to ensure disclosures are accurate and compliant, which allows rapid deployment to their customers.
Focus on Technology and Process Design

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Through these investments in our technology and process, we have been able to significantly reduce the time and manual input for origination and servicing processes, resulting in a significant reduction in operating costs in each of our channels as discussed above.
Market Opportunity
Sizeable and Growing Total Addressable Market
The mortgage market is one of the largest and consistently growing financial markets in the world. As of September 30, 2020, there was approximately $10.2 trillion of residential mortgage debt outstanding in the United States. The mortgage origination market has averaged $2.0 trillion in annual originations since 2000, evidencing the consistency in market loan volume production. According to Fannie Mae’s Housing Forecast, total purchase and refinance originations are expected to reach $3.5 trillion in 2021. Periods of outsized refinancing opportunities, such as 2020, provide significant upside in the mortgage market, while purchase mortgages, which represent $1.7 trillion of the market of the 2021 forecast, provide stability in market volumes.
Fannie Mae Mortgage Market Historical & Estimated Volume

Macroeconomic Tailwinds Supporting Market Growth
The current low interest rate environment provides a tailwind to origination volumes through decreased borrowing costs. According to the Federal Reserve’s September FOMC Statement, the Federal Reserve is expected to maintain rates at their current levels through 2023. Lower borrowing costs aid in increasing home ownership affordability, as well as provide homeowners with an opportunity to refinance their existing mortgage and lock-in lower borrowing costs. Periods of higher refinance volumes provide the opportunity for mortgage originators with the right scalability to benefit from elevated origination volumes without needing to invest additional capital to expand operational infrastructure. This market dynamic remains relevant today, where an estimated 90% of mortgages in the market, and 79% of mortgages that we service as of October 2020, are eligible to be refinanced at a lower rate than the original mortgage coupon. Additional macroeconomic factors, independent of the rate environment, are also expected to aid mortgage origination volume growth.
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distribution of Mortgages in the Money

(1)
Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey, December 10, 2020. 50bps buffer represents an assumption on the cost of refinancing.
Demographic Trends Driving Purchase Volume Growth
Purchase volume growth is expected to continue given the prevailing demographic trend in which more young Americans are buying homes. The home ownership rate of individuals under age 35 has grown from 35% to 39% since 2015, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. According to the 2020 NAR Home Buyer and Generational Trends survey, in 2020, millennials made up 38% of home buyers, the highest of any age bracket. In addition, 88% of younger millennials (aged 22–29) and 52% of older millennials (aged 30-39) were first-time home buyers. A shifting trend toward telepresence, telecommunication, suburban living and remote working is expected to continue to support growth in the purchase market via increased home ownership.
First-Time Home Buyers in Age Group

Rise of the Non-Banks in Mortgage Banking
The mortgage industry has experienced a significant shift following the 2008 financial crisis, which has contributed to a favorable competitive landscape for non-bank originators. In 2008, non-banks represented 24% of the mortgage origination market. As of September 30, 2020, non-banks represent 72% of the mortgage origination market, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Post-crisis regulations resulted in conditions that have not favored significant bank participation in the market. In addition, business models of non-bank mortgage originators have been quicker to adapt to consumer preferences for a more efficient, engaging consumer experience.
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There has been a similar trend taking place in the mortgage servicing market. Following the 2008 financial crisis, incumbent banks reduced their footprint in mortgage servicing. In 2008, non-banks represented 12% of the mortgage servicing market. As of September 30, 2020, non-banks represent 57% of the mortgage servicing market, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Banks have scaled back participation due to higher risk-based capital required to retain MSRs.
Non-bank servicers with a strong financial backing are expected to continue growing market share. Smaller non-banks have struggled given the regulatory complexity, scale and liquidity requirements required to run a profitable servicing operation.
Shift from Bank to Non-Bank Originators

Shift from Bank to Non-Bank Servicers

Despite its size, the mortgage industry is highly fragmented. In 2019, the top 10 originators accounted for 40.9% of total originations compared to 73.8% in 2009.
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mortgage Market Fragmentation

Growing Wholesale Channel
The Wholesale channel continues to benefit from outsized growth as both consumers and brokers have seen the benefits which the channel offers:
economies of scale: allows brokers to benefit from the scale of a larger organization while being able to run their business at a size that can be most responsive to their customers;
optimal choice: rather than needing to work with one originator, brokers have the ability to partner with multiple lenders to determine the best financing alternative for their customers; and
scalability of cost structure: reduce cost per loan and limited overhead.
These benefits have led to material growth in the channel over time. Wholesale has grown from 15% of originations in 2016 to 20% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. At the same time, the wholesale channel is highly fragmented and multiple lenders with sub-scale operations in the channel account for a meaningful market share. According to Inside Mortgage Finance, excluding the top three wholesale lenders, approximately 42% of overall wholesale channel origination volume in the first nine months of 2020 was split among more than 20 lenders, with none accounting for more than 4.4% of the market share individually.
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wholesale Share Growth and Wholesale Channel Fragmentation


Source: Inside Mortgage Finance.
These wholesale market trends are in line with the broader trend of independent brokers increasing their presence in various subsectors of financial services. Increased regulation has driven producers away from regulated institutions and into independent relationships. By moving heavily regulated elements of the origination process into their operations, wholesale originators shoulder this regulation and free up brokers to focus on the customer experience. This provides a barrier to entry for current wholesale market participants as significant expertise in regulatory matters is a key to success in the channel.
We believe that our branding, which helps build greater customer recognition, together with our best-in-class technology platform and operations capabilities, which free up our Broker Partners to pursue new customers, position us strongly to capture market share.
Business Strengths
We Care Operating Philosophy
Home Point’s operating philosophy is rooted in a very simple but defining statement – “We Care.” This philosophy guides every interaction with our partners, our customers and each other. For example, during 2020 we have established 11 different We Care programs to support our associates and their families. This includes programs which enabled and supported the transition of over 91% of our associates to remote work.
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our culture also enables the addition of top talent and is the primary driver behind our ability to quickly add capacity. As an example, over 44% of our new hires since March 2020 came to us through our Family First referral program.
As we grow, “We Care” is defined and extended through our Home Point Principles and Home Point Stakes. The Home Point Principles define for our associates who we are as an organization. The Home Point Stakes provide more specific guidance on how our associates operationalize our Principles and demonstrate “We Care” every day.
Positioned for Leadership in the Wholesale Channel
Home Point is one of the fastest growing companies in the mortgage industry. This is a result of both the growing wholesale channel and our growing share of the channel. In the past five years, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, the wholesale channel has grown its market share from 15% of overall originations to 20%, and we expect this trend to continue. The benefits to both the customers and to the brokers are significant, and we believe this will continue to drive growth in the channel.
We are the third largest wholesale lender according to Inside Mortgage Finance as of September 30, 2020. Our Broker Partner relationships have grown from 1,623 in 2018 to nearly 5,000 as of September 30, 2020. We expect this growth trend to continue going forward, as our Broker Partners constitute only 20% of the addressable market as of September 30, 2020. Our scale, best-in-class in-market sales force and operational efficiencies are sustainable competitive advantages for our business. We believe our competitive advantages, coupled with the significant opportunity to add new relationships, positions us as the most likely consolidator of market share from smaller competitors.
Home Point Broker Penetration

Broker Penetration is calculated as the total number of active brokers at Home Point divided by the total number of brokers in the market. An active broker represents a broker that has originated a loan with Home Point over the past 12 months.
Platform Focused on Partner Networks with Focus on Purchase Production
We have built a platform focused on serving third-party participants in the mortgage market. Our partner relationships and operating platform are intended to be reliable and scalable and to provide us flexibility to respond to different market environments. We believe that this provides us with significant operating leverage during market expansions without requiring a high level of fixed overhead.
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Broker Partners’ and Correspondent Partners’ in-market presence positions them well to serve the financing needs of their customers. As a result, our platform is more focused on purchase mortgages than many of our competitors. In 2019, our purchase origination mix was 51%. In 2020, which was a significantly stronger refinance environment, our purchase mix was 32% through September 30, 2020. Given the stability and ongoing growth of the purchase market, this reduces our volatility relative to our competitors.
In-House Servicing Can Drive Increased Lifetime Value
A core tenet of our strategy is that strategically retaining servicing and controlling the customer experience through our in-house platform provides the best opportunity to retain customers in our ecosystem, or as we describe it, create Customers for Life. We work to enhance this experience through our proprietary Home Ownership Platform. The data exchanged during the dialogue with our customers through the Home Ownership Platform can be used to better understand where they are in their home ownership lifecycle. Ultimately, we expect the combination of a richer data set, the building of a trusted relationship and the leverage afforded by using in-market Broker Partners to result in greater customer retention and increased lifetime values of our customers.
Continuous Investment in Process and Technology Drives Efficiency and Experience
We believe that continuously investing in and developing process improvements and supporting technology provides our partner networks with the ability to compete against at-scale originators.
Our strategy is to partner with best-in-class third-party software providers to meet our core technology needs. We then deploy our internal resources to build proprietary software when we can create a strategic advantage. We integrate our third-party and proprietary solutions such that we can provide a seamless experience to our partners and customers.
We believe our componentized approach promotes nimbleness and allows us to evolve technology solutions faster than our competition while retaining control in areas we deem strategically important.
Growing and Highly Scalable Operating Model
We were built to take advantage of the massive opportunity in the mortgage market over time through a dedication to a highly scalable low-cost structure, including in areas such as compliance, fraud prevention procedures and personnel training and retention, which is capable of handling substantial increases in loan origination volume with minimal increases in expenses. We believe that our advantages will help us face substantial competition in this market.
We expect that our commitment to efficient operations, a scalable origination platform supporting partner networks, and strategically utilized servicing capabilities will allow us to compete successfully across market cycles. This has translated to our ability to achieve robust growth. Since 2018, our funded volume has grown from $10.6 billion to $46.3 billion in twelve months ended September 30, 2020, representing a compounded annualized growth rate of 133%. Our funded volume for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $38.0 billion. Our profitability and capital efficiency has translated into net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $422.6 million and Adjusted Net Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $494.6 million.
Proven Leadership
Our executive management team has a track record of growth and superior execution throughout economic cycles and market trends. Led by our Chief Executive Officer and President Willie Newman, a proven leader in the industry, the executive management team has an average of more than 25 years of industry experience across all disciplines and multiple business models.
Our Growth Strategies
Continue to Grow Market Share in the Wholesale Channel
We see significant opportunities to grow in the wholesale channel. The data strongly supports continued share growth within the wholesale channel in the overall mortgage market. The combination of at-scale lenders with local mortgage brokerages provides cost and service benefits to customers.
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we intend to continue to take significant market share within the wholesale channel, especially from smaller market participants. Although we have experienced the fastest growth in the channel in recent years, we only have relationships with 20% of all active mortgage brokerages. This provides significant upside for us in any origination environment.
Continued Expansion of Correspondent Business with Consistent Returns
We have invested in consistently growing our Correspondent channel over time in a disciplined, return-focused manner. We will continue to take a measured approach to growth by leveraging further improvements in process and cost along with a highly tenured account management team to expand market share.
Aligned Investment in Process and Technology to Enhance Efficiency, Customer Experience
We believe our foundation of process engineering expertise and a componentized technology architecture has resulted in a competitive cost structure with significant upside opportunity. We are making material investments in our technology program by deploying enterprise workflow and rules engines to better support the execution of our process engineering priorities. These components are both industrial strength and highly configurable by the business. This gives us the ability to rapidly enhance our processes. This also will give us the ability to extend self-serve functionality. We believe this will result in a material advantage against competitors that are encumbered with costly proprietary systems that are challenging to rapidly enhance. We expect that the combination of superior process engineering and componentized technology will create a best-in-class cost structure and experience for our partners and customers.
Evolve the Retention of our Customers, Create Lifetime Value
The combination of an in-house servicing platform and the retention of servicing gives us the opportunity to create an ongoing two-way dialogue with our customers. Our Home Ownership Platform is designed to drive increasing frequency of interaction. We expect that the expansion of the relationship with our customers as well as the rich data provided through frequent interaction can be leveraged to further understand our customers’ needs and preferences. Finally, our focus on providing the solutions our customers prefer, which includes engagement with our Broker Partners, results in an optimal execution for the customer and a deeper relationship with our Broker Partners.
Regulation
We operate in a heavily regulated industry that is highly focused on consumer protection. Both the scope of the laws and regulations and the intensity of the supervision to which we are subject have increased in recent years, initially in response to the financial crisis, and more recently in light of other factors such as technological and market changes. Regulatory enforcement and fines have also increased across the financial services sector. We expect to continue to face regulatory scrutiny as an organization and as a participant in the mortgage sector.
Our business is subject to extensive oversight and regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD and various state agencies that license and conduct examinations of our loan servicing, origination and collection activities. From time to time, we also receive requests from federal, state and local agencies for records, documents and information relating to the policies, procedures and practices of our loan servicing, origination and collection activities. The GSEs, Ginnie Mae, and various investors and lenders also subject us to periodic reviews and audits.
The descriptions below summarize certain significant state and federal laws to which we are subject. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions summarized. They do not summarize all possible or proposed changes in current laws or regulations and are not intended to be a substitute for the related statues or regulatory provisions.
Federal, State and Local Laws and Regulations
We must comply with a large number of federal, state and local consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which (1) require certain disclosures to be made to the borrower at application, as to the lender’s good faith estimate of loan origination costs, and at closing with respect to the real estate settlement statement, (2) apply to certain loan servicing practices
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including escrow accounts, customer complaints, servicing transfers, lender-placed insurance, error resolution and loss mitigation, and (3) prohibit giving or accepting any fee, kickback or a thing of a thing of value for the referral of real estate settlement services;
The Truth In Lending Act, or TILA, Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, and Regulation Z, which regulate mortgage loan origination activities, require certain disclosures be made to borrowers throughout the loan process regarding terms of mortgage financing, provide for a three-day right to rescind some transactions, regulate certain higher-priced and high-cost mortgages, require lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination that consumers have the ability to repay the loan, mandate home ownership counseling for mortgage applicants, impose restrictions on loan originator compensation, and apply to certain loan servicing practices;
Regulation N, which prohibits certain unfair and deceptive acts and practices related to mortgage advertising;
certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Consumer Financial Protection Act, which, among other things, prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices;
the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and Regulation V, which regulate the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers, require disclosures to consumers regarding the use of credit report information in certain credit decisions and require lenders to undertake remedial actions if there is a breach in the lender’s data security;
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics in the extension of credit and require certain disclosures to applicants for credit;
the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires certain disclosures and the cancellation or termination of mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached;
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which require reporting of loan origination data, including the number of loan applications taken, approved, denied and withdrawn;
the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics;
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates the timing and content of third-party debt collection communications;
the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which requires initial and periodic communication with consumers on privacy matters and the maintenance of privacy regarding certain consumer data in our possession;
the Bank Secrecy Act and related regulations from the Office of Foreign Assets Control, and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act, or the USA PATRIOT Act, which impose certain due diligence and recordkeeping requirements on lenders to detect and block money laundering that could support terrorist or other illegal activities;
the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, or the SAFE Act, which imposes state licensing requirements on mortgage loan originators;
the Military Lending Act, or MLA, which restricts, among other things, the interest rate and other terms that can be offered to active military personnel and their dependents on most types of consumer credit, requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain terms, such as mandatory arbitration if a dispute arises concerning the consumer credit product;
the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which provides financial protections for eligible service members;
the Federal Trade Commission Act, the FTC Credit Practices Rules and the FTC Telemarketing Sales Rule, which prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices and certain related practices;
the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, which restricts telephone and text solicitations and communications and the use of automatic telephone equipment;
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or ESIGN, and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, or UETA, which require businesses that use electronic records or signatures in consumer transactions and provide required disclosures to consumers electronically, to obtain the consumer’s consent to receive information electronically;
the Electronic Fund Transfer Act of 1978, or EFTA, and Regulation E, which protect consumers engaging in electronic fund transfers;
the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 and the FTC’s rules promulgated pursuant to such Act, or the CAN-SPAM Act, which establish requirements for certain “commercial messages” and “transactional or relationship messages” transmitted via email; and
the Bankruptcy Code and bankruptcy injunctions and stays, which can restrict collection of debts.
In addition to applicable federal laws and regulations governing our operations, our ability to originate and service loans in any particular state is subject to that state’s laws, regulations and licensing requirements, which may differ from the laws, regulations and licensing requirements of other states. State laws often include limits on the fees and interest rates we may charge, disclosure requirements with respect to fees and interest rates and other requirements. Many states have adopted regulations that prohibit various forms of “predatory” lending and place obligations on lenders to substantiate that a customer will derive a tangible benefit from the proposed home financing transaction and/or have the ability to repay the loan. Many of these laws are vague and subject to differing interpretation, which exposes us to additional risks.
On January 1, 2020, the CCPA took effect, directly impacting our California business operations and indirectly impacting our operations nationwide. Generally speaking, the CCPA provides consumers with new privacy rights such as the right to request deletion of their data, the right to receive data on record for them, and the right to know what categories of data (generally) are maintained about them. It also mandates new disclosures prior to, and at, the point of data collection and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information of such consumers. The CCPA allows consumers to submit verifiable consumer requests regarding their personal information and requires our business to implement procedures to comply with such requests. The California Attorney General issued, and subsequently updated, proposed regulations to further define and clarify the requirements of the CCPA. The impact of this law and its corresponding regulations, future enforcement activity and potential liability is unknown. At least two additional states have enacted similar laws to the CCPA, and we expect more states to follow.
These laws and regulations apply to many facets of our business, including loan origination, loan servicing, default servicing and collections, use of credit reports, safeguarding of non-public personally identifiable information about our customers, foreclosure and claims handling, investment of and interest payments on escrow balances and escrow payment features, and mandate certain disclosures and notices to borrowers. These requirements can and do change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.
In response to COVID-19, the CARES Act imposes several new compliance obligations on our mortgage servicing activities, including, but not limited to, mandatory forbearance offerings, altered credit reporting obligations, and moratoriums on foreclosure actions and late fee assessments. Many states have taken similar measures to provide mortgage payment and other relief to consumers, which create additional complexity around our mortgage servicing compliance activities. Federal, state and local executive, legislative and regulatory responses to COVID-19 are rapidly evolving, not consistent in scope or application, and subject to change without advance notice.
Our failure to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and licensing requirements could lead to, without limitation, any of the following:
loss of our licenses and approvals to engage in our servicing and lending businesses;
governmental investigations and enforcement actions;
administrative fines and penalties and litigation;
civil and criminal liability, including class action lawsuits and actions to recover incentive and other payments made by governmental entities;
breaches of covenants and representations resulting in defaults and cross-defaults under our servicing and trade agreements and financing arrangements;
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

damage to our reputation;
inability to obtain new financing and maintain existing financing;
inability to raise capital; or
inability to execute on our business strategy.
Supervision and Enforcement
Since its formation, the CFPB has taken a very active role in the mortgage industry. The CFPB has rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and its rulemaking and regulatory agenda relating to loan servicing and origination continues to evolve. The CFPB also has broad supervisory and enforcement powers with regard to non-depository financial institutions that engage in the origination and servicing of mortgage loans. The CFPB has conducted routine examinations of our business and will conduct future examinations.
As part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties. The CFPB has been active in investigations and enforcement actions and has issued large civil money penalties since its inception to parties the CFPB determines violated the laws and regulations it enforces.
Individual states have also been active in the mortgage industry, as have other regulatory organizations such as the Multistate Mortgage Committee, a multistate coalition of various mortgage banking regulators. We also believe there has been a shift among certain regulators towards a broader view of the scope of regulatory oversight responsibilities with respect to mortgage lenders and servicers. In addition to their traditional focus on licensing and examination matters, certain regulators have begun to make observations, recommendations or demands with respect to areas such as corporate governance, safety and soundness and risk and compliance management.
In addition, we receive information requests and other inquiries, both formal and informal in nature, from our state regulators as part of their general regulatory oversight of our servicing and lending businesses.
The CFPB and state regulators have also increasingly focused on the use and adequacy of technology in the mortgage servicing industry. In 2016, the CFPB issued a special edition supervisory report that stressed the need for mortgage servicers to assess and make necessary improvements to their information technology systems to ensure compliance with the CFPB’s mortgage servicing requirements. The New York Department of Financial Services, or the NYDFS, also issued Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies, which took effect in 2017, and which required banks, insurance companies, and other financial services institutions regulated by the NYDFS to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York State’s financial services industry.
New regulatory and legislative measures, or changes in enforcement practices, including those related to the technology we use, could, either individually or in the aggregate, require significant changes to our business practices, impose additional costs on us, limit our product offerings, limit our ability to efficiently pursue business opportunities, negatively impact asset values or reduce our revenues.
State Licensing, State Attorneys General and Other Matters
Because we are not a depository institution, we must comply with state licensing requirements to conduct our business, and we are licensed to originate loans in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We also are able to purchase and service loans in all 50 states and the District of Columbia, either because we have the required licenses in such jurisdictions or are exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed to perform such activity in such jurisdictions.
Under the SAFE Act, all states have laws that require mortgage loan originators employed by non-depository institutions to be individually licensed to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements require individual loan originators employed by us to register in a nationwide mortgage licensing system, submit application and background information to state regulators for a character and fitness review, submit to a criminal background check, complete a minimum of 20 hours of pre-licensing education, complete an annual minimum of eight hours of
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

continuing education and successfully complete an examination. As a result of each license we maintain, we are subject to regulatory oversight, supervision and enforcement authority in connection with the activities that we conduct pursuant to the license, including to determine our compliance with applicable law.
We also must comply with state licensing requirements to conduct our business, and we incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing requirements. Our licensed entities are required to renew their licenses, typically on an annual basis, and to do so they must satisfy the license renewal requirements of each jurisdiction. This generally will include financial requirements such as providing audited financial statements or satisfying minimum net worth requirements and non-financial requirements such as satisfactorily completing examinations as to the licensee’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Failure to satisfy any of the requirements to which our licensed entities are subject could result in a variety of regulatory actions such as a fine, a directive requiring a certain step to be taken, a prohibition or restriction on certain activities, a suspension of a license or ultimately a revocation of a license. Certain types of regulatory actions could limit our ability to continue to conduct our business in the relevant jurisdictions or result in a breach of representations, warranties and covenants, and potentially cross-defaults in our financing arrangements which could limit or prohibit our access to liquidity to operate our business.
Competition
We compete with third-party businesses in originating forward mortgages, including other bank and non-bank financial services companies focused on one or more of these business lines. Competition in our industry can take many forms, including the variety of loan programs being made available, interest rates and fees charged for a loan, convenience in obtaining a loan, customer service levels, the amount and term of a loan, and marketing and distribution channels. Many of our competitors for forward mortgage originations are commercial banks or savings institutions. These financial institutions typically have access to greater financial resources, have more diverse funding sources with lower funding costs, are less reliant on loan sales or securitizations of mortgage loans into the secondary markets to maintain their liquidity, and may be able to participate in government programs in which we are unable to participate because we are not a state or federally chartered depository institution, all of which places us at a competitive disadvantage. Fluctuations in interest rates and general economic conditions may also affect our competitive position. During periods of rising rates, competitors that have locked in low borrowing costs may have a competitive advantage. Furthermore, a cyclical decline in the industry’s overall level of originations, or decreased demand for loans due to a higher interest rate environment, may lead to increased competition for the remaining loans. Any increase in these competitive pressures could be detrimental to our business.
Intellectual Property
We use a combination of proprietary and third-party intellectual property, including trade secrets, unregistered copyrights, trademarks, service marks, and domain names, and the intellectual property rights in our proprietary software, all of which we believe maintain and enhance our competitive position and protect our products.
Cyclicality and Seasonality
The demand for loan originations is affected by consumer demand for home loans and the market for buying, selling, financing and/or re-financing residential and commercial real estate, which in turn, is affected by the national economy, regional trends, property valuations, interest rates, and socio-economic trends and by state and federal regulations and programs which may encourage and accelerate or discourage and slowdown certain real estate trends. Our business is generally subject to seasonal trends with activity generally decreasing during the winter months, especially home purchase loans and related services.
Properties
We currently operate through a network of 10 leased corporate offices located throughout the United States, totaling approximately 250,000 square feet. Our headquarters and principal executive offices are located at 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105. At this location, we lease office space totaling approximately 30,000 square feet. The lease for this location expires on June 30, 2029.
We believe that our facilities are in good operating condition and are sufficient for our current needs. Any additional space needed to support future needs and growth will be available on commercially reasonable terms.
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Human Capital Management
As of September 30, 2020, we employed approximately 2,600 full-time associates globally. None of our associates are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our associate relations to be good. Our culture and technology has allowed many of our associates (including executives and mortgage loan officers and staff) to work in divergent locations, which has allowed us to recruit and hire top managers and executives regardless of geography and to continue our business and operations without significant disruption from the COVID-19 pandemic.
Legal and Regulatory Proceedings
As an organization that, among other things, provides consumer residential mortgage lending and servicing as well as related services and engages in online marketing and advertising, we operate within highly regulated industries on a federal, state and local level. We are routinely subject to various examinations and legal and administrative proceedings in the normal and ordinary course of business. This can include, on occasion, investigations, subpoenas, enforcement actions involving the CFPB or FTC, state regulatory agencies and attorney generals. In the ordinary course of business, we are, from time to time, a party to civil litigation matters, including class actions. None of these matters have had, nor are pending matters expected to have, a material impact on our assets, business, operations or prospects.
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information as of January 22, 2021 regarding certain individuals who are expected to serve as our executive officers, directors and director nominees of Home Point upon completion of this offering:
Name
Age
Position
William A. Newman
56
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Andrew J. Bon Salle
54
Chairperson of the Board of Directors
Mark E. Elbaum
58
Chief Financial Officer
Maria N. Fregosi
55
Chief Investment Officer
Phillip R. Shoemaker Jr.
41
President of Originations
Phillip M. Miller
51
Chief Operating Officer
Brian R. Ludtke
53
Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary
Perry Hilzendeger
53
President of Servicing
Laurie S. Goodman
65
Director Nominee*
Agha S. Khan
41
Director
Stephen A. Levey
46
Director
Timothy R. Morse
51
Director Nominee*
Eric L. Rosenzweig
38
Director
*
To be elected to the board upon or before the consummation of this offering.
Executive Officers
The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers:
William A. Newman has served as a member of our board of directors and our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2015. In addition, Mr. Newman has served as a member of the board of directors of Home Point Financial Corporation and Home Point Mortgage Acceptance Corporation since 2015. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Newman held a variety of leadership roles within the mortgage industry, including at Cole Taylor Mortgage, ABN AMRO Mortgage Group and InterFirst Wholesale Mortgage Lending. Mr. Newman holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance from the University of Michigan and a Master of Business Administration in Finance and Business Economics from Wayne State University. We believe Mr. Newman’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his executive leadership and management experience and extensive business and financial experience related to the mortgage industry.
Mark E. Elbaum has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2020. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Elbaum served as Chief Financial Officer of Marlette Funding, LLC from 2018 to 2020 and Chief Financial Officer of Merrill Lynch, Bank of America’s Wealth Management business from 2011 to 2017. Prior roles included 20 years in the mortgage industry as Chief Financial Officer of Bank of America’s mortgage lending division and Chief Financial Officer of the Residential Lending Division at Countrywide Financial Corporation. In addition, Mr. Elbaum served as Senior Vice President of Finance at Aames Financial Corporation and as an Audit Manager at Price Waterhouse. Mr. Elbaum holds a Master of Accounting from the University of Southern California and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Maria N. Fregosi has served as the Chief Investment Officer since December 2020. As a founding member of Home Point, she previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2018 to 2020 as well as the Chief Strategy Officer and the Chief Capital Markets Officer from 2015 to 2018. Ms. Fregosi has served as a member of the Board of Home Point Mortgage Acceptance Corp. since 2020. In addition, Ms. Fregosi co-chairs our Finance Committee and is a member of our Risk Committee. Prior to joining Home Point, Ms. Fregosi served as Chief Capital Markets Officer for Hamilton Group Funding, a retail mortgage loan originator. In addition, Ms. Fregosi served as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of Catalyst Financial, a full-service value-based investment banking firm, and simultaneously the Chief Operating Officer for BKF Capital Group, a publicly traded investment company involved in activist investing. Ms. Fregosi also served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Client First Settlement Funding, a boutique specialty finance company, and as an Executive Vice President at ABN AMRO Bank. Ms. Fregosi holds a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the University of Rochester’s Simon School and is a Summa Cum Laude graduate with a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from SUNY Buffalo State College.
Phillip R. Shoemaker Jr. has served as President of Originations since 2018. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Shoemaker was one of the founding members of the originations business at Caliber Home Loans where he
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

served in multiple roles on the executive management team from 2009 to 2018, including Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Production, Chief Administrative Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations. From 1997 to 2009, Mr. Shoemaker served in various leadership positions at Stonewater Mortgage Corporate and First Magnus Financial. With 23 years of experience in the mortgage industry, we believe Mr. Shoemaker has a proven track record of building strong lending originations platforms. He is a leading industry voice in advocating for the expansion of the independent mortgage originator within the wholesale and correspondent lending channels. Mr. Shoemaker obtained his Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Arizona.
Phillip M. Miller has served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2019. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Miller spent 10 years at MB Financial Bank N.A. (formerly Cole Taylor Bank) where he most recently served as Executive Vice President, President of the Mortgage Division. Prior to joining MB Financial Bank N.A. (formerly Cole Taylor Bank), Mr. Miller served as Vice President/Secondary Marketing and Pricing at Fifth Third Bank. Prior to joining Fifth Third Bank, he served in various leadership roles with ABN-AMRO Mortgage and InterFirst/Standard Federal Bank. Mr. Miller obtained his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from the University of Wisconsin.
Brian R. Ludtke has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since 2019. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Ludtke served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Lending Officer at DFCU Financial, one of Michigan’s largest credit unions. In addition, Mr. Ludtke served as President of Wetzel Trott, a full service residential mortgage quality control and compliance services firm, and managed finance and mortgage loan servicing functions at Republic Bank and Homestead USA. Mr. Ludtke has a degree in Accounting and Finance from Central Michigan University and is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Perry Hilzendeger has served as our President of Servicing since August 2020. Prior to joining Home Point, Mr. Hilzendeger spent 30 years at Wells Fargo Home Lending in a variety of leadership positions, including Head of Retail Operations, Head of Servicing Operations, Senior Vice President of Default Services, and Senior Vice President of Real Estate Servicing. Mr. Hilzendeger obtained his Bachelor of Science in Business from the University of Minnesota and graduated from the AFSA Management Development Program at the University of North Carolina.
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors upon completion of this offering will consist of seven directors. The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our directors, other than Mr. Newman, our President and Chief Executive Officer, whose biography is included above under “—Executive Officers”:
Andrew J. Bon Salle has served as Chairperson of our board of directors since January 2021. From 2014 through 2020, Mr. Bon Salle served as Executive Vice President—Single Family Mortgage Business for Fannie Mae. He joined Fannie Mae in 1992 and, prior to leading the Agency’s single-family mortgage business, served as Senior Vice President—Single-Family Underwriting, Pricing, and Capital Markets and in other executive roles. Mr. Bon Salle holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from American University and an MBA from the Kogod School of Business at American University.We believe Mr. Bon Salle’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his executive leadership and management experience related to the mortgage industry.
Laurie S. Goodman has been nominated to serve on our board of directors. Ms. Goodman is the Founder and Co-Director of the Housing Finance Policy Center at the Urban Institute. Before joining the Urban Institute in 2013, Ms. Goodman spent 30 years as an analyst and research department manager at several Wall Street firms. From 2008 to 2013, she was Senior Managing Director at Amherst Securities Group, LP, a boutique broker-dealer specializing in securitized products. From 1993 to 2008, Ms. Goodman was head of global fixed income research and manager of US securitized products research at UBS and its predecessor firms. Before that, she held research and portfolio management positions at several Wall Street firms and she began her career as a senior economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Ms. Goodman currently serves on the board of directors of MFA Financial, Arch Capital Group Ltd., and DBRS Inc, and is a consultant to The Amherst Group. Ms. Goodman has a B.A. in Mathematics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Economics from Stanford University. We believe Ms. Goodman’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include her executive leadership and management experience related to the financial services and housing industries.
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Agha S. Khan has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Mr. Khan is a Senior Principal of Stone Point Capital. He joined Stone Point Capital in 2002. Previously, Mr. Khan was an Analyst in the Financial Institutions Group at Citigroup (formerly Salomon Smith Barney). Mr. Khan is a director of Broadstone Net Lease, Inc. (NYSE: BNL), as well as several private companies. He holds a B.A. from Cornell University We believe Mr. Khan’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his significant business, financial and investment experience related to the mortgage industry and prior involvement with Stone Point Capital’s investment in the Company.
Stephen A. Levey has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Mr. Levey is a Principal and Counsel of Stone Point Capital. He joined Stone Point Capital in 2008. Previously, Mr. Levey was an attorney at Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. Mr. Levey previously served as a member of the board of directors of Atlantic Capital Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACBI), and he currently serves as a director of several private companies. He earned his A.B. from Princeton University and his Juris Doctor degree from the New York University School of Law. We believe Mr. Levey’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his significant business, financial and investment experience related to the mortgage industry and prior involvement with Stone Point Capital’s investment in the Company.
Timothy R. Morse has been nominated to serve on our board of directors. Since 2018, Mr. Morse has served as a board member or advisor to early-to-mid stage start-up companies, and he is the Audit Committee Chairman for a privately held engineered surfaces company. From 2015 to 2018, Mr. Morse served as Chief Executive Officer of Ten-X, an online real estate marketplace company, and he also served as Chief Financial Officer of Ten-X from 2014 to 2015. Prior to Ten-X, Mr. Morse served in a variety of leadership roles for Yahoo! Inc., including Chief Financial Officer and Interim Chief Executive Officer. Prior to joining Yahoo!, Mr. Morse held CFO roles at General Electric Company and Altera Corporation. Mr. Morse graduated from Boston College in 1991 with a BS in Finance and Operations & Strategic Management. We believe Mr. Morse’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his executive leadership and management experience related to the financial and business services industries.
Eric L. Rosenzweig has served as a member of our board of directors since 2015. Mr. Rosenzweig is a Principal of Stone Point Capital. He joined Stone Point Capital in 2006. Previously, Mr. Rosenzweig was an Analyst in the Financial Institutions Group at UBS. Mr. Rosenzweig serves as a director of several private companies. He holds a Bachelor of Science from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Rosenzweig’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his significant business, financial and investment experience related to the mortgage industry and prior involvement with Stone Point Capital’s investment in the Company.
Controlled Company
After the completion of this offering, our Sponsor will continue to beneficially own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors and (3) that our board of directors have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors. For at least some period following this offering, we may utilize one or more of these exemptions.
In the future, we expect that our board of directors will make a determination as to whether other directors, including directors associated with our Sponsor, are independent for purposes of the corporate governance standards described above. Pending such determination, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the applicable stock exchange, we will be required to comply with these standards and, depending on our board of directors’ independence determination with respect to our then-current directors, we may be required to add additional directors to our board of directors in order to achieve such compliance within the applicable transition periods.
Director Independence
The rules of NASDAQ and the SEC impose several requirements with respect to the independence of our directors. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of NASDAQ and the SEC. For a director to be considered independent under those rules, our board of directors must affirmatively determine that the director does not have any material relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Applying these standards, our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Goodman and Mr. Morse is an independent director as defined under NASDAQ rules applicable to members of our board of directors. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each independent director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permits us to secure insurance on behalf of any current or former director or officer against any liability asserted against such person, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or otherwise. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.
Composition of Our Board of Directors after this Offering
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a classified board of directors, with two directors in Class I (expected to be Andrew J. Bon Salle and Agha S. Khan), three directors in Class II (expected to be Laurie S. Goodman, William A. Newman and Eric L. Rosenzweig) and two directors in Class III (expected to be Stephen A. Levey and Timothy R. Morse). See “Description of Capital Stock.”
In addition, pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement we expect to enter into in connection with this offering, the Trident Stockholders will have the right to designate nominees to our board of directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Board Committees
Audit Committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The primary responsibilities of this committee include, among other things:
selecting, evaluating, compensating and overseeing the independent registered public accounting firm;
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

overseeing our financial reporting activities and the accounting standards and principles followed;
reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor, as appropriate, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
as required by the listing standards of NASDAQ, reviewing our major financial risk exposures (and the steps management has taken to monitor and control these risks) and our risk assessment and risk management practices and the guidelines, policies and processes for risk assessment and risk management;
approving audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm;
reviewing and, if appropriate, approving or ratifying transactions with related persons required to be disclosed under SEC rules;
meeting with management and the independent registered public accounting firm to review and discuss our financial statements and other matters;
overseeing our internal audit function, including reviewing its organization, performance and audit findings, and reviewing our internal controls;
monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal controls, auditing or compliance matters;
reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers; and
reviewing the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually.
Our audit committee will be comprised of Laurie S. Goodman, Timothy R. Morse and Eric L. Rosenzweig. Timothy R. Morse will serve as the chairperson of the audit committee. We believe that Laurie S. Goodman and Timothy R. Morse will qualify as independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing rules of NASDAQ with respect to audit committee membership. Not later than the first anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement, all members of the audit committee will be independent.
We also believe that Timothy R. Morse will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. Our board of directors has approved a written charter under which the audit committee will operate. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a copy of the charter of our audit committee will be available on our principal corporate website at www.homepointfinancial.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors consistent with criteria established by our board of directors and in developing our corporate governance principles. We intend that our nominating and corporate governance committee will also perform the following functions, among others:
select, or recommend that our board of directors select, the director nominees to stand for election at each annual general meeting of our stockholders or to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
review our management succession planning;
develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and monitor compliance with such guidelines; and
oversee the annual performance evaluation of our board of directors (and any committees thereof) and management.
The nominating and corporate governance committee also recommends directors eligible to serve on all committees of our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee also reviews and evaluates all stockholder director nominees.
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Andrew J. Bon Salle, Laurie S. Goodman and Stephen A. Levey. Laurie S. Goodman will serve as the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a copy of the charter of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be available on our principal corporate website at www.homepointfinancial.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
Compensation Committee
The primary responsibilities of our compensation committee will be to administer the compensation program and employee benefit plans and practices for our executive officers and members of the board of directors.
We intend that our compensation committee will perform the following functions, among others:
review and approve, or recommend to the full board of directors, the goals and objectives relating to the compensation of our executive officers, including any long-term incentive components of our compensation programs;
evaluate the performance of our executive officers in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation programs and approve, or recommend to the full board of directors, each executive officer’s compensation based on such evaluation;
oversee the evaluation of each of our executive officers’ performance;
review and approve, or recommend to the full board of directors, subject, if applicable, to stockholder approval, our compensation programs;
review the operation and efficacy of our executive compensation programs in light of their goals and objectives;
review and assess risks arising from our compensation programs;
periodically review that our executive compensation programs comport with the compensation committee’s stated compensation philosophy;
review and recommend to the board of directors the appropriate structure and amount of compensation for our directors;
establish and periodically review policies for the administration of our equity compensation plans; and
review the adequacy of the compensation committee and its charter and recommend any proposed changes to the board of directors not less than annually.
Our compensation committee will be comprised of Agha S. Khan, Eric L. Rosenzweig and Timothy R. Morse. Agha S. Khan will serve as the chairperson of the compensation committee. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a copy of the charter of our compensation committee will be available on our principal corporate website at www.homepointfinancial.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our Compensation Committee will be a person who is or has been an officer or employee of us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, none of our executive officers will serve or has served as a member of the compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions (or in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers that will serve on our Compensation Committee.
Code of Conduct
We will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our code of conduct will be available on our principal corporate website at www.homepointfinancial.com. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of conduct on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides summary information concerning compensation earned by our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2020 for services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2020. These individuals are referred to as our named executive officers.
Name and Principal
Position
Year
Salary
($)(1)
Bonus
($)(2)
Option
Awards
($)(3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total ($)
William Newman
President and Chief Executive Officer
2020
400,000
1,125,000
1,525,000
Maria Fregosi
Chief Investment Officer(4)
2020
350,000
223,500
573,500
Phil Shoemaker
President of Originations
2020
375,000
120,000
495,000
(1)
The amounts reported represent the named executive officer’s base salary earned during the fiscal year covered.
(2)
The amounts reported represent the 2020 Special Bonuses in an amount equal to: $1,125,000 for Mr. Newman, $223,500 for Ms. Fregosi and $125,000 for Mr. Shoemaker. See “—Special Bonus Agreement” below. The named executive officers are also eligible to receive a discretionary bonus based on fiscal 2020 performance. We expect that such bonuses will be determined and paid in February 2021.
(3)
The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of performance-vesting options awarded to the named executive officer in 2020, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (“Topic 718”), utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 20 – Stock Options, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The performance-vesting options are subject to market conditions and an implied performance condition as defined under applicable accounting standards. The grant date fair value of the performance-vesting options was computed based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date in accordance with Topic 718. Achievement of the performance conditions for the performance-vesting options was not deemed probable on the grant date and, accordingly, no value is included in the table for these awards pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules. Assuming achievement of the performance conditions, the aggregate grant date fair values of the performance-vesting options granted in fiscal 2020 to each of our named executive officers would have been: Mr. Newman ($342,322); Ms. Fregosi ($224,757); and Mr. Shoemaker ($273,857).
(4)
Until December 2020, Ms. Fregosi served as our Chief Financial Officer.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Employment Agreements
William Newman Employment Agreement
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Newman, effective March 31, 2015, to serve as our chief executive officer and president. The initial term of the employment agreement is for a three-year period that began on the effective date of the employment agreement and is extended for subsequent terms of one-year unless either we or Mr. Newman give notice not to extend the term at least 60 days before the expiration of the initial term or a subsequent term.
Under the employment agreement, Mr. Newman is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, subject to annual review by our board of directors. He is also eligible to earn an annual cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary.
Mr. Newman is subject to the following restrictive covenants under his employment agreement: (i) confidentiality during his employment and perpetually after his termination; (ii) irrevocable assignment of all rights of any intellectual property created during his employment with us; (iii) non-competition during the term of the employment agreement and for a two-year period after termination (or a one-year period after termination for a termination due to our delivery of a non-extension notice); (iv) non-solicitation of customers and vendors and non-interference with the Company’s and our affiliates’ business for the same period that the non-compete applies; and (v) non-solicitation/hire of employees from the date of the employment agreement and for a two-year period after his termination for employees of the Company and our affiliates who were employed during the 12-month period preceding the solicitation or hiring. Our obligation to provide severance payments and benefits to Mr. Newman is
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

contingent upon his continued compliance, in all material respects, with these restrictive covenants and his execution and non-revocation of a release of claims. The severance provisions contained in Mr. Newman’s employment agreement are described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Severance Benefits Upon Termination.”
Base Salary
We provide each named executive officer with a base salary for the services that the executive officer performs for us. Base salaries were initially set at the time each named executive officer commenced employment with us, and in the case of Mr. Newman, pursuant to his employment agreement, and are reviewed annually and may be increased based on the individual performance of the named executive officer, company performance, any change in the executive’s position within our business, the scope of his or her responsibilities and any changes thereto.
Annual Bonus
The named executive officers are eligible to receive a discretionary bonus based on fiscal 2020 performance. The target bonus for each named executive officer is 100% of such named executive officer’s base salary. We expect that such bonuses will be determined and paid in February 2021.
Special Bonus Agreement
In connection with a distribution made to our equity holders, we entered into letter agreements, dated September 30, 2020, with each of our equity holders, including the named executive officers, which provide for a special incentive bonus to be paid as follows:
A portion of the special incentive bonus was paid to each of the named executive officers on October 9, 2020 (the “2020 Special Bonus”).
A portion of the special incentive bonus will be paid to Ms. Fregosi and Mr. Shoemaker in equal installments on the first payroll date after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company beginning on December 31, 2020 and continuing until December 31, 2023 (the “Time-Vesting Bonus”).
A portion of the special incentive bonus will be paid to each of the named executive officers upon the consummation of a “sponsor exit transaction” or a “public offering” (each as defined in the 2015 Option Plan), subject to the satisfaction of specified transfer and financial targets in connection with the sponsor exit transaction or public offering (the “Performance-Vesting Bonus”).
Payment of the Time-Vesting Bonus and Performance-Vesting Bonus is subject to the executive’s continuous employment with the Company through each applicable payment date, except that with respect to the Performance-Vesting Bonus only, if the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause,” by the executive for “good reason” or due to the executive’s death or “disability” (as such terms are defined in the 2015 Option Plan), the executive is eligible to receive the Performance-Vesting Bonus in the event that a transaction occurs that meets the specified targets before the first anniversary of the executive’s termination of employment.
The amount of each executives’ special incentive bonus is as follows:
Executive
2020
Special
Bonus
($)
Time-
Vesting
Bonus
($)
Performance-
Vesting Bonus
($)
Total
Special
Incentive
Bonus
($)
William Newman
1,125,000
1,875,000
3,000,000
Maria Fregosi
223,500
76,500
600,000
900,000
Phil Shoemaker
120,000
480,000
1,200,000
1,800,000
Equity Awards
Options granted to our named executive officers are made under our 2015 Option Plan, which was adopted to provide for the grant of options to purchase common units of Holdings to employees and other service providers of Holdings, the general partner of Holdings and the general partner’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, including the Company (collectively, the “Company Group”). The 2015 Option Plan is administered by the board of managers of
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the general partner. Upon the consummation of the merger in connection with the offering, all outstanding options under the 2015 Option Plan will be canceled and “substitute options” will be granted under the 2021 Incentive Plan. The substitute options will have an exercise price and cover a number of shares of our common stock that results in the substitute options having the same (subject to rounding) intrinsic value as the outstanding options granted under the 2015 Option Plan. The precise number of substitute options to be delivered will be based on the initial public offering price.
The substitute options will generally have the same terms and conditions as outstanding options granted under the 2015 Option Plan, although certain vesting, transfer and repurchase amendments will be made to the substitute options. The substitute options will be administered by our compensation committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors.
Options granted under the 2015 Option Plan prior to January 31, 2020 (including those granted to our named executive officers) are subject to the following vesting schedule:
50% of the common units granted pursuant to each option are “time-vesting options,” which generally vest in annual installments over the first five years of the grant date, except that all unvested time-vesting options vest on a “sponsor exit transaction” (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan); and
50% of the common units granted pursuant to the options are “performance-vesting options” that vest only upon the consummation of a “sponsor exit transaction” (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan) or certain initial public offerings of equity securities of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (a “public offering”) and only if specified transfer and financial targets are satisfied.
Nearly all options granted under the 2015 Option Plan on or after January 31, 2020 (other than options granted to Andrew J. Bon Salle in accordance with his Consulting Agreement), are performance-vesting options that vest upon consummation of a sponsor exit transaction or public offering only if specified transfer and financial targets are satisfied and the portion of the option that vests is determined based on the level of achievement of financial targets. For substitute options, sales of our common stock by the Sponsor Partners (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan) after this offering will also be included in determining whether a sponsor exit transaction has occurred, and the financial targets will be tested once the Sponsor Partners have sold at least 45% of their common units of Holdings (or shares of our common stock into which such common units have been converted in connection with the merger and this offering) (such common units and shares of common stock collectively referred to as “sponsor interests”) and at each subsequent sale by the Sponsor Partners. In addition, unvested performance-vesting substitute options will vest in full on the first to occur of the date on which the Sponsor Partners have sold (i) 45% of their sponsor interests, provided that the Sponsor Partners have received cash proceeds in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 2.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the sponsor interests, (ii) 35% of their sponsor interests, provided that the Sponsor Partners have received cash proceeds in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 3.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the sponsor interests or (iii) 25% of their sponsor interests, provided that the Sponsor Partners have received cash proceeds in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 4.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the sponsor interests.
In connection with a termination for cause, all unvested options will be immediately forfeited. In addition, other than the potential vesting that may occur in connection with certain terminations of employment or other events described under “—Termination and Change in Control Provisions —Equity Awards”, all unvested options will be forfeited upon a named executive officer’s termination of employment.
Common units received upon exercise of vested options are subject to repurchase rights in connection with the termination of the applicable grantee’s employment. The applicable repurchase price is dependent on the reason for termination, with repurchases in connection with any termination without “cause”, with “good reason” or as a result of death or “disability”, being at the fair market value of the units subject to repurchase at the time of termination, and repurchases in connection with other termination events being at the lower of the fair market value or the exercise price paid in connection with the acquisition of the units subject to repurchase. The substitute options (and any shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of such substitute options) will not be subject to repurchase rights.
In addition, for substitute options, shares of our common stock received upon exercise of vested options will be subject to lock-up agreements, as described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements,” and will
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be transferable before the earlier of (i) the fourth anniversary of the completion of this offering and (ii) the sale by the Sponsor Partners of at least 45% of their sponsor interests, except that grantees are permitted to effect a “broker-assisted” net exercise, whereby grantees may transfer the minimum number of shares required to satisfy the applicable exercise price and/or withholding tax obligation on exercise of an option. In addition, grantees may transfer shares of our common stock received upon exercise of timevesting options that corresponds to the percentage of sponsor interests sold by the Sponsor Partners in connection with this offering or a subsequent sale.
Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program was that certain key executives were provided with the opportunity to invest in common units of Holdings. This investment opportunity further aligns the individual’s financial interests with those of our equity-owners. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Newman invested in 1,078,545 shares; Ms. Fregosi invested in 134,818 shares; and Mr. Shoemaker invested in 132,434 shares.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms generally as other eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, through elective contributions to the 401(k) plan. We have the ability to make discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) plan. We did not make any contributions in 2020 under our 401(k) plan. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards made to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
 
Option Awards
Name
Date of
Grant
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable(1)
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable(2)
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)(3)
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date

William Newman
4/1/15
​1,011,137
​1,011,137
​3.71
4/1/25
2/28/20
674,091
​3.89
2/28/30
Maria Fregosi
4/1/15
168,523
168,523
​3.71
4/1/25
2/16/16
10,785
2,696
13,482
​3.71
2/16/26
4/16/18
8,089
12,134
20,223
​3.88
4/16/28
12/5/18
26,964
40,445
67,409
​3.80
12/5/28
2/28/20
134,818
​3.89
2/28/30
6/15/20
134,818
​3.89
6/15/30
Phil Shoemaker
12/5/18
215,709
​323,564
539,273
​3.80
12/5/28
2/28/20
539,273
​3.89
2/28/30
(1)
The numbers in this column represent vested and exercisable time-vesting options.
(2)
The numbers in this column represent unvested outstanding time-vesting options.
(3)
The numbers in this column represent unvested outstanding performance-vesting options. The vesting terms of these options are described above under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table.”
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Termination and Change in Control Provisions
Severance Benefits Upon Termination
Mr. Newman’s employment agreement provides that if Mr. Newman’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), by Mr. Newman for “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement) or at the end of any subsequent one-year term of the employment agreement due to our delivery of a non-extension notice, he will receive continued base salary for 12 months after his termination and 100% of the annual bonus that he earned in the year prior to his termination, subject to his execution of a general release of claims and continued compliance with the restrictive covenants described above.
Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards
Time-Vesting Options. In the event of a termination of the participant’s employment by us without “cause” (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan), by the participant for “good reason” or due to the participant’s death or “disability” (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan), the time-vesting options will vest with respect to the common units that would have vested on the next anniversary of the grant date.
Performance-Vesting Options. In the event of a termination of the participant’s employment (A) by us without cause or by the participant for good reason on or after the date that is one year before the sponsor exit transaction or public offering, or (B) due to the participant’s death or disability at any time, the performance-vesting options are eligible to vest on such sponsor exit transaction or public offering, subject to satisfaction of the specified transfer and financial targets.
Actions in Connection with this Offering
2021 Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Incentive Plan prior to the completion of the offering, in order to provide a means through which to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. Awards under the 2021 Incentive Plan may be granted to any (i) individual employed by us or our subsidiaries (other than those U.S. employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or similar agreement); (ii) director or officer of us or our subsidiaries; or (iii) consultant or advisor to us or our subsidiaries who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act. The 2021 Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors.
The 2021 Incentive Plan initially reserves 6,943,005 shares for issuance, which is subject to increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2022 fiscal year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the positive difference, if any, between (x) 5% of the outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (y) the available plan reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) a lower number of shares of our common stock as determined by our board of directors. The substitute options will not be counted against the share reserve under the 2021 Incentive Plan.
All awards granted under the 2021 Incentive Plan will vest and/or become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the compensation committee. Awards available for grant under the 2021 Incentive Plan include non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, restricted shares of our common stock, restricted stock units, other equity-based awards tied to the value of our shares, and cash-based awards.
The 2021 Plan provides that during a single fiscal year, the number of awards that may be granted to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director, in each case, in respect of the director’s service as a member of our board of directors during the applicable fiscal year, may not exceed a total value of $1,200,000 (calculating the value of any awards based on the grant date fair value of such awards for financial reporting purposes).
Awards other than cash-based awards are generally subject to adjustment in the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar transactions or events, or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirement. In addition, in connection with any change in control, the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (i) a substitution or assumption of, acceleration of the vesting of, the exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, any one or more outstanding awards (including the substitute options) and (ii) cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the compensation committee.
Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2021 Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is required under applicable law; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the 2021 Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the 2021 Incentive Plan. Any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.
All awards granted under the 2021 Incentive Plan are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law.
Substitute Options
As described above, in connection with this offering, all outstanding options under the 2015 Option Plan will be cancelled and substitute options will be granted under the 2021 Incentive Plan.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, prior to the completion of the offering. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, our employees, and those of our designated affiliates, may purchase shares of our common stock, during pre-specified offering periods determined by the Committee (as defined below). Our named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan on the same terms and conditions as all other participating employees.
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be administered by our compensation committee of our board of directors, which we refer to as the Committee for purposes of this disclosure. The Committee will have full authority to administer the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and make and interpret rules and regulations regarding administration of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan as it may deem necessary or appropriate.
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan initially reserves 1,388,601 shares of our common stock for issuance. The plan reserve is subject to adjustment for certain changes in our capitalization. The issuance of shares pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will reduce the total number of shares available under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
All of our employees and those of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except for employees who own 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all of our issued and outstanding stock.
Eligible employees may elect to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan by filing a subscription agreement with us prior to any offering period indicating the amount of eligible compensation to be withheld from payroll during that offering period and applied to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Once enrolled in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a participant will continue to participate in subsequent offering periods until such participant terminates employment or withdraws from any offering period.
Eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of 1% to 15% of such employees’ base compensation on each payroll date that falls within an offering period. Payroll deductions will begin on the first payroll date following the beginning of the offering period and will continue until the participant withdraws from an offering period or terminates employment. Participants may not acquire rights to purchase more than $25,000 of our common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan for any calendar year.
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each offering period will have a duration of 6 months, or such other period of time (up to 27 months) specified by the Committee prior to the commencement of the offering period.
Shares of our common stock will be automatically purchased for the accounts of participants at the end of each offering period with their elected payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. Shares will be purchased at a discounted per-share purchase price equal to 95% (or such other percentage that is not less than 85%) of the lower of the per-share closing price of our common stock on the first day of an offering period or the last day of an offering period.
A participant may cancel his or her participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, but may not reduce or increase his or her contributions during an offering period. Termination of a participant’s employment for any reason will also terminate such participant’s participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In any of these cases, the participant will receive a refund of the payroll deductions collected on his or her behalf (without interest).
Upon a future change in control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) shorten an offering period to provide for a purchase date on or prior to the change in control date or (ii) provide for the assumption of the purchase rights under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and substitution of rights to purchase shares of the successor company in accordance with Section 424 of the Code.
Our board of directors or the Committee may amend or terminate the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time, although no amendment may be made (i) that adversely affects the rights of any participant participating in an offering period or (ii) without approval of our stockholders to the extent such approval would be required under Section 423 of the Code.
Mark Elbaum Offer Letter Agreement
We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mark Elbaum, dated November 27, 2020, to serve as our chief financial officer starting on December 7, 2020. Under the offer letter agreement, Mr. Elbaum is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, and is eligible to earn an annual performance-based cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 150% of his base salary with the first such bonus payable in fiscal year 2022. Mr. Elbaum will receive a grant of 100,000 performance-vesting options under the 2015 Option Plan. The vesting terms of these options are described above under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Awards”. Mr. Elbaum is subject to a non-solicitation/hire of employees from his date of hire until the first anniversary of his termination.
Director Compensation
For the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not pay compensation or grant equity awards to directors for their service on our board of directors. Our directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings.
Following this offering, each outside director (other than the directors employed by our Sponsor) will be entitled to compensation as follows:
Annual cash retainer of $75,000;
Additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 for each committee on which the outside director serves ($15,000 if serving as the chairperson of such committee); and
An annual grant of restricted stock units with a fair market value at the time of grant to be determined annually, which will vest at the next annual stockholders meeting; provided that for 2021 the restricted stock unit grant will vest at the 2022 annual stockholders meeting.
For 2021, each of Ms. Goodman and Mr. Morse is expected to receive a grant of restricted stock units with a grant date fair market value of $250,000 and Mr. Bon Salle is expected to receive a grant of restricted stock units with a grant date fair market value of $1,000,000 in connection with their service as a director.
In addition, we entered into a Consulting Agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with Mr. Bon Salle on January 9, 2021, pursuant to which we have engaged Mr. Bon Salle as a consultant for an initial term through December 31, 2022, following which such term shall automatically be extended on a one-year rolling basis. Either party may terminate the Consulting Agreement upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party. Under the Consulting Agreement, Mr. Bon Salle has agreed to serve as Executive Chairperson of the Company and to devote up to a
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

maximum of 20 hours per week performing his responsibilities and services under the agreement. As consideration for his services under the Consulting Agreement, Mr. Bon Salle is entitled to an annual consulting fee of $500,000. He is also eligible for an annual bonus with performance targets to be mutually established and a target bonus equal to 150% of the annual consulting fee; provided that, unless Mr. Bon Salle has terminated the Consulting Agreement, or the Company has terminated the Consulting Agreement for “cause” (as such term is defined in the Consulting Agreement), prior to December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2022, as applicable, for each of calendar years 2021 and 2022, Mr. Bon Salle will be entitled to receive a minimum annual bonus of $500,000, irrespective of whether any performance targets are achieved. In addition, the Consulting Agreement provides that he will also be granted an option to purchase 500,000 units under the 2015 Plan, which are subject to the following vesting schedule:
50% of the common units granted pursuant to the option are “time-vesting options,” which vest as to 20% of the options on the grant date and on each of the first four anniversaries thereafter, except that all unvested time-vesting options vest on a “sponsor exit transaction” (as defined in the 2015 Option Plan); and
50% of the common units granted pursuant to the options are “performance-vesting options” that vest only upon the consummation of a sponsor exit transaction or certain initial public offerings of equity securities of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (a “public offering”) and only if specified transfer and financial targets are satisfied.
In addition, the time-vesting options have an exercise price of $56.54 per share and the performancevesting options have an exercise price of (i) $70.68 per share for 25% of the performance-vesting options; (ii) $84.81 per share for 25% of the performance-vesting options; (iii) $98.95 per share for 25% of the performance-vesting options; and (iv) $113.08 per share for the remaining 25% of the performancevesting options.
Upon consummation of the merger in connection with the offering, Mr. Bon Salle’s options under the 2015 Plan will be canceled and “substitute options” will be granted under the 2021 Incentive Plan, as described under “—Equity Awards” above.
Our directors will not be paid any fees for attending meetings, however, our directors will be reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings.
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions that exist or have existed or that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers, or stockholders who are known to us to beneficially own more than five percent of our voting securities and their affiliates and immediate family members.
Stockholders’ Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement with the Trident Stockholders. The stockholders’ agreement will grant the Trident Stockholders the right to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 20% but less 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that the Trident Stockholders will be entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors (e.g., one and one quarter (114) directors shall equate to two directors). In addition, in the event a vacancy on the board of directors is created by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of a Trident Stockholders director designee, the Trident Stockholders shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by a new Trident Stockholders director-designee.
In addition, the stockholders’ agreement will grant the Trident Stockholders with special governance rights, for as long as the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates collectively maintain ownership of at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, including rights of approval over the following actions by us or any of our subsidiaries:
entering into or effecting a “Change in Control” as defined in the stockholders’ agreement;
entering into any agreement providing for the acquisition or divestiture of assets or equity securities, in each case providing for aggregate consideration in excess of $100 million, other than such agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
entering into any joint venture or similar business alliance having a fair market value as of the date of formation thereof (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $100 million;
initiating a voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act;
any material change in the nature of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100 million in any transaction or series of related transactions, other than borrowings under any mortgage warehouse funding facilities or other lines of credit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;
terminating the employment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or any subsidiary or hiring a new Chief Executive Officer of the Company or any subsidiary; and
any increase or decrease in the size or composition of the Board, committees of the Board, and boards and committees of our subsidiaries, subject to certain other provisions in the stockholders’ agreement.
A form of the stockholders’ agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our Sponsor. This agreement will provide to our Sponsor an unlimited number of “demand” registration rights and customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify our Sponsor against (or make contributions in respect of) certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act . A form of the registration rights agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
Other Related Party Transactions
We are party to a master securities forward transaction agreement with Amherst Pierpont Securities LLC, an affiliate of our Sponsor and therefore our affiliate, as the counterparty, governing our forward MBS sale commitments described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, we are party to a master repurchase agreement with Amherst Pierpont Securities LLC as the counterparty, governing the sale by us of certain pools of mortgage loans and other assets to Amherst Pierpont Securities LLC, as buyer, and the repurchase by us thereof, as described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We did not pay any fees and commissions to such affiliate in 2018, 2019 or 2020 to date.
In addition, the Trident Stockholders have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered and may enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including with respect to valuation services, insurance brokerage services and loan review services for certain of our loan originations. The rates at which these companies provided such services to us were negotiated as arms’-length transactions, and we paid total fees of approximately $0.7, $2.2 million and $2.0 million to such related parties for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy,” that is in conformity with the requirements upon issuers having publicly held common stock that is listed on the applicable stock exchange.
Our related person policy will require that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our general counsel, or such other person designated by the board of directors, any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that we anticipate would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. Our general counsel, or such other person, will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction entered into following this offering will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities, including the selling stockholders in this offering, (2) each of our directors and director nominees, (3) each of our named executive officers and (4) all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding and percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering are based on the number of shares to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares of common stock and percentage of beneficial ownership after the consummation of this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes shares issuable pursuant to exchange or conversion rights that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.
To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.
 
Shares of common stock
beneficially owned prior to
this offering
Number of Shares
Being Sold in
this Offering
Shares of common stock
beneficially owned after this
offering assuming no exercise
of underwriters’ option
Shares of common stock
beneficially owned after this
offering assuming full exercise
of underwriters’ option
Name of Beneficial Owners(1)
Shares of
common
stock
Percentage
of Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
No
exercise of
underwriters’
option
Full
exercise of
underwriters’
option
Shares of
common
stock
Percentage of
Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
Shares of
common
stock
Percentage
of Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
Greater than 5% Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trident Stockholders(2)
134,818,216
96.0%
11,999,728
13,874,728
122,818,488
88.4%
120,943,488
87.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
William A. Newman
2,089,682
1.5%
185,996
185,996
1,903,686
1.4%
1,903,686
1.4%
Maria N. Fregosi
351,875
*
31,319
31,319
320,556
*
320,556
*
Phillip R. Shoemaker Jr.
348,143
*
30,987
30,987
317,156
*
317,156
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Director Nominees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Andrew J. Bon Salle
134,818
*
12,000
12,000
122,818
*
122,818
*
Laurie S. Goodman(3)
Agha S. Khan
Stephen A. Levey
Timothy R. Morse(3)
Eric L. Rosenzweig
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers as a group (9 persons)
2,924,518
2.1%
260,302
260,302
2,664,216
1.9%
2,664,216
1.9%
Other Selling Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weiser Family Investments LLC(4)
1,617,818
1.2%
143,997
143,997
1,473,821
1.1%
1,473,821
1.1%
Other Selling Stockholders as a Group(5)
1,078,272
*
95,973
95,973
982,299
*
982,299
*
*
Less than 1% of common stock outstanding.
(1)
Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each of the individuals named above is: c/o Home Point Capital Inc., 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105.
(2)
Following the consummation of this offering, Trident VI, L.P. (“Trident VI”), Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P. (“Trident VI Parallel”), Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. (“Trident VI DE”) and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P. (“Trident VI Professionals”) will hold shares of our
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock. Each of Trident VI, Trident VI Parallel, Trident VI DE and Trident VI Professionals and each of their respective general partners, as well as Stone Point Capital, the manager of Trident VI, Trident VI Parallel, Trident VI DE and Trident VI Professionals, also may be deemed to be the beneficial owners having shared voting power and shared investment power over the securities described in this footnote. Agha S. Khan, Stephen A. Levey and Eric L. Rosenzweig, each of whom is a member of our Board, are employees of Stone Point Capital. The principal business address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is c/o Stone Point Capital LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.
(3)
To be elected to the board upon or before the consummation of this offering.
(4)
The principal business address of the entity identified in this footnote is c/o Weiser Family Investments, 320 Main Street, Suite 200, Ann Arbor, MI 48104.
(5)
Shares shown in the table include shares owned by the selling stockholders other than those named in the table that in the aggregate beneficially own less than 1% of our common stock as of January 22, 2021.
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share, and 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have 138,860,111 shares of common stock and no preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our common stock vote to elect our directors by a plurality of the votes cast. On all other matters other than those specified in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, where a 66 2/3% vote of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock is required, the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of shares present at a meeting of the holders of our common stock is required.
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive our remaining assets available for distribution.
Holders of shares of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.
Preferred Stock
We do not currently have any preferred stock outstanding. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by NASDAQ, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors will be able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:
the designation of the series;
the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);
whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;
the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;
the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company;
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other corporation and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;
restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
We will be able to issue a series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock) that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their common stock over the market price of the common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock) may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock) could be dilutive to holders of our common stock and could adversely affect their voting and other rights and economic interests. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock) may have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.
Dividends
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs and restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of dividends to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider is in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of NASDAQ, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on NASDAQ, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then-outstanding voting power or then-outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions or employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Classified Board of Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.
Business Combinations
We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or
at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of the Trident Stockholders and their affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that directors may be removed with or
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted to Trident Stockholders under the stockholders’ agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering, any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).
No Cumulative Voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.
Special Stockholder Meetings
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairperson of the board of directors; provided, however, that Trident Stockholders and their affiliates are permitted to call special meetings of our stockholders for so long as they hold, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of the Company.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the chairperson of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These notice requirements will not apply to Trident Stockholders and their affiliates for as long as the stockholders’ agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering remains in effect. These provisions may defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent once Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
Supermajority Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our amended and restated bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2⁄3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that once Trident Stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class:
the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;
the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);
the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;
the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;
the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;
the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;
the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;
the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;
the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and
the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.
The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.
These supermajority provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or the Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

supermajority provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These supermajority provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The supermajority provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such supermajority provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such supermajority provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, subject to limited exceptions, that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or our stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, which already provides that such claims must be brought exclusively in the federal courts. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any actions or proceedings asserting claims arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware Supreme Court has upheld the validity of similar provisions under the DGCL, there is uncertainty as to whether a court in another state would enforce such a forum selection provision. Our exclusive forum provision will not relieve us of our duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Conflicts of Interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any of the Trident Stockholders or any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will not have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any of the Trident Stockholders or any of their affiliates or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must generally indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, which agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EQ Shareowner Services, Equiniti Trust Company.
Listing
We have applied to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “HMPT.”
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur may adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Furthermore, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the existing legal and contractual restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock— Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing owners in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.
Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 138,860,111 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering by us or the selling stockholders will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144, including our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (including our existing owners), may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers, directors and certain of our significant stockholders, including the selling stockholders who collectively hold 98.8% of our total outstanding shares as of the date of this prospectus (and 95.1% of our total outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis), will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” An aggregate of 80,425 vested options are not subject to these lock-up agreements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,388,601 shares immediately after this offering; or
the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who received shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering are entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, in the case of affiliates, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice filing requirements of Rule 144.
Registration Statements on Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common stock subject to issuance under the 2021 Incentive Plan to be adopted in connection with this offering. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 6,943,005 shares of our common stock.
Registration Rights
For a description of rights some holders of common stock will have to require us to register the shares of common stock they own, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable immediately upon effectiveness of such registration.
Following completion of this offering, the shares of our common stock covered by registration rights would represent approximately 88.4 % of our outstanding common stock. These shares of common stock also may be sold under Rule 144, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates.
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that was acquired in this offering and that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below).
A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons as defined under the Code, have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, foreign pension fund, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.
If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner and the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the tax laws of any state, local or other taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
We do not anticipate declaring or paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock) in respect of shares of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted tax basis of a non-U.S. holder’s common stock, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of shares of our common stock (the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock”).
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussion of FATCA below. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.
A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, which period is shorter and certain other conditions are met.
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.
Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and we do not anticipate becoming “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends received if such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock made within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Additional Withholding Requirements Under FATCA
Pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on, or, subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any).
If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “— Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. FATCA withholding may also apply to payments of gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock, although under proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization), no withholding will apply on payments of gross proceeds. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)
The Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriter
Number of Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
UBS Securities LLC
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
BofA Securities, Inc.
 
JMP Securities LLC
 
Piper Sandler & Co.
 
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
 
SPC Capital Markets LLC
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
Zelman Partners LLC
    
Total
12,500,000
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,875,000 additional shares of common stock.
Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Per Share
$
$
Total
$
$
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Per Share
$
$
Total
$
$
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $    per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the Company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, who collectively hold 98.8% of our total outstanding shares as of the date of this
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

prospectus (and 95.1% of our total outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis), have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. The lock-up agreements are subject to specified exceptions, and an aggregate of 80,425 vested options are not subject to these lock-up agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of the Company’s common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
We have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “HMPT.”
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of the Company’s common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of the Company’s common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $5.1 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering in an amount up to $45,000.
We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.
Conflicts of Interest
Because affiliates of SPC Capital Markets LLC beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, SPC Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering because the underwriters primarily responsible for managing the offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of SPC Capital Markets LLC and meet the requirements of Rule 5121(f)(12)(E). SPC Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.
European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that relevant state at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
(b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation); or
(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any relevant state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of us or the underwriters.
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that either (i) has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, or (ii) is to be treated as if it had been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transitional provision in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the United Kingdom at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation); or
(c)
in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”),
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any relevant state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of us or the underwriters.
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Canada
The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment hereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.
Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 (“CMP Regulations”)) that the shares of common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Australia
This prospectus:
does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issuance and sale of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the shares of common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Our Internet website address iswww.homepointfinancial.com, and the information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
September 30, 2020
(unaudited)
December 31,
2019
Assets:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$271,483
$30,630
Restricted cash
41,907
51,101
Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash
313,390
81,731
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
2,281,835
1,554,230
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
583,263
575,035
Property and equipment, net
18,595
12,051
Accounts receivable, net
79,320
57,872
Derivative assets
314,794
40,544
Goodwill and intangibles
11,083
11,935
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
Other assets
65,745
76,162
Total assets
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$2,092,477
$1,478,183
Term debt and other borrowings, net
374,090
424,958
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
269,016
39,739
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
2,919,881
499,207
Other liabilities
189,700
56,368
Total liabilities
$5,845,164
$2,498,455
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid-in capital
519,177
454,861
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
223,565
(44,549)
Total shareholders' equity
742,742
410,312
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$6,587,906
$2,908,767
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited)
 
Nine months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Revenue:
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
$135,495
Loan fee income
60,630
19,829
Interest income
42,370
35,101
Interest expense
(47,845)
(41,933)
Interest loss, net
(5,475)
(6,832)
Loan servicing fees
133,904
104,089
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(230,524)
(151,168)
Other income
1,022
1,591
Total net revenue
$922,335
$103,004
Expenses:
 
 
Compensation and benefits
251,462
104,571
Loan expense
28,581
10,182
Loan servicing expense
22,742
15,781
Occupancy and equipment
17,006
12,567
General and administrative
28,373
14,687
Depreciation and amortization
4,222
4,394
Other expenses
12,087
2,770
Total expenses
$364,473
$164,952
Income (loss) before income tax
557,862
(61,948)
Income tax expense (benefit)
149,306
(14,080)
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss earnings per share:
 
 
Basic and diluted total net income (loss) per share
$3.04
$(0.33)
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
(unaudited)
 
Common Stock
Additional
Paid in Capital
Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Shares
Amount
Ending balance, December 31, 2018
138,860,111
$454,110
$(15,339)
$438,771
Stock based compensation
534
534
Net loss
(45,277)
(45,277)
Ending balance, September 30, 2019
138,860,111
$454,644
$(60,616)
$394,028
Ending balance, December 31, 2019
138,860,111
$454,861
$(44,549)
$410,312
Capital contributions from parent
63,774
63,774
Cash dividends declared
(154,492)
(154,492)
Stock based compensation
542
542
Net income
422,606
422,606
Ending balance, September 30, 2020
138,860,111
$519,177
$223,565
$742,742
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Nine months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Operating activities:
 
 
Net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation
3,370
2,779
Amortization of intangible assets
852
1,615
Amortization of debt issuance costs
531
5,669
Gain on loans, net
(962,778)
(135,495)
Provision for representation and warranty reserve
10,025
900
Stock based compensation expense
542
534
Deferred income tax
133,645
(15,046)
Gain on equity investment
(14,050)
(2,591)
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale
(38,534,747)
(14,735,416)
Proceeds on sale and payments from mortgage loans held for sale
38,585,878
13,831,246
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
230,524
151,168
Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale
(54,709)
(31,013)
Change in fair value of derivative assets
(274,250)
(31,340)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Increase in accounts receivable, net
(21,448)
(2,518)
Decrease in other assets
3,798
705
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
74,787
11,081
Increase in other liabilities
10,329
17,386
Net cash used in operating activities
$(385,095)
$(975,613)
 
 
 
Investing activities:
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposals
(9,914)
(3,633)
Equity method investment
 
5
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
 
(1,773)
Net cash used in investing activities
$(9,914)
$(5,401)
 
 
 
Financing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from warehouse borrowings
38,381,219
14,697,210
Payments on warehouse borrowings
(37,766,925)
(13,765,712)
Proceeds from term debt borrowings
47,600
309,000
Payments on term debt borrowings
(60,000)
(245,156)
Proceeds from other borrowings
64,500
159,600
Payments on other borrowings
(103,500)
(166,000)
Payments of debt issuance costs
 
(2,336)
Capital contributions from parent
63,774
Net cash provided by financing activities
626,668
986,606
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$231,659
$5,592
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
81,731
82,244
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$313,390
$87,836
Supplemental disclosure:
 
 
Cash paid for interest
46,715
35,054
Cash paid for taxes
22,034
966
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In Thousands, Except Shares and Per Share Amounts)
(unaudited)
Note 1 – Organization and Operations
Home Point Capital Inc. (“HPC” or the “Company”) is a residential mortgage originator and servicer. The Company’s business model is focused on growing originations by leveraging a network of partner relationships. The Company manages the customer experience through its in-house servicing operation and proprietary Home Ownership Platform. HPC’s business operations are organized into the following two segments: (1) Origination and (2) Servicing. Home Point Financial Corporation (“HPF”), a wholly owned subsidiary, is a New Jersey corporation, headquartered in Ann Arbor, Michigan, that originates, sells, and services residential real estate mortgage loans throughout the United States. HPC was incorporated in Delaware on August 27, 2014 and is 100% owned by Home Point Capital LP (“HPLP”).
On December 12, 2019, HPC acquired Platinum Mortgage, Inc., an Alabama S-Corporation and created Home Point Mortgage Acceptance Corporation (“HPMAC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of HPC. HPMAC services residential real estate mortgage loans.
The Company is an approved seller and servicer of one-to-four family first mortgages for the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and as such, HPC must meet certain eligibility requirements to continue selling and servicing mortgages for these agencies.
Note 2 – Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation: The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of HPC and all its wholly owned subsidiaries, including HPF and HPMAC. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with Article 10 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and related notes were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect, in the opinion of management, all material adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to fairly state, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2020, its results of operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Emerging Growth Company: The Company is an “emerging growth company,” or “EGC” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of Estimates: The preparation of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires HPC to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable.
Examples of reported amounts that rely on significant estimates include mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), servicing advances reserve, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, reserves for mortgage repurchases and indemnifications, and deferred tax valuation allowance considerations. Significant estimates are also used in determining the recoverability and fair value of property and equipment, goodwill, and intangible assets.
Stock Split: On January 21, 2021, the Company effected a stock split of its outstanding common stock pursuant to which the 100 outstanding shares were split into 1,388,601.11 shares each, for a total of 138,860,111 shares of outstanding common stock. As a result, all amounts relating to share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for using the fair value option for accounting for Mortgage loans held for sale. Therefore, mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are reflected at fair value. Changes in the fair value are recognized in current period earnings in Gain on loans, net, within the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 4, Mortgage Loans Held for Sale.
Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets when loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained. The Company maintains one class of MSR asset and has elected the fair value option. The Company determines the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by estimating the fair value of the future cash flows associated with the mortgage loans being serviced. Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of mortgage servicing rights include, but are not limited to, prepayment speeds, discount rates, delinquencies, and cost to service. The assumptions used in the valuation model are validated on a periodic basis. The Company obtains valuations from an independent third party on a quarterly basis, and records an adjustment based on this third-party valuation.
Changes in the fair value are recognized in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights on the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations. Purchased mortgage servicing rights are recorded at the purchase price at the date of purchase. Refer to Note 5, Mortgage Servicing Rights.
Derivative financial instruments, including economic hedging activities, are recorded at fair value as either Derivative assets or in Other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets on a gross basis. The Company has accounted for its derivative instruments as non-designated hedge instruments and uses the derivative instruments to manage risk. The Company’s derivative instruments include but are not limited to forward mortgage-backed securities sales commitments, interest rate lock commitments, and other derivative instruments entered into to hedge fluctuations in MSRs’ fair value. The impact of the Company’s Derivative assets is reported in Change in fair value of derivative assets on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows and the impact of the Company’s derivative liabilities is reported in Increase in other liabilities on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company records derivative assets and liabilities and related cash margin on a gross basis, even when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the Company and the derivative counterparty. Refer to Note 6, Derivative Financial Instruments.
Forward mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) sale commitments that have not settled are considered derivative financial instruments and are recognized at fair value. These forward commitments will be fulfilled with loans not yet sold or securitized, new originations, and purchases. The forward commitments allow the Company to reduce the risk related to market price volatility. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments. Gain or loss on derivatives is recorded in Gain on loans, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) represent an agreement to extend credit to a mortgage loan applicant, or an agreement to purchase a loan from a third-party originator, whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding. The loan commitment binds the Company (subject to the loan approval process) to fund the loan at the specified rate, regardless of whether interest rates have changed between the commitment date and the loan funding date. As such, outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of the commitment through the loan funding date or expiration date. The loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. The Company is subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which is realized if approved borrowers choose not to close on the loans within the terms of the IRLCs. Forward MBS sale commitments or whole loans and options on forward contracts are used to manage the interest rate and price risk. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments. Historical commitment-to-closing ratios are considered to estimate the quantity of mortgage loans that will fund within the terms of the IRLCs. Change in fair value of IRLC derivatives is recorded in Gain on loans, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Mortgage servicing rights hedges are accounted for at fair value. MSRs are subject to substantial interest rate risk as the mortgage notes underlying the servicing rights permit the borrowers to prepay the loans. Therefore, the value of MSRs generally tend to diminish in periods of declining interest rates, as prepayments increase and increase in periods of rising interest rates, as prepayments decrease. Although the level of interest rates is a key driver of prepayment activity, there are other factors that influence prepayments, including home prices, underwriting standards, and product characteristics.
The Company manages the impact that the volatility associated with changes in fair value of its MSRs has on its earnings with a variety of derivative instruments. The amount and composition of derivatives used to economically hedge the value of MSRs will depend on the Company's exposure to loss of value on the MSRs, the expected cost of the derivatives, expected liquidity needs, and the expected increase to earnings generated by the origination of new loans resulting from the decline in interest rates. This serves as a business hedge of the MSRs, providing a benefit when increased borrower refinancing activity results in higher production volumes, which would partially offset declines in the value of the MSRs thereby reducing the need to use derivatives. The benefit of this business hedge depends on the decline in interest rates required to create an incentive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and lower their interest rates; however, this benefit may not be realized under certain circumstances regardless of the change in interest rates. The change in fair value of MSR hedges is recorded in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Customer escrow funds and custodial funds due to investors were $1.9 and $1.0 billion as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. These funds are maintained in segregated bank accounts, and these amounts are not included in the assets and liabilities presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company receives certain benefits from these deposits, as allowable under federal and state laws and regulations, or as agreed to under certain subservicing agreements. Interest income is recorded as earned and included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations within Interest income.
Earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated and presented in the condensed consolidated financial statements for both basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic EPS excludes all dilutive common stock equivalents. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. There are 138,860,111 weighted average shares outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 respectively. Diluted EPS, as calculated using the treasury stock method, reflects the potential dilution if the Company were to have awards that are dilutive in nature.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
Accounting Standards Update 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework- Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13), provides final guidance that eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of its disclosure framework project. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2020, and there was no impact to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Adopted
As an emerging growth company, the JOBS Act allows the company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. Assuming the Company maintains EGC status, the company has elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time the company is not considered to be an EGC. The adoption dates discussed below reflect this election.
Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02), revises an entity’s accounting for operating leases by a lessee and requires a lessee to recognize a liability to make lease payments and an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term in the balance sheets. The distinction between finance and operating leases
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has not changed, and the update does not significantly change the effect of finance and operating leases on the statements of comprehensive income and the statements of cash flows. The standard will also require additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. This update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 that deferred the effective date for non-public entities and EGCs that choose to take advantage of the extended transition periods to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption of this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements, which is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. The Company expects it will result in the recognition of certain operating leases as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet.
Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13), replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information for credit loss estimates. The standard is applicable to financial instruments not accounted for at fair value, such as servicing advances and off-balance sheet credit exposures. During 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, and ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326. These updates provided changes to clarify and improve the codification. These updates are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022. This will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023. The Company expects the applicability to be limited to reserves for accounts receivables. However, the Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, eliminates particular exceptions related to the method for intra period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects on the accounting for income taxes. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. This will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption of this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. Subject to meeting certain criteria, the new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions to applying contract modification accounting under existing U.S. GAAP, to address the expected phase out of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) by the end of 2021. This guidance is effective upon issuance (March 12, 2020) through December 31, 2022 and allows application to contract changes as early as January 1, 2020. The Company is in the process of reviewing its funding facilities and financing facilities that utilize LIBOR as the reference rate and is currently evaluating the potential impact that the adoption of this ASU will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 – Business Combination
Acquisition of Platinum
On April 15, 2019, HPC entered into an asset purchase agreement purchase certain assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. On August 27, 2019, HPC entered into a stock purchase agreement to purchase the ownership shares of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. These two transactions were separate and distinct and were not dependent on the other.
Both acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting.
April 15, 2019 Acquisition
On April 15, 2019 HPC entered into an agreement, the “Asset Purchase Agreement,” to purchase certain of the assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. The Company entered into this transaction in order to expand the Company’s wholesale channel. The assets transferred were as follows, and essentially include all assets Platinum Mortgage, Inc. required to continue originating mortgage loans:
1.
All of Platinum Mortgage, Inc.’s rights and ownership in certain tangible and intangible property, including but not limited to information, books, and records of the Platinum Mortgage, Inc. such as filers, invoices, credit and sales records, personnel records, and all agreements to which Platinum Mortgage, Inc. is a party and identified as material contracts;
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.
Employees, including underwriters, closers, account managers, administrative staff;
3.
Building lease and all related facilities contracts;
4.
Retained assets, including office furniture and computer equipment.
Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocated the purchase price of the acquisition to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The determination of fair value estimates requires management to make certain estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and may require adjustments.
The residual of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred in this transaction resulted in the recognition of goodwill. As part of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company will pay contingent consideration (“earnout”) to Platinum Mortgage, Inc. over the 12-month period subsequent to the date of the agreement. Payments are due quarterly, in the amount of 10 basis points on the aggregate principal amounts of all first-lien residential mortgage loans that are originated by the transferring employees and closed in the name of HPF. At the end of the payment term, actual payment paid to Platinum Mortgage, Inc. for the contingent consideration approximated the estimated amount.
The following presents the fair value of the net assets acquired of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., the fair value of the consideration transferred, and goodwill recognized as of the date of acquisition (in thousands):
Calculation of Goodwill
Fair value of assets acquired:
 
Fixed assets
$93
Consideration transferred:
 
Cash
124
Earnout
1,648
 
$1,772
Goodwill
$1,679
There were no other assets identified other than those listed above.
The goodwill acquired as a result of this acquisition is primarily related to the acquisition of relationships in certain geographic regions where the Company did not previously have relationships. Of the goodwill acquired in this acquisition, the amount expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
December 12, 2019 Acquisition
On August 27, 2019, HPC entered into an agreement, the “Stock Purchase Agreement,” between Terry L. Clark and the Terry L. Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust to purchase 100% of the ownership shares of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. in order to initiate the Company’s asset management business. The acquisition was consummated on December 12, 2019. This agreement was separate and independent from the previous asset acquisition.
The net assets acquired in the Stock Acquisition of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. were used to establish HPMAC, a subsidiary of HPC.
The purchase price is the sum of (1) net book value of the assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., plus (2) the Estimated MSR Premium, plus (3) $1.0 million, plus (4), the Delay Payment less, (5) the Holdback (each as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement). One half is to be paid 12 months from the closing date and the other half 24 months from the closing date. The Holdback may be reduced by legacy liabilities that arise after the closing date.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following presents the fair value of the net assets acquired of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., the fair value of the consideration transferred, and goodwill recognized as of the date of the acquisition (in thousands):
Fair value of assets acquired:
 
Cash
$2
Mortgage loans held for sale
214
Mortgage servicing rights
1,528
Servicing advances
181
Accounts receivable
31
Foreclosure assets
334
Real estate owned
247
Prepaid expenses and other assets
20
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
1,580
Total assets
$4,137
 
 
Representation and warranty reserve
85
Accrued expenses
424
Deferred tax liability, net
304
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
1,580
Total liabilities
$2,393
Net assets
$1,744
 
 
Consideration transferred:
 
Cash
2,152
Holdback
1,000
Goodwill
$1,408
The goodwill acquired as a result of this acquisition primarily related to obtaining investor approvals for certain licenses required for execution of the Company’s asset management strategy. None of the goodwill acquired in this acquisition was deductible for tax purposes.
These acquisitions were not significant individually or in aggregate to the Company; therefore, certain pro forma disclosures that would have been required had this acquisition been significant to the Company have been excluded.
Note 4 – Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Company sells its originated mortgage loans into the secondary market. The Company may retain the right to service some of these loans upon sale through ownership of servicing rights. The following presents mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, by type, as of September 30, 2020 (in thousands):
 
September 30, 2020
 
Unpaid
Principal
Fair Value
Adjustment
Total
Fair Value
Conventional(1)
$1,479,984
$66,285
$1,546,269
Government(2)
699,775
35,599
735,374
Reverse(3)
275
(83)
192
Total
$2,180,034
$101,801
$2,281,835
(1)
Conventional includes FNMA and FHLMC mortgage loans.
(2)
Government includes GNMA mortgage loans (including Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, and United States Department of Agriculture).
(3)
Reverse loan presented in Mortgage loans held for sale on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as a result of a repurchase
The Company had $16.8 million of unpaid principal balances, which had a fair value of $14.5 million, of mortgage loans held for sale on nonaccrual status at September 30, 2020.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following presents mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, by type, as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2019
 
Unpaid
Principal
Fair Value
Adjustment
Total
Fair Value
Conventional(1)
$454,225
$8,787
$463,012
Government(2)
1,052,638
38,388
1,091,026
Reverse(3)
275
(83)
192
Total
$1,507,138
$47,092
$1,554,230
(1)
Conventional includes FNMA and FHLMC mortgage loans.
(2)
Government includes GNMA mortgage loans (including Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs and United States Department of Agriculture).
(3)
Reverse loan presented in Mortgage loans held for sale on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as a result of a repurchase
The Company had $8.3 million of unpaid principal balances, which had a fair value of $7.9 million, of mortgage loans held for sale on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2019.
The following presents a reconciliation of the changes in mortgage loans held for sale to the amounts presented on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Fair value at beginning of period
$1,554,230
$421,754
Mortgage loans originated and purchased(1)
38,534,747
14,735,416
Proceeds on sales and payments received(1)
(38,585,878)
(13,831,246)
Change in fair value
54,709
31,013
Gain on loans(2)
724,027
37,837
Fair value at end of period
$2,281,835
$1,394,774
(1)
This line as presented on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, excludes the portion related to HPMAC, which is included in Business acquisitions within Investing activities. The portion related to HPMAC is recorded on Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired line. This schedule contains HPMAC.
(2)
This line as presented on the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows excludes OMSR and MSR hedging.
Note 5 – Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold.
The MSRs give the Company the contractual right to receive service fees and other remuneration in exchange for performing loan servicing functions on behalf of investors in mortgage loans and securities. Upon sale, an MSR asset is capitalized, which represents the current fair value of the future net cash flows that are expected to be realized for performing servicing activities.
The following presents an analysis of the changes in capitalized mortgage servicing rights (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Balance at beginning of period
$575,035
$532,526
MSRs originated
352,118
175,756
Changes in valuation model inputs
(211,668)
(163,026)
Change in cash payoffs and principal amortization
(132,222)
(66,240)
Balance at end of period
$583,263
$479,016
 
 
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following presents the Company’s total capitalized mortgage servicing portfolio (based on the UPB of the underlying mortgage loans) (in thousands):
 
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
Ginnie Mae
$26,319,278
$24,611,487
Fannie Mae
29,140,239
14,895,853
Freddie Mac
18,432,195
13,021,778
Other
59,330
71,428
Total mortgage servicing portfolio
$73,951,042
$52,600,546
MSR balance
$583,263
$575,035
MSR balance as % of unpaid mortgage principal balance
0.79%
1.09%
The following stresses the discount rate and prepayment speeds at two different data points as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
Discount Rate
Prepayment Speeds
 
100 BPS
Adverse Change
200 BPS
Adverse Change
10% Adverse
Change
20% Adverse
Change
September 30, 2020
 
 
 
 
HPF Portfolio
$(19,124)
$(36,901)
$(37,208)
$(70,451)
HPMAC Portfolio
(27)
(51)
(59)
(112)
December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
HPF Portfolio
$(20,938)
$(40,288)
$(29,530)
$(56,176)
HPMAC Portfolio
(52)
(100)
(81)
(154)
Refer to Note 14, Fair Value Measurements, for further discussions on the key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs.
The following presents information related to loans serviced for which the Company has continuing involvement through servicing agreements (in thousands):
 
September 30,
2020
December 31,
2019
Total unpaid principal balance
$75,248,444
$54,329,300
Loans 30-89 days delinquent
1,509,076
1,308,095
Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure(1)
4,335,046
735,282
(1)
Of the $4.3 billion of loans delinquent 90 days or more, approximately $3.8 billion are in forbearance primarily related to COVID-19 forbearance provided under the CARES Act.
The following presents components of Loan servicing fees as reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Contractual servicing fees
$135,813
$101,138
Late fees
4,564
4,437
Other
(6,473)
(1,486)
Loan servicing fees
$133,904
$104,089
The Company held $30.9 million and $44.0 million of escrow funds within Other liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets for its customers for which it services mortgage loans as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 6 – Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s derivative instruments include but are not limited to forward mortgage-backed securities sales commitments, interest rate lock commitments, and other derivative instruments entered into to hedge MSRs’ fluctuations in fair value. The Company records derivative assets and liabilities and related cash margin on a gross basis, even when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the Company and the derivative counterparty.
The following presents the outstanding notional balances for derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020
 
Notional
Value
Derivative
Asset
Derivative
Liability
Recorded
Gain/(Loss)
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
9,848,702
$2,793
23,586
$(16,565)
Interest rate lock commitments
15,103,027
272,837
252,274
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
4,306,000
8,730
73,489
Margin
 
30,434
 
Total
 
314,794
23,586
 
Cash placed with counterparties, net
 
30,435
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
 
Notional
Value
Derivative
Asset
Derivative
Liability
Recorded
Gain
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
3,182,711
$4,580
$6,941
$4,786
Interest rate lock commitments
3,690,218
31,626
23,636
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
1,355,000
14,124
57,811
Margin
 
4,330
 
Total
 
50,330
11,271
 
Cash held from counterparties, net
 
 
4,330
 
The following presents a summary of derivative assets and liabilities and related netting amounts (in thousands):
 
September 30, 2020
 
Gross Amount of
Recognized Assets
(liabilities)
Gross Offset
Net Assets
(Liabilities)
Balance at September 30, 2020
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$2,793
$(17,749)
$(14,956)
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
1,893
(40)
1,853
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
30,434
(1,926)
28,508
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
(23,546)
17,749
(5,797)
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
(40)
40
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
1,926
1,926
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
272,837
272,837
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
6,837
6,837
Total derivatives
 
 
 
Assets
314,794
(19,715)
295,079
Liabilities
(23,586)
19,715
(3,871)
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
December 31, 2019
 
Gross Amount of
Recognized Assets
(liabilities)
Gross Offset
Net Assets
(Liabilities)
Balance at December 31, 2019
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$1,443
$(1,061)
$382
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
1,005
(2)
1,003
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
706
706
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
(5,632)
1,061
(4,571)
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
(2)
2
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
3,372
(706)
2,666
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
25,618
 
25,618
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
12,478
 
12,478
Total derivatives
 
 
 
Assets
$40,544
$(357)
$40,187
Liabilities
$(2,262)
$357
$(1,905)
For information on the determination of fair value, refer to Note 14, Fair Value Measurements.
Note 7 – Other Assets
The following presents Other assets (in thousands):
 
As of September 30,
2020
As of December 31,
2019
Prepaid and other
$20,298
$24,098
Equity method investments
45,447
31,397
Deferred tax asset, net
20,667
Total
$65,745
$76,162
Note 8 – Accounts Receivable, net
The following presents principal categories of Accounts receivable, net (in thousands):
 
As of September 30,
2020
As of December 31,
2019
Servicing advance receivable
$69,427
$53,531
Servicing advance reserves
(7,263)
(4,308)
Servicing receivable-general
922
3,523
Income tax receivable
13,900
1,031
Interest on servicing deposits
86
1,105
Other
2,248
2,990
Accounts receivable, net
79,320
$57,872
As a result of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), the Company experienced an increase in mortgage loan delinquencies. As a result, the servicing advance reserves was increased to reflect the increase in delinquency rates on the Servicing segment. The direct impact due to the CARES Act of $0.8 million was recorded to the servicing advance reserves as of September 30, 2020, which is presented in Accounts receivable, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 9 – Warehouse Lines of Credit
The Company maintains mortgage warehouse lines of credit arrangements with various financial institutions, primarily to fund the origination of mortgage loans. The Company held mortgage funding arrangements with seven separate financial institutions with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $3.1 billion at September 30, 2020 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2019. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had $1.0 billion of unused capacity under its warehouse lines of credit.
The following presents the amounts outstanding and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of September 30, 2020:
 
Maturity Date
Balance at
September 30, 2020
$300M Warehouse Facility
August 2021
$262.9 million
$500M Warehouse Facility
September 2021
$353.4 million
$300M Warehouse Facility
Evergreen
$213.7 million
$800M Warehouse Facility
May 2021
$485.9 million
$500M Warehouse Facility
September 2021
$318.3 million
$300M Warehouse Facility
June 2021
$201.7 million
$400M Warehouse Facility
August 2021
$256.6 million
Total warehouse lines of credit
 
$2,092.5 million
The following presents the amounts outstanding and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of December 31, 2019:
 
Maturity Date
Balance at
December 31, 2019
$300M Warehouse Facility(1)
July 2020
$299.3 million
$300M Warehouse Facility(2)
September 2020
$292.5 million
$200M Warehouse Facility(3)
Evergreen
$143.0 million
$600M Warehouse Facility(4)
May 2020
$501.8 million
$250M Warehouse Facility(5)
May 2020
$238.9 million
$0.8M Warehouse Facility(6)
Feb 2020
$0.8 million
$50M Warehouse Facility(7)
Evergreen
$1.9 million
Total warehouse lines of credit
 
$1,478.2 million
(1)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of August 2021.
(2)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of September 2021 and an increased capacity up to $500 million.
(3)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with an increased capacity up to $300 million.
(4)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of May 2021 and an increased capacity up to $800 million.
(5)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of September 2021 and an increased capacity up to $500 million.
(6)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was not renewed upon maturity.
(7)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was closed in May 2020.
The Company’s warehouse facilities’ variable interest rates are calculated using a base rate generally tied to 1-month LIBOR plus applicable interest rate margins ranging from 1.5% to 2.25%, with varying interest rate floors. The weighted average interest rate for the Company’s warehouse facilities was 3.17% as of September 30, 2020 and 3.60% as of December 31, 2019. The Company’s borrowings are 100% secured by the fair value of the mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.
The Company’s warehouse facilities generally require the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, profitability, liquidity, and ratio of indebtedness to net worth, among others and also include restrictions on payments of dividends without consent from the Company’s lenders. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all warehouse facility covenants.
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company continually evaluates its warehouse capacity in relation to expected financing needs. Subsequent to September 30, 2020, the Company entered into an additional $500 million warehouse line with a maturity date in October 2021. Additionally, the Company added a $50 million GNMA early buyout facility and a $150 million GNMA gestation facility.
Note 10 – Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net
The Company maintains term debt and other borrowings as follows:
 
Maturity Date
Collateral
Balance at
September 30, 2020
Balance at
December 31, 2019
$500M MSR Line of Credit
January 2023
Mortgage Servicing Rights
$356.6 million
$369.0 million
$85M Servicing Advance Facility
May 2021
Servicing Advances
$18.3 million
$48.2 million
$10M Operating Line of Credit
May 2021
Mortgage loans
$1.0 million
$10.0 million
Total
 
 
$375.9 million
$427.2 million
Debt issuance costs
 
 
$(1.8) million
$(2.3) million
Term debt and other borrowings, net
 
 
$374.1 million
$424.9 million
The Company maintains a $500M MSR financing facility (the “MSR Facility”), which is comprised of $450M of committed capacity and $50M of uncommitted capacity and is collateralized by the Company’s FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA mortgage servicing rights. Interest on the MSR Facility is based on 3-Month LIBOR plus the applicable margin with a floor of 4.50%, with advance rates generally ranging from 62.5% to 72.5% of the value of the underlying mortgage servicing rights. The MSR Facility has a three-year revolving period ending on January 31, 2022 followed by a one-year period during which the balance drawn must be repaid and no further amounts may be drawn down, which ends on January 31, 2023. The MSR Facility requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, liquidity, and indebtedness of the Company. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
The MSR Facility was entered into in January 2019. Related proceeds were used to terminate an existing MSR financing facility, resulting in the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of $7.6 million due to recognition of $5.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and a $2.4 million prepayment penalty within Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
The Company has an $85.0 million servicing advance facility which is collateralized by all of the Company’s servicing advances. The facility carries an interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% and advance rate ranging from 85-95%. The servicing advance facility requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, liquidity, and indebtedness of the Company. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
The Company also has a $10.0 million operating line with an interest rate based on the Prime Rate.
As of September 30, 2020, under its servicing advance facility and operating line of credit, the Company had $95.0 million and $42.3 million of total and unused capacity, respectively.
Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments to Extend Credit
The Company’s IRLCs expose the Company to market risk if interest rates change and the loan is not economically hedged or committed to an investor. The Company is also exposed to credit loss if the loan is originated and not sold to an investor and the customer does not perform. The collateral upon extension of credit typically consists of a first deed of trust in the mortgagor’s residential property. Commitments to originate loans do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements as some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Total commitments to originate loans were $15.1 billion as of September 30, 2020 and $3.2 billion as of December 31, 2019.
Litigation
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had accrued $0.1 million in its litigation reserve. As of September 30, 2020, there were no current or pending claims against the Company which are expected to have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, or cash flows.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulatory Contingencies
The Company is subject to periodic audits and examinations, both formal and informal in nature, from various federal and state agencies, including those conducted as part of regulatory oversight of our mortgage origination, servicing, and financing activities. Such audits and examinations could result in additional actions, penalties, or fines by state or federal governmental bodies, regulators, or the courts with respect to our mortgage origination, servicing, and financing activities, which may be applicable generally to the mortgage industry or to the company in particular. The Company did not pay any material penalties or fines during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and is not currently required to pay any such penalties or fines.
Note 12 – Regulatory Net Worth Requirements
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), which govern non-supervised, direct endorsement mortgagees. The Company is also subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which govern issuers of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securities. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain minimum net worth requirements for many of the states in which it sells and services loans. Each state has its own minimum net worth requirement; these range from $0 to $1,000, depending on the state.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary remedial actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could (i) remove the Company’s ability to sell and service loans to, or on behalf of, the agencies and (ii) have a direct material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In accordance with the regulatory capital guidelines, the Company must meet specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Further, changes in regulatory and accounting standards, as well as the impact of future events on the Company’s results, may significantly affect the Company’s net worth adequacy.
The Company is subject to the following minimum net worth, minimum capital ratio, and minimum liquidity requirements established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Seller/Servicers, and Ginnie Mae for single family issuers.
Minimum Net Worth
The minimum net worth requirement for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is defined as follows:
Base of $2,500 plus 25 basis points of outstanding UPB for total loans serviced.
Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth comprises of total equity less goodwill, intangible assets, affiliate receivables, deferred tax assets and certain pledged assets.
The minimum net worth requirement for Ginnie Mae is defined as follows:
Base of $2,500 plus 35 basis points of the issuer’s total single-family effective outstanding obligations.
Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth comprises of total equity less goodwill, intangible assets, affiliate receivables, deferred tax assets and certain pledged assets.
Minimum Capital Ratio
For Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae the Company is also required to hold a ratio of Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth to Total Assets greater than 10%.
Minimum Liquidity
The minimum liquidity requirement for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is defined as follows:
3.5 basis points of total Agency servicing.
Incremental 200 basis points of total nonperforming Agency, measured as 90 plus day delinquencies, servicing in excess of 6% of the total Agency servicing UPB.
Allowable assets for liquidity may include: cash and cash equivalents (unrestricted); available for sale or held for trading investment grade securities (e.g., Agency MBS, Obligations of Government Sponsored Entities (“GSE”), US Treasury Obligations); and unused/available portion of committed servicing advance lines.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The minimum liquidity requirement for Ginnie Mae is defined as follows:
Maintain liquid assets equal to the greater of $1,000 or 10 basis points of our outstanding single-family MBS.
The most restrictive of the minimum net worth and capital requirements require the Company to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $190.3 million as of September 30, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with this requirement.
The Company met all minimum net worth requirements to which it was subject as of September 30, 2020.
Note 13 – Representation and Warranty Reserve
Certain whole loan sale contracts include provisions requiring the Company to repurchase a loan if a borrower fails to make certain initial loan payments due to the acquirer or if the accompanying mortgage loan fails to meet customary representations and warranties. Additionally, the Company may receive relief of certain representations and warranty obligations on loans sold to FNMA or FHLMC on or after January 1, 2013 if FNMA or FHLMC satisfactorily concludes a quality control loan file review or if the borrower meets certain acceptable payment history requirements within 12 or 36 months after the loan is sold to FNMA or FHLMC. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company represents the maximum potential exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Reserve levels are a function of expected losses based on historical experience and loan volume. While the amount of repurchases is uncertain, the Company considers the liability to be appropriate.
The following presents the activity of the outstanding repurchase reserves (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Repurchase reserve, at beginning of period
$3,964
$3,429
Additions
17,017
2,165
Charge-offs
(6,992)
(1,265)
Repurchase reserves, at end of period
$13,989
$4,329
Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements
The Company uses fair value measurements to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, such as MSRs, derivatives, and mortgage loans held for sale. The Company has elected fair value accounting for loans held for sale and MSRs to more closely align the Company’s accounting with its interest rate risk strategies without having to apply the operational complexities of hedge accounting.
The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
Level Input:
Input Definition:
 
 
Level 1
Unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
 
Level 2
Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.
 
 
Level 3
Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.
An asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.
The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of certain condensed consolidated financial statements items:
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: The majority of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are saleable into the secondary mortgage markets and their fair values are estimated using observable quoted market or contracted prices or market price equivalents, which would be used by other market participants. These saleable loans are considered Level 2. A smaller portion of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale consist of loans repurchased from the Government-Sponsored Enterprises (“GSEs”) that have subsequently been deemed to be non-saleable to GSEs when certain representations and warranties are breached. These loans, however, are saleable to other entities and are classified on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as Mortgage loans held for sale. These repurchased loans are considered Level 3 at collateral value less estimated costs to sell the properties.
Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company estimates the fair value of IRLC based on the value of the underlying mortgage loan, quoted MBS prices and estimates of the fair value of the MSRs and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment. The Company estimates the fair value of forward sales commitments based on quoted MBS prices. The average pull-through rate for IRLCs was 72% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 82% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Given the significant and unobservable nature of the pull-through factor, IRLCs are classified as Level 3. The Company treats forward mortgage-backed securities sale commitments that have not settled as derivatives and recognizes them at fair value. These forward commitments will be fulfilled with loans not yet sold or securitized and new originations and purchases. The forward commitments allow the Company to reduce the risk related to market price volatility. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments; therefore, the Company reports the loss in fair value in Gain on loans, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. These derivatives are classified as Level 2.
MSR-related derivatives represent a combination of derivatives used to offset possible adverse changes in the fair value of MSRs, which include options on swap contracts, interest rate swap contracts, and other instruments. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments; therefore, the Company reports the loss in fair value in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of MSR-related derivatives is determined using quoted prices for similar instruments. These derivatives are classified as Level 2.
Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The Company obtains valuations from an independent third party on a monthly basis to support the reasonableness of the fair value estimate. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment speeds, discount rates, default rates, cost to service, contractual servicing fees, and escrow earnings, resulting in a Level 3 classification.
The following presents the major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
September 30, 2020
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
$—
$2,281,835
$
$2,281,835
Derivative assets (IRLCs)
272,837
272,837
Derivative assets (MBS forward trades)
3,625
3,625
Derivative assets (MSRs)
7,897
7,897
Mortgage servicing rights
583,263
583,263
Total assets
$—
$2,293,357
$856,100
$3,149,457
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
September 30, 2020
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (MBS forward trades)
$—
$23,586
$—
$23,586
Total liabilities
$—
$23,586
$—
$23,586
 
December 31, 2019
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
$—
$1,551,136
$
$1,551,136
Mortgage loans held for sale – EBO
3,094
3,094
Derivative assets (IRLCs)
25,618
25,618
Derivative assets (MBS forward trades)
1,750
1,750
Derivative assets (MSRs)
13,176
13,176
Mortgage servicing rights
575,035
575,035
Total assets
$—
$1,566,062
$603,747
$2,169,809
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (MBS forward trades)
$—
$5,634
$
$5,634
Total liabilities
$—
$5,634
$
$5,634
The following presents a reconciliation of Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020
 
MSRs
IRLC
EBO
Balance at beginning of period
$575,035
$25,618
$3,094
Purchases, sales, issuances, contributions and settlements
352,118
(2,171)
Change in fair value
(343,890)
247,219
Transfers in/out(1)
(923)
Balance at end of period
$583,263
$272,837
$
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
 
MSRs
IRLC
EBO
Balance at beginning of period
$532,526
$7,517
$5,232
Purchases, Sales, Issuances, Contributions and Settlements
175,756
(481)
Change in fair value
(229,266)
24,109
(21)
Transfers in/out(1)
(727)
Balance at end of period
$479,016
$31,626
$4,003
(1)
Transfers in/out represents acquired assets and assets transferred out due to reclassification as real estate owned, foreclosure or claims.
The following presents an estimated fair value and UPB of mortgage loans held for sale that have contractual principal amounts and for which the Company has elected the fair value option. The fair value option was elected for mortgage loans held for sale as the Company believes fair value best reflects its expected future economic performance (in thousands):
 
Fair Value
Principal
Amount Due
Upon Maturity
Difference(1)
Balance at September 30, 2020
$2,281,835
$2,180,034
$101,801
Balance at December 31, 2019
$1,551,136
$1,507,139
$43,997
(1)
Represents the amount of gains related to changes in fair value of items accounted for using the fair value option included in Gain on loans, net within the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company did not transfer any assets or liabilities between categories during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 other than the transfers between Early Buyout (“EBO”) loans to Other assets. The Company had no significant assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The following is a summary of the key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of the Level 3 assets:
 
 
September 30, 2020
Asset
Key Input
Range
Weighted Average
Mortgage servicing rights
Discount rate
9.0% - 12.2%
9.6%
 
Prepayment speeds
15.5% - 18.3%
16.1%
Interest rate lock commitments
Pull-through rate
17% - 100%
72%
 
 
December 31, 2019
Asset
Key Input
Range
Weighted Average
Mortgage servicing rights
Discount rate
9.0% - 12.2%
9.8%
 
Prepayment speeds
11.1% - 13.3%
12.5%
Interest rate lock commitments
Pull-through rate
19% - 100%
82%
The key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs are discount rate and the Conditional Prepayment Rate (“CPR”). Increases in prepayment speeds generally have an adverse effect on the value of MSRs as the underlying loans prepay faster. In a declining interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally decreases as prepayments increase. Decrease in prepayment speeds generally have a positive effect on the value of the MSRs as the underlying loans prepay less frequently. In a rising interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally increases as prepayments decrease. Increases in the discount rate result in a lower MSR value and decreases in the discount rate result in a higher MSR value. MSR uncertainties are hypothetical and do not always have a direct correlation with each assumption. Changes in one assumption may result in changes to another assumption, which might magnify or counteract the uncertainties.
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments: As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, all financial instruments were either recorded at fair value or the carrying value approximated fair value. For financial instruments that were not recorded at fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, servicing advances, warehouse and operating lines of credit, and accounts payable, and accrued expenses, their carrying values approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments. For our long-term secured borrowings not recorded at fair value, the carrying value approximated fair value due to the collateralization of such borrowings.
Note 15 – Stock Options
The Company recognized $0.5 million of compensation expense related to stock options within Compensation and benefits expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations for both the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. The unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding and unvested stock options was $1.5 million and $2.2 for the nine months ended 2020 and 2019, respectively As of September 30, 2020, the outstanding and unvested stock options are expected to vest and be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.75 years. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the number of options vested and exercisable were 939,575 and 685,976, respectively and the weighted-average exercise price of the options currently exercisable was $14.96 and $7.83, respectively. The remaining contractual term of the options currently exercisable was 7.36 years as of September 30, 2020.
The following presents the activity of the Company’s stock options:
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (Years)
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
3,291,875
$10.12
7.15
$2.41
Granted
1,606,500
$11.26
9.56
$2.10
Exercised
Forfeited
(276,500)
$10.27
6.85
$2.02
Outstanding at September 30, 2020
4,621,875
$10.50
7.36
$2.33
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following presents a summary of the Company’s non-vested activity:
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2019
2,555,487
$2.46
Granted
1,606,500
$2.10
Vested
(203,187)
$2.24
Exercised
Forfeited
(276,500)
$2.02
Non-vested at September 30, 2020
3,682,300
$2.35
The Company applied certain assumptions in determining the fair value of the units granted during the nine months ending September 30, 2020. Expected life was estimated to be 8.3 years, risk-free interest rate applied was in the range between 0.56% and 1.55% and expected volatility utilized was in the range between 21.5% and 24.9%. The expected life of each stock option is estimated based on its vesting and contractual terms. The risk-free interest rate reflected the yield on zero-coupon Treasury securities with a term approximating the expected life of the stock options. The expected volatility was based on an analysis of the historical volatilities of peer companies, adjusted for certain characteristics specific to the Company. The Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 15% for the options granted during the nine months ended as of September 30, 2020.
Dividend Declared
On September 30, 2020, the Company, including Home Point Capital Inc., declared a dividend which was paid on October 5, 2020, in the amount of $154.5 million to its direct parent, HPLP. Upon receipt from HPC, HPLP distributed the amount to its shareholder. Dividends payable and cash dividends declared are reflected within the parent company financial statements.
Note 16 – Income Taxes
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2020
2019
Income (loss) before income taxes
$557,862
$(61,948)
Total provision/(benefit) from income taxes
149,306
(14,080)
Effective tax provision rate
26.8%
22.7%
The company’s effective income tax rate was 26.8% and 22.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, compared to the statutory rate of 21%. The company calculated the provision for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to year-to-date pre-tax income and adjusted for discrete items that occurred during the period. Several factors influence the effective tax rate including the impact of equity investments and state taxes.
On March 27, 2020, Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) to provide certain relief as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions related to net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds and modifications to the interest deduction limitations. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements for the period ending September 30, 2020.
Note 17 – Segments
Management has organized the Company into two reportable segments based primarily on its services as follows: (1) Origination and (2) Servicing. The key factors used to identify these reportable segments is how the CODM monitors performance, allocates capital, and makes strategic and operational decisions that aligns with the Company and Company's internal operations. The Origination segment consists of a combination of retail and third-party loan production options. The Servicing segment performs loan servicing for both newly originated loans the Company is holding for sale and loans the Company services for others.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present the key operating data for our business segments (in thousands):
 
Nine Month Ended September 30, 2020
 
Origination
Servicing
Segments
Total
All Other
Total
Reconciliation
Item(1)
Total
Consolidated
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$962,778
$
$962,778
 
$962,778
 
$962,778
Loan fee income
60,630
60,630
 
60,630
 
60,630
Loan servicing fees
(1,982)
135,886
133,904
 
133,904
 
133,904
Change in FV of MSRs
(230,524)
(230,524)
 
(230,524)
 
(230,524)
Interest income (loss), net
1,804
7,130
8,934
(14,409)
(5,475)
 
(5,475)
Other income
205
205
14,867
15,072
(14,050)
1,022
Total U.S. GAAP Revenue
1,023,230
(87,303)
935,927
458
936,385
(14,050)
922,335
Contribution margin
$791,915
$(31,665)
$760,250
$(90,036)
$670,214
 
(1)
The Company includes the income from its equity method investments in the All Other category. In order to reconcile to Total net revenue on the condensed consolidated statements of operations, it must be removed as is presented above.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
 
Origination
Servicing
Segments
Total
All Other
Total
Reconciliation
Item(1)
Total
Consolidated
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$135,853
$(358)
$135,495
$
$135,495
 
$135,495
Loan fee income
19,788
19,788
41
19,829
 
19,829
Loan servicing fees
(459)
104,548
104,089
104,089
 
104,089
Change in FV of MSRs
(151,168)
(151,168)
(151,168)
 
(151,168)
Interest income (loss), net
2,237
13,255
15,492
(22,324)
(6,832)
 
(6,832)
Other income
4
4
4,178
4,182
(2,591)
1,591
Total U.S. GAAP Revenue
157,419
(33,719)
123,700
(18,105)
105,595
(2,591)
103,004
Contribution margin
$60,378
$21,454
$81,832
$(56,262)
$25,570
 
(1)
The Company includes the income from its equity method investments in the All Other segment. In order to reconcile to Total net revenue on the condensed consolidated statements of operations, it must be removed as is presented above.
The following table presents a reconciliation of segment contribution margin to consolidated U.S. GAAP Income (loss) before income tax (in thousands):
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Income (loss) before income tax
$557,862
$(61,948)
Decrease (increase) in MSRs due to valuation assumptions
98,302
84,927
Income from equity method investment
14,050
2,591
Contribution margin, excluding change in MSRs due to valuation assumption
$670,214
$25,570
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 18 – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Balance Sheet
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
September 30,
2020
(unaudited)
December 31,
2019
Cash and cash equivalents
$41
$202
Investment in subsidiary
703,516
380,961
Equity method investment
45,447
31,283
Other assets
4,280
486
Total assets
$753,284
$412,932
Accounts payable
$2,362
$2,137
Deferred tax liabilities
8,180
483
Total liabilities
10,542
2,620
 
 
 
Equity:
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid in capital
519,177
454,861
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
223,565
(44,549)
Total liabilities and equity
$753,284
$412,932
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statement of Operations
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Interest income
$2
$2
Other income
5
Net gain (loss) of subsidiaries
412,673
(46,987)
Total gain (loss)
412,680
(46,985)
Total expenses
655
241
Income (loss) before tax
412,025
(47,226)
Income tax provision
3,469
642
Income from equity method investments
14,050
2,591
Total net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statement of Cash Flow
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2020
2019
Operating activities:
 
 
Net income (loss)
$422,606
$(45,277)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
Net income (loss) of subsidiaries
(412,673)
46,987
(Gain) on equity investment
(14,050)
(2,591)
Decrease in deferred taxes
7,696
589
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets
(3,794)
353
Decrease in accounts payable and other assets
224
1,546
Net cash provided by operating cash flows activities
9
1,607
 
 
 
Investing activities:
 
 
Investment in subsidiaries
(63,945)
(1,840)
Net cash used in investing cash flows activities
(63,945)
(1,840)
 
 
 
Financing activities:
 
 
Capital contributions from parent
63,774
Net cash provided by financing activities
63,774
 
 
 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(162)
(233)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
203
460
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
41
227
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
54
Basis of Presentation
The parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto. For purposes of this condensed financial information, the Company’s wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries are separate and distinct from HPC.
Since the restricted net assets of Home Point Capital Inc. and its subsidiaries exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, the accompanying condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule 1 of Regulation S-X. This information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.
Dividends from Subsidiaries
There were no cash dividends paid to Home Point Capital Inc. from the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.
Restricted Payments
As discussed in the Note 9, Warehouse Lines of Credit, HPC is party to credit facilities that require the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, profitability, available mortgage warehouse borrowing capacity, restrictions on indebtedness of the Company, and restrictions on payments of dividends. The restriction on dividend payments may be released with consent from the creditors.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 19 – Related Parties
The Company entered into transactions and agreements to purchase various services, and products from certain shareholder subsidiaries of the parent company, Home Point Capital LP. The services range from valuation services of mortgage servicing rights, insurance brokerage services, and loan review services for certain loan originations. The Company incurred expenses of $0.7 million and $0.9 million, in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for products, services, and other transactions, which are included in Occupancy and equipment, General and administrative and Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Note 20 – Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, commonly referred to as COVID-19 (“COVID-19”), emerged in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China and has since spread. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic and the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a national emergency. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act allows borrowers with federally backed loans to request a temporary mortgage forbearance. The CARES Act imposes several new compliance obligations on mortgage servicing activities, including, but not limited to mandatory forbearance offerings, altered credit reporting obligations, and moratoriums on foreclosure actions and late fee assessments. Many states have taken similar measures to provide mortgage payment and other relief to consumers, which create additional complexity around mortgage servicing compliance activities. The Company experienced an increase in mortgage loan delinquencies and increase in forbearance as a result of the CARES Act. The servicing advance reserves were increased to reflect the increase in delinquency rates, with $0.8 million of the increase directly due to the CARES Act. Refer to Note 8, Accounts Receivable, net. Additionally, as of September 30, 2020, of the $4.3 billion of loans delinquent 90 days or more, approximately $3.8 billion were in forbearance primarily related to the CARES Act. Refer to Note 5, Mortgage Servicing Rights. Outside of the aforementioned items, the Company did not incur significant disruptions through the time of the issuance of these financial statements. While the Company has not experienced a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position, or liquidity due to COVID-19, it is difficult to predict what the ongoing impact of the pandemic will be on the economy, the Company’s customers or its business. However, the Company is unaware of any incremental known adverse material risk or event that should be recognized in the financial statements at this time. If the pandemic continues, it may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of future operations, financial position, and liquidity in fiscal year 2020.
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Shareholders and Board of Directors
Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries
Ann Arbor, Michigan
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
November 6, 2020, except for the stock split disclosed in Note 2 which is as of January 22, 2021
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
December 31,
 
2019
2018
Assets:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$30,630
$44,010
Restricted cash
51,101
38,234
Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash
81,731
82,244
Mortgage loans held for sale (at fair value)
1,554,230
421,754
Mortgage servicing rights (at fair value)
575,035
532,526
Property and equipment, net
12,051
10,075
Accounts receivable, net
57,872
44,422
Derivative assets
40,544
18,990
Goodwill and intangibles
11,935
10,957
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
499,207
451,209
Other assets
76,162
64,214
Total assets
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
Warehouse lines of credit
$1,478,183
$404,237
Term debt and other borrowings, net
424,958
276,277
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
39,739
21,243
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
499,207
451,209
Other liabilities
56,368
44,654
Total liabilities
2,498,455
1,197,620
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid-in capital
454,861
454,110
Accumulated deficit
(44,549)
(15,339)
Total shareholders' equity
410,312
438,771
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$2,908,767
$1,636,391
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Revenue:
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$199,501
$84,068
Loan fee income
32,112
19,603
Interest income
51,801
35,179
Interest expense
(57,942)
(47,486)
Interest loss, net
(6,141)
(12,307)
Loan servicing fees
144,228
119,049
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(173,134)
(47,312)
Other income
3,159
1,156
Total net revenue
199,725
164,257
Expenses:
 
 
Compensation and benefits
156,197
109,577
Loan expense
15,626
16,882
Loan servicing expense
20,924
18,488
Occupancy and equipment
16,768
20,521
General and administrative
21,407
29,165
Depreciation and amortization
5,918
7,612
Other expenses
4,296
4,060
Total expenses
241,136
206,305
Loss from continuing operations before income tax
(41,411)
(42,048)
Income tax benefit from continuing operations
(9,500)
(10,485)
Income from equity method investments
2,701
209
Net loss from continuing operations
(29,210)
(31,354)
Net income from discontinued operations before tax
9,707
Income tax provision
2,550
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
7,157
Total net loss
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss earnings per share:
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations
$(0.21)
$(0.23)
Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations
0.05
Basic and diluted total net loss per share
$(0.21)
$(0.17)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
(in thousands, except share amounts)
 
Common Stock
Additional
Paid in Capital
Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Shares
Amount
Balance January 1, 2018
138,860,111
$410,758
$8,858
$419,616
Contributed capital
42,970
42,970
Stock based compensation
382
382
Net loss
(24,197)
(24,197)
Ending balance, December 31, 2018
138,860,111
454,110
(15,339)
438,771
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributed capital
Stock based compensation
751
751
Net loss
(29,210)
(29,210)
Ending balance, December 31, 2019
138,860,111
$454,861
$(44,549)
$410,312
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Operating activities:
 
 
Net loss
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation
3,807
4,110
Amortization of intangible assets
2,111
3,564
Amortization of debt issuance costs
5,839
1,386
Gain on loans, net
(199,501)
(116,228)
Gain on sale of Natty Mac
(909)
Provision for representation and warranty reserve
451
(770)
Stock based compensation expense
751
382
Deferred income tax
(9,144)
(7,047)
Gain on equity investment
(2,701)
(209)
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale
(23,116,236)
(12,067,560)
Proceeds on sale and payments from mortgage loans held for sale
22,003,004
12,448,060
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
173,134
47,312
Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale
(33,643)
11,429
Change in fair value of derivative assets
(21,554)
(6,815)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
Increase in accounts receivable, net
(13,238)
(11,670)
Increase (decrease) in other assets
188
(10,740)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
18,071
(16,255)
Decrease in assets and liabilities – discontinued operations
396
Increase in other liabilities – discontinued operations
(262)
Increase in other liabilities
11,178
8,855
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(1,206,693)
262,832
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Investing activities:
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposals
(5,690)
(3,499)
Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposals- discontinued operations
751
Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights
40,939
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(4,923)
Disposition of intangible assets
191
Proceeds from sale of Natty Mac
2,500
Purchases of mortgage servicing rights
(7,044)
Equity method investment
5
(2,500)
Decrease in warehouse lending receivables
117,943
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(10,608)
149,281
 
 
 
Financing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from warehouse borrowings
23,012,034
12,537,123
Payments on warehouse borrowings
(21,938,088)
(13,058,907)
Proceeds from term debt borrowings
369,000
15,000
Payments on term debt borrowings
(245,156)
(4,844)
Proceeds from other borrowings
21,850
26,400
Payments of debt issuance costs
(2,852)
(199)
Decrease in subordinated debt
30,000
Capital contributions from parent
42,970
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
1,216,788
(412,457)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(513)
(344)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
82,244
82,588
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$81,731
$82,244
Supplemental disclosure:
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$50,518
$48,551
Cash paid for taxes
330
2
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Note 1 - Organization and Operations
Nature of Business
Home Point Capital Inc. (“HPC” or the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on August 27, 2014 and is 100% owned by Home Point Capital LP (“HPLP”). HPC is a residential mortgage originator and servicer. The Company’s business model is focused on growing originations by leveraging a network of partner relationships. The Company manages the customer experience through its in-house servicing operation and proprietary Home Ownership Platform. HPC’s business operations are organized into the following two segments: (1) Origination and (2) Servicing. Home Point Financial Corporation (“HPF”), a wholly owned subsidiary, is a New Jersey corporation, headquartered in Ann Arbor, Michigan, that originates, sells, and services residential real estate mortgage loans throughout the United States.
On December 12, 2019, HPC acquired Platinum Mortgage, Inc., an Alabama S-Corporation and created Home Point Mortgage Acceptance Corporation (“HPMAC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of HPC. HPMAC services residential real estate mortgage loans.
The Company is an approved seller and servicer of one-to-four family first mortgages for the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and as such, HPC must meet certain eligibility requirements to continue selling and servicing mortgages for these agencies.
Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of HPC and all its wholly owned subsidiaries, including HPF and HPMAC.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, including normal recurring items and accruals, necessary to fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Emerging Growth Company: The Company is an “emerging growth company,” or “EGC” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires HPC to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Examples of reported amounts that rely on significant estimates include mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), servicing advances reserve, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, reserves for mortgage repurchases and indemnifications, and deferred tax valuation allowance considerations. Significant estimates are also used in determining the recoverability and fair value of property and equipment, goodwill, and intangible assets.
Stock Split: On January 21, 2021, the Company effected a stock split of its outstanding common stock pursuant to which the 100 outstanding shares were split into 1,388,601.11 shares each, for a total of 138,860,111 shares of outstanding common stock. As a result, all amounts relating to share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and other highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less. The Company maintains its deposits in financial institutions that are guaranteed by various programs offered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), against losses up to $250,000 per institution. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value.
Restricted cash is comprised of borrower escrow funds and cash reserves required by the Company’s warehouse lenders.
Mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for using the fair value option for accounting for Mortgage loans held for sale. Therefore, mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are reflected at fair value. Changes in the fair value are recognized in current period earnings in Gain on loans, net, within the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 6, Mortgage Loans Held for Sale.
Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets on the consolidated balance sheets when loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained. The Company maintains one class of MSR asset and has elected the fair value option. The Company determines the fair value of mortgage servicing rights by estimating the fair value of the future cash flows associated with the mortgage loans being serviced. Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of mortgage servicing rights include, but are not limited to, prepayment speeds, discount rates, delinquencies, and cost to service. The assumptions used in the valuation model are validated on a periodic basis. The Company obtains valuations from an independent third party on a quarterly basis, and records an adjustment based on this third-party valuation.
Changes in the fair value are recognized in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. Purchased mortgage servicing rights are recorded at the purchase price at the date of purchase. Refer to Note 7, Mortgage Servicing Rights.
Property and equipment, net include furniture, equipment, leasehold improvements, and work-in-process which are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets for financial reporting, which range from three to seven years for furniture, computers and office equipment, and the shorter of the related lease term or useful life for leasehold improvements.
Servicing advances represents advances paid by the Company on behalf of customers to fund delinquent balances for principal, interest, property taxes, insurance premiums, and other out-of-pocket costs. Advances are made in accordance with the servicing agreements and are recoverable upon collection of future borrower payments or foreclosure of the underlying loans. The Company is exposed to losses only to the extent that the respective servicing guidelines are not followed or in the event there is a shortfall in liquidation proceeds and records a reserve against the advances when it is probable that the servicing advance will be uncollectible. The adequacy of the reserve is evaluated based on loan status, delinquency status, lien position, collateral value, and historical losses. The change in the reserve is recorded in Loan servicing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. In certain circumstances, the Company may be required to remit funds on a non-recoverable basis, which are expensed as incurred. The reserve for uncollectible servicing advances is recorded net in Accounts receivable, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 12, Accounts Receivable, net.
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Derivative financial instruments, including economic hedging activities, are recorded at fair value as either Derivative assets or in Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets on a gross basis. The Company has accounted for its derivative instruments as non-designated hedge instruments and uses the derivative instruments to manage risk. The Company’s derivative instruments include but are not limited to forward mortgage-backed securities sales commitments, interest rate lock commitments, and other derivative instruments entered into to hedge fluctuations in MSRs’ fair value. The impact of the Company’s Derivative assets is reported in Change in fair value of derivative assets on the consolidated statements of cash flows and the impact of the Company’s derivative liabilities is reported in Increase in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company records derivative assets and liabilities and related cash margin on a gross basis, even when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the Company and the derivative counterparty. Refer to Note 8, Derivative Financial Instruments.
Forward mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) sale commitments that have not settled are considered derivative financial instruments and are recognized at fair value. These forward commitments will be fulfilled with loans not yet sold or securitized, new originations, and purchases. The forward commitments allow the Company to reduce the risk related to market price volatility. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments. Gain or loss on derivatives is recorded in Gain on loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) represent an agreement to extend credit to a mortgage loan applicant, or an agreement to purchase a loan from a third-party originator, whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding. The loan commitment binds the Company (subject to the loan approval process) to fund the loan at the specified rate, regardless of whether interest rates have changed between the commitment date and the loan funding date. As such, outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of the commitment through the loan funding date or expiration date. The loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. The Company is subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which is realized if approved borrowers choose not to close on the loans within the terms of the IRLCs. Forward MBS sale commitments or whole loans and options on forward contracts are used to manage the interest rate and price risk. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments. Historical commitment-to-closing ratios are considered to estimate the quantity of mortgage loans that will fund within the terms of the IRLCs. Change in fair value of IRLC derivatives is recorded in Gain on loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Mortgage servicing rights hedges are accounted for at fair value. MSRs are subject to substantial interest rate risk as the mortgage notes underlying the servicing rights permit the borrowers to prepay the loans. Therefore, the value of MSRs generally tend to diminish in periods of declining interest rates, as prepayments increase and increase in periods of rising interest rates, as prepayments decrease. Although the level of interest rates is a key driver of prepayment activity, there are other factors that influence prepayments, including home prices, underwriting standards, and product characteristics.
The Company manages the impact that the volatility associated with changes in fair value of its MSRs has on its earnings with a variety of derivative instruments. The amount and composition of derivatives used to economically hedge the value of MSRs will depend on the Company's exposure to loss of value on the MSRs, the expected cost of the derivatives, expected liquidity needs, and the expected increase to earnings generated by the origination of new loans resulting from the decline in interest rates. This serves as a business hedge of the MSRs, providing a benefit when increased borrower refinancing activity results in higher production volumes, which would partially offset declines in the value of the MSRs thereby reducing the need to use derivatives. The benefit of this business hedge depends on the decline in interest rates required to create an incentive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and lower their interest rates; however, this benefit may not be realized under certain circumstances regardless of the change in interest rates. The change in fair value of MSR hedges is recorded in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but rather subject to an annual impairment test at the reporting unit level. Management performs its annual goodwill impairment test on October 1, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the goodwill may be impaired.
The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Performing a qualitative impairment assessment requires an examination of relevant events and circumstances that could have a negative impact on the fair value of the Company, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, earnings and cash flows, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events.
If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform a quantitative assessment for impairment. If the quantitative assessment indicates that the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment charge up to this amount but not to exceed the total carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The Company uses the income and market-based valuation approaches to determine fair value of its reporting units and compare against the carrying value of the reporting units.
Intangible assets, net consist of the following definite-lived intangible assets: favorable leases and customer relationships. These intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method of amortization over their useful lives. The Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives on intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization. If an intangible asset’s estimated useful life is changed, the remaining net carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life. On an annual basis, the Company evaluates whether there has been a change in the estimated useful life or if certain impairment indicators exist. If impairment indicators exist, assets are grouped and tested at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are available, and the required analysis is performed. In conducting the analysis, undiscounted cash flows, expected to be generated, are compared to the net book value of the definite-lived intangibles. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the definite-lived intangible assets are considered not to be impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the definite-lived intangible assets. In assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets, a significant amount of judgment is involved in estimating the future cash flows, discount rates, and other factors necessary to determine the fair value of the respective assets.
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase are certain loans transferred to GNMA and included in GNMA MBS, the Company has the right but not the obligation, for loans that become 90 days delinquent, to repurchase the loan from the MBS. Once the Company has the unilateral right to repurchase the delinquent loan, the Company has effectively regained control over the loan and must re-recognize the loan on the consolidated balance sheets and establish a corresponding finance liability regardless of the Company’s intention to repurchase the loan.
Equity Method Investments are business entities, which the Company does not have control of, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, and are accounted for using the equity method. The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment whenever an event or change in circumstances occurs that may have a significant adverse impact on the carrying value of the investment. If a loss in value has occurred that is deemed to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recorded. The Company recognizes investments in equity method investments initially at cost and are adjusted for HPC’s share of earnings or losses, contributions or distributions. Equity method investments are reported on the consolidated balance sheets in Other assets. Refer to Note 10, Other Assets.
Representation and warranty reserves are maintained to account for expected losses related to loans the Company may be required to repurchase or the indemnity payments the Company may have to make to purchasers. The Company originates and sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. When the Company sells mortgage
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
loans, it makes customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied, and the types of documentation being provided. These representations and warranties are generally enforceable over the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, the Company has no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loans.
The representation and warranty reserve reflects management's best estimate of probable lifetime loss based on borrower performance, repurchase demand behavior, and historical loan defect experience. The reserve considers both the estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period as well as adjustments to the Company's previous estimate of expected losses on loans sold. Management monitors the adequacy of the overall reserve and adjusts the level of reserve, as necessary, after consideration of other qualitative factors.
At the time a loan is sold, the representation and warranty reserve is recorded as a decrease in Gain on loans, net, on the consolidated statements of operations and recorded in Other liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Changes to the reserve are recorded as an increase or decrease to Gain on loans, net, on the consolidated statements of operations.
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of the right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. Gains and losses stemming from transfers reported as sales, if any, are included as realized gains and losses in Gain on loans, net within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In instances where a transfer of financial assets does not qualify for sale accounting the assets remain on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and continue to be reported and accounted for as if the transfer had not occurred.
Gain on loans, net includes the realized and unrealized gains and losses on mortgage loans, as well as the changes in fair value of all loan-related derivatives, including interest rate lock commitments, freestanding loan-related derivatives, and the representation and warranty reserve.
Loan fee income consists of fee income earned on all loan originations, including amounts earned related to application and underwriting fees. Fees associated with the origination and acquisition of mortgage loans are recognized when earned, which is on the date the loan is originated or acquired.
Interest income is recognized on loans held for sale for the period from loan funding to sale, which is typically within 30 days. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when any portion of the principal or interest is 90 days past due or earlier if factors indicate that the ultimate collectability of the principal or interest is not probable. Interest received from loans on non-accrual status is recorded as income when collected. Loans return to accrual status when the principal and interest become current and it is probable that the amounts are fully collectible.
The Company has a fiduciary responsibility for servicing accounts related to customer escrow funds and custodial funds due to investors aggregating $1.1 billion and $474.5 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These funds are maintained in segregated bank accounts, and these amounts are not included in the assets and liabilities presented in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company receives certain benefits from these deposits, as allowable under federal and state laws and regulations, or as agreed to under certain subservicing agreements. Interest income is recorded as earned and included in the consolidated statements of operations within Interest income.
Loan servicing fees involve the servicing of residential mortgage loans on behalf of an investor. Total Loan servicing fees include servicing and other ancillary servicing revenue earned for servicing mortgage loans owned by investors. Servicing fees received for servicing mortgage loans owned by investors are based on a stipulated percentage of the outstanding monthly principal balance on such loans, or the difference between the weighted-average yield received on the mortgage loans and the amount paid to the investor, less guaranty fees and interest on curtailments (reduction
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
of principal balance). Loan servicing fees are receivable only out of interest collected from mortgagors and are recorded as income when earned, which is generally upon collection. Late charges and other miscellaneous fees collected from mortgagors are also recorded as income when collected.
Other income consists of income that is dissimilar in nature to revenues the Company earns from its ongoing central operations. Other income includes proceeds from the sale of a business and contingent consideration received.
Stock based compensation expense is recognized at the fair value of equity awards within Compensation and benefits expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service period. Refer to Note 20, Stock Options.
Debt issuance costs are recorded for the Company’s warehouse and other debt. Debt issuance costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, during the revolving period of the warehouse facilities or during the total term of the term debt agreement, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within Interest expense.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences, using the tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Temporary differences are the difference between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for tax attributes such as net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
The Company recognized tax benefits from uncertain income tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. An uncertain income tax position that meets the “more likely than not” recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of the benefit to recognize.
Earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated and presented in the consolidated financial statements for both basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic EPS excludes all dilutive common stock equivalents. It is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. There are 138,860,111 weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively. Diluted EPS, as calculated using the treasury stock method, reflects the potential dilution that would occur if the Company’s dilutive outstanding stock options and stock awards were issued. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 0.7 million and 0.5 million shares, respectively, considered to be anti-dilutive due to overall net losses incurred by the Company in each of those years.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), provides guidance for revenue recognition. The core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB issued several amendments to provide additional clarification and implementation instructions relating to principal versus agent considerations, identifying performance obligations and licensing, narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients, and technical corrections and improvements. ASU 2014-09 and the amendments were effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the guidance using the modified retrospective method. The guidance in this standard does not apply to financial instruments and other contractual rights or obligations within the scope of ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, among other topics. Therefore, revenue recognition under these contracts remains unchanged with no impact as a result of adoption. Certain immaterial passthrough fees are subject to the guidance in ASC 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The principal versus agent guidance within the standard requires these fees to be report on a net basis, instead of reported on a gross
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
basis. As a result of adoption, certain passthrough fees such as flood certification, credit report, and appraisal fees, among others, are presented on a net basis within Loan expense and Loan servicing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. These fees amounted to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded $2.1 million gross, primarily in Loan fee income. Application of the standard results in a change in presentation only, outside of the net presentation, there was no other impact as a result of implementing this standard.
In 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topics, (“ASU 2017-04”) to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The issuance of ASU 2017-04, which is effective for public business entities’ annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted, provides guidance on how to perform the impairment testing of goodwill on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company has elected to early adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2018, the earliest period presented within the consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Adopted
As an emerging growth company, the JOBS Act allows the company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. Assuming the Company maintains EGC status, the company has elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time the company is not considered to be an EGC. The adoption dates are discussed below to reflect this election.
Accounting Standards Update 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework- Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13), provides final guidance that eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements as part of its disclosure framework project. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. There is no impact to the consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting this new standard.
Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02), revises an entity’s accounting for operating leases by a lessee and requires a lessee to recognize a liability to make lease payments and an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term in the balance sheets. The distinction between finance and operating leases has not changed, and the update does not significantly change the effect of finance and operating leases on the statements of comprehensive income and the statements of cash flows. The standard will also require additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. This update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 that deferred the effective date for non-public entities and EGCs that choose to take advantage of the extended transition periods to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements, which is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. The Company expects it will result in the recognition of certain operating leases as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet.
Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13), replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information for credit loss estimates. The standard is applicable to financial instruments not accounted for at fair value, such as servicing advances and off-balance sheet credit exposures. During 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, and ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326. These updates provided changes to clarify and improve the codification. These updates are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022. This will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption on the consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, eliminates particular exceptions related to the method for intra period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects on the accounting for income taxes. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. This will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. Subject to meeting certain criteria, the new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions to applying contract modification accounting under existing U.S. GAAP, to address the expected phase out of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) by the end of 2021. This guidance is effective upon issuance and allows application to contract changes as early as January 1, 2020. The Company is in the process of reviewing its funding facilities and financing facilities that utilize LIBOR as the reference rate and is currently evaluating the potential impact that the adoption of this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 – Business Combination
Acquisition of Platinum
On April 15, 2019, HPC entered into an asset purchase agreement purchase certain assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. On August 27, 2019, HPC entered into a stock purchase agreement to purchase the ownership shares of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. These two transactions were separate and distinct and were not dependent on the other.
Both acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting.
April 15, 2019 Acquisition
On April 15, 2019 HPC entered into an agreement, the “Asset Purchase Agreement,” to purchase certain of the assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. The Company entered into this transaction in order to expand the Company’s wholesale channel. The assets transferred were as follows, and essentially include all assets Platinum Mortgage, Inc. required to continue originating mortgage loans:
1.
All of Platinum Mortgage, Inc.’s rights and ownership in certain tangible and intangible property, including but not limited to information, books, and records of the Platinum Mortgage, Inc. such as filers, invoices, credit and sales records, personnel records, and all agreements to which Platinum Mortgage, Inc. is a party and identified as material contracts;
2.
Employees, including underwriters, closers, account managers, administrative staff;
3.
Building lease and all related facilities contracts;
4.
Retained assets, including office furniture and computer equipment.
Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocated the purchase price of the acquisition to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The determination of fair value estimates requires management to make certain estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and may require adjustments.
The residual of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration transferred in this transaction resulted in the recognition of goodwill. As part of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company will pay contingent consideration (“earnout”) to Platinum Mortgage, Inc. over the 12-month period subsequent to the date of the agreement. Payments are due quarterly, in the amount of 10 basis points on the aggregate principal amounts of all first-lien residential mortgage loans that are originated by the transferring employees and closed in the name of HPF. At the end of the payment term, actual payment paid to Platinum Mortgage, Inc. for the contingent consideration approximated the estimated amount.
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents the fair value of the net assets acquired of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., the fair value of the consideration transferred, and goodwill recognized as of the date of acquisition (in thousands):
Calculation of Goodwill
Fair value of assets acquired:
 
Fixed assets
$93
Consideration transferred:
 
Cash
124
Earnout
1,648
 
$1,772
Goodwill
$1,679
There were no other assets identified other than those listed above.
The goodwill acquired as a result of this acquisition is primarily related to the acquisition of relationships in certain geographic regions where the Company did not previously have relationships. Of the goodwill acquired in this acquisition, the amount expected to be deductible for tax purposes is $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
December 12, 2019 Acquisition
On August 27, 2019, HPC entered into an agreement, the “Stock Purchase Agreement,” between Terry L. Clark and the Terry L. Clark 2016 Irrevocable Trust to purchase 100% of the ownership shares of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. in order to initiate the Company’s asset management business. The acquisition was consumated on December 12, 2019. This agreement was separate and independent from the previous asset acquisition.
The net assets acquired in the Stock Acquisition of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. were used to establish HPMAC, a subsidiary of HPC.
The purchase price is the sum of (1) net book value of the assets of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., plus (2) the Estimated MSR Premium, plus (3) $1.0 million, plus (4), the Delay Payment less, (5) the Holdback (each as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement). One half is to be paid 12 months from the closing date and the other half 24 months from the closing date. The Holdback may be reduced by legacy liabilities that arise after the closing date.
The following presents the fair value of the net assets acquired of Platinum Mortgage, Inc., the fair value of the consideration transferred, and goodwill recognized as of the date of the acquisition (in thousands):
Fair value of assets acquired:
 
Cash
$2
Mortgage loans held for sale
214
Mortgage servicing rights
1,528
Servicing advances
181
Accounts receivable
31
Foreclosure assets
334
Real estate owned
247
Prepaid expenses and other assets
20
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
1,580
Total assets
$4,137
 
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Representation and warranty reserve
85
Accrued expenses
424
Deferred tax liability, net
304
GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
1,580
Total liabilities
2,393
 
 
Net assets
1,744
 
 
Consideration transferred:
 
Cash
2,152
Holdback
1,000
Goodwill
$1,408
The goodwill acquired as a result of this acquisition primarily related to obtaining investor approvals for certain licenses required for execution of the Company’s asset management strategy. None of the goodwill acquired in this acquisition was deductible for tax purposes.
These acquisitions were not significant individually or in aggregate to the Company; therefore, certain pro forma disclosures that would have been required had this acquisition been significant to the Company have been excluded.
Note 4 - Sale of Business
On December 31, 2018, the Company divested its correspondent warehousing business, Natty Mac, which was included in the All Other category, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement between HPF as the seller and Merchants Bank of Indiana (the “Buyer”). The Buyer purchased the assets of Natty Mac, including its warehouse lending receivables, intellectual property, warehouse agreements, and title and interest in all software used in the operation of the business. Cash and cash equivalents of the business were not included. In addition, the Buyer entered into a sublease with the Company for use of the current space occupied by the Natty Mac business in Clearwater, FL. Included in the sublease agreement is the use of any fixed assets within the sublet space.
Consideration for the purchase consisted of an initial purchase price of $2.5 million and an additional purchase price of $162 per loan funded from a warehouse loan extended by the Buyer in the operation of the business to an existing customer, or a new customer introduced to the Buyer by HPF after the closing date for a period of twelve months following the closing date of the transaction. The additional purchase price is to be paid quarterly during the 12-month period following the closing date (the “earnout period”). As a condition precedent, the $30.0 million subordinated loan outstanding to the Buyer was extinguished as part of the transaction.
As of the acquisition date, it was determined it was not probable the earnout receivable existed and had been incurred at the acquisition date nor was the amount reasonably estimable. Therefore, the Company excluded this from the purchase price and recorded it in the period in which the earnout was received. No continuing involvement of Natty Mac operations exists between HPF and the Buyer after the sale date.
As of December 31, 2018, the following presents the amount included within Other income in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
Consideration received
$2,500
Less: Fair value of assets
(1,591)
Gain on sale
$909
As of December 31, 2019, $2.0 million was recorded within Other income as cash received from the earnout.
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Note 5 - Discontinued Operations
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company disposed of its Distributed Retail origination (“DR”) channel through either (i) shutdown of a branch location, (ii) transfer of employees and sublease of a branch location or (iii) sale of groups of branch locations to unrelated third parties. Two groups of branches were sold to two separate buyers and included the transfer of employees at each location being acquired. The consideration for each is as follows:
1.
Buyer 1: The purchase price was an earnout payment which equaled five basis points per the aggregate loan volume funded (not to exceed $41.0 million) that was produced by transfer employees while employed by the Buyer. The payments were paid quarterly during 2019, in February, April, July, and October.
2.
Buyer 2: The purchase price consisted of 0.17% of aggregate unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of all first-lien residential mortgage loans that are originated by transferred employees, closed in the buyer’s name on or after September 1, 2018 for a period of 12 months. Certain fixed assets were considered to be included in the earnout rate.
At the time of disposal, it was determined it was not probable the earnout receivable existed and had been incurred nor was the amount reasonably estimable. Therefore, the Company excluded this from the gain on sale in 2018 and recorded any additional consideration from the earnout in the period in which it was received. As of December 31, 2019, $0.8 million was recorded in Other income as cash received from the earnout.
The disposal of the DR channel met the criteria of a discontinued operation as it represented a strategic shift that has a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results. The impact of the disposition is reported within Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, within the consolidated statements of operations.
The following presents major classes of line items constituting the net income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
Gain on loans, net
$32,160
Loan fee income
5,932
Total Revenue
$38,092
Compensation and benefits
$(21,778)
Occupancy and equipment
(3,131)
General and administrative
(2,398)
Amortization and depreciation
(253)
Other expenses
(825)
Income before income tax expense
9,707
Income tax expense
(2,550)
Net income from discontinued operations
$7,157
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Note 6 - Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Company sells its originated mortgage loans into the secondary market. The Company may retain the right to service some of these loans upon sale through ownership of servicing rights. The following presents mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, by type, as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Unpaid
Principal
Fair Value
Adjustment
Total
Fair Value
Conventional(1)
$454,225
$8,787
$463,012
Government(2)
1,052,638
38,388
1,091,026
Reverse(3)
275
(83)
192
Total
$1,507,138
$47,092
$1,554,230
(1)
Conventional includes FNMA and FHLMC mortgage loans.
(2)
Government includes GNMA mortgage loans (including Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs and United States Department of Agricultural mortgage loans).
(3)
Reverse loan presented in Mortgage loans held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets as a result of a repurchase
The Company had $8.3 million of unpaid principal balances, which had a fair value of $7.9 million, of mortgage loans held for sale on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2019.
The following presents mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, by type, as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Unpaid
Principal
Fair Value
Adjustment
Total
Fair Value
Conventional(1)
$128,255
$2,932
$131,187
Government(2)
279,742
10,630
290,372
Reverse(3)
279
(84)
195
Total
$408,276
$13,478
$421,754
(1)
Conventional includes FNMA and FHLMC mortgage loans.
(2)
Government includes GNMA mortgage loans (including Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs and United States Department of Agricultural mortgage loans).
(3)
Reverse loan presented in Mortgage loans held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets as a result of a repurchase
The Company had $11.7 million of unpaid principal balances, which had a fair value of $10.9 million, of mortgage loans held for sale on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2018.
The following presents a reconciliation of the changes in mortgage loans held for sale to the amounts presented on the statements of cash flows is below (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Fair value at beginning of period
$421,754
$847,897
Mortgage loans originated and purchased(1)
23,116,236
12,067,560
Proceeds on sales and payments received(1)
(22,003,004)
(12,448,060)
Change in fair value
33,643
(11,429)
Gain on Sale(2)
(14,399)
(34,214)
Fair value at end of period
$1,554,230
$421,754
(1)
This line as presented on the 2019 consolidated statements of cash flows excludes the portion related to HPMAC, which is included in Business acquisitions within Investing activities. The portion related to HPMAC is recorded on Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired line. This schedule contains HPMAC.
(2)
This line as presented on the consolidated statements of cash flows excludes OMSR and MSR hedging.
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Note 7 - Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold.
The MSRs give the Company the contractual right to receive service fees and other remuneration in exchange for performing loan servicing functions on behalf of investors in mortgage loans and securities. Upon sale, an MSR asset is capitalized, which represents the current fair value of the future net cash flows that are expected to be realized for performing servicing activities.
The following presents an analysis of the changes in capitalized mortgage servicing rights during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Balance at beginning of period
$532,526
$463,291
MSRs originated
273,628
170,692
MSRs purchased
1,528
7,044
MSRs sold
(40,939)
Changes in valuation model inputs
(133,997)
(9,903)
Change in cash payoffs and principal amortization
(98,650)
(57,659)
Balance at end of period
$575,035
$532,526
On July 31, 2018, the Company sold its ownership interest in certain MSRs in FNMA loans to an unrelated party. The Company evaluated the sale and determined that the transaction qualified for sale accounting as the Company did not retain servicing rights or protection provisions that would have resulted in the recognition of a liability.
The following presents the Company’s total capitalized mortgage servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (based on the UPB of the underlying mortgage loans) (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Ginnie Mae
$24,611,487
$ 18,762,163
Fannie Mae
14,895,853
10,681,477
Freddie Mac
13,021,778
11,905,232
Other
71,428
74,953
Total mortgage servicing portfolio
$ 52,600,546
$ 41,423,825
 
 
 
MSR balance
$575,035
$532,526
MSR balance as % of unpaid mortgage principal balance
1.09%
1.29%
The following presents the key weighted average assumptions used in determining the fair value of the Company’s MSRs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
HPF Portfolio
 
 
Discount rate
9.75%
9.50%
Prepayment speeds
12.53%
9.44%
HPMAC Portfolio
 
 
Discount rate
10.37%
Prepayment speeds
13.30%
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs are discount rate and the Conditional Prepayment Rate (“CPR”). Increases in prepayment speeds generally have an adverse effect on the value of MSRs as the underlying loans prepay faster. In a declining interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally decreases as prepayments increase. Decrease in prepayment speeds generally have a positive effect on the value of the MSRs as the underlying loans prepay less frequently. In a rising interest rate environment, the fair value of MSRs generally increases as prepayments decrease. Increases in the discount rate result in a lower MSR value and decreases in the discount rate result in a higher MSR value. MSR uncertainties are hypothetical and do not always have a direct correlation with each assumption. Changes in one assumption may result in changes to another assumption, which might magnify or counteract the uncertainties.
The following stresses the discount rate and prepayment speeds at two different data points as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Discount Rate
Prepayment Speeds
 
100 BPS
Adverse Change
200 BPS
Adverse Change
10% Adverse
Change
20% Adverse
Change
2019
 
 
 
 
HPF Portfolio
$(20,938)
$(40,288)
$(29,530)
$(56,176)
HPMAC Portfolio
(52)
(100)
(81)
(154)
2018
 
 
 
 
HPF Portfolio
(20,838)
(40,213)
(22,221)
(42,721)
The following presents information related to loans serviced as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 for which the Company has continuing involvement through servicing agreements (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Total unpaid principal balance
$54,329,300
$41,895,379
Loans 30-89 days delinquent
1,308,095
1,068,685
Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure
735,282
639,761
The following presents components of Loan servicing fees as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Contractual servicing fees
$141,195
$118,096
Late fees
6,291
4,033
Other
(3,258)
(3,080)
Loan servicing fees
$144,228
$119,049
The Company held $44.0 million and $34.0 million of escrow funds within Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets for its customers for which it services mortgage loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 8 - Derivative financial instruments
The Company’s derivative instruments include but are not limited to forward mortgage-backed securities sales commitments, interest rate lock commitments, and other derivative instruments entered into to hedge MSRs’ fluctuations in fair value. The Company records derivative assets and liabilities and related cash margin on a gross basis, even when a legally enforceable master netting arrangement exists between the Company and the derivative counterparty.
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents the outstanding notional balances for derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Notional
Value
Derivative
Asset
Derivative
Liability
Recorded
Gain/(Loss)
Balance at December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$3,350,161
$1,443
$5,634
$2,764
Interest rate lock commitments
3,171,868
25,618
17,424
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
3,140,000
13,483
40,364
Margin
 
(3,372)
 
Derivatives before netting
 
$40,544
$2,262
 
Cash placed with counterparties, net
 
 
$3,372
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Notional
Value
Derivative
Asset
Derivative
Liability
Recorded
Gain/(Loss)
Balance at December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$736,000
$28
$6,980
$(6,529)
Interest rate lock commitments
814,133
7,516
(4,980)
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
863,021
11,446
19,464
Margin
 
(6,163)
 
Total
 
$18,990
$817
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash placed with counterparties, net
 
 
$6,163
 
The following presents a summary of derivative assets and liabilities and related netting amounts (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Gross Amount of
Recognized Assets
(liabilities)
Gross Offset
Net Assets
(Liabilities)
Balance at December 31, 2019
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$1,443
$(1,061)
$382
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
1,005
(2)
1,003
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
706
706
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
(5,632)
1,061
(4,571)
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
(2)
2
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
3,372
(706)
2,666
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
25,618
 
25,618
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
12,478
 
12,478
Total derivatives
 
 
 
Assets
$40,544
$(357)
$40,187
Liabilities
$(2,262)
$357
$(1,905)
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Gross Amount of
Recognized Assets
(liabilities)
Gross Offset
Net Assets
(Liabilities)
Balance at December 31, 2018
 
 
 
Derivatives subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
$28
$(6)
$22
Hedging mortgage servicing rights
2,975
2,975
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
639
639
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities forward trades
(6,980)
6
(6,974)
Margin (cash placed with counterparties)
6,163
(639)
5,524
Derivatives not subject to master netting agreements:
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Interest rate lock commitments
7,517
 
7,517
Hedging Mortgage Servicing Rights
8,470
 
8,470
Total derivatives
 
 
 
Assets
$18,990
$633
$19,623
Liabilities
$(817)
$(633)
$(1,450)
For information on the determination of fair value, refer to Note 18, Fair Value Measurements.
Note 9 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net
The company recognized $3.1 million in Goodwill with the asset and stock acquisitions of Platinum Mortgage, Inc. in 2019. The Company’s other intangible assets relate to its acquisition of Stonegate Mortgage Corporation in 2017.
The following presents the changes to the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):
 
Origination
Servicing
Total
Goodwill as of December 31, 2018
$5,604
$2,098
$7,702
Acquisitions
1,408
1,679
3,087
Goodwill as of December 31, 2019
$7,012
$3,777
10,789
As of December 31, 2019, $4.8 million of goodwill was deductible for income tax purposes.
The Company does not have any indefinite lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The following presents the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Amortization
Period
(months)
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Impairment
Charges
Net
Carrying
Value
Customer relationships
36
$5,700
$(4,908)
$792
Lease intangible
84
1,330
(390)
(586)
354
Total finite-lived intangibles
 
7,030
$(5,298)
$(586)
$1,146
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Amortization
Period
(months)
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Impairment
Charges
Net
Carrying
Value
Customer relationships
36
$5,700
$(3,009)
$2,691
Lease intangible
84
1,330
(300)
(466)
564
Total finite-lived intangibles
 
7,030
$(3,309)
$(466)
$3,255
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Amortization expense was $2.0 million and $3.3 million and recorded in Depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets was 0.8 years.
The following presents amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years relating to these amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
2020
$873
2021
80
2022
80
2023
80
2024
33
 
$1,146
The Company performed its annual qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment as of October 1, 2019 and determined there was no indication of impairment. An impairment of $0.1 million and $0.5 million was identified and recognized within the All Other category during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for a lease intangible as a result of vacating a portion of the premises.
Note 10 - Other Assets
The following presents Other assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Prepaid expenses
$24,098
$23,983
Equity method investments
31,397
28,700
Deferred tax asset, net
20,667
11,531
Total
$76,162
$64,214
Equity method investment
On September 29, 2016 the Company acquired an interest in Longbridge Financial, LLC (“Longbridge”). As of December 31, 2019, HPC and EF Holdco Inc. owned a voting interest equal to approximately 49.7% each of the outstanding voting shares. Based on the post-close ownership structure of the total outstanding voting interests of Longbridge, HPC concluded that it did not own a controlling financial interest and, therefore, would not consolidate Longbridge in its financial statements and accounts for its investment as an equity method investment. The investment was initially recognized at cost and is adjusted for HPC’s share of Longbridge’s earnings or losses, contributions or distributions. HPC had a net investment of $31.3 million and $28.7 million in Longbridge as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively recorded in Other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. HPC recorded income from the equity method investment of $2.7 million and of $0.2 million which was recorded in Income from equity investment in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
On April 30, 2019 Home Point Capital Title, LLC (“HP Title”), a wholly owned subsidiary of HPC, entered into a joint venture with Unisource Joint Ventures, LLC (“Unisource”) to create American Premier Lender Solutions, LLC (“APLS”). As of December 31, 2019, HP Title owned a voting interest equal to 50% of the outstanding voting shares. Based on the post-close ownership structure of the total outstanding voting interests of APLS, HP Title concluded that it did not own a controlling financial interest and, therefore, would not consolidate APLS in its financial statements and will account for its investment as an equity method investment, initially recognized at cost and adjusted for HP
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Title’s share of APLS’s earnings or losses, contributions and distributions. HP Title had a net investment of $0.1 million in APLS as of December 31, 2019 recorded in Other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. HP Title recorded income from the equity method investment of $0.1 million which was recorded in Income from equity investment in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Note 11 - Property and Equipment, net
The following presents the principal categories of Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Computer and telephone
$10,546
$7,171
Office furniture and equipment
4,605
4,333
Leasehold improvements
5,286
4,949
Work-in-process for internal use software
1,748
79
Total
22,185
16,532
Less accumulated depreciation
(10,134)
(6,457)
Property and equipment, net
$12,051
$10,075
Depreciation expense of $3.8 million and $3.9 million was recognized within Depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
In addition, the Company has various cloud computing arrangements for web-based software applications and has capitalized the implementation costs. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the costs of these were $2.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 accumulated amortization was $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Note 12 – Accounts Receivable, net
The following presents principal categories of Accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Servicing advance receivable
$53,531
$41,424
Servicing advance reserves
(4,308)
(4,609)
Servicing receivable-general
3,523
2,682
Interest on servicing deposits
1,105
1,006
Other
4,021
3,919
Accounts receivable, net at end of period
$57,872
$44,422
Servicing advances are an important component of the business and are amounts that the Company, as servicer, are required to advance to, or on behalf of, our servicing clients if such amounts are not received from borrowers. These amounts include principal and interest payments, property taxes and insurance premiums, and amounts to maintain, repair, and market real estate properties on behalf of our servicing clients. Most of our advances have the highest reimbursement priority such that the Company are entitled to repayment of the advances from the loan or property liquidation proceeds before most other claims on these proceeds. However, not all advances are collectable and an allowance for servicing advance reserves is recognized. This allowance represents management’s estimate of incurred losses and is maintained at a level that management considers adequate based upon continuing assessments of collectability, current trends, and historical loss experience.
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents changes to the servicing advance reserve for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Servicing advance reserve, at beginning of period
($4,609)
($10,153)
Additions
(3,137)
(1,767)
Charge-offs
3,438
7,311
Servicing advance reserve, at end of period
($4,308)
($4,609)
Note 13 - Warehouse Lines of Credit
The Company maintains mortgage warehouse lines of credit arrangements with various financial institutions, primarily to fund the origination of mortgage loans. The Company held mortgage funding arrangements with seven separate financial institutions with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $1.8 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Each mortgage funding arrangement is collateralized by the underlying mortgage loans.
The following presents the amounts outstanding, interest rates and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of December 31, 2019:
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
Collateral(8)
Balance at
December 31, 2019
$300M Warehouse Facility(1)
One Month Libor
+ 1.50% or 3%
July 2020
Mortgage loans
$299.3 million
$300M Warehouse Facility(2)
One Month Libor
+ 1.75%*
September 2020
Mortgage loans
$292.5 million
$200M Warehouse Facility(3)
One Month Libor
+ 1.50%*
Evergreen
Mortgage loans
$143.0 million
$600M Warehouse Facility(4)
Weighted Average Coupon less 1% or 3.5%
May 2020
Mortgage loans
$501.8 million
$250M Warehouse Facility(5)
One Month Libor
-0.55%
May 2020
Mortgage loans
$238.9 million
$0.8M Warehouse Facility(6)
Borrowing rate
+ debenture rate
Feb 2020
Mortgage loans
$0.8 million
$50M Warehouse Facility(7)
One Month Libor
+ 2.50% or 4.75%
Evergreen
Mortgage loans
$1.9 million
Total warehouse lines of credit
 
 
 
$1,478.2 million
*
Pricing incentives given for average utilization greater than a threshold.
(1)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of August 2021.
(2)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of September 2021 and an increased capacity up to $500 million.
(3)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with an increased capacity up to $300 million.
(4)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of May 2021 and an increased capacity up to $800 million. Additionally, the interest rate changed from weighted average coupon less 1% or 3.5% to weighted average coupon less 1% or 3%
(5)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of September 2021 and an increased capacity up to $500 million. Additionally, the interest rate changed from one month LIBOR + .55% to one month LIBOR + 1.5%.
(6)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was not renewed upon maturity.
(7)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was closed in May 2020.
(8)
The Company’s borrowings are 100% secured by the fair value of the mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents the amounts outstanding, interest rates and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of December 31, 2018:
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
Collateral(1)
Balance at
December 31, 2018
$200M Warehouse Facility
One Month Libor
+ 1.50%
July 2019
Mortgage loans
$65.1 million
$125M Warehouse Facility
One Month Libor
+ 1.75%
September 2019
Mortgage loans
$16.4 million
$100M Warehouse Facility
One Month Libor
+ 1.75%
Evergreen
Mortgage loans
$11.6 million
$600M Warehouse Facility
Weighted Average Coupon less 1.25%
May 2019
Mortgage loans
$233.3 million
$100M Warehouse Facility
One Month Libor
+ 0.25%
May 2019
Mortgage loans
$69.3 million
$8.3M Warehouse Facility
Borrowing rate
+ debenture rate
Evergreen
Mortgage loans
$8.3 million
$2M Warehouse Facility
Prime + 1.00%
or 4.00% min
May 2019
Mortgage loans
$0.2 million
Total warehouse lines of credit
 
 
 
$404.2 million
(1)
The Company’s borrowings are 100% secured by the fair value of the mortgage loans held for sale.
The Company had a total outstanding balance on its warehouse facilities of $1.5 billion and $404.2 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively.
The Company’s warehouse facilities require the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, profitability, available mortgage warehouse borrowing capacity, restrictions on indebtedness of the Company, and restrictions on payments of dividends. Among other covenants, certain warehouse facilities require the Company to maintain: (i) net worth of at least $275.0 million, (ii) minimum liquid assets of $25.0 million, (iii) maintenance of certain quarterly profitability levels, and (iv) a maximum Direct Endorsement Compare Ratio of 195%, as determined by the Federal Housing Administration.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all warehouse facility covenants.
The following presents new warehouse lines opened in 2020:
$300M Warehouse Facility
June 2020
$400M Warehouse Facility
August 2020
$500M Warehouse Facility
October 2020
$50M Warehouse Facility (GNMA FHA EBO)
October 2020
$150M Gestation Facility
October 2020
Note 14 – Term Debt and Other Borrowings, net
The Company has a non-collateralized $10.0 million operating line of credit with Merchants Bank of Indiana. The line carries an interest rate of Prime, or a minimum of 4%, and renews annually in May. The Company also has a $70.0 million servicing advance facility with Merchants Bank of Indiana and is collateralized by servicing advances. The facility carries an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% and matured in May of 2020 and was renewed through May 2021.
There are no covenant requirements for the operating line of credit and servicing advance facility.
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
In January 2019, the Company terminated its term loan agreement, the “Loan and Security Agreement,” with Canadian Pension Plan Investment Board (the “CPPIB Term Loan”), resulting in the recognition of a loss on extinguishment of $7.6 million due to recognition of $5.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and a $2.4 million prepayment penalty within Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. In order to terminate the CPPIB Term Loan, HPF, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a new debt agreement, the Credit Agreement, with Goldman Sachs (the “GS Line of Credit”) as the lender for a $350.0 million line of credit, collateralized by FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA servicing advances, refinancing all the Company’s MSR-backed debt, and extinguishing the CPPIB Term Loan. The GS Line of Credit carries a 3-month LIBOR (floored at 1%) plus 3.25% and 3.75% annualized cost of funds for FNMA/FHLMC and GNMA servicing advances, respectively. Advance rates for FNMA/FHLMC collateral are 67.5% with a maximum advance rate of 77.5%, and the GNMA advance rate is 62.5% with a maximum advance rate of 72.5%. The Line of Credit has a three-year revolving period ending on January 31, 2022 followed by a one-year period during which the balance drawn must be repaid and no further amounts may be drawn down, which ends on January 31, 2023.
In November 2019, the company amended the terms of the GS Line of Credit, as executed by the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, to increase maximum line size from $350.0 million to $500.0 million comprised of $450.0 million committed and $50.0 million uncommitted lines and to increase the advance rates for FNMA/FHLMC collateral to 72.5% and GNMA collateral to 65%. With the increase in line size and advance rates, pricing increased to 3.50% for FNMA/FHLMC borrowings and to 3.75% for GNMA borrowings. The changes to the GNMA advance rate and pricing will take effect upon acknowledgement and approval by GNMA.
The outstanding GS Line of Credit balance was $369.0 million and capitalized debt issuance costs for the transaction were $2.3 million as of December 31, 2019. The outstanding CPPIB Term Loan balance was $245.0 million and debt issuance costs were $5.3 million as of December 31, 2018.
The following presents the GS Line of Credit maturity schedule (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 
 
2020
$
2021
2022
338,250
2023
30,750
2024 and Thereafter
 
$369,000
The Company’s GS Line of Credit requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, liquidity, and indebtedness of the Company. As defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among other covenants, the facility requires the Company to maintain: (i) a ratio of corporate debt to tangible net worth of less than 1.5x (ii) minimum liquid assets of $25.0 million, and (iii) tangible net worth of at least $275.0 million.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents the amounts outstanding, interest rates and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of December 31, 2019:
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
Collateral
Balance at
December 31, 2019
$10M Operating Line of Credit(1)
Prime or 4.00% min
May 2020
Mortgage loans
$10.0 million
$70M Servicing Advance Facility(2)
Libor +3.50%
May 2020
Servicing Advances
$48.2 million
$500M Line of Credit
3-month LIBOR
(floored at 1%)
plus 3.50% and
3.75% annualized
cost of funds for FNMA/FHLMC and GNMA collateral
January 2023
Servicing Advances
$369.0 million
Total
 
 
 
$427.2 million
Debt issuance costs
 
 
 
$ (2.3) million
Term debt and other borrowings, net
 
 
 
$424.9 million
(1)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of May 2021. Additionally, the interest rate changed from Prime or 4.00% to Prime or 3.25%.
(2)
Subsequent to December 31, 2019, this facility was amended with a maturity date of June 2021 and an increased capacity up to $85 million.
The following summarizes the amounts outstanding, interest rates and maturity dates under the Company’s various mortgage funding arrangements as of December 31, 2018:
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
Collateral
Balance at
December 31, 2018
$10M Operating Line of Credit
Prime or 4.00% min
May 2019
Mortgage loans
$10.0 million
$50M Servicing Advance Facility
Libor +3.50%
January 2019
Servicing Advances
$26.4 million
$250M Term Debt
One Month LIBOR (floored at 1%)
+ 7% annualized
cost of funds
October 2022
Servicing Advances
$245.2 million
Total
 
 
 
$281.6 million
Debt issuance costs
 
 
 
$ (5.3) million
Term debt and other borrowings, net
 
 
 
$ 276.3 million
Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments to Extend Credit
The Company’s IRLCs expose the Company to market risk if interest rates change and the loan is not economically hedged or committed to an investor. The Company is also exposed to credit loss if the loan is originated and not sold to an investor and the customer does not perform. The collateral upon extension of credit typically consists of a first deed of trust in the mortgagor’s residential property. Commitments to originate loans do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements as some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Total commitments to originate loans were $3.2 billion and $814.1 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Leases
The Company leases office space and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring through 2025. Rent expense amounted to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Rent expense is recorded in Occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
The following presents future minimum rental payments under the leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable term in excess of one year at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
2020
$7,512
2021
5,830
2022
4,814
2023
2,676
2024
1,634
Thereafter
854
Total
$23,320
Litigation
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business. There is a class action suit related to labor code violations for which a settlement has been reached. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accrued $2.5 million and nothing further is expected to be incurred. Other than this suit, there were no current or pending claims against the Company which are expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, or cash flows.
Regulatory Contingencies
The Company is subject to periodic audits and examinations, both formal and informal in nature, from various federal and state agencies, including those made as part of regulatory oversight of our mortgage origination, servicing, and financing activities. Such audits and examinations could result in additional actions, penalties, or fines by state or federal governmental bodies, regulators, or the courts with respect to our mortgage origination, servicing, and financing activities, which may be applicable generally to the mortgage industry or to the company in particular. The Company did not pay any material penalties or fines during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018 and is not currently required to pay any such penalties or fines.
Note 16 - Regulatory Net Worth Requirements
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), which govern non-supervised, direct endorsement mortgagees. The Company is also subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which govern issuers of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securities. Additionally, the Company is required to maintain minimum net worth requirements for many of the states in which it sells and services loans. Each state has its own minimum net worth requirement; these range from $0 to $1,000, depending on the state.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary remedial actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could (i) remove the Company’s ability to sell and service loans to, or on behalf of, the agencies and (ii) have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In accordance with the regulatory capital guidelines, the Company must meet specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Further, changes in regulatory and accounting standards, as well as the impact of future events on the Company’s results, may significantly affect the Company’s net worth adequacy.
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The Company is subject to the following minimum net worth, minimum capital ratio, and minimum liquidity requirements established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Seller/Servicers, and Ginnie Mae for single family issuers.
Minimum Net Worth
The minimum net worth requirement for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is defined as follows:
Base of $2,500 plus 25 basis points of outstanding UPB for total loans serviced.
Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth comprises of total equity less goodwill, intangible assets, affiliate receivables, deferred tax assets and certain pledged assets.
The minimum net worth requirement for Ginnie Mae is defined as follows:
Base of $2,500 plus 35 basis points of the issuer’s total single-family effective outstanding obligations.
Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth comprises of total equity less goodwill, intangible assets, affiliate receivables, deferred tax assets and certain pledged assets.
Minimum Capital Ratio
For Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae the Company is also required to hold a ratio of Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth to Total Assets greater than 10%.
Minimum Liquidity
The minimum liquidity requirement for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is defined as follows:
3.5 basis points of total Agency servicing.
Incremental 200 basis points of total nonperforming Agency, measured as 90 plus day delinquencies, servicing in excess of 6% of the total Agency servicing UPB.
Allowable assets for liquidity may include: cash and cash equivalents (unrestricted); available for sale or held for trading investment grade securities (e.g., Agency MBS, Obligations of GSEs, US Treasury Obligations); and unused/available portion of committed servicing advance lines.
The minimum liquidity requirement for Ginnie Mae is defined as follows:
Maintain liquid assets equal to the greater of $1,000 or 10 basis points of our outstanding single-family MBS.
The most restrictive of the minimum net worth and capital requirements require the Company to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $137,945 and $107,238 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was in compliance with this requirement.
The Company met all minimum net worth requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents the Company’s required and actual net worth amounts:
Home Point Financial Corporation
 
Adjusted Net Worth
Net Worth Required
HUD
$366,250
$2,500
Ginnie Mae
$366,250
$93,583
Fannie Mae
$366,250
$137,945
Freddie Mac
$366,250
$137,945
Various States
$366,250
$0 - 1,000
Home Point Mortgage Acceptance Corporation
 
Adjusted Net Worth
Net Worth Required
HUD
$3,563
$2,500
Ginnie Mae
$3,563
$2,995
Fannie Mae
$3,563
$2,878
Freddie Mac
$3,563
$2,878
Various States
$3,563
$0 - 1,000
Note 17 - Representation and Warranty Reserve
Certain whole loan sale contracts include provisions requiring the Company to repurchase a loan if a borrower fails to make certain initial loan payments due to the acquirer or if the accompanying mortgage loan fails to meet customary representations and warranties. These representations and warranties are made to the loan purchasers about various characteristics of the loans, such as manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied, and the types of documentation being provided and typically are in place for the life of the loan. Additionally, the Company may receive relief of certain representations and warranty obligations on loans sold to FNMA or FHLMC on or after January 1, 2013 if FNMA or FHLMC satisfactorily concludes a quality control loan file review or if the borrower meets certain acceptable payment history requirements within 12 or 36 months after the loan is sold to FNMA or FHLMC. In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. The Company records a provision for estimated repurchases on loans sold, which is charged to Gain on loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company represents the maximum potential exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Reserve levels are a function of expected losses based on historical experience and loan volume. While the amount of repurchases is uncertain, the Company considers the liability to be appropriate.
The following presents the activity of the outstanding repurchase reserves (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Repurchase reserve, at beginning of period
$3,429
$4,199
Additions
4,276
1,367
Charge-offs
(3,741)
(2,137)
Repurchase reserves, at end of period
$3,964
$3,429
Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements
The Company uses fair value measurements to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, such as MSRs, derivatives, and mortgage loans held for sale. The Company has elected fair value accounting for loans held for sale and MSRs to more closely align the Company’s accounting with its interest rate risk strategies without having to apply the operational complexities of hedge accounting.
F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
Level Input:
Input Definition:
Level 1
Unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2
Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.
Level 3
Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.
An asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.
The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of certain consolidated financial statements items:
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: The majority of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are saleable into the secondary mortgage markets and their fair values are estimated using observable quoted market or contracted prices or market price equivalents, which would be used by other market participants. These saleable loans are considered Level 2. A smaller portion of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale consist of loans repurchased from the Government-Sponsored Enterprises (“GSEs”) that have subsequently been deemed to be non-saleable to GSEs when certain representations and warranties are breached. These loans, however, are saleable to other entities and are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as Mortgage loans held for sale. These repurchased loans are considered Level 3 at collateral value less estimated costs to sell the properties.
Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company estimates the fair value of IRLC based on the value of the underlying mortgage loan, quoted MBS prices and estimates of the fair value of the MSRs and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment. The Company estimates the fair value of forward sales commitments based on quoted MBS prices. The average pull-through rate for IRLCs was 82% and 75% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively. Given the significant and unobservable nature of the pull-through factor, IRLCs are classified as Level 3. The Company treats forward mortgage-backed securities sale commitments that have not settled as derivatives and recognizes them at fair value. These forward commitments will be fulfilled with loans not yet sold or securitized and new originations and purchases. The forward commitments allow the Company to reduce the risk related to market price volatility. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments; therefore, the Company reports the loss in fair value in Gain on loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations. These derivatives are classified as Level 2.
MSR-related derivatives represent a combination of derivatives used to offset possible adverse changes in the fair value of MSRs, which include options on swap contracts, interest rate swap contracts, and other instruments. These derivatives are not designated as hedging instruments; therefore, the Company reports the loss in fair value in Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of MSR-related derivatives is determined using quoted prices for similar instruments. These derivatives are classified as Level 2.
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The Company obtains valuations from an independent third party on a monthly basis to support the reasonableness of the fair value estimate. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment speeds, discount rates, default rates, cost to service, contractual servicing fees, and escrow earnings, resulting in a Level 3 classification.
The following presents the major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
$—
$1,551,136
$
$1,551,136
Mortgage loans held for sale – EBO
3,094
3,094
Derivative assets (IRLCs)
25,618
25,618
Derivative assets (MBS forward trades)
1,750
1,750
Derivative assets (MSRs)
13,176
13,176
Mortgage servicing rights
575,035
575,035
Total assets
$—
$1,566,062
$603,747
$2,169,809
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (MBS forward trades)
$—
$5,634
$
$5,634
Total liabilities
$—
$5,634
$
$5,634
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
$—
$416,522
$
$416,522
Mortgage loans held for sale – EBO
5,232
5,232
Derivative assets (IRLCs)
7,517
7,517
Derivative assets (MBS forward trades)
28
28
Derivative assets (MSRs)
11,445
11,445
Mortgage servicing rights
532,526
532,526
Total assets
$—
$427,995
$545,275
$973,270
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities (MBS forward trades)
$—
$6,980
$
$6,980
Total liabilities
$—
$6,980
$
$6,980
The following presents a reconciliation of Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
MSRs
IRLC
EBO
Balance at beginning of period
$532,526
$7,517
$5,232
Purchases, Sales, Issuances, Contributions and Settlements
273,628
(1,358)
Change in fair value
(232,647)
18,101
(63)
Transfers In/Out(1)
1,528
(716)
Balance at end of period
$575,035
$25,618
$3,095
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
MSRs
IRLC
EBO
Balance at beginning of period
$463,291
$11,142
$9,670
Purchases, Sales, Issuances, Contributions and Settlements
129,753
(1,448)
Change in fair value
(67,562)
(3,625)
1,097
Transfers In/Out(1)
7,044
(4,087)
Balance at end of period
$532,526
$7,517
$5,232
(1)
Transfers In/Out represents acquired assets and assets transferred out due to reclassification as REO, foreclosure or claims.
The following presents an estimated fair value and UPB of mortgage loans held for sale that have contractual principal amounts and for which the Company has elected the fair value option. The fair value option was elected for mortgage loans held for sale as the Company believes fair value best reflects its expected future economic performance (in thousands):
 
Fair Value
Principal
Amount Due
Upon Maturity
Difference(1)
Balance at December 31, 2019
$1,551,136
$1,507,139
$43,997
Balance at December 31, 2018
$416,522
$408,276
$8,246
(1)
Represents the amount of gains related to changes in fair value of items accounted for using the fair value option included in Gain on sale, net within the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company did not transfer any assets or liabilities between categories during the year ended December 31, 2019 other than the transfers between EBO loans to Other assets. The Company had no significant assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments: As of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, all financial instruments were either recorded at fair value or the carrying value approximated fair value. For financial instruments that were not recorded at fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, servicing advances, warehouse and operating lines of credit, and accounts payable, and accrued expenses, their carrying values approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments. For our long-term secured borrowings not recorded at fair value, the carrying value approximated fair value due to the collateralization of such borrowings.
Note 19 - Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company maintains 401(k) profit sharing plans covering substantially all employees. Employees may contribute amounts subject to certain IRS and plan limitations. The Company may make discretionary matching contributions, subject to certain limitations. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not make any matching discretionary contributions.
Note 20 - Stock Options
The Home Point Capital LP 2015 Option Plan (the “Plan”) governs awards of stock options to key persons conducting business for HPC LP and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including the Company. The Plan allows awards in the form of options that are exercisable into common units of HPC LP. The aggregate number of common units reserved for options under the Plan is 3,750,000 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Common units that are subject to an option under the Plan and remain unissued upon the cancellation, expiration, forfeiture, repurchase, redemption or termination of such option are available for award under the Plan. Unless otherwise specified in an applicable option agreement, 50% of options awarded are subject to time-vesting (“Time-vesting Options”) and 50% are subject to certain performance criteria (“Performance-vesting Options”). For options granted prior to March 31, 2016, Time-vesting Options vest 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 20% on each
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
of the third through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Time-vesting Options granted after March 31, 2016 either (1) vest 20% on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the individual option agreement grant date, or (2) vest 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 20% on each of the third through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Performance-vesting Options vest upon the consummation of the transfer of at least 20% of the common units held by the owners of HPC LP.
Options under the plan are granted for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the shares at the grant date and are subject to forfeiture by the recipient. Unvested options are generally forfeited upon the recipient’s termination of employment and vested options remain exercisable for 90 days following termination of employment. Nonqualified stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 vest over five years and have a term of ten years from the grant date. Stock options granted do not contain any voting or dividend rights prior to exercise. The Company recognizes compensation expense associated with the stock option grants using the straight-line method over the requisite service period. In 2018, the Company concluded that it is not reasonably probable that the performance criteria for the performance options will occur. The compensation expense for these options will be recognized when it becomes reasonably possible. The Company recognized $0.8 million and $0.4 million of compensation expense related to stock options within Compensation and benefits expense on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was $2.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding and unvested (Time-vesting options and Performance-vesting options) stock options that are expected to vest and be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.25 years. There was $2.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the number of options vested and exercisable were 736,388 and 527,000, respectively and the weighted-average exercise price of the options currently exercisable was $8.11 and $9.55, respectively. The remaining contractual term of the options currently exercisable was 7.15 years as of December 31, 2019.
The following presents the activity of the Company’s stock options:
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (Years)
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2018
2,707,200
$10.00
8.07
$2.23
Granted
1,350,625
$10.26
9.55
$3.15
Exercised
(3,000)
$10.00
$3.07
Forfeited
(815,625)
$10.05
7.41
$2.59
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
3,239,200
$10.10
7.48
$2.52
Granted
427,500
$10.20
9.67
$1.88
Exercised
Forfeited
(374,825)
$10.05
6.15
$2.56
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
3,291,875
$10.12
7.15
$2.41
F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents a summary of the Company’s non-vested activity:
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Non-vested at January 1, 2018
2,361,600
$2.25
Granted
1,350,625
$3.15
Vested
(181,400)
$2.10
Exercised
(3,000)
$3.07
Forfeited
(815,625)
$2.59
Non-vested at December 31, 2018
2,712,200
$2.60
Granted
427,500
$1.88
Vested
(209,388)
$2.24
Exercised
Forfeited
(374,825)
$2.56
Non-vested at December 31, 2019
2,555,487
$2.46
The following presents assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the weighted-average fair value per stock option granted for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Expected life (in years)
8.3
8.3
Risk-free interest rate
1.70%-2.59%
2.33%-2.95%
Expected volatility
23.3%
23.3%
Dividend yield
The expected life of each stock option is estimated based on its vesting and contractual terms. The risk-free interest rate reflected the yield on zero-coupon Treasury securities with a term approximating the expected life of the stock options. The expected volatility was based on an analysis of the historical volatilities of peer companies, adjusted for certain characteristics specific to the Company. The Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 15% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 21 - Income Taxes
The following presents the components of Income tax (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Federal
State
Total
Current
$(378)
$22
$(356)
Deferred
(6,658)
(2,486)
(9,144)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
$(7,036)
$(2,464)
$(9,500)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Federal
State
Total
Current
$(887)
$
$(887)
Deferred
(5,296)
(1,752)
(7,048)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
$(6,183)
$(1,752)
$(7,935)
F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following presents a reconciliation of the Income tax (benefit) recorded on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations to the expected statutory federal corporate income tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Income/(Loss) before income taxes
$(41,411)
$(42,048)
Statutory federal income tax (21%)
(8,697)
(8,830)
State income tax expense, net of federal tax
(2,073)
(2,185)
Change in valuation allowance
(64)
(581)
Impact of tax rate change
54
924
Impact of equity investments
705
55
Other
575
132
Total income tax expense (benefit)
$(9,500)
$(10,485)
Effective tax rate
22.9%
24.9%
The following presents the components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Deferred tax asset
 
 
Federal NOL carryforward
$62,988
$60,069
State NOL carryforward
14,062
13,551
Installment sale – Natty Mac
24,473
Interest expense
1,330
Other
5,873
5,208
Total deferred tax asset
82,923
104,631
Deferred tax liability
 
 
MSR
(49,205)
(88,647)
Derivatives
(6,687)
(1,975)
Investment in Longbridge
(4,457)
Other
(507)
Total deferred tax liability
(60,349)
(91,129)
Valuation Allowance
(1,907)
(1,971)
Net tax asset
$20,667
$11,531
The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income if it is determined, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company’s analysis focuses on identifying significant, objective evidence that it will more likely than not be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future. The Company considers both positive and negative evidence when evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, which is highly judgmental and requires subjective weighting of such evidence.
The Company concluded that, with the exception of a valuation allowance of $1.9 million and $2 million related to state NOLs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, no other valuation allowance was required. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s deferred tax asset includes gross federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $297.3 million and $211 million, respectively. The majority of these loss carryforwards expire in 2035 through 2037. The NOLs generated after 2017 carryforward indefinitely and are subject to a limit of 80% of taxable income. Certain of the company’s NOLs are subject to limitation under IRC §382, limiting the Company’s ability to utilize the full NOL in any given period.
F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Unrecognized tax benefits are recognized related to tax positions included in (i) previously filed income tax returns and (ii) financial results expected to be included in income tax returns to be filed for periods through the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain income tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. An uncertain income tax position that meets the “more likely than not” recognition threshold is then measured to determine the amount of the benefit to recognize. The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 or 2018, respectively.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties in operating expenses. The Company did not incur any material tax related interest or penalties in 2019 or 2018. There was no estimated liability for the potential payment of interest and penalties included in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The company is subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service as well as various state and local tax authorities for the tax years ending December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.
Note 22 – Segments
Management has organized the Company into two reportable segments based primarily on its services as follows: (1) Origination and (2) Servicing. The key factors used to identify these reportable segments is how the CODM monitors performance, allocates capital, and makes strategic and operational decisions that aligns with the Company and Company's internal operations. The Origination segment consists of a combination of retail and third-party loan production options. The Servicing segment performs loan servicing for both newly originated loans the Company is holding for sale and loans the Company services for others.
Origination
In the Origination segment, the Company originates and sells residential real estate mortgage loans in the United States through the consumer direct third party originations, and correspondent channels that offer a variety of loan programs that support the financial needs of the borrowers. In each of the channels, the Company’s primary source of revenue is the difference between the cost of originating or purchasing the loan and the price which the loan is sold to investors as well as the fair value of originated MSRs and hedging gains and losses. Loan origination fees and interest income earned on loans held pending sale or securitization are also included in the revenues for this segment.
Servicing
In the Servicing segment, the Company generates revenue through contractual fees earned by performing daily administrative and management activities for mortgage loans. These activities include collecting loan payments, remitting payments to investors, sending monthly statements, managing escrow accounts, servicing delinquent loan work-outs, and managing and disposing of foreclosed properties. Servicing our customers is primarily conducted in-house.
Other Information About Our Segments
The Company's CODM evaluates performance, makes operating decisions, and allocates resources based on the Company's contribution margin. Contribution margin is the Company’s measure of profitability for its two reportable segments. Contribution margin is defined as revenue from Gain on sale, net, Loan fee income, Loan servicing fees, Change in fair value of MSRs, Interest income, and Other income (which includes Income from equity method investment) adjusted for the change in fair value attributable to valuation assumptions of MSRs and less directly attributable expenses. The accounting policies applied by our segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies and the decrease in MSRs due to valuation assumptions is consistent with the changes described in Note 7, Mortgage Servicing Rights. Directly attributable expenses include salaries, commissions and team member benefits, general and administrative expenses, and other expenses, such as servicing costs and origination costs. Direct operating expenses incurred in connection with the activities of the segments are included in the respective segments.
F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The Company does not allocate assets to its reportable segments as they are not included in the review performed by the CODM for purposes of assessing segment performance and allocating resources. The balance sheet is managed on a consolidated basis and is not used in the context of segment reporting. In addition, the Company does not enter into transactions between its reportable segments.
The Company also reports an “All Other” category that includes unallocated corporate expenses, such as IT, finance, and human resources. These operations are neither significant individually or in aggregate and therefore do not constitute a reportable segment.
The Company previously reported its discontinued operation in the Origination segment. The Origination segment is presented below excluding the effect of discontinued operations and a reconciliation is provided to Loss from continuing operations before income tax as shown on the consolidated statements of operations.
The following tables present the key operating data for our business segments (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Origination
Servicing
Segments
Total
All Other
Total
Reconciliation
Item(1)
Total
Consolidated
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$200,646
$(1,145)
$199,501
$
$199,501
 
$199,501
Loan fee income
32,072
32,072
40
32,112
 
32,112
Loan servicing fees
(846)
145,074
144,228
144,228
 
144,228
Change in FV of MSRs
(173,134)
(173,134)
(173,134)
 
(173,134)
Interest income
2,697
18,883
21,580
(27,721)
(6,141)
 
(6,141)
Other income
13
13
5,847
5,847
(2,701)
3,159
Total U.S. GAAP Revenue
$234,569
$(10,309)
$224,260
$(21,834)
$202,426
$(2,701)
$199,725
Contribution margin
$89,456
$24,593
$114,049
$(78,278)
$35,771
 
 
(1)
The Company includes the income from its equity method investments in the All Other category. In order to reconcile to Total net revenue on the consolidated statements of operations, it must be removed as is presented above.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Origination
Servicing
Segments
Total
All Other
Total
Reconciliation
Item(1)
Total
Consolidated
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on loans, net
$84,127
$(59)
$84,068
$
$84,068
 
$84,068
Loan fee income
18,462
18,462
1,141
19,603
 
19,603
Loan servicing fees
119,049
119,049
119,049
 
119,049
Change in FV of MSRs
(47,312)
(47,312)
(47,312)
 
(47,312)
Interest income
6,028
2,228
8,256
(20,563)
(12,307)
 
(12,307)
Other income
44
(98)
(54)
1,419
1,365
(209)
1,156
Total U.S. GAAP Revenue
$108,661
$73,808
$182,469
$(18,003)
$164,466
$(209)
$164,257
Contribution margin
$251
$26,180
$26,431
$(78,618)
$(52,187)
 
 
(1)
The Company includes the income from its equity method investments in the All Other segment. In order to reconcile to Total net revenue on the consolidated statements of operations, it must be removed as is presented above.
F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
The following table presents a reconciliation of segment contribution margin to consolidated U.S. GAAP Loss from continuing operations before income tax (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Loss from continuing operations before income tax
$(41,411)
$(42,048)
Decrease (increase) in MSRs due to valuation assumptions
74,481
(10,348)
Income from equity method investment
2,701
209
Contribution margin, excluding change in MSRs due to valuation assumption
$35,771
$(52,187)
Note 23 – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Balance Sheet
(in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
2019
2018
Cash and cash equivalents
$202
$460
Investment in subsidiary
380,961
409,068
Equity method investment
31,283
28,701
Other assets
486
566
Total assets
$412,932
$438,795
Accounts payable
$2,137
$24
Deferred tax liabilities
483
Total liabilities
2,620
24
 
 
 
Equity:
 
 
Common stock (138,860,111 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.0000000072 per share)
Additional paid in capital
454,861
454,110
Accumulated deficit
(44,549)
(15,339)
Total liabilities and equity
$412,932
$438,795
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statement of Operations
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Interest income
$3
$3
Net loss of subsidiaries
(30,873)
(24,494)
Total loss
$(30,870)
$(24,491)
Total expenses
390
(201)
Income (loss) before tax
(31,260)
(24,290)
Income tax provision
(651)
(116)
Income from equity method investments
2,701
209
Total net loss
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Home Point Capital Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statement of Cash Flow
(in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
Net Income
$(29,210)
$(24,197)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
Net loss of subsidiaries
30,873
24,494
Depreciation
13
(Gain) on equity investment
(2,701)
(2,709)
Decrease in deferred taxes, net
1,032
51
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets
(468)
(1,428)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other assets
2,113
(282)
Total operating cash flows
$1,639
$(4,058)
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposals
23
Investment in subsidiaries
(1,896)
(38,944)
Total investing cash flows
$(1,896)
$ (38,921)
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
Capital contributions from parent
42,970
Investment in subsidiaries
 
 
Total net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
$
$42,970
 
 
 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$(257)
$(9)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
$460
$469
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$203
$460
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
54
Basis of Presentation
The parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto. For purposes of this condensed financial information, the Company’s wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries are separate and distinct from HPC.
Since the restricted net assets of Home Point Capital Inc. and its subsidiaries exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, the accompanying condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule 1 of Regulation S-X. This information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Dividends from Subsidiaries
There were no cash dividends paid to Home Point Capital Inc. from the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries during each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Restricted Payments
As discussed in the Note 13, Warehouse Lines of Credit, HPC is party to credit facilities that require the maintenance of certain financial covenants relating to net worth, profitability, available mortgage warehouse borrowing capacity, restrictions on indebtedness of the Company, and restrictions on payments of dividends. The restriction on dividend payments may be released with consent from the creditors.
Note 24 – Concentrations of Risk
Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to credit risk, consist of cash and cash equivalents, derivatives, and mortgage loans held for sale.
Credit risk is reduced by the Company’s underwriting standards, monitoring pledged collateral, and other in-house monitoring procedures performed by management. The Company’s credit exposure for amounts due from investors and derivative related receivables is minimized since its policy is to sell mortgages only to highly reputable and financially sound financial institutions.
Concentrations
The Company originated or purchased loans in 50 states and the District of Columbia, with significant activity (approximately 5% or greater of total originations) in the following states:
 
Percentage of
Origination
2019
 
State:
 
California
22.9%
Florida
7.0%
New Jersey
5.2%
2018
 
State:
 
California
22.2%
Florida
9.7%
New Jersey
8.3%
Illinois
7.0%
The total unpaid principal balance of the servicing portfolio, including mortgage loans held for sale, was approximately $54.3 billion and $41.9 billion as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of loans originated by the Company and sold with servicing retained was $21.4 billion and $11.2 billion as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company serviced loans in 50 states and the District of Columbia, with significant activity (approximately 5% or greater of total servicing) in the following states:
 
Percentage of
Servicing Unpaid
Principal Balance
2019
 
State:
 
California
19.35%
Florida
7.24%
New Jersey
7.08%
Illinois
5.27%
2018
 
State:
 
California
20.21%
Florida
6.89%
New Jersey
7.98%
Illinois
5.76%
F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Significant Customers
Residential mortgage loans are sold through one of the following methods: (i) sales to or pursuant to programs sponsored by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, or (ii) sales to private investors. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 96% and 97%, respectively, of mortgage loans sales were to Government Sponsored Entities (“GSEs”) and the remaining 4% and 3%, respectively, were sold to private investors.
The following presents newly originated loans that the Company sold to investors or transferred into GNMA securitization pools (in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
GNMA
$ 10,066,347
47.5%
$5,000,967
41.6%
FNMA
6,609,090
31.2%
2,684,593
22.0%
FHLMC
3,691,617
17.4%
3,994,671
33.3%
Other
816,779
3.9%
368,447
3.1%
 
$ 21,183,833
100%
$ 12,012,678
100%
Note 25 – Related Parties
The Company entered into transactions and agreements to purchase various services, and products from certain shareholder subsidiaries of the parent company, Home Point Capital LP. The services range from valuation services of mortgage servicing rights, insurance brokerage services, and loan review services for certain loan originations. The Company incurred expenses of $2.2 million and $2.0 million, in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for products, services, and other transactions, which are included in Occupancy and equipment, General and administrative and Other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Note 26 – Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
Dividend payment (unaudited)
On September 30, 2020, the Company declared a dividend which was paid on October 5, 2020, in the amount of $154.5 million to its direct parent, HPLP. Upon receipt from HPC, HPLP distributed the amount to its shareholders which received $3.00 per share. The following unaudited pro forma balance sheet line items as of December 31, 2019 reflect the dividend as if such dividend was declared on December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
 
As Reported
December 31,
2019
Dividends
Adjustment(1)
Pro Forma
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$39,793
154,500
194,239
Total liabilities
$ 2,498,455
154,500
2,652,955
Total shareholder’s equity
$410,312
(154,500)
255,812
(1)
The Company paid a dividend on October 5, 2020 of $154.5 million, which was fully funded through the use of cash on hand. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheets, the payment of the dividend is reflected as a reduction to shareholders’ equity of $154.5 million and the recognition of a payable of $154.5 million.
COVID-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, commonly referred to as COVID-19 (“COVID-19”), emerged in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China and has since spread. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic and the COVID-19 outbreak was declared a national emergency. In response
F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
to the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act allows borrowers with federally backed loans to request a temporary mortgage forbearance. The CARES Act imposes several new compliance obligations on mortgage servicing activities, including, but not limited to mandatory forbearance offerings, altered credit reporting obligations, and moratoriums on foreclosure actions and late fee assessments. Many states have taken similar measures to provide mortgage payment and other relief to consumers, which create additional complexity around mortgage servicing compliance activities. The Company did not incur significant disruptions through the time of the issuance of these financial statements. While the Company has not experienced a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position, or liquidity due to COVID-19, it is difficult to predict what the ongoing impact of the pandemic will be on the economy, the Company’s customers or its business. However, the Company is unaware of any known adverse material risk or event that should be recognized in the financial statements at this time. If the pandemic continues, it may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of future operations, financial position, and liquidity in fiscal year 2020.
F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Home Point Capital Inc.
Common Stock
Prospectus
Joint Book-Running Managers
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Wells Fargo Securities
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
Credit Suisse
J.P. Morgan
BofA Securities
Co-Managers
JMP Securities
Piper Sandler
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
SPC Capital Markets
LLC
Wedbush Securities
Zelman Partners LLC
Through and including   , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and registration of the securities being registered hereunder (excluding the underwriters’ discount and commission). All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the listing fee.
 
Amount to
be paid
SEC registration fee
$32,935
FINRA filing fee
45,782
Nasdaq listing fee
295,000
Legal fees and expenses
2,500,000
Accounting fees and expenses
1,774,000
Printing and engraving expenses
165,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees
10,000
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
277,283
Total
$5,100,000
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, which agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by our board of directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.
Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
The underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the offering of common stock being registered hereby will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.
Insofar as the forgoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
On January 19, 2021, we issued $550 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 at a cash purchase price equal to 98.500% of their face value. The initial purchasers for the notes were led by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. The issuance of the notes was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Resales of the notes were made by the initial purchasers to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(A)
Exhibits.
Exhibit Number
Description
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
Indenture, dated as of January 19, 2021, by and among Home Point Capital Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, governing the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026.
Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
Master Participation Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, and Merchants Bank of Indiana, as participant.
Confirmation and Amendment of Participation Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, and Merchants Bank of Indiana, as participant.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Number
Description
Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of June 3, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as buyer, and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as agent.
Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of August 14, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as buyer, and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as agent.
Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of November 18, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as buyer, and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as agent.
Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of December 23, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as buyer, and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as agent.
Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2020, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent, Credit Suisse AG, as buyer, Alpine Securitization LTD, as buyer, the other buyers from time to time party thereto, Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, and each underlying entity joined thereto from time to time.
Mortgage Warehouse Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
Addendum to Mortgage Warehouse Agreement (New York Committed Facility), effective as of September 2, 2020, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2020, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, TIAA, FSB, as administrative agent and a buyer, and the other buyers from time to time party thereto.
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Pricing Letter, dated as of December 15, 2020, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, TIAA, FSB, as administrative agent and a buyer, and Capital One, National Association, as a buyer.
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Pricing Letter, dated as of January 13, 2021, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, TIAA, FSB, as administrative agent and a buyer, and Capital One, National Association, as a buyer.
Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2015, by and between UBS Bank USA, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2016, by and between UBS Bank USA, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Assignment and Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement and Assignment and Amendment No. 8 to Pricing Letter, dated September 15, 2016, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller, UBS Bank USA, as assignor, and UBS AG, as assignee.
Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2016, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2017, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2017, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2018, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2018, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2018, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 10 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2019, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Number
Description
Amendment No. 11 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2019, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 12 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2019, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 13 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2020, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 14 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2020, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 15 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2020, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amendment No. 16 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2020, by and between UBS AG, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of November 23, 2015, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2020, by and between Amherst Pierpont Securities LLC, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2020, by and between Barclays Bank PLC, as purchaser and agent, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as borrower, Home Point Capital Inc., as guarantor, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2019, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as borrower, Home Point Capital Inc., as guarantor, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2020, by and among Home Point Financial Corporation, as borrower, Home Point Capital Inc., as guarantor, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2015, by and between Home Point Capital Inc. and William A. Newman.
Home Point Capital LP 2015 Option Plan, dated as of March 31, 2015.
Amendment No. 1 to Home Point Capital LP 2015 Option Plan, dated January 31, 2020.
Form of the 2021 Incentive Plan.
Form of Substitute Option Agreement under the 2021 Incentive Plan.
Form of 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of January 8, 2021, by and between Bank of Montreal, as buyer, and Home Point Financial Corporation, as seller.
Consulting Agreement, dated January 9, 2021, by and between Home Point Financial Corporation and Andrew Bon Salle.
Amendment No. 2 to Home Point Capital LP 2014 Option Plan, dated January 6, 2021.
Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Agreement under the 2021 Incentive Plan
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
Consent of Laurie S. Goodman to be named as a director nominee.
Consent of Timothy R. Morse to be named as a director nominee.
Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this registration statement).
Power of Attorney of Andrew J. Bon Salle.
*
Previously filed
**
Filed herewith.

Compensatory arrangements for director(s) and/or executive officer(s).
+
Certain portions of this exhibit have been redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally an unredacted copy of the exhibit to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
(B)
Financial Statement Schedules.
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

None.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Ann Arbor, State of Michigan, on January 22, 2021.
 
Home Point Capital Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ William A. Newman
 
 
Name:
William A. Newman
 
 
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on January 22, 2021.
Signature
Capacity
 
 
/s/ William A. Newman
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
William A. Newman
 
 
*
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Mark E. Elbaum
 
 
*
Chairperson
Andrew J. Bon Salle
 
 
 
*
Director
Agha S. Khan
 
 
*
Director
Stephen A. Levey
 
 
*
Director
Eric L. Rosenzweig
*By:
/s/ William A. Newman
William A. Newman
Attorney-in-fact
II-6

Exhibit 1.1

Home Point Capital Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.0000000072 Per Share

Underwriting Agreement

_______________, 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters
named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282-2198

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
500 West 33rd Street, 14th Floor
New York, New York 10001

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The stockholders named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) of Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any, up to [•] additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares.”

1.          (a)          The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i)          A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-251963) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post‑effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);


(ii)          (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) the Pricing Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(iii)          For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is ___:___ __m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.  The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

2

(iv)          The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(v)          Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, has, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long‑term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

3

(vi)          Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vii)          Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so  qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(viii)          The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

4

(ix)          The compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, except for such defaults, conflicts, breaches or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) result in the violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of this clause (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and such other consents, approvals, authorizations, order, registrations or qualifications as shall have been obtained or made prior to the Time of Delivery;

(x)          Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any applicable statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

5

(xi)          The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, constitute an accurate summary of the terms of the Stock in all material respects;

(xii)          The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders,” and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto and the agreements and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xiii)          Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(xiv)          The Company is not an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xv)          At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvi)          BDO USA, LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xvii)          The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

6

(xviii)          Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xix)          The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure;

(xx)          This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxi)          The Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are in compliance with the terms of, all adequate certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits (“Licenses”) necessary to the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the Pricing Disclosure Package to be conducted by them, except where failure of such possession or compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and have not  received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Licenses that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxii)          No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxiii)          None of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

7

(xxiv)          None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (ii) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law;

(xxv)          The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(xxvi)          None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions;

(xxvii)          The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein.  The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements included therein.  Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

8

(xxviii)          Except as set forth in Pricing Prospectus and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company owns, possesses or has a valid license or other rights to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, domain names, social media identifiers and accounts, and other source indicators (and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing), technology, databases, software and source code, inventions, patents, copyrights and copyrightable works, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary or confidential information and other intellectual property and proprietary rights in any jurisdiction (including any and all issuances and registrations and applications for issuance or registration of any of the foregoing, as applicable) (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”), necessary to conduct its business as now operated.  Except as set forth in Pricing Prospectus and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation, or other violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (ii) there is no pending, and the Company, has not received any written notice of and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party (A) challenging the validity, enforceability scope or ownership of any such Intellectual Property Rights or (B) alleging that the Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated or conflicted with any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party; (iii) the conduct of the Company’s business, as now operated, does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party and (iv) the Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain, protect and safeguard its Intellectual Property Rights;

(xxix)          From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

9

(xxx)          The Company has implemented commercially reasonable policies and security measures (i) regarding the collection, use, disclosure, retention, processing, transfer, confidentiality, and integrity of personal data, and proprietary business or sensitive information, in its possession, custody, or control, and (ii) regarding the integrity and availability of the material information technology and software applications the Company owns or operates. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, during the past three years, the Company has not experienced any breach of security, compromise, unauthorized access to or use or attack of, nor any other information security incident that has compromised the integrity, or otherwise led to the unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, the information technology assets and equipment, computer systems, networks, hardware, software, applications, websites, databases and trade secrets that the Company owns or operates, or the data stored therein and processed thereby  (“IT Systems and Data”). Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has not been notified of any such breach of security, compromise, unauthorized access to or use or attack of its IT Systems and Data. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the IT Systems and Data are free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other malicious software.  Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has complied, and is presently in compliance, with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal privacy policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy, security and protection of its IT Systems and Data, including the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure of data, and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has implemented commercially reasonable policies, procedures, controls and safeguards to maintain and protect the security, integrity, continuous operation and redundancy of its IT Systems and Data, including in relation to backup and disaster recovery technology.  To the Company’s knowledge, the Company is not under investigation by any governmental or regulatory agency, and has not received any oral, written or other claim, complaint, inquiry, or notice from any third party or any governmental or regulatory agency alleging that its collection, processing, use, storage, security and/or disclosure of personal data is in violation of any applicable laws or privacy policies, or otherwise constitutes an unfair, deceptive or misleading trade practice; and

(xxxi)          The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed (taking into account any timely requested extensions thereof) through the date hereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect); the Company and each of its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes due (including any assessments, fines or penalties), except for taxes currently being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been taken, and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company and its subsidiaries have no knowledge of any tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10

(b)          Each of the Selling Stockholders severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i)          All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and, in the case of Selling Stockholders other than Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P., the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement referred to below, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement, as applicable, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii)          The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) nor will such action result in any violation of (1) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership (or similar applicable organizational document) or (2) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder, except for any such conflict, breach or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, impair the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, as applicable, and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, as applicable, in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Exchange or under the Exchange Act or applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or as have already been obtained;

11

(iii)          Immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof), such Selling Stockholder will have good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv)          On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III hereto;

(v)          Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi)          To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein, such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii)          Certificates in negotiable form or book-entry securities entitlements representing certain of the Shares to be sold by certain of the Selling Stockholders hereunder will have been, prior to each Time of Delivery, placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Custody Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to [•], as custodian (the “Custodian”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Power of Attorney”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, as applicable;

12

(viii)          In the case of Selling Stockholders other than Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P., the Shares held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, certificates or book-entry securities representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreement; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event; and

(ix)          Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

13

2.          Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereto) and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares). Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made with respect to the Optional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Selling Stockholders or their Attorneys-in-Fact, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

14

3.          Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

4.          (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Custodian to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance.  The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing.  Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery,” each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery.”

(b)          The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered through the facilities of DTC at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery.  A meeting will be held on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto.  For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

15

5.          The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a)          To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; the Company will not file any amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery to which you reasonably object by written notice to the Company in a timely manner; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b)          Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c)          Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

16

(d)          To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system, an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1)          During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and in each case, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, (C) any options or other awards, or the shares of Stock issued with respect to, or upon the exercise of, such options and other awards, granted under the Company’s equity plans disclosed in the Registration Statement, (D) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8, and the issuance of securities registered thereunder, relating to any benefit plans or arrangements disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (E) the issuance of shares of Stock (including without limitation, restricted stock or restricted stock awards) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, or the acquisition of the assets of, or a majority of controlling portion of the equity of, or a business combination or a joint venture with, another entity in connection with such business or combination or such acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of such entity, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued or issuable pursuant to clause (E) does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Stock outstanding immediately after the offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement and prior to such issuance, each recipient of any such securities shall execute and deliver to the Representatives an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III hereto;

(e)(2)          During the Company Lock-Up Period, not to waive the lock-up provisions contained in Section [•] of the [Stock Option Plan];

17

(e)(3)          If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters pursuant to Section 1(b)(iv) or Section 8(i) hereof, in each case and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex II hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f)          To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

(g)          During a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided that such information shall be deemed furnished if filed with EDGAR;

(h)          To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”);

(i)          To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act; and

(j)          If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (17 CFR 202.3a).

(k)          To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery.

6.          (a)          The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

18

(b)          The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c)          The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and prior to the Time of Delivery or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d)          The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e)          Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

19

7.          The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with one another and the several Underwriters that:

(a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Selling Stockholders’ counsel and the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on NASDAQ; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares (the fees of such counsel, combined with the fees of counsel in connection clause (iii) of this Section 7(a), in an amount not to exceed $45,000); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable, (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Selling Stockholders’ and its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and

(b) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid (directly or by reimbursement) New York State stock transfer tax and other similar taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder.

It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8.          The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a)          The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

20

(b)          Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c)          Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d)          On the date of this Agreement, on the effective date of any post‑effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at such Time of Delivery, BDO USA, LLC shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e)          (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(f)          On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined  in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

21

(g)          On or after the Applicable Time, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or on NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on NASDAQ; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment is so material and adverse that it makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h)          The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed for quotation on NASDAQ;

(i)          The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each director, executive officer or other stockholder of the Company listed in Schedule IV, substantially in the form of Annex III hereto;

(j)          The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request; and

(k)          On the date of this Agreement and at each Time of Delivery, the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

9.          (a)  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter or each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by such Underwriter or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, any roadshow or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The Company shall not be liable under this Section 9(a) to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Company, as applicable, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

22

(b)          Each Selling Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or each Underwriter by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company or each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by the Company or such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, further, that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection 9(b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder including any Optional Shares and the initial public offering price of the Shares as set forth in the Prospectus (in relation to each such Selling Stockholder, the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”).

23

(c)          Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Company (ii) each Selling Stockholder, (iii) each of the directors of the Company who signs the Registration Statement and (iv) each of the officers of the Company who signs the Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” and the information contained in the ninth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”

(d)          Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

24

(e)          If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnifying person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares and with the proportion among the Company and the Selling Stockholders to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and with the proportion among the Company and the Selling Stockholders to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders.  The relative benefits received by the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint; and the Selling Stockholders’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective Selling Stockholder Proceeds.

25

(f)          The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and affiliate of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act.

10.          (a)  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to the Company to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein.  If within thirty‑six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty‑six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms.  In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may deem to be necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

26

(b)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one‑eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non‑defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non‑defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one‑eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non‑defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11.          The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12.          If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, each of the Selling Stockholders pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out‑of‑pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

27

13.          In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC on behalf of you as the Representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York  10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 500 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Equity Syndicate Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary with a copy to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (Fax: 212-455-2502), Attention: Joseph H. Kaufman; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(i) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room; and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 500 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Equity Syndicate. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

28

14.          This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15.          Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.  As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C.  is open for business.

16.          The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.  The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17.          This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18.          This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19.          The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

29

20.          This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

21.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a)          In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Sec. 252.82(b);

30

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Sec. 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Sec. 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Sec.Sec. 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

31

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders.  It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney that authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

     
Very truly yours,
         
     
Home Point Capital Inc.
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
         
     
Trident VI, L.P.
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
         
     
Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P.
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
         
     
Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P.
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
         

32

     
Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
         
     
[Management Sellers]
         
     
By:
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
       
As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to this Agreement
         
Accepted as of the date hereof:
   
         
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
   
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
   
         
On behalf of each of the Underwriters
   
         
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
   
         
By:
     
   
Name:
   
   
Title:
   
         
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
   
         
By:
     
   
Name:
   
   
Title:
   

33

SCHEDULE I

Underwriter
Total Number of
Firm Shares to
be Purchased
Number of Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
   
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
   
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
   
UBS Securities LLC
   
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
   
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
   
BofA Securities, Inc.
   
JMP Securities LLC
   
Piper Sandler & Co.
   
R. Seelaus & Co., LLC
   
SPC Capital Markets LLC
   
Wedbush Securities Inc.
   
Zelman Partners LLC
   
Total
   


SCHEDULE II

 
Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold
Number of Optional
Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum Option
Exercised
The Company
   
The Selling Stockholder(s):
   
Trident VI, L.P.
   
Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P.
   
Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P.
   
Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.
   
[Management Sellers]
   
Total
     


SCHEDULE III

(a)
Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package: Electronic roadshow dated [•]
   
(b)
Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference: None
   
(c)
Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:
   
 
The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[•]
   
 
The number of Firm Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].
   
 
The number of Optional Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [●].
   
(d)
Written Testing-the-Waters Communications: [            ]
   

SCHEDULE IV

[List of Officers, Directors and Stockholders to Execute the Lock-Up Agreement]


ANNEX I(a)

[FORM OF OPINION AND NEGATIVE ASSURANCE LETTER

OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY]

[To be attached.]


ANNEX II

[Form of Press Release]

Home Point Capital Inc.

[Date]

Home Point Capital Inc. (“Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of       shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.   The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      ,          20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX III
[Form of Lock-up Agreement]

Home Point Capital Inc.

 [•]1

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
500 West 33rd Street, 14th Floor
New York, New York 10001

Re:  Home Point Capital Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule II to the Underwriting Agreement, providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of the common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the undersigned agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.



1 NTD: To be dated the day of launch.

[If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.]2

[If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two New York Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two New York Business Days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.]3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or Derivative Interests of the Company:

(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that (1) the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

(ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that (1) the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (3) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

(iii) by will or other testamentary document, or intestacy, provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

(iv) to any immediate family member, other dependent or any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); provided that (1) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (3) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above;



2 NTD: Include for non-directors and officers only.
3 NTD: Include for officers and directors only.

(vi) to the extent necessary to fund the payment of taxes due with respect to the vesting, or lapse of substantial risk of forfeiture or other similar taxable event, of options or other rights to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans disclosed in the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering;

(vii) to the Company or its subsidiaries (a) upon the exercise or vesting of outstanding options or other equity interests, including transfers deemed to occur upon the “net” or “cashless” exercise of options or (b) for the sole purpose of paying the exercise price of such options or other equity interests or for paying taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise or vesting of such options or other equity interests pursuant to the Company’s equity plans disclosed in the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering, provided that (1) any such shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise or vesting shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement;

(viii) to the Company or its subsidiaries upon death, disability or termination of employment;

(ix) acquired in the open market following the date of the commencement of the Public Offering, provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

(x) to the Underwriters in connection with the Public Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement;

(xi) pursuant to tenders, sales or other transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of shares of Common Stock involving a “change of control” (as defined below) of the Company (provided that if such transaction is not consummated, the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock shall remain subject to the restrictions set forth herein) (for purposes of this clause (xi), “change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company);

(xii) pursuant to the call or put provisions of existing employment agreements and equity grant documents, provided that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act in connection with such transfer shall indicate, to the extent permitted by such Section and the related rules and regulations, the reason for such disposition and that such transfer of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock was solely to the Company;

(xiii) to establish or modify a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act that does not provide for the sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period; provided that filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall include a statement that such transfer of shares was effected pursuant to a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act;

(xiv) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “court or regulatory agency” means any domestic or foreign, federal, state or local government, including any political subdivision thereof, any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, department, agency or official, any court or administrative body, and any national securities exchange or similar self-regulatory body or organization, in each case of competent jurisdiction), by operation of law as a result of a divorce or to comply with any regulations related to ownership by the undersigned of the undersigned’s Shares; or

(xv) with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC on behalf of the Underwriters.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, the undersigned may transfer the capital stock of the Company to (a) another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (b) as distributions of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock to limited partners, limited liability company members, stockholders or subsidiaries (or their equivalents under the jurisdiction of organization of the undersigned) of the undersigned; provided, however, that in any such case, (1) it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this Agreement, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (3) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with any such transfer.


The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by February 28, 2021, (ii) either the representatives or the Company advises the other party in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined to not proceed with the public offering of the Common Stock, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, or (iv) the Company files an application to withdraw, and the Securities and Exchange Commission consents to the withdrawal of, the registration statement with respect to the public offering of the Common Stock, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement.

This Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering.  The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 
Very truly yours,
   
   
 
Exact Name of Shareholder
   
   
 
Authorized Signature
   
   
 
Title


Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

*  *  *  *  *

The present name of the corporation is Home Point Capital Inc. (the “Corporation”).  The Corporation was incorporated under its present name by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 27, 2014 (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”). The Original Certificate of Incorporation was amended on January 21, 2021 (the “Amendment”) to effect a 1,388,601.11-for-one stock split of the then-outstanding common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share, of the Corporation. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation (as amended by the Amendment), was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as the same exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, the “DGCL”) and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.  The Original Certificate of Incorporation (as amended by the Amendment) is hereby amended, integrated and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Corporation is Home Point Capital Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.



ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,250,000,000, which shall be divided into two classes as follows:

1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0000000072 per share (“Common Stock”); and

250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

I.          Capital Stock.

A.          Common Stock and Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).  The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, which number the Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided in the designation of such series, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) and as may be permitted by the DGCL.  The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

B.          Each holder of record of Common Stock, as such, shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock which is outstanding in his, her or its name on the books of the Corporation on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally.  Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

C.          Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

D.          Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation which are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

2


E.          Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

F.          The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

A.          For so long as Stone Point (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: this Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X.  For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

B.          The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  For so long as Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), by the Amended and Restated Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Amended and Restated Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), by the Amended and Restated Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Amended and Restated Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

3


ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A.          Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors and subject to the applicable requirements of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.  The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.  Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date.  At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.  If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.  Subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office prior to the IPO Date to their respective class.

B.          Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of [●], 2021 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, and certain affiliates of Stone Point Capital LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries and its and their affiliates, successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “Stone Point”), any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be), even if less than a quorum, by any sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, that at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be), even if less than a quorum, or by any such sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).  Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

C.          Subject to rights granted to Stone Point under the Stockholders’ Agreement, any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

4


D.          Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Amended and Restated Bylaws shall so provide.

E.          During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.  Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

A.          To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

B.          Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

A.          At any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable procedures of the DGCL. At any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

B.          Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors at the request of Stone Point.

5


C.          An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A.          In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, members, officers, associated funds, employees and/or other representatives of Stone Point and its Affiliates may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) Stone Point and its Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve Stone Point, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith, subject to the provisions set out in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

B.          None of (i) Stone Point or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section (D) of this Article IX.  Subject to said Section (D) of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

C.          The Corporation and its Affiliates do not have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Identified Person, or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the Corporation agrees that each of the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Corporation or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Corporation.

D.          The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

6


E.          In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

F.          For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of Stone Point, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by Stone Point, including investment funds managed by Stone Point and their affiliates, controls Stone Point, or is under common control with Stone Point, and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any Person that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

G.          To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE X

DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

A.          The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

B.          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:


1.
prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or


2.
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or


3.
at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66⅔% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

7


C.          For purposes of this Article X, references to:


1.
affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.


2.
associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.


3.
business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:


(i)
any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section (B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;


(ii)
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;


(iii)
any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (c)-(e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);


(iv)
any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

8



(v)
any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.


4.
control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise.  A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article X, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.


5.
interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include or be deemed to include, in any case, (a) Stone Point, any Stone Point Direct Transferee, any Stone Point Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person.  For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.


6.
owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:


(i)
beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or


(ii)
has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

9



(iii)
has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.


7.
person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.


8.
stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.


9.
Stone Point Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from Stone Point or any of its affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.


10.
Stone Point Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from any Stone Point Direct Transferee or any other Stone Point Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.


11.
voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

A.          If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

B.          Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware.  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI(B).

 [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Home Point Capital Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [●] day of [●], 2021.

 
Home Point Capital Inc.
     
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 


[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]



Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1.01          Registered Office. The registered office and registered agent of Home Point Capital Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 2.01          Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that annual meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.02          Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that special meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors at the request of Stone Point (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of Stone Point.



SECTION 2.03          Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(A)          Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1)          Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2)          For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the date of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after shares of its Common Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on May 31, 2020); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than seventy (70) days from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or, following the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after shares of its Common Stock are first publicly traded, if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.03 shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

2


(3)          A stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with (x) the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or (y) the beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

3


(B)          Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board of Directors (or Stone Point pursuant to Section B of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event a special meeting of stockholders is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C)          General. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Amended and Restated Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairperson of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by the DGCL, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

4


(2)          Whenever used in these Amended and Restated Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire or PR Newswire or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3)          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder also shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Amended and Restated Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 2.03 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(4)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as (i) the Stockholders’ Agreement remains in effect with respect to Stone Point and/or (ii) Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, Stone Point (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 2.04          Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2.05          Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

5


SECTION 2.06          Voting.  Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairperson of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

SECTION 2.07          Chairperson of Meetings. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, a person designated by the Board of Directors shall be the chairperson of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

SECTION 2.08          Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

SECTION 2.09          Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 2.10          Adjournment. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairperson of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

6


SECTION 2.11          Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(A)          participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(B)          be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided, that

(1)          the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

(2)          the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(3)          if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

SECTION 2.12          Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

SECTION 2.13          Delivery to the Corporation. Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation expressly opts out of Section 116 of the DGCL with respect the delivery of information and documents to the Corporation required by this Article II.

7


ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 3.01          Powers.  Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors or as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 3.02          Number and Term; Chairperson. Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders.  The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Amended and Restated Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. If the Chairperson of the Board of Directors is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairperson of the Board of Directors) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of their members to preside over such meeting.

SECTION 3.03          Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time or upon the happening of any event specified therein, and if no specification is so made, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

SECTION 3.04          Removal. Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement and applicable law.

SECTION 3.05          Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law and subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

SECTION 3.06          Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or as provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by a majority of directors then in office and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be also called by Stone Point at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and shall be at such places and times as Stone Point shall fix.  Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least twenty-four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

8


SECTION 3.07          Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

SECTION 3.08          Committees; Committee Rules. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

SECTION 3.09          Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

SECTION 3.10          Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 3.11          Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

9


SECTION 3.12          Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

SECTION 4.01          Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include any officers required by the DGCL, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a  Chief Investment Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Administrative Officer, one or more Managing Directors, including one or more Executive Managing Directors, Senior Managing Directors, a Treasurer, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 4.02          Other Officers and Agents. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors, each of whom must be a member of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.03          Chief Executive Officer/President. The Chief Executive Officer, who may also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board of Directors, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board of Directors has not elected a Chairperson of the Board of Directors or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, but only if the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.04          Managing Directors. Each Managing Director, if any are appointed, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Managing Director or Senior Managing Director, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.05          Treasurer. The Treasurer, if any is appointed, shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

10


In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.06          Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Amended and Restated Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.07          Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.08          Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Managing Director, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4.09          Contracts and Other Documents. The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors, any committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

SECTION 4.10          Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Managing Director, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.11          Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

SECTION 4.12          Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

SECTION 4.13          Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

11


ARTICLE V

Stock

SECTION 5.01          Shares With Certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (it being understood that each of the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a President, the Chief Financial Officer, a Managing Director, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be an authorized officer for such purpose). Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile or other electronic signature. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

SECTION 5.02          Shares Without Certificates. If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, give a notice to the registered owner thereof containing the information required to be set forth or stated on stock certificates by the applicable provisions of the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 5.03          Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in these Amended and Restated Bylaws, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with any procedures adopted by the Corporation or its agents and applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation and uncertificated shares.

SECTION 5.04          Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

12


SECTION 5.05          List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 5.06          Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(A)          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B)          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(C)          Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (a) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (b) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

13


SECTION 5.07          Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

SECTION 6.01          Notice.

(A)          Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice shall be given (i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, (ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at the stockholder’s address, or (iii) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address (unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the DGCL to be given by electronic transmission). A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation. A notice by electronic mail will include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files or information. Any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws provided by means of electronic transmission (other than any such notice given by electronic mail) may only be given in a form consented to by such stockholder, and any such notice by such means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to be given as provided by the DGCL.

(B)          Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to any director may be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to such director at such director’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or may be given by telephone or by any means of electronic transmission (including, without limitation, electronic mail) directed to an address for receipt by such director of electronic transmissions appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(C)          Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, and except as prohibited by applicable law, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of applicable law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this Section 6.01(C), shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

SECTION 6.02          Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

14


ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

SECTION 7.01          Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Treasurer and Secretary of the Corporation appointed pursuant to Article IV of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and to any Managing Director, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article IV of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, but not an officer thereof as described in the preceding sentence, has been given or has used the title of “Managing Director” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Article VII.

SECTION 7.02          Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.

15


SECTION 7.03          Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within (a) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (b) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL, and in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

SECTION 7.04          Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(A)          The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B)          Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons, including the Stockholders’ Agreement, as applicable) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Corporation’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Corporation. The Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims it may have against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII.

16


For purposes of this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law or other comparable governing law, or any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

SECTION 7.05          Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

SECTION 7.06          Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

SECTION 7.07          Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01          Electronic Transmission, etc. For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, “electronic transmission,” “electronic mail” and “electronic mail address” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the DGCL.

SECTION 8.02          Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

SECTION 8.03          Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.

17


SECTION 8.04          Section Headings; Section References. Section headings in these Amended and Restated Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein. Except as otherwise indicated, section references herein refer to sections of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

SECTION 8.05          Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

SECTION 9.01          Amendments. The Board of Directors is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Amended and Restated Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  For so long as Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation)), by these Amended and Restated Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Stone Point beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation)), these Amended and Restated Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66⅔% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

18



Exhibit 4.1








REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and between

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

and

the other parties hereto

Dated as of [●], 2021









TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1
     
SECTION 1.1
Certain Definitions
1
     
SECTION 1.2
Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation
6
     
ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS
6
     
SECTION 2.1
Piggyback Rights
6
     
SECTION 2.2
Demand Registration
8
     
SECTION 2.3
Registration Procedures
12
     
SECTION 2.4
Other Registration-Related Matters
16
     
ARTICLE III INDEMNIFICATION
19
     
SECTION 3.1
Indemnification by the Company
19
     
SECTION 3.2
Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters
20
     
SECTION 3.3
Notices of Claims, Etc.
20
     
SECTION 3.4
Contribution
21
     
SECTION 3.5
Other Indemnification
22
     
SECTION 3.6
Non-Exclusivity
22
     
ARTICLE IV OTHER
22
     
SECTION 4.1
Notices
22
     
SECTION 4.2
Assignment
23
     
SECTION 4.3
Amendments; Waiver
23
     
SECTION 4.4
Third Parties
23
     
SECTION 4.5
Governing Law
23
     
SECTION 4.6
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.
23
     
SECTION 4.7
MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
24
     
i


SECTION 4.8
Specific Performance
24
     
SECTION 4.9
Entire Agreement
24
     
SECTION 4.10
Severability
24
     
SECTION 4.11
Counterparts
24
     
SECTION 4.12
Effectiveness
25
     
SECTION 4.13
Confidentiality
25
     
SECTION 4.14
No Recourse
25
     
SECTION 4.15
Independent Nature of the Rights and Obligations of Holders
25
 
   
SECTION 4.16
Termination as to a Holder
25

ii


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [●], 2021 and is by and between Home Point Capital Inc. (the “Company”) and the Holders (as defined below) from time to time party hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is effecting an underwritten initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, Home Point Capital LP (the “Partnership”) will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity (the “Merger”), upon which holders of limited partnership interests in the Partnership will receive shares of Common Stock in respect of their partnership units in the Partnership;

WHEREAS, Section 9.10 of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Home Point Capital LP, dated as of March 31, 2015 (the “LPA”), provides that upon the request of any Sponsor Partner (as defined in the LPA) in connection with a contemplated IPO of the equity of the Partnership, any Affiliate of the Partnership or the Company, the Partnership shall enter into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsor Partners containing customary provisions for a transaction of this type, including demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights;

WHEREAS, the Company, after giving effect to the Merger, desires to grant registration rights to Holders pursuant to Section 9.10 of the LPA on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the date of completion of the IPO (the “Closing Date”), the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain registration rights of the Holders after consummation of the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1          Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement:

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material, non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the Board’s disinterested members, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any registration statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading and such material, non-public information would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such registration statement and would not


 otherwise be required under Law and (ii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

Advice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Affiliate” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Person (other than the Stone Point Entities), an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) with respect to the Stone Point Entities, an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act and any investment fund, vehicle or holding company of which the Stone Point Entities or an Affiliate of the Stone Point Entities serves as the general partner, managing member or discretionary manager or advisor; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, except as used in Article III, an Affiliate of the Stone Point Entities shall not include any Portfolio Company or other investment of the Stone Point Entities.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by Law to close.

Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted, including by way of a stock dividend or stock split.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by,” “Controlling” and “under common Control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Demand Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Demand Suspension” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

2


Holder” means each entity comprising Stone Point and any Transferee of such Person to whom registration rights are assigned pursuant to Section 4.2 that is a holder of Registrable Securities or Securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Registrable Securities.

Indemnified Party” and “Indemnified Parties” have the meanings set forth in Section 3.1.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Law” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

Lockup Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d)(i).

NewCo” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(g).

Non-Recourse Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, a cooperative, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Portfolio Company” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a “portfolio company” (as such term is customarily used among institutional investors), or any entity controlled by any “portfolio company”, of such Person or one of its Affiliates.

Public Offering” means a public offering of equity securities of the Company or any successor thereto or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities” means all shares of Common Stock and any Securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any stock split, dividend or combination, or into which the Common Stock may be converted or exchanged pursuant to any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or any part of its assets, corporate conversion, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction of the Company held by a Holder (in each case whether now held or hereafter acquired, and including any such Securities received as a result of a stock dividend or stock split or received by a Holder upon the conversion or exchange of, or pursuant to such a transaction with respect to, other Securities held by such Holder).  As to any Registrable Securities, such Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when:

3



(a)
a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement;


(b)
such Registrable Securities shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; or


(c)
such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses” means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including:


(a)
all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, all SEC, stock exchange, and FINRA registration and filing fees and the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA, and of its counsel);


(b)
all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities);


(c)
all printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;


(d)
all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or FINRA and all rating agency fees;


(e)
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent certified public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance;


(f)
any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of Securities, including liability insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any;


(g)
the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one law firm together with appropriate local counsel (as selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration) representing the Holders in connection with the registration;


(h)
other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities incurred in connection with the registration;

4



(i)
the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders); and


(j)
any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities” means capital stock, limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Stone Point” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Stone Point”.

Stone Point Entities” means the entities comprising Stone Point, their respective Affiliates and the successors and permitted assigns of such entities and their respective Affiliates.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Transfer” (including its correlative meanings, “Transferor”, “Transferee”  and “Transferred”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights
5


in or to such security.  When used as a noun, “Transfer” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

SECTION 1.2          Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation.

(a)          The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified.  References in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified and references to clauses without a cross-reference to a Section or subsection are references to clauses within the same Section or, if more specific, subsection.  The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”  References to “day” means a calendar day unless otherwise indicated as a “Business Day.”

(b)          The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and do not limit or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c)          The meanings given to terms defined herein are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1          Piggyback Rights.

(a)          If at any time following expiration or waiver of the Lockup Period (or, if earlier, such time as the Demand Party exercises a demand right pursuant to Section 2.2(a)) the Company proposes to register Securities for public sale (whether proposed to be offered for sale by the Company or by any other Person) under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S‑4 or S‑8, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes) in a manner which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it will, at each such time following expiration or waiver of the Lockup Period (or, if earlier, such time as the Demand Party exercises a demand right pursuant to Section 2.2(a)), give prompt written notice (which notice shall specify the intended method or methods of disposition) to the Holders of its intention to do so and of such Holder’s rights under this Section 2.1.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent such registration is being effected pursuant to the exercise of a demand right pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company shall not be obligated to provide such notice to the Demand Party or its Affiliates.  Upon the written request of any Holder made within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder), the Company shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities which the Holders have so requested to be registered; provided that: (i) any Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in any registration
6


statement pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) by giving written notice to the Company of such withdrawal, provided that, in the case of any underwritten offering, written notice of such withdrawal must be given to the Company prior to the time at which the offering price and underwriter’s discount is determined with the managing underwriter or underwriters; (ii) if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any Securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the Securities to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Holders and, thereupon, the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith) without prejudice to the rights of the Demand Party to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2.2(a); and (iii) subject to clause (i), if such registration involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in the registration must, upon the written request of the Company, sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters on the same terms and conditions as apply to the other Securities being sold through underwriters under such registration, with, in the case of a combined primary and secondary offering, only such differences, including any with respect to representations and warranties, indemnification and liability insurance, as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings.

(b)          Expenses.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.1.

(c)          Priority in Piggyback Registrations.  If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to the Holders) that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Securities offered in such offering, then the Company will include in such registration: (i) first, the Securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account; (ii) second, on a pro rata basis, on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by Holders of Registrable Securities; and (iii) third, such other Securities entitled to be included in such registration and the holders of which submitted a proper request for inclusion in such registration.  Any other selling holders of the Company’s Securities (other than Transferees to whom a Holder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in such offering and, if so included, such Securities, at the election of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in such offering, shall be subject to clause (ii) above in the same manner as the Registrable Securities held by the Holders or shall have priority after the shares of the Holders.

(d)          Excluded Transactions.  The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.1 incidental to the registration of any of its Securities in connection with:

7


(i)          the IPO;

(ii)          a registration statement on Form S-8 or any similar form filed to cover issuances under employee benefits plans or dividend reinvestment plans;

(iii)          any registration statement on Form S-4 or any similar form relating solely to the acquisition or merger after the date hereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of or with any other businesses; or

(iv)          any registration related solely to an exchange by the Company of its own securities.

(e)          Plan of Distribution, Underwriters, Advisors and Counsel.  If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering that is initiated by selling holders, the Holders that initiated such underwritten offering (by action of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered thereby) shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution and (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Stone Point, to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers, managers and providers of advisory services shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Stone Point Entities.  If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering that is initiated by the Company, the Company shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution and (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter.

(f)          Shelf Takedowns.  Subject to the expiration or waiver of any applicable lockup pursuant to Section 2.4(d), in connection with any shelf takedown (other than a shelf takedown at the request of the Demand Party, which shall be governed by Section 2.2(f)), the Holders may exercise “piggyback” rights in the manner described in this Agreement to have included in such takedown Registrable Securities held by them that are registered on such shelf registration statement.

SECTION 2.2          Demand Registration.

(a)          General.  At any time, upon the written request of any Stone Point Entity (the “Demand Party”) requesting that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Securities and specifying the amount and intended method of disposition thereof (including, but not limited to, an underwritten public offering), the Company will (i) promptly give written notice of such requested registration to Holders other than the Demand Party and its Affiliates and to other holders of Securities entitled to notice of such registration, if any, and (ii) as expeditiously as possible, use its reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement to effect the registration under the Securities Act of:

(i)          such Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Party in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof; and

8


(ii)          the Registrable Securities of other Holders which the Company has been requested to register by written request given to the Company within five (5) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the filing of a registration statement relating to any registration request under this Section 2.2(a) would (x) require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (y) occurs prior to the expiration or waiver of the applicable Lockup Period, if any, in respect of a previous Public Offering or (z) the amount of Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Party is less than $25.0 million at the time of such request then the Company may delay the filing of any such registration statement (but not the preparation of) or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the registration statement (a “Demand Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise more than two (2) Demand Suspensions during any twelve- (12) month period for more than an aggregate of sixty (60) days; provided, further, that in the event of a Demand Suspension, the Company shall provide written notice to the holders of the Registrable Securities of such Demand Suspension in advance thereof, which notice shall state generally the basis for such notice and provide that such Demand Suspension shall terminate at such time as the Company would no longer be required to make such Adverse Disclosure and the Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Holders of the Registrable Securities at such time as the Demand Suspension is terminated; provided, further, that, in such event the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.

(b)          Form and Shelf Registrations.  Each registration statement prepared at the request of a Demand Party shall be effected on such form as reasonably requested by the Demand Party, including by a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act on Form S-1 or Form S-3 (or, in each case, any successor rule or form thereto), including an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) if at the time the Company is a WKSI, if so requested by the Demand Party and if the Company is then eligible to effect a shelf registration and use such form for such disposition.  If requested by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, following the first day of the calendar month immediately following the first anniversary of the date hereof, the Company shall prepare and file a registration statement covering the sale and distribution from time to time by Holders of Registrable Securities, on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, of all of the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, and if the Company is a WKSI at the time any request for a demand registration is submitted to the Company, such shelf registration shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (except if the Company is not then eligible to register for resale the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, then such registration shall be on another appropriate form and shall provide for the registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by the Holders of the Registrable Securities in accordance with any reasonable method of distribution elected by a majority of the Holders of the Registrable Securities), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable and to be continuously effective and usable until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding.  The Company shall, prior to the expiration of any such shelf registration statement, file a new shelf registration statement covering such Registrable Securities and shall thereafter use its
9


reasonable best efforts to cause such shelf registration statement to be declared effective as promptly as reasonably practical.  The Company shall supplement and amend any shelf registration statement if required by the Securities Act or the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such shelf registration statement.  Subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, at any time that any shelf registration statement is effective, if a Holder of Registrable Securities delivers a notice to the Company stating that it intends to effect a sale or distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on any shelf registration statement (a “Shelf Offering”) and stating the number of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Offering, then the Company shall amend, subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, or supplement the shelf registration statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be sold and distributed pursuant to the Shelf Offering; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to file more than one post-effective amendment or a supplement to the shelf registration statement for such purpose in any 15-day period.

(c)          Expenses.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(d)          Plan of Distribution, Underwriters, Advisors and Counsel.  If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution, (ii) select the investment banker or bankers, managers and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Stone Point to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers, managers and providers of advisory services shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Holders.

(e)          Priority in Demand Registrations.  If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to the Holders) that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including Securities of the Company which are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Securities offered in such offering, then the number of such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated pro rata among (1) Registrable Securities held by the Demand Party, and (2) the Registrable Securities held by the other Holders that have requested that their Registrable Securities be sold pursuant to Section 2.1(a), if any, on the basis of the relative number of Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Demand Party and each such other Holder.  Any other selling holders of the Company’s Securities (other than Transferees to whom a Holder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the prior written consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in such offering.

(f)          Shelf Takedowns.  Subject to the expiration or waiver of any applicable lockup pursuant to Section 2.4(d), upon the written request of the Demand Party at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a
10


“takedown” promptly of the Demand Party’s Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement.  Upon the written request of the Demand Party, the Company will file and seek the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment to an existing shelf registration statement or a prospectus supplement in order to register up to the number of the Demand Party’s Registrable Securities previously taken down off of such shelf by the Demand Party and not yet “reloaded” onto such shelf registration statement.

In connection with the exercise by the Demand Party of a demand right pursuant to this Section 2.2(f), where the contemplated plan of distribution includes a customary “road show” or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering”), the Demand Party shall also deliver the applicable demand request to any Holders of Registrable Securities included on the applicable shelf registration statement and, subject to the limitations in Section 2.2(e), the Demand Party shall permit each such Holder to include all or a portion of its Registrable Securities in the Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering if such Holder notifies the Demand Party and the Company within two days after delivery of the demand request to such Holder of its election to participate (which election shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder).  For the avoidance of doubt, any proposed offer and sale of Registrable Securities to one or more purchasers or underwriters by means of a block trade, bought deal or direct sale shall not be deemed to be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering.

(g)          Additional Rights.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any Securities of the Company.  Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement with respect to their respective Securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or, other than pursuant to this Agreement, grant any additional registration rights to any Person or with respect to any Securities that are not Registrable Securities or any securities convertible, exchangeable into or exercisable for such Securities, or amend any grant of such right, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement.  In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the shares of Common Stock are converted into Securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Holders by the issuer of such Securities.  To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by Holders then holding a majority of Registrable Securities.

In addition, in the event that the Company effects the separation of any portion of its business into one or more entities (each, a “NewCo”), whether existing or newly formed, including, without limitation, by way of spin-off, split-off, carve-out, demerger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, and any Holder will receive equity interests in any such NewCo as part of such separation, the Company shall cause any such NewCo to enter into a registration rights agreement with each such Holder that provides each such Holder with
11


registration rights vis-á-vis such NewCo that are substantially identical to those set forth in this Agreement.

(h)          Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney; Underwritten Registrations. Upon delivering a request to participate in an offering under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, a Holder will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a customary custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant thereto (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Holder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates representing such Registrable Securities (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank), if such Registrable Securities are certificated, and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Holder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.  Each Holder agrees to execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this paragraph.

In addition, no Holder may participate in any underwritten registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or 2.2(f) unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by Stone Point (in the case of an underwritten registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) through (f)), by the Company or other Person initiating the offering (in the case of an underwritten registration pursuant to Section 2.1) and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

SECTION 2.3          Registration Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is required to file a registration statement with respect to, or to use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the registration of, any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(a)          promptly prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that the Company may discontinue any registration of Securities which it has initiated for its own account at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto (and, in such event, the Company shall pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith); and provided, further, that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel, (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold may request, and (iii) make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities being sold available for discussion of such documents;

12


(b)          prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters for such Public Offering that a prospectus is required by Law to be delivered in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel, (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold may request, and (iii) make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities being sold available for discussion of such documents;

(c)          furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith, including any documents incorporated by reference), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus, summary prospectus and final prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;

(d)          use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(e)          use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(f)          promptly notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the Company’s becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the
13


request of any such seller, promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g)          otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its Security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than eighteen (18) months) after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective day of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(h)          (i) use its reasonable best efforts to list all Registrable Securities on each securities exchange on which other Securities of the Company are then listed if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed and if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange and, if not so listed, list all Registrable Securities on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i)          enter into and perform such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form), which may include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters and other Persons in addition to, or in substitution for the indemnification provisions hereof, and take such other actions as the Holders of a majority of such Registrable Securities or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or reorganization);

(j)          take all reasonable actions to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any offer and sale of Registrable Securities hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(k)          if requested by the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten offering or if reasonably requested by the seller or sellers of a majority of such Registrable Securities, use reasonable best efforts to obtain a “comfort” letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters as the managing underwriter(s) or seller or sellers of a majority of such Registrable Securities shall reasonably request;

14


(l)          make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(m)          notify counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, immediately, and confirm the notice in writing: (i) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to any prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the SEC; (iii) of any request of the SEC to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information; and (iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(n)          if the Company files an automatic shelf registration statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective;

(o)          if the Company files any automatic shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, and the Holders of Registrable Securities do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such shelf registration statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall include in such automatic shelf registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B of the Securities Act in order to ensure that the Holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment;

(p)          provide each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement reasonable opportunity to comment on the registration statement, any post-effective amendments to the registration statement, any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to any prospectus;

(q)          make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any related prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order promptly;

15


(r)          if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post--effective amendment;

(s)          cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing Securities to be sold under the registration statement, and enable such Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or agent, if any, or the Holders may request;

(t)          use its reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the Holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with distribution of Registrable Securities;

(u)          in the case of an offering that includes a provider of advisory services, enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an advisory services agreement and an indemnification agreement in customary form);

(v)          obtain for delivery to the underwriter, any Holder or agent an opinion or opinions and “negative assurance” letters from counsel for the Company in customary form and in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to such Holders, underwriters or agents and their counsel;

(w)          if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time a registration statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and

(x)          cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

In addition, if a Holder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company shall, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested.

SECTION 2.4          Other Registration-Related Matters.

16


(a)          The Company may require any Person that is Transferring Securities in a Public Offering pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 to furnish to the Company in writing such reasonable information regarding such Person and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of the Registrable Securities which are included in such Public Offering as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(b)          Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(f), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until its receipt of the copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(f) or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(f) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement has received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(f) or the Advice.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts and take such actions as are necessary to render the Advice promptly.

(c)          Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(m)(iv), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until the lifting of such stop order, other order or suspension or the termination of such proceedings and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(m)(iv) to and including the date when such stop order, other order or suspension is lifted or such proceedings are terminated.

(d)          (i)  Each Holder (x) hereby agrees, with respect to the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, to be bound by any and all restrictions on the sale, disposition, distribution, hedging or other Transfer of any interest in Registrable Securities imposed on Stone Point and/or its Affiliates in connection with the IPO by the underwriters managing such offering for the duration of the term of such restriction (the period in which such sale, disposition, distribution, hedging or other Transfer of any interest is restricted, the “Lockup Period”) and (y) will, in connection with a Public Offering of the Company’s equity Securities (whether for the Company’s account or for the account of any Holder or Holders, or both), upon the request of the Company or of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s Securities, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of Registrable Securities (other than those included in the Public Offering) without the prior written consent of
17


the managing underwriter for such period of time commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) days (or such earlier date as the managing underwriter shall agree) after (x) the date of the final prospectus relating to such offering or (y) in the case of a Public Offering pursuant to Section 2.2(f), the pricing of such Public Offering; provided that the Company shall cause all directors and executive officers of the Company and all other Persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s Securities (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) to enter into agreements similar to those contained in this Section 2.4(d)(i) (without regard to this proviso), subject to exceptions for gifts, sales pursuant to pre-existing Rule 10b5-1 plans and other customary exclusions agreed to by such managing underwriter; and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries will, in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of the Company’s Securities in respect of which Registrable Securities are included, upon the request of the underwriters managing such offering, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of equity Securities of the Company (other than those included in such Public Offering, offered on Form S-8, issuable upon conversion of Securities or upon the exercise of options, or the grant of options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to then-existing management equity plans or equity-based employee benefit plans, in each case outstanding on the date a notice is given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or a request is made pursuant to Section 2.2(a), as the case may be), without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, for such period of time commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) days (or such earlier date as the managing underwriter shall agree) after (x) the effective date of such registration or (y) in the case of a Public Offering pursuant to Section 2.2(f), the pricing of such Public Offering.

(e)          With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of Securities of the Company to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for Registrable Securities, the Company agrees:

(i)          to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public;

(ii)          to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); provided that if the Company ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required, from time to time, to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the
18


Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC; and

(iii)          so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder promptly upon request: (A) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); (B) a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly report of the Company; and (C) such other reports, documents or stockholder communications of the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such Securities without registration.

(f)          Counsel to represent Holders of Registrable Securities shall be selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration.

(g)          The Company shall cooperate with the Holders in any sale and or transfer of Registrable Securities, to the extent permitted by applicable law, including by means not involving a registration statement.

(h)          Each of the parties hereto agrees that the registration rights provided to the Holders herein are not intended to, and shall not be deemed to, override or limit any other restrictions on Transfer to which any such Holder may otherwise be subject.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 3.1          Indemnification by the Company.  In the event of any registration of any Securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Holder that sells Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, each Affiliate of such Holder and their respective members, directors, managers, officers, employees, partners, agents, representatives and equityholders (and the members, directors, managers, officers, employees, partners, agents, representatives, Affiliates and Controlling Persons of any of the foregoing), each other Person that participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such Securities and each other Person, if any, that Controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and reasonable and documented expenses to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon: (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the
19


Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the shares of Common Stock (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or related document or report; (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances when they were made; or (c) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or related document or report, and the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the Company will not be liable to any Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, in any such preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Indemnified Party furnished to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use in the preparation thereof.  Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.2          Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters.  The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the Holder of such Registrable Securities or any prospective underwriter to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 3.1) the Company, all other Holders or any prospective underwriter, as the case may be, and any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers and Controlling Persons, with respect to any untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any amendment or supplement, if such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder or underwriter furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter expressly for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement, or a document incorporated by reference into any of the foregoing.  Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Holders, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers or Controlling Persons and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder.  In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of
20


the proceeds actually received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

SECTION 3.3          Notices of Claims, Etc.  Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Article III, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein will not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under Section 3.1 or 3.2, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, unless in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  If, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, having common counsel would result in a conflict of interest between the interests of such indemnified and indemnifying parties, then such Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party to represent or defend such Indemnified Party in such action, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party will not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such Indemnified Parties (and not more than one separate firm of local counsel at any time for all such Indemnified Parties) in such action.  No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

SECTION 3.4          Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for hereunder from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein for reasons other than those described in the proviso in the first sentence of Section 3.1, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of such indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or Indemnified Parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 3.4 as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal
21


or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.  In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds actually received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.  Any obligation of Holders to contribute pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be several in the same proportion that the dollar amount of the proceeds actually received by each such Holder bears to the total dollar amount of the proceeds received by all Holders and not joint.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person that was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

SECTION 3.5          Other Indemnification.  Indemnification similar to that specified in this Article III (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of Securities under any Law or with any Governmental Authority other than as required by the Securities Act.

SECTION 3.6          Non-Exclusivity.  The obligations of the parties under this Article III will be in addition to any liability which any party may otherwise have to any other party.

ARTICLE IV

OTHER

SECTION 4.1          Notices.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally, (b) five (5) Business Days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent by Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight courier, or (d) immediately if transmitted by facsimile or sent by electronic mail transmission if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by prior written notice from such party):

if to the Company:

Home Point Capital Inc.
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Attention: Corporate Secretary

if to Stone Point:

22


Trident VI, L.P.
Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P.
Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P.
Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.
c/o Stone Point Capital LLC
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830
Attention: Stephen Levey

SECTION 4.2          Assignment.  The Company shall not assign all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of Stone Point.  Any Holder may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part in connection with a Transfer of its Registrable Securities; provided that (x) any such assignee or Transferee, to the extent not already a party hereto, shall sign a joinder to this Agreement and (y) if such assignee or Transferee is not an Affiliate of such Holder, then without the consent of the Company, no rights may be assigned by any Holder to any Person acquiring less than $25.0 million in Registrable Securities (determined in good faith by the Holder) or all of the Registrable Securities then held by the Holder.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  If the Common Stock shall be exchanged for or replaced by Securities of another Person, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to expressly assume all of the Company’s obligations hereunder, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 4.3          Amendments; Waiver.  This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement; provided that no such amendment, supplement or other modification shall adversely affect the economic interests of any Holder hereunder disproportionately to other Holders without the written consent of such Holder.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

SECTION 4.4          Third Parties.  This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

SECTION 4.5          Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 4.6          CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND
23


IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF VIA OVERNIGHT COURIER, TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE FOURTEEN CALENDAR DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IN ANY WAY BE DEEMED TO LIMIT THE ABILITY OF EITHER PARTY HERETO TO SERVE ANY SUCH LEGAL PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICES AND DOCUMENTS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR TO OBTAIN JURISDICTION OVER OR TO BRING ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY HERETO IN SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN SUCH MANNER, AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY ANY APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 4.7          MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 4.8          Specific Performance.  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the non-breaching party would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages.  Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.9          Entire Agreement.  This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein.  This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

SECTION 4.10          Severability.  If one or more of the provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision, paragraph, word, clause, phrase or sentence in every other respect and of the remaining provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

24


SECTION 4.11          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.  Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law (e.g., www.docusign.com)) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be legally valid, effective and enforceable for all purposes.

SECTION 4.12          Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall become effective, as to any Holder, as of the date signed by the Company and countersigned by such Holder.

SECTION 4.13          Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees that all material non-public information provided pursuant to or in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be kept confidential by the person to whom such information is provided, until such time as such information becomes public other than through violation of this provision.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may disclose the information if required to do so by any law, rule, regulation, order, decree or subpoena of any governmental agency or authority or court.

SECTION 4.14          No Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or the subject matter hereof may only be made against the parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto or any past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any of the foregoing (each, a “Non-Recourse Party”) shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.  Without limiting the rights of any party against the other parties hereto, in no event shall any party or any of its Affiliates seek to enforce this Agreement against, make any claims for breach of this Agreement against, or seek to recover monetary damages from, any Non-Recourse Party.

SECTION 4.15          Independent Nature of the Rights and Obligations of Holders.  The rights and obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder hereunder.  The decision of each Holder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such Holder independently of any Holder.  Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Company acknowledges that the Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Company will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4.16          Termination as to a Holder.  Any Person that ceases to hold any Registrable Securities shall cease to be a Holder and shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement (except with respect to any indemnification or contribution rights or obligations under Article III, which shall survive).

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 
COMPANY:
     
 
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:




[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


 
STONE POINT:
   
 
TRIDENT VI, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI DE PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI PROFESSIONALS FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:



[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Version

 

 

  

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
as Issuer,

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

 

  

Indenture

 

Dated as of January 19, 2021 

 

 

 

5.000% Senior Notes Due 2026

 

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 1
   
Section 1.01. Definitions 1
Section 1.02. Rules of Construction 46
Section 1.03. Limited Condition Transactions 47
     
ARTICLE 2
The Notes 48
     
Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends 49
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Additional Notes 50
Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 51
Section 2.04. Replacement Notes 51
Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes 51
Section 2.06. Temporary Notes 52
Section 2.07. Cancellation 52
Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers 53
Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange 53
Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange 56
Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes 58
     
ARTICLE 3
Redemption; Offer to Purchase 59
     
Section 3.01. Optional Redemption 59
Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering 59
Section 3.03. Method and Effect of Redemption 60
Section 3.04. Offer to Purchase 61
     
ARTICLE 4
Covenants 63
     
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes 63
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency 64
Section 4.03. Existence 64
Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims 65
Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance 65
Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock 65
Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments 71
Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens 76
Section 4.09. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries 77
Section 4.10. Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries 78
Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control 79

 

1 

 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales 80
Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates 82
Section 4.14. [Reserved.] 86
Section 4.15. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries 86
Section 4.16. Financial Reports 87
Section 4.17. Reports to Trustee 91
Section 4.18. Suspension Of Certain Covenants 91
     
ARTICLE 5
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets 92
   
Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Issuer; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets 92
Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor 94
     
ARTICLE 6
Default and Remedies 94
     
Section 6.01. Events of Default 94
Section 6.02. Acceleration 96
Section 6.03. Other Remedies 97
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults 97
Section 6.05. Control by Majority 97
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits 97
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment 98
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee 98
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 98
Section 6.10. Priorities 99
Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 99
Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs 99
Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 100
Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 100
Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws 100
     
ARTICLE 7
The Trustee 100
     
Section 7.01. General 100
Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee 101
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee 103
Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer 103
Section 7.05. Notice of Default 104
Section 7.06. [Reserved.] 106
Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity 106
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee 107
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger 107
Section 7.10. Eligibility 108

 

2 

 

Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust 108
     
ARTICLE 8
Defeasance and Discharge 108
   
Section 8.01. Discharge of Issuer’s Obligations 108
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance 109
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance 110
Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money 110
Section 8.05. Repayment to Issuer 110
Section 8.06. Reinstatement 111
     
ARTICLE 9
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers 111
   
Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders 111
Section 9.02. Amendments with Consent of Holders 112
Section 9.03. Effect of Consent 113
Section 9.04. Trustee’s Rights and Obligations 113
     
ARTICLE 10
Note Guarantees 113
   
Section 10.01. The Note Guarantees 113
Section 10.02. Note Guarantee Unconditional 114
Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement 114
Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors 115
Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution 115
Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration 115
Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Note Guarantee 115
Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee 115
Section 10.09. Release of Guarantee 115
     
ARTICLE 11
Miscellaneous 116
     
Section 11.01. [Reserved.] 116
Section 11.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions 116
Section 11.03. Notices 117
Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 119
Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 119
Section 11.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day 119
Section 11.07. Governing Law 119
Section 11.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 119
Section 11.09. Successors 120
Section 11.10. Duplicate Originals 120
Section 11.11. Separability 120
Section 11.12. Table of Contents and Headings 120

 

3 

 

Section 11.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Shareholders 120
Section 11.14. Patriot Act 120
Section 11.15. Waiver of Jury Trial 120
Section 11.16. Special, Consequential and Indirect Damages 120

 

EXHIBITS

 

  EXHIBIT A – Form of Note
  EXHIBIT B – Form of Supplemental Indenture
  EXHIBIT C – Restricted Legend
  EXHIBIT D – DTC Legend
  EXHIBIT E – Regulation S Certificate
  EXHIBIT F – Rule 144A Certificate
  EXHIBIT G – Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate
  EXHIBIT H – Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
  EXHIBIT I – Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend
  EXHIBIT J – Form of Net Short Representation

 

4 

 

Execution Version

 

INDENTURE, dated as of January 19, 2021, by and among HOME POINT CAPITAL INC., a Delaware corporation, as the Issuer, the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee.

 

RECITALS

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Indenture to provide for the issuance of up to $550,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 and, if and when issued, any Additional Notes (the “Notes”). All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuer has done all things necessary to make the Notes (in the case of the Additional Notes, when duly authorized), when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer as hereinafter provided.

 

Except with respect to specific provisions of the Trust Indenture Act expressly referenced in the provisions of this Indenture, the Trust Indenture Act shall not be applicable to, and shall not govern, this Indenture and the Notes.

 

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

Article 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

Section 1.01.        Definitions.

 

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) Debt of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of property or assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such merger or acquisition, and Debt secured by a Lien encumbering any property or asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (a) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (b) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of property or assets. The term “Acquired Debt” does not include Debt of a Person that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or such

 

 
1

 

property or assets are acquired, which Debt of such Person will not be deemed to be Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Initial Notes, having the same terms in all respects as the Initial Notes, or in all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of such Additional Notes.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. No Person shall be an “Affiliate” of the Issuer or any Subsidiary solely because it is an unrelated portfolio operating company of any Investor.


Affiliated Investors” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 2.01(b)(6).

 

Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.

 

Agent Member” means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.

 

Applicable Law” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 11.14.

 

Applicable Premium” means, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on February 1, 2023 (as stated in the table set forth in ‎Section 3.01(a)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2023 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note. The Issuer shall calculate, or cause the calculation of the Applicable Premium and the Trustee shall have no duty to calculate, or verify the Issuer’s calculations of, the Applicable Premium.

 

Approved Commercial Bank” means a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000,000.

 

Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale or issuance of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (each of the above referred to as a “disposition”), provided that the following are not included in the definition of “Asset Sale”:

 

(1)       a sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer (in one or more transactions) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted

 

 
2

 

Subsidiary or by the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary, including the sale or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)       the sale, conveyance, dispositions or other transfer (in one or more transactions) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) of (i) cash, Cash Equivalents and cash management investments, (ii) inventory and other assets (including REO Assets, Receivables, Securitization Assets, Residual Interests or other Financeable Assets) and any interests in any of the foregoing in the ordinary course of business, (iii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets or other assets no longer useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business, or (iv) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses or (B) of Servicing Advances, mortgage loans and Mortgage Servicing Rights or any interests therein;

 

(3)       a transaction covered by ‎Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(4)       a Restricted Payment permitted under ‎Section 4.07, including, but not limited to, any Permitted Investment;

 

(5)       the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to ‎Section 4.06.

 

(6)       sales, conveyances, dispositions or other transfers (in one or more transactions) of assets pursuant to the terms of Funding Indebtedness;

 

(7)       sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer (in one or more transactions) of Investments or other assets and disposition or compromise of receivables (including, but not limited to, Receivables), contract rights or claims, in each case, in connection with the workout, modification, compromise, settlement or collection thereof or exercise of remedies with respect thereto, in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy, foreclosure or similar proceedings, including foreclosure, repossession and disposition of REO Assets and other collateral for loans serviced and/or originated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(8)       foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation, forced dispositions, eminent domain or any similar action (whether by deed of condemnation or otherwise) with respect to assets, and the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien) permitted by ‎Section 4.08;

 

(9)       transactions pursuant to repurchase agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)     any sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than the greater of (A) $40.0 million and (B) 1.0% of Net Consolidated Total Assets;

 

 
3

 

provided that the aggregate amount under this clause (10) shall not exceed $40.0 million in any calendar year;

 

(11)       sales, conveyances, dispositions or other transfers (in one or more transactions) of Equity Interests in, or Debt or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(12)       licensing, sub-licensing or cross-licensing of intellectual property;

 

(13)       any Co-Investment Transaction;

 

(14)       sales, conveyances, dispositions or other transfers (in one or more transactions) pursuant to Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(15)       any sale-leaseback transaction;

 

(16)       any sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer (in one or more transactions) of a minority interest in any Person that is not a Subsidiary, that constituted a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment; provided that (x) the majority interests in such Person shall also be concurrently sold or transferred on the same terms and (y) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale or transfer of such minority interest are applied in accordance with ‎Section 4.12;

 

(17)       the sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer (in one or more transactions) of any assets or rights required or advisable as a result of statutory or regulatory changes or requirements (including any settlements with any regulatory agencies) as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied as Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with ‎Section 4.12;

 

(18)       the sale, conveyance or other disposition of advances, Mortgage Servicing Rights, mortgages, other loans, customer receivables, mortgage related securities or derivatives or other assets (or any interests in any of the foregoing) in the ordinary course of business, the sale, transfer or discount in the ordinary course of business of accounts receivable or other assets that by their terms convert into cash, any sale of Mortgage Servicing Rights in connection with the origination of the associated mortgage loan in the ordinary course of business or any sale of securities in respect of additional fundings under reverse mortgage loans in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)       the modification of any mortgages or other loans owned or serviced by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)       a sale, conveyance or other disposition (in one or more transactions) of Servicing Advances, mortgage loans or Mortgage Servicing Rights or any part thereof in the ordinary course of business (x) in connection with the transfer or

 

 
4

 

termination of the related Mortgage Servicing Rights or (y) in connection with any Excess Spread Sales;

 

(21)       the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(22)       sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(23)       the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of intellectual property rights, which in the reasonable determination of the Board of Managers of the Issuer or the senior management thereof are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or are no longer used or useful or economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain;

 

(24)       the disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests) (i) acquired in a transaction permitted under this Indenture, which assets are not used or useful in the core or principal business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority; and

 

(25)       dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the net proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property.

 

Authenticating Agent” refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Notes in the stead of the Trustee.

 

Average Life” means, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt and (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

 

bankruptcy default” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 6.01(8).

 

Board of Managers” means with respect to a Person means the managers, board of directors (or similar body) of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such managers, board of directors (or similar body).

 

Board Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Managers which is certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and remains in full force and effect as of the date of its certification.

 

Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

 
5

 

Capital Lease” means any lease of property which is required to be classified as a capital lease in conformity with GAAP and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty, in each case. For the avoidance of doubt, Capital Lease shall exclude all operating lease and non-finance lease liabilities that are required to be capitalized and reflected as liabilities on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.

 

Capital Stock Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.06(b)(13).

 

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)       United States Dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)       U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)       (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500.0 million;

 

(4)       repurchase obligations with a term of not more than sixty (60) days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)       commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition;

 

(6)       securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s;

 

 
6

 

(7)       securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(8)       securities held in the Issuer’s accounts (or in the account of any Restricted Subsidiary), less any margin or other debt secured by any of such accounts; and

 

(9)       shares of money market mutual or similar funds.

 

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

 

Certificated Note” means a Note in registered individual form without interest coupons.

 

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

Change of Control” means:

 

(1)       the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Issuer or the merger of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of the Issuer if Capital Stock of the Issuer is issued in connection therewith, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets (net of any associated non-recourse or secured obligations) of the Issuer to another Person (in each case, unless such other Person is a Permitted Holder), other than any Required Asset Sale, unless the direct or indirect holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, immediately prior to such transaction, hold directly or indirectly securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person;

 

(2)       any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and thereafter, the Permitted Holders are the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly, of less than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity; or

 

(3)       the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer;

 

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any transaction contemplated by the IPO Transactions constitute a Change of Control.

 

 
7

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Co-Investment Transaction” means a transaction pursuant to which a portion of Mortgage Servicing Rights or the right to receive fees in respect of Mortgage Servicing Rights are transferred for fair value to another Person.

 

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Issuer” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)       the net income or loss of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of in the case of net income, the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to clause (3) below) by such Person during such period;

 

(2)       any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

 

(3)       the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)       any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales (other than, for purposes of the calculation described in clause ‎(a)‎(3) under ‎Section 4.07 where such gains or losses shall be included) or the extinguishment of Debt;

 

(5)       any valuation allowance for mortgage loans held-for-investment and/or any change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and corresponding debt in relation to securitized loans in accordance with GAAP that require no additional capital or equity contributions to such Person;

 

(6)       any change in fair value of Mortgage Servicing Rights and reverse mortgage loans or the amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights;

 

(7)       any gain or loss related to the fair market value of economic hedges related to Mortgage Servicing Rights or other mortgage related assets or securities, to the extent that such other mortgage related assets or securities are valued at fair market value and gains and losses with respect to such related assets or securities have been excluded pursuant to another clause of this provision;

 

 
8

 

(8)         any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses;

 

(9)         the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(10)       impairment charges or reversals;

 

(11)       Public Company Costs; and

 

(12)       any equity-based or non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge, expense or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, profits interests or other rights or equity or equity-based incentive programs (“equity incentives”), any cash charges associated with the equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under deferred compensation arrangements of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity), rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity.

 

Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of this Indenture is located at (a) solely for purposes of the transfer, exchange, or surrender of the Notes, 1 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02210, Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services – Home Point Capital Inc., and (b) for all other purposes, 111 Fillmore Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services – Home Point Capital Inc., or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

 

Credit Enhancement Agreements” means, collectively, any documents, instruments, guarantees or agreements entered into by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of providing credit support (that is customary) with respect to any Funding Indebtedness or Permitted Securitization Indebtedness.

 

Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities, credit agreements, commercial paper facilities, note purchase agreements, indentures, or other agreements, in each case with banks, lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables or interests in receivables to such lenders or other persons or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders or other persons against such receivables or sell such receivables or interests in receivables), letters of credit, notes or other borrowings or other extensions of credit, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restated, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or

 

 
9

 

refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or agreement that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds entities as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, or otherwise.

 

Currency Agreement” means, with respect to any specified Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contracts, options on futures contracts or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

 

customary” means that in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s senior management, (a) the terms are customary in the market or (b) such terms are not customary but are not materially worse for the Holders of the Notes than customary terms.

 

Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,

 

(1)       all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)       all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)       all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers, acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables to the extent not drawn upon or presented, or, if drawn upon or presented, the resulting obligation of the Person is paid within 10 Business Days;

 

(4)       all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services which are recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)       all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases;

 

(6)       all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;

 

(7)       all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;

 

(8)       all obligations of such Person under Speculative Hedging Obligations;

 

(9)       all obligations in respect of Securitization Securities issued by such Person in a Securitization Transaction (regardless of whether denominated as debt or equity securities); and

 

 
10

 

(10)       to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, all Funding Indebtedness of such Person;

 

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the following constitute Debt: (i) obligations under or in respect of the financing of accounts receivable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) intercompany liabilities that would be eliminated on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer, (iii) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) mortgage-backed securities guaranteed or insured by a GSE, the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or any similar governmental agencies or government sponsored programs, owned, invested in, or sold by such Person, (v) the sale by the Issuer or any Guarantor to a third party of a partial interest in an asset, which sale is not deemed to be an Asset Sale and (vi) operating leases.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:

 

(A)       with respect to contingent obligations, the amount of the corresponding liability shown on the balance sheet calculated in accordance with GAAP;

 

(B)       with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date of determination and (y) the amount of such Debt;

 

(C)       with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;

 

(D)       with respect to any Speculative Hedging Obligations, the net amount payable if such Speculative Hedging Obligations terminated at that time due to default by such Person;

 

(E)       with respect to any Warehousing Indebtedness, the amount of any particular Warehousing Indebtedness as of any date of determination shall be the greater of (x) the consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under such Warehousing Facility and not previously repaid to the holder of such Warehousing Indebtedness and (y) in the case of a purchase facility, the book value of the Receivables financed under such Warehousing Facility until such time as such Receivables are (i) securitized, (ii) repurchased by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) sold to a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Issuer; and

 

(F)       otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, Debt shall not include obligations under any Permitted Hedging Obligations.

 

 
11

 

For all purposes during the term of this Indenture, each lease in existence on the Issue Date that as of the Issue Date would be treated as an operating lease under GAAP shall have the same characterization as an operating lease.

 

Debt-to-Equity Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (1) (x) the aggregate amount of Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on such date of determination less (y) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (but excluding in all cases cash proceeds from Indebtedness incurred on the date of determination) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (for such purpose, excluding all cash and Cash Equivalents listed as restricted cash on the financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalents listed as restricted cash on the financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Non-Funding Indebtedness included in clause (x) of this clause (1)) to (2) Total Shareholders’ Equity on such date of determination.

 

Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Derivative Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Regulated Bank or a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Issuer or any one or more Guarantors.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth such valuation, less the amount of cash received in connection with a subsequent sale, or other disposition, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Depositary” means the depositary of each Global Note, which will initially be DTC.

 

Directing Holder” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 7.05.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event are:

 

(1)         required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding other than Qualified Equity Interests; or

 

 
12

 

(2)         convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;

 

provided that Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests (x) solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes if those provisions

 

(A)       are no more favorable to the holders than ‎Section 4.11 and ‎Section 4.12, and

 

(B)        specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to the Issuer’s repurchase of the Notes as required by this Indenture;

 

or (y) if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, managers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors if the redemption or repurchase provisions of such Equity Interests specifically provide that the it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries solely in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, manager’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability.

 

Disqualified Stock” means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.

 

DTC Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.

 

Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any United States territory.

 

EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)       Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

 
13

 

(2)       Fixed Charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(3)       to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and as determined on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP:

 

(A)       income taxes;

 

(B)       depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (not including non-cash charges in a period which reflect accrued expenses paid or to be paid in another period in cash), less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any such amortization or non-cash items in respect of Funding Indebtedness);

 

(C)       all non-recurring losses (and minus all non-recurring gains);

 

(D)       costs associated with exit and disposal activities incurred in connection with a restructuring as defined in ASC 420-10;

 

(E)       non-controlling interest income (loss); and

 

(F)       all losses (and minus all gains) resulting from any change in fair value of Mortgage Servicing Rights due to (i) collection/realization of cash flows in respect of Mortgage Servicing Rights and (ii) changes in model inputs and assumptions; minus

 

(4)       the fair value of Mortgage Servicing Rights capitalized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

 

provided that, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, such items will be added only to the extent and in the same proportion that the relevant Restricted Subsidiary’s net income was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

 

Equityholding Vehicle” means any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer and any equityholder thereof through which future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, members or partners of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or direct or indirect parent entities hold Capital Stock of the Issuer or such parent entity.

 

Equity Interests” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.

 

Equity Offering” means any private or underwritten public offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity where the proceeds are contributed as equity to the Issuer other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or

 

 
14

 

any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 6.01.

 

Excess Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.12(a)(4).

 

Excess Spread Sale” means any sale in the ordinary course of business and for Fair Market Value of any excess servicing fee spread under any Mortgage Servicing Right.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Excluded Equity” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.07(a).

 

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary), (c) each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Notes by any requirement of law or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a governmental (including regulatory) authority to guarantee the Notes (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (d) each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable contractual requirement from guaranteeing the Notes (and in each case for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (e) any Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that owns no material assets (directly or through its Subsidiaries) other than equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs or (ii) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (g) any Securitization Entity, (h) any Subsidiary (other than a Significant Subsidiary) that (i) did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer’s most recently ended, have assets with a value in excess of 5% of the Net Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 5% of total revenues of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date and (ii) taken together with all other such Subsidiaries being excluded pursuant to this clause (h), as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer most recently ended, did not have assets with a value in excess of 10% of the Net Consolidated Total Assets or revenues representing in excess of 10% of total revenues of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date and (i) any Subsidiary for which providing a Note Guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences to the Issuer or any Subsidiary or Parent Entity as determined in good faith by the Issuer; provided that no Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary if such Subsidiary Guarantees other Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset (including any Equity Interests of any Person), the price at which a willing buyer that is not an Affiliate of the seller and a willing seller, would reasonably be expected to agree to purchase and sell such asset, as determined in good faith by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary

 

 
15

 

purchasing or selling such asset. For the avoidance of doubt, any sale, contribution, assignment or other transfer shall not be deemed to be for less than Fair Market Value solely because such sale, contribution, assignment or transfer was made at a discount to par.

 

Financeable Assets” means (a) Receivables, (b) Mortgage Servicing Rights, (c) Residual Interests, (d) Servicing Advances, (e) Securitization Assets, (f) REO Assets, and (g) to the extent not otherwise included, any assets related thereto that are of the type transferred in connection with securitization transactions involving assets such as, or similar to, such Receivables, Residual Interests, Servicing Advances, Securitization Assets, or REO Assets, as the case may be, including, but not limited to, related Securitization Securities, mortgage related securities and derivatives, other mortgage related receivables or other similar assets, interests in any of the foregoing and any collections or proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. and its successors.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, on any date (the “transaction date”), the ratio of:

 

(x)       the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the transaction date for which internal financial statements are available (the “reference period”); to

 

(y)       the aggregate Fixed Charges during such reference period.

 

In making the foregoing calculation,

 

(1)       pro forma effect will be given to any Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred during or after the reference period to the extent the Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is outstanding or is to be Incurred on the transaction date as if the Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been Incurred on the first day of the reference period;

 

(2)       pro forma calculations of interest on Debt bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the transaction date (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to the Debt if the Hedging Obligation has a remaining term of at least 12 months) had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period;

 

(3)       Fixed Charges related to any Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock no longer outstanding or to be repaid or redeemed, defeased or otherwise discharged on the transaction date, except for Interest Expense accrued during the reference period under a revolving credit to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any successor revolving credit) in effect on the transaction date, will be excluded;

 

(4)       pro forma effect will be given to:

 

 
16

 

(A)       the creation, designation or redesignation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(B)       the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses or other Investments or purchases of Mortgage Servicing Rights or Servicing Advances by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any such action since the beginning of the reference period by a Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of the reference period; and

 

(C)       the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to the Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary following the transaction date.

 

that have occurred since the beginning of the reference period as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of the reference period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available. The pro forma calculations shall be made by a responsible accounting officer of the Issuer in good faith based on the information reasonably available to it at the time of such calculation and may include cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition or purchase (whether or not such cost savings or expense reductions would be allowable under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto).

 

Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)       Interest Expense for such period; and

 

(2)       cash and non-cash dividends paid, declared, accrued or accumulated on any Disqualified or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, except for dividends payable in the Issuer’s Qualified Stock or paid to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Funding Indebtedness” means (i) any Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any Permitted Warehousing Indebtedness, (iii) any MSR Indebtedness (iv) any Permitted Residual Indebtedness, (v) any Permitted Securitization Indebtedness, (vi) any Debt of the type set forth in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition that is acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition permitted under this Indenture, (vii) Debt under any Credit Enhancement

 

 
17

 

Agreements, (viii) any facility that combines any Debt under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv),(v), (vi) or (vii) of this definition and (ix) any refinancing of the Debt under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of this definition existing on the Issue Date or created thereafter, provided, however, solely as of the date of the incurrence of such Funding Indebtedness, the amount of the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (1) the amount of any Debt incurred in accordance with this clause (ix) for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect thereto (excluding recourse for carve-out matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and misapplication and customary indemnities in connection with such transactions) over (2) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Debt shall not be Funding Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new Incurrence of Debt subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.06, except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Debt incurred under this clause (ix)).

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Issuer is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Indenture, GAAP shall be determined, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to the extent such adoption would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capitalized asset with a corresponding lease liability where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP prior to the effective date of ASU No. 2016-02.

 

Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons.

 

GSE” means a government sponsored enterprise of the United States of America, including, but not limited to, Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), any Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), and any public or privately owned successor entity to any of the foregoing.

 

Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect,

 

 
18

 

contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term “Guarantee” does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that executes this Indenture or a supplemental indenture providing for a Note Guarantee, unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate floor agreement, interest rate collar agreement, forward hedge and TBA contracts, mortgage sale contracts, “interest only” mortgage derivative assets or other mortgage derivative products, future contracts and options on future contracts on the Eurodollar, Federal Funds, Treasury bills and Treasury rates, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate or currency, either generally or under specific contingencies and (2) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations.

 

Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holding Company” means any Person so long as the Issuer is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person, and at the time the Issuer became a Subsidiary of such Person, no Person and no group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) (other than any Permitted Holder), shall have beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person.

 

Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships), and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

 

 
19

 

Incur”, “Incurred” or “Incurrence” means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur, create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the date of this Indenture (including by redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or failure of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to meet the qualifications necessary to remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of ‎Section 4.06, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of ‎Section 4.12. The accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest in kind will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.

 

Indenture” means this indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement thereof.

 

Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers party to a purchase agreement with the Issuer relating to the sale of the Notes by the Issuer.

 

Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined) in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

Interest Expense” means, for any period, (a) the consolidated interest expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense, and to the extent incurred, accrued or payable by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (i) interest expense attributable to Capital Leases, (ii) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, (iii) capitalized interest, (iv) non-cash interest expense, (v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, (vi) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations hedging interest rates in respect of Debt for borrowed money (including the amortization of fees), (vii) any of the above expenses with respect to Debt of another Person Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (viii) any premiums, fees, discounts, expenses and losses on the sale of accounts receivable (and any amortization thereof) payable by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Securitization, but (b) excluding any commissions, discounts and other fees and charges, including interest, on Funding Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Debt of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

Interest Payment Date” means each February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2021.

 

Investment” means:

 

 
20

 

(1)       any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person;

 

(2)       any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form;

 

(3)       any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services; or

 

(4)       any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.

 

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary so that, after giving effect to that sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (y) designates any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with ‎Section 4.15, all remaining Investments of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person shall be deemed to have been made at such time.

 

Investment Grade” means, with respect to a debt rating of the Notes or a corporate credit rating, as the case may be, two of the following (i) BBB - or higher by S&P, (ii) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s and (iii) BBB - or higher by Fitch, or the equivalent of such ratings by another Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Buyer” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 5.01(d).

 

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)       securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)       debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)       investments in any fund that invests at least 90% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)       corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments.

 

Investors” means any of the Trident Funds and any of their Affiliates but not including, however, any of its or such Affiliate’s portfolio operating companies.

 

 
21

 

IPO Transactions” means the proposed IPO and the merger of Home Point Capital LP with and into the Issuer, in each case as described under “Summary—Recent Developments—Filing for Initial Public Offering of Common Stock” of the Offering Memorandum.

 

Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture.

 

LCT Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 1.03.

 

LCT Test Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 1.03.

 

Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease); provided that in no event shall an operating lease or a transfer of assets pursuant to a Co-Investment Transaction be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Limited Condition Transaction” means (1) any Investment or acquisition (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise), whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing, (2) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment and (3) any Restricted Payment requiring irrevocable notice in advance thereof.

 

Long Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with positive changes the Issuer or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Issuer or any one or more Guarantors.

 

Management Stockholders” means the future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, members or partners (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent entities) or any Restricted Subsidiary who are or become direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, including any such future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, members or partners owning through an Equityholding Vehicle.

 

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (1) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment under ‎Section 4.07

 

 
22

 

multiplied by (2) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Equity Interests on the principal securities exchange on which such common Equity Interests are traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

 

Merger” means a statutory merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transaction under applicable law, and “Merge” means to consummate any of the foregoing transactions.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Mortgage Servicing Right” means, with respect to any Person, the right of such Person to receive cash flows in its capacity as servicer of any Receivable or pool of Receivables, and any interests in such right including, but not limited to, participation certificates or excess fee strips, together with any assets related thereto that are of the type transferred in connection with securitization transactions involving assets such as, or similar to, Mortgage Servicing Rights, and any collections or proceeds thereof, including all contracts and contract rights, security interests, financing statements or other documentation in respect of such Mortgage Servicing Rights, all general intangibles under or arising out of or relating to such Mortgage Servicing Rights and any guarantees, indemnities, warranties or other obligations in respect of such Mortgage Servicing Rights. For purposes of determining the amount of a Mortgage Servicing Right at any time, such amount shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the most recent practicable date.

 

MSR Facility” means any financing arrangement of any kind, including, but not limited to, financing arrangements in the form of purchase facilities, repurchase facilities, early purchase facilities, re-pledge facilities, loan agreements, note issuance facilities and commercial paper facilities, with a financial institution or other lender (including, but not limited to, any GSE) or purchaser, in each case, primarily to finance or refinance the purchase, origination, pooling or funding by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Mortgage Servicing Rights originated, purchased or owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any arrangement secured by Mortgage Servicing Rights or any interest therein held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

MSR Facility Trust” means any Person (whether or not a Subsidiary of the Issuer) established for the purpose of issuing notes or other securities, including, but not limited to, Securitization Securities, or holding, pledging or re-pledging Mortgage Servicing Rights or pledges thereof, or interests in other MSR Facility Trusts or entering into an MSR Facility with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in connection with an MSR Facility, which (i) notes and securities are backed by, or represent interests in, Mortgage Servicing Rights originated or purchased by, and/or contributed to, such Person from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or interests in other MSR Facility Trusts or (ii) notes and securities are backed by, or represent interests in, specified Mortgage Servicing Rights purchased by, and/or

 

 
23

 

contributed to, such Person from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or interests in other MSR Facility Trusts.

 

MSR Indebtedness” means Debt in connection with an MSR Facility.

 

Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent corresponding to principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of:

 

(1)       brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants and investment bankers;

 

(2)       survey costs, title and recordation expenses, title insurance premiums, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law and brokerage and sales commissions and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof;

 

(3)       provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the consolidated results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(4)       any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction;

 

(5)       payments or distributions required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or to repay Debt outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid from the proceeds thereof;

 

(6)       appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, and any amounts placed in escrow (whether as a reserve for an adjustment of the purchase price, satisfaction of indemnities or otherwise), in each case with any subsequent reduction of the reserve (other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount), and any subsequent release from escrow deemed to be a receipt of cash; and

 

(7)       without duplication, any reserves that the Board of Managers determines in good faith should be made in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets for post-closing adjustments.

 

 
24

 

Net Consolidated Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding GNMA loans eligible for repurchase, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the balance sheet as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, adjusted on a pro forma basis to reflect any acquisition or dispositions of assets that have been completed or are subject to a definitive agreement from the date of such balance sheet to the date of such event giving rise to the requirement to determine Net Consolidated Total Assets.

 

Net Short” means, with respect to a Noteholder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination.

 

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

 

Non-Funding Indebtedness” means all Debt other than Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Non-Recourse Debt” means with respect to any specified Person, Debt that is:

 

(1)       specifically advanced to finance the acquisition of investment assets and secured only by the assets to which such Debt relates without recourse to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than subject to such customary carve-out matters for which such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries acts as a guarantor in connection with such Debt, such as fraud, misappropriation, breach of representation and warranty and misapplication, unless, until and for so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder against such Person (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Debt, to the extent that such claim is a liability of such Person for GAAP purposes);

 

(2)       advanced to (i) such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries that holds investment assets or (ii) any of such Person’s Subsidiaries or group of such Person’s Subsidiaries formed for the sole purpose of acquiring or holding investment assets, in each case, against which a loan is obtained that is made without recourse to, and with no cross-collateralization against, such Person’s or any of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries’ other assets (other than: (A) cross-collateralization against assets which serve as collateral for other Non-Recourse Debt; and (B) subject to such customary carve-out matters for which such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries acts as a guarantor in connection with such Debt, such as fraud, misappropriation, breach of representation and warranty and

 

 
25

 

misapplication, unless, until and for so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder against such Person (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Debt, to the extent that such claim is a liability of such Person for GAAP purposes) and upon complete or partial liquidation of which the loan must be correspondingly completely or partially repaid, as the case may be; or

 

(3)       specifically advanced to finance the acquisition of real property and secured by only the real property to which such Debt relates without recourse to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than subject to such customary carve-out matters for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acts as a guarantor in connection with such Debt, such as fraud, misappropriation, breach of representation and warranty and misapplication, unless, until and for so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder against such Person (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Debt, to the extent that such claim is a liability of such Person for GAAP purposes);

 

provided that (A) no Non-Recourse Debt shall be secured by Mortgage Servicing Rights, other than Mortgage Servicing Rights acquired with the proceeds of such Non-Recourse Debt, and (B) notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Non-Recourse Debt is made with recourse to other assets of a Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, only that portion of such Non-Recourse Debt that is recourse to such other assets or Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Non-Recourse Debt.

 

Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.

 

Note Guarantee” means the guarantee of the Notes by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Noteholder Direction” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 7.05.

 

Obligations” means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, but not limited to, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.

 

Offer to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 3.04(a).

 

 
26

 

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated January 13, 2021, related to the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

Officer” means the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or any Parent Entity.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

 

Offshore Global Note” means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any Parent Entity or the Trustee.

 

ordinary course of business” means that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s senior management, (a) such matter or transaction is one that occurs in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business or in the ordinary course of business for other mortgage lenders in the market or (b) such matter or transaction is not one that occurs in the ordinary course of business but the terms thereof are not materially worse for the Holders of the Notes than the terms applicable to matters or transactions that do occur in the ordinary course of business.

 

Parent Entity” means any Person that is, or becomes after the Issue Date, a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer.

 

Paying Agent” refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations of the Trustee in respect of payments made or funds held hereunder in respect of the Notes.

 

Permanent Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that does not bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

 

Permitted Business” means any of the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, and any business reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto or any business deemed strategically desirable by the Issuer in good faith in connection therewith.

 

Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.06(b).

 

Permitted Hedging Obligation” means any Hedging Obligation entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting risks associated with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculation.

 

Permitted Holders” means any of (i) each of the Investors, (ii) each of the Management Stockholders (including any Management Stockholders holding Equity Interests through an Equityholding Vehicle), (iii) any Person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Issuer

 

 
27

 

or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, acting in such capacity, (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing, any Holding Company, Permitted Plan or any Person or group that becomes a Permitted Holder specified in the last sentence of this definition are members and any member of such group; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Persons referred to in subclauses (i) through (iv), collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by such group, (v) any Holding Company and (vi) any Permitted Plan. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made or waived in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)       any Investment in the Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(2)       any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)       any Investment by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment;

 

(A)       such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or

 

(B)       such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)       Investments received as non-cash consideration in (i) an Asset Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with ‎Section 4.12 or (ii) a transaction not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)       Hedging Obligations otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

(6)       (i) receivables (including Receivables) owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) customary deposits into reserve accounts related to securitization transactions, (iii) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) securities, instruments or other obligations or Investments received in compromise or settlement of debts (including, but not limited to, by foreclosure) created in the ordinary course of business, or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debts or reorganization of another Person, or in satisfaction of claims or judgments;

 

 
28

 

(7)       (i) payroll, travel and other advances in the ordinary course of business to officers, consultants and employees and (ii) other loans, or advances to, or Guarantees issued to support the obligations of, officers, consultants and employees, provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be in excess of $35.0 million outstanding at any time;

 

(8)       extensions of credit to customers and suppliers, including, but not limited to, lenders, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)       (i) Investments in Residual Interests in connection with any Securitization, Warehousing Facility, other Funding Indebtedness or other Debt permitted by this Indenture and any increases in the aggregate amount thereof resulting from (A) subsequent sales or contributions to such Securitization Entity of Financeable Assets required by the terms of such Securitization, Warehousing Facility, other Funding Indebtedness or other Debt permitted by this Indenture or (B) Standard Securitization Undertakings, but excluding any other capital contribution, loan or advance to, or any other Investment in, any Securitization Entity, (ii) Investments in Guarantees of obligations of any Securitization Entity, including, but not limited to, any that may be deemed to exist pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings and (iii) Investments by a Securitization Entity or any other Person in connection with a Securitization, Warehousing Facility, MSR Facility or other Debt permitted by this Indenture, including investments of funds held in accounts required by the arrangements governing such Securitization, Warehousing Facility, MSR Facility or other Debt or any related Securitization Indebtedness, Funding Indebtedness or other Debt;

 

(10)       any Investment in Receivables, REO Assets or other Financeable Assets (including, but not limited to, in the form of repurchase arrangements of any of the foregoing) and any Investment represented by Servicing Advances (other than Equity Interests of any Person);

 

(11)       Investments in Securitization Entities, Warehousing Facility Trusts, MSR Facility Trusts, mortgage related securities or charge-off receivables in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)       Investments in and making or origination of Servicing Advances, residential or commercial mortgage loans and Securitization Assets (whether or not made in conjunction with the acquisition of Mortgage Servicing Rights);

 

(13)       Investments in or guarantees of Debt of one or more entities the sole purpose of which is to originate, acquire, securitize, finance and/or sell loans that are purchased, insured, guaranteed, financed or securitized by any GSE; provided that the aggregate amount of (i) Investments in such entities plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Debt of such entities that are not Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries which is recourse to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall not exceed an amount equal to 10.0% of the Issuer’s book equity as of any date of determination;

 

 
29

 

(14)       any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased other than as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or as permitted by ‎Section 4.13(b)(6);

 

(15)       in addition to Investments listed above, (A) Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made in reliance on this clause and that are outstanding at the time, not to exceed the greater of (x) $180.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Net Consolidated Total Assets (net of, with respect to the Investment in any particular Person made pursuant to this clause, the cash return thereon received after the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income) not to exceed the amount of such Investments in such Person made after the Issue Date in reliance on this clause) and (B) any other Investment if, on the date of such Investment, after giving effect thereto, the Total Debt-to-Equity Ratio does not exceed 1.0 to 1.0; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (15) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been pursuant to this clause (15) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(16)       Investments of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary due to an acquisition after the Issue Date to the extent the Investment was not made in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

(17)       Investments arising out of purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity and/or Financeable Assets or Securitization Assets of any Securitization Entity in the ordinary course of business or for the purpose of relieving the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity;

 

(18)       any Co-Investment Transaction;

 

(19)       any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of ‎Section 4.13(b) (except transactions described in clauses ‎(3), ‎(11), and ‎(15) of ‎Section 4.13(b));

 

(20)       Investments to the extent made in exchange for, or where the consideration paid consists of, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of any Parent Entity;

 

(21)       guarantees of Debt permitted under ‎Section 4.06;

 

 
30

 

(22)       Investments in Mortgage Servicing Rights (including in the form of repurchases of Mortgage Servicing Rights) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)       purchases of mortgage backed securities or similar debt instruments;

 

(24)       repurchases of the Notes;

 

(25)       Investments in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(26)       contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees, directors, managers, consultants, independent contractors or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(27)       any Investment (a) in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $260.0 million and (y) 7.0% of Net Consolidated Total Assets of the Issuer (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), at the time of such Investment (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds from any sale or disposition of, or any distribution in respect of, Investments acquired after the Issue Date, to the extent the acquisition of such Investments was financed in reliance on clause (a) and provided that such amount will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (27) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (16) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (27).

 

Permitted Liens” means

 

(1)         Liens existing on the Issue Date (including with respect to after-acquired assets) not otherwise permitted hereby;

 

(2)         Liens securing any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under clauses ‎(b)‎(1), ‎(b)‎(7) or ‎(b)‎(12) of ‎Section 4.06 (and Obligations in respect thereof);

 

 
31

 

(3)       Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing any Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and Obligations in respect thereof);

 

(4)       Liens on Financeable Assets or any part thereof or interests therein, assets originated, acquired or funded with the proceeds of the Debt secured by such assets, any intangible contract rights and other accounts, documents, records and other property or rights directly related to the foregoing assets and any proceeds thereof and rights under related hedging obligations (and, in the case of any Funding Indebtedness, cash, restricted accounts or securities held in any account with the counterparty to the applicable facility pledged to secure such facility) and Standard Securitization Undertakings, securing any Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and Obligations in respect thereof);

 

(5)       Liens, pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation and other types of social security or obtaining of insurance, or Liens, pledges or deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, utility deposits, surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not securing payment of borrowed money;

 

(6)       Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(7)       Liens in respect of taxes, assessments and governmental charges which are not yet delinquent more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(8)       Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the proceeds thereof;

 

(9)       survey exceptions, title exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property, not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)     licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases as licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)     customary Liens in favor of trustees and escrow agents, Liens to secure cash management services or to implement pooling arrangements and netting and setoff rights, banker’s liens and the like in favor of financial

 

 
32

 

institutions, depositories, securities intermediaries and counterparties to financial obligations and instruments;

 

(12)     Liens on assets pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements in respect of the disposition of such assets, including, but not limited to, such Liens that are the subject of an Excess Spread Sale entered into in the ordinary course of business securing obligations under such Excess Spread Sale;

 

(13)     options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and the like;

 

(14)     judgment liens, and Liens securing appeal bonds or letters of credit issued in support of or in lieu of appeal bonds, so long as no Event of Default then exists as a result thereof;

 

(15)     Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(16)     Liens (including the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease) on assets or property (including, but not limited to, Mortgage Servicing Rights) that secure Debt Incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.06(b)(9); provided that any Liens securing such Debt may not extend to any other assets or property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto) and the Debt secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 270 days after the latter of the acquisition, purchase, lease, or completion of the development, construction, repair, maintenance or improvement of the assets or property subject to the Lien;

 

(17)     Liens on assets, property or Equity Interests of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, is merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided such Liens (other than Liens to secure Debt Incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.06(b)(7)) were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(18)     Liens on assets or property at the time the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(19)     Liens securing Debt or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

 
33

 

(20)     Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

 

(21)     Liens on Residual Interests, Securitization Assets, any intangible contract rights and other accounts, documents, records and assets directly related to the foregoing assets and the proceeds thereof (i) Incurred in connection with Funding Indebtedness, Standard Securitization Undertakings or permitted guarantees of any of the foregoing or (ii) Incurred in connection with any Securitization not covered by clause (i) securing obligations in respect of Securitization Securities; provided, however, that recourse to such Residual Interests, Securitization Assets, intangible contract rights and other accounts, documents, records and assets described in this clause (ii) is limited in a manner consistent with Standard Securitization Undertakings and the ratio of the amount of such Residual Interests to the amount of such Securitization Securities is not significantly greater than the ratio of sellers’ retained interests to the financed portion of assets in similar securitization transactions;

 

(22)     any pledge of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such pledge constitutes an Investment permitted under ‎Section 4.07;

 

(23)     extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (1), (16), (17) or (18) of this definition in connection with the refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal, or replacement of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property (other than improvements on such property) and, except as contemplated by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”, the amount secured by such Lien is not increased;

 

(24)     Liens arising from the recourse that a GSE may have with respect to an alleged breach of any representation or warranty given to such GSE in respect of, and upon the sale of a Receivable;

 

(25)     Liens securing Non-Recourse Debt so long as such Lien shall encumber only (i) any Equity Interests of the Subsidiary which owes such Debt, (ii) the assets originated, acquired or funded with the proceeds of such Debt and (iii) any intangible contract rights and other accounts, documents, records and other property directly related to the foregoing;

 

(26)     Liens on client deposits securing the obligation to such client;

 

(27)     Liens on spread accounts and credit enhancement assets, Liens on the Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries substantially all of which are spread accounts and credit enhancement assets and Liens on interests in Securitization Entities, in each case incurred in connection with Credit Enhancement Agreements;

 

(28)     Liens on cash, cash equivalents or other property arising in connection with the discharge of Debt;

 

 
34

 

(29)     Liens with respect to obligations at any one time outstanding that do not exceed the greater of (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets;

 

(30)     Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of premiums with respect thereto, provided that such Liens shall not exceed the amount of such premiums so financed;

 

(31)     Liens securing Debt under Currency Agreements;

 

(32)     Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(33)     Liens securing Debt incurred pursuant to a Regulatory Debt Facility.

 

Permitted Payments to Parent” means the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any Parent Entity in amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay, in each case without duplication:

 

(1)       franchise, excise and similar taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its corporate or legal existence;

 

(2)       customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, directors, officers and managers of any Parent Entity and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof, to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnities and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)       general corporate operating, administrative, compliance and overhead costs and expenses of any Parent Entity and, following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any Parent Entity, listing fees and other costs and expenses of such Parent Entity attributable to being a publicly traded company;

 

(4)       fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of any Parent Entity;

 

(5)       [reserved];

 

(6)       cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity;

 

(7)       for the financing of Permitted Investments; provided, that (a) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment or other acquisition, (b) such Parent Entity shall, promptly

 

 
35

 

following the closing thereof, cause (x) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by this Indenture) in order to consummate such Investment or other acquisition, (c) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (d) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments under this Indenture and (e) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Indenture or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(8)       to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, amounts that would be permitted to be paid by the Issuer under ‎Section 4.13; and

 

(9)       interest or principal on Debt the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise, considered Debt of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred under ‎Section 4.06.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.06(b)(4).

 

Permitted Residual Indebtedness” means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries under a Residual Funding Facility; provided that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any of (x) the amount of any such Permitted Residual Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Permitted Residual Indebtedness (excluding recourse for carve-out matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and misapplication and customary indemnities in connection with such transactions) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Permitted Residual Indebtedness shall be deemed not to be Permitted Residual Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Debt subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.06 except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Debt).

 

Permitted Securitization Indebtedness” means Securitization Indebtedness; provided (i) that in connection with any Securitization, any Warehousing Indebtedness, MSR Indebtedness or other Funding Indebtedness used to finance the purchase, origination or pooling of any Receivables, Mortgage Servicing Rights or other asset subject to such securitization is repaid in connection with such securitization to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the applicable Securitization Entity or other purchaser of Receivables, Securitization

 

 
36

 

Securities or other Financeable Assets, and (ii) the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any such Securitization Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Securitization Indebtedness (excluding recourse for carve-out matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and misapplication and customary indemnities in connection with such transactions) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Securitization Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Securitization Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new Incurrence of Debt subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.06 except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial Incurrence of such Debt).

 

Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness” means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries incurred under a Servicing Advance Facility; provided, however, that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any of (x) the amount of any such Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness (excluding recourse for carve- out matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and misapplication and customary indemnities in connection with such transactions) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Servicing Advance Facility Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new Incurrence of Debt subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.06 except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Debt).

 

Permitted Warehousing Indebtedness” means Warehousing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any such Warehousing Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Warehousing Indebtedness (excluding recourse for carve-out matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and misapplication and customary indemnities in connection with such transactions) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets which secure such Warehousing Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Warehousing Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new Incurrence of Debt subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.06, except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial Incurrence of such Debt.

 

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability Issuer, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

 
37

 

Position Representation” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 7.05.

 

Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.

 

principal” of any Debt means the principal amount of such Debt, (or if such Debt was issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt), together with, unless the context otherwise indicates, any premium then payable on such Debt.

 

Public Company Costs” means the initial costs relating to establishing compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ or any Parent Entity’s initial establishment of compliance with the obligations of a reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and Exchange Act.

 

Qualified Equity Interests” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

Qualified Stock” means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.

 

Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch; provided that if two of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch shall cease issuing a rating on the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Issuer, then the Issuer may select a nationally recognized statistical rating agency to substitute for S&P, Moody’s and/or Fitch (as applicable).

 

Realizable Value” of an asset means (i) with respect to any REO Asset, the value realizable upon the disposition of such asset as determined by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion and consistent with customary industry practice and (ii) with respect to any other asset, the lesser of (x) the face value of such asset and (y) the market value of such asset as determined by the Issuer in accordance with the agreement governing the applicable Warehousing Indebtedness or MSR Indebtedness or Permitted Residual Indebtedness, as the case may be (or, if such agreement does not contain any related provision, as determined by senior management of the Issuer in good faith); provided, however, that the Realizable Value of any asset described in clause (i) or (ii) above which an unaffiliated third party has a binding contractual commitment to purchase from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be the minimum price payable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for such asset pursuant to such contractual commitment.

 

Receivables” means mortgage loans and other mortgage related receivables (and related Mortgage Servicing Rights) arising in the ordinary course of business, together with any assets related thereto that are of the type transferred in connection with securitization transactions involving assets such as, or similar to, such Receivables, and

 

 
38

 

any collections or proceeds of any of the foregoing, including all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and contract rights, security interests, financing statements or other documentation in respect of such Receivables, all general intangibles under or arising out of or relating to such Receivables and any guarantees, indemnities, warranties or other obligations in respect of such Receivables; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining the amount of a Receivable at any time, such amount shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the most recent practicable date and (ii) “Receivables” shall exclude Residual Interests and Servicing Advance Receivables.

 

refinance” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.06(b)(4).

 

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 2.09.

 

Registrar” means a Person engaged to maintain the Register.

 

Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

Related Party Transaction” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.13(a).

 

Relevant Condition” means, at any date of determination, Total Shareholders’ Equity is at least $1,000.0 million.

 

Regulated Bank” means an Approved Commercial Bank that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Board of Governors under 12 CFR part 211; (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in clause (iii); or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction.

 

Regulatory Debt Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities entered into pursuant to the laws, rules or regulations of the United States (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agency or instrumentality of the United States, including the Federal Reserve and other federal bank regulatory agencies) promulgated under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act or any other legislation, regulation, act or similar law of the United States in

 

 
39

 

response to, or related to the effect of, COVID-19, in each case, as amended from time to time.

 

REO Asset” of a Person means a real estate asset owned by such Person and acquired as a result of the foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien on such asset securing a Receivable or Servicing Advance Receivable or other mortgage-related receivable.

 

Required Asset Sale” means any Asset Sale that is a result of a repurchase right or obligation or a mandatory sale right or obligation related to (1) Mortgage Servicing Rights, (2) pools or portfolios of Mortgage Servicing Rights, or (3) the Capital Stock of any Person that holds Mortgage Servicing Rights or pools or portfolios of Mortgage Servicing Rights, which rights or obligations are either in existence on the date of this Indenture (or substantially similar in nature to such rights or obligations in existence on the date of this Indenture or pursuant to the guidelines or regulations of a GSE).

 

Residual Funding Facility” means any funding arrangement with a financial institution or institutions or other lenders or purchasers under which advances are made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by Residual Interests.

 

Residual Interest” means (i) any residual, subordinated, reserve accounts and ownership, participation or equity interest held by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in Securitization Entities, Warehousing Facility Trusts and/or MSR Facility Trusts or their assets, regardless of whether required to appear on the face of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP or (ii), with respect to any Securitization Entity, the residual right (which may be represented by an equity interest or a subordinated debt obligation of such entity) owned or held by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) to receive cash flows from the Financeable Assets sold to such Securitization Entity in excess of amounts needed to pay principal of, interest on and other amounts in respect of Securitization Entity Indebtedness of such entity, servicing expenses of such entity, costs in respect of Hedging Obligations of such entity (if any) and other fees and obligations in respect of the Third-Party Securities issued by such entity and secured by such Financeable Assets.

 

Responsible Officer” means any officer of the Trustee, in the case of the Trustee, or any officer of the Paying Agent, in the case of the Paying Agent, in each case in its corporate trust department who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, with direct responsibility for the administration of such role under this Indenture.

 

Restricted Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.

 

Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.07(a).

 

 
40

 

Restricted Period” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Reversion Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.18.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A Certificate” means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that the Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Note (or beneficial interest) for its own account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, (y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real property or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a business unit of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Screened Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Noteholder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Noteholder and any other Affiliate of such Noteholder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Noteholder and any other Affiliate of such Noteholder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Noteholder or any other Affiliate of such Noteholder that is acting in concert with such Noteholder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Noteholder or any other Affiliate of such Noteholder that is acting in concert with such Noteholders in connection with its investment in the Notes.

 

Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 
41

 

Securitization” means a public or private transfer, pledge, re-pledge, sale or financing, on a fixed or revolving basis, (collectively, “financing”)of (i) Servicing Advances or Mortgage Servicing Rights, (ii) mortgage loans, (iii) installment contracts, (iv) deferred servicing fees, (v) warehouse loans secured by mortgage loans, (vi) mortgage backed and other asset backed securities, including interest only securities, and Securitization Securities, (vii) dealer floorplan loans, (viii) other loans and related assets, and/or (ix) other receivables (including, but not limited to, Receivables), Residual Interests, REO Assets, other Financeable Assets, collections or proceeds of any of the foregoing or similar assets (or any interests in any of the foregoing or in Securitization Entities owning any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, Securitization Securities) and any other asset capable of being securitized or transferred, pledged, re-pledged or sold in connection with Securitizations, (clauses (i)—(ix) above, collectively, the “Securitization Assets”), in each case where such financing of Securitization Assets is done in a manner by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of Securitization Assets including, but not limited to, any such transaction involving the sale, transfer, contribution, pledge or re-pledge of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Entity or the issuance by a Securitization Entity of Securitization Securities that are used to directly or indirectly finance Securitization Assets.

 

Securitization Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Securitization.

 

Securitization Entity” means (i) any MSR Facility Trust, any Warehousing Facility Trust, and any other Person (whether or not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer but excluding the Issuer) established for the purpose of issuing asset- backed or mortgaged-backed or mortgage pass-through securities of any kind (including collateralized mortgage obligations, net interest margin securities, certificates of beneficial or participation interests or other Securitization Securities), (ii) any special purpose Subsidiary established for the purpose of selling, depositing, or contributing Securitization Assets into a Person described in clause (i) or holding securities in any related Securitization Entity, regardless of whether such person is an issuer of securities; provided that such Person is not an obligor with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor, and (iii) any special purpose Subsidiary of the Issuer formed exclusively for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Credit Enhancement Agreements and regardless of whether such Subsidiary is an issuer of securities; provided that such Person is not an obligor with respect to any Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor other than under Credit Enhancement Agreements.

 

Securitization Indebtedness” means (i) Debt (including Securitization Securities) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to on-balance sheet Securitizations and (ii) any Debt (including Securitization Securities) consisting of advances or other loans made to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries based upon securities (including Securitization Securities) issued by a Securitization Entity pursuant to a Securitization, and acquired or retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that each of the following transactions are Securitization

 

 
42

 

Indebtedness: (i) the sale of loans to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or the FHLB, (ii) the issuance of securities by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary under one of Ginnie Mae’s mortgage-backed securities programs, including a home-equity conversion mortgage program, and (iii) liabilities associated with the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Home Equity Conversion Mortgage loan inventory where the securitization of such loan inventory does not meet the GAAP criteria for sale treatment; provided that the foregoing transactions shall be deemed to be Securitization Indebtedness only to the extent that such transactions continue to satisfy the terms described in the first sentence of this definition.

 

Securitization Securities” means, with respect to any Securitization, Funding Indebtedness, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, notes, bonds or other debt instruments, beneficial interests in a trust, undivided ownership or participation interests in an entity or in a pool or pools of Financeable Assets or any interest in any of the foregoing or other securities issued, sold, pledged or re-pledged by the Issuer, the relevant Restricted Subsidiary or Securitization Entity to banks, investors, other financing sources, the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Servicing Advance Facility” means any funding arrangement with lenders collateralized in whole or in part by Servicing Advances under which advances are made to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries based on such collateral.

 

Servicing Advance Receivables” means rights to collections under mortgage related receivables of or other rights to reimbursement of Servicing Advances that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has made in the ordinary course of business and on customary industry terms.

 

Servicing Advances” means advances made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in its capacity as servicer of any mortgage-related receivables to fund principal, interest, escrow, foreclosure, insurance, tax or other payments or advances when the borrower on the underlying receivable is delinquent in making payments on such receivable; to enforce remedies, manage and liquidate REO Assets; or that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise advances in its capacity as servicer.

 

Short Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with positive changes to the Issuer or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Issuer or any one or more Guarantors.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision).

 

Speculative Hedging Obligation” means any Hedging Obligation other than a Permitted Hedging Obligation.

 

 
43

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities (including obligations to repurchase any Financeable Assets sold in such securitization and any margin calls under any Warehousing Facilities or MSR Facilities) entered into by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) in connection with Funding Indebtedness or MSR Indebtedness.

 

Stated Maturity” means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date for payment.

 

Subordinated Debt” means any Debt of the Issuer which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof), and (ii) any Securitization Entity established by or for the benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Funding Indebtedness. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Suspended Covenants” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.18.

 

Suspension Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 4.18.

 

Total Debt-to-Equity Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on such date of determination to (2) Total Shareholders’ Equity on such date of determination.

 

Temporary Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that bears the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

 

Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit I.

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity” means, at any date of determination, the consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated excluding:

 

(1)       any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock;

 

(2)       treasury stock;

 

 
44

 

(3)       the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and

 

(4)       any non-controlling interest owned by any Person in any Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Transactions” means the offer and sale of the Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2023; provided that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2023 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trident Funds” refers, collectively, to one or more investment entities directly or indirectly managed by Stone Point Capital LLC, including Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.

 

Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor trustee under this Indenture pursuant to Article 7.

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

U.S. Global Note” means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)       any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with ‎Section 4.15; and

 

(2)       any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Verification Covenant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.05.

 

 
45

 

Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person.

 

Warehousing Facility” means any financing arrangement of any kind, including financing arrangements in the form of purchase facilities, repurchase facilities, early purchase facilities, re-pledge facilities, loan agreements, note and/or other security issuance facilities and commercial paper facilities (and excluding, in all cases, Securitizations), with a financial institution or other lender (including, but not limited to, any GSE) or purchaser, in each case exclusively to finance or refinance (i) the purchase, origination, pooling or funding of Receivables or other Financeable Assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to sale to a third party, (ii) Servicing Advances, (iii) the carrying of REO Assets related to Receivables or other Financeable Assets, (iv) funded debt draws with respect to mortgages that have not yet cleared (drafts payable) that will be funded by such facility, or (v) any other Financeable Assets; provided that such purchase, origination, pooling, funding, refinancing, carrying and/or draw is in the ordinary course of business.

 

Warehousing Facility Trusts” means any Person (whether or not a Subsidiary of the Issuer) established for the purpose of issuing notes or other securities (including, but not limited to, Securitization Securities) or holding, pledging or re-pledging any of the assets described in clauses (i) through (iv) below, or interests therein or pledges thereof, or entering into a Warehousing Facility with the Issuer or a Restricting Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a Warehousing Facility, which notes and securities are backed by, or represent interests in, (i) loans, mortgage-related securities, Financeable Assets or other receivables originated or purchased by, and/or contributed to, such Person from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; (ii) specified Servicing Advances originated or purchased by, and/or contributed to, such Person from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; (iii) the carrying of REO Assets related to loans and other receivables originated or purchased by, and/or contributed to, such Person from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or (iv) interests in other Warehousing Facility Trusts.

 

Warehousing Indebtedness” means Debt in connection with a Warehousing Facility.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required pursuant to applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02.         Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires or except as otherwise expressly provided,

 

(1)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

 

 
46

 

(2)           “herein,” “hereof’ and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;

 

(3)           all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of or to this Indenture unless otherwise indicated;

 

(4)           references to agreements or instruments, or to statutes or regulations, are to such agreements or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended from time to time (or to successor statutes and regulations);

 

(5)           in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions the Issuer may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines; and

 

(6)           in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

 

Section 1.03.         Limited Condition Transactions.

 

When calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture or compliance with any provision of this Indenture in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales), in each case, at the option of the Issuer (the Issuer’s election to exercise such option, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination for availability under any such basket or ratio and whether any such action or transaction is permitted (or any requirement or condition therefor is complied with or satisfied (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default)) under this Indenture shall be deemed to be the date (the “LCT Test Date”) the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (or, if applicable, the date of delivery of an irrevocable notice, declaration of a Restricted Payment or similar event), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales) and any related pro forma adjustments, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such actions or consummate such transactions on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions), such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions) shall

 

 

 
47

 

be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes (in the case of Debt, for example, whether such Debt is committed, issued or incurred at the LCT Test Date or at any time thereafter); provided, that (a) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to re-determine all such ratios, tests or baskets on the basis of such financial statements, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable LCT Test Date for purposes of such ratios, tests or baskets, (b) except as contemplated in the foregoing clause (a), compliance with such ratios, tests or baskets (and any related requirements and conditions) shall not be determined or tested at any time after the applicable LCT Test Date for such Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales) and (c) Fixed Charges for purposes of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Debt or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall have made an LCT Election, (1) if any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in EBITDA or Net Consolidated Total Assets of the Issuer or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; (2) if any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing); and (3) in calculating the availability under any ratio, test or basket in connection with any action or transaction unrelated to such Limited Condition Transaction following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, test or basket shall be determined or tested on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of debt and the use of proceeds thereof (but without netting the cash proceeds thereof)) had been consummated.

 

Article 2
The Notes

 

 

 
48

 

Section 2.01.          Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends. (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer is subject, or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be issuable in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)          (1)           Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 2.01, Section 2.10(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.09(b)(4), each Note, whether an Initial Note or an Additional Note (other than a Permanent Offshore Note), will bear the Restricted Legend.

 

(2)           Each Global Note, whether an Initial Note or Additional Note, will bear the DTC Legend.

 

(3)           Each Temporary Offshore Global Note will bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

 

(4)           Notes (whether Initial Notes or Additional Notes) offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued as provided in Section 2.11(a).

 

(5)           Notes (whether Initial Notes or Additional Notes) offered and sold in reliance on any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be issued, and upon the request of the Issuer to the Trustee, Notes (whether Initial Notes or Additional Notes) offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes.

 

(6)           Notes (whether Initial Notes or Additional Notes) resold to Institutional Accredited Investors or individual “accredited investors” affiliated with the Issuer (“Affiliated Investors”) will be in the form of an IAI Global Note.

 

(c)          If the Issuer determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need for current public information and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may instruct the Trustee in writing to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction.

 

(d)          By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that

 

 
49

 

it will transfer such Note (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend.

 

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

Section 2.02.         Execution and Authentication; Additional Notes. (a) An Officer shall execute the Notes for the Issuer by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Issuer. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note will still be valid.

 

(b)          A Note will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note, with the signature constituting conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

(c)          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will, upon the written direction of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver:

 

(i)            Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $550,000,000, and

 

(ii)           Subject to Article 4, Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer in writing,

 

After receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate specifying:

 

(1)           the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated;

 

(2)           whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes;

 

(3)           in the case of Additional Notes, that the issuance of such Notes does not contravene any provision of Article 4;

 

(4)           whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Certificated Notes; and

 

(5)           other information the Issuer may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

(d)          The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture and will vote together as a single class on all matters with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number.

 

 

 
50

 

Section 2.03.          Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. (a) The Issuer may appoint one or more Registrars and one or more Paying Agents, and the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent, in which case each reference in this Indenture to the Trustee in respect of the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by that Agent will be deemed to be references to the Agent. The Issuer may act as Registrar or (except for purposes of Article 8) Paying Agent. In each case the Issuer and the Trustee will enter into an appropriate agreement with the Agent implementing the provisions of this Indenture relating to the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by the Agent and the related rights. The Issuer initially appoints, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent. In acting hereunder and in connection with the Notes, the Registrar and the Paying Agent shall act solely as agents of the Issuer, and will not thereby assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any Holder of the Notes

 

(b)          The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent will have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.

 

Section 2.04.          Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon the written direction of the Issuer and the provision of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such Note was lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity and/or security must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer and the Trustee from any loss they may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and/or Trustee may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case the mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay the Note instead of issuing a replacement Note.

 

Section 2.05.         Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for:

 

(1)          Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation;

 

 
51

 

 

(2)           any Note which has been replaced or paid pursuant to Section 2.04 unless and until the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser; and

 

(3)           on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due.

 

(b)          A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or one of its Affiliates holds the Note; provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding (it being understood that in determining whether the Trustee is protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice from the Issuer that such Notes are so owned will be so disregarded). Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.06.          Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee will, upon the written direction of the Issuer, authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officer executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by the execution of the temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer designated for the purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any temporary Notes the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, upon the written direction of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

Section 2.07.          Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold. Any Registrar or the Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee will cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of them in

 

 
52

 

accordance with its normal procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.08.         CUSIP and CINS Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “CINS” numbers, and the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders, the notice to state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or CINS numbers.

 

Section 2.09.         Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Issuer shall cause the Registrar to maintain a register (the “Register”) of the Notes, for registering the record ownership of the Notes by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Notes.

 

(b)         (1) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend.

 

(2)           Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (1) as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(4) and (2) transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.10.

 

(3)           Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security.

 

(4)           If (x) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the

 

 
53

 

Global Note for one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder.

 

(c)          Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the holder thereof or its nominee.

 

(d)          A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.10. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose; provided that:

 

(x)           no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Register; and

 

(y)           the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Note not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to occur after a Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Regular Record Date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Note is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

From time to time the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, upon the written direction of the Issuer, authenticate additional Notes as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section.

 

 
54

 

 

No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note, but the Issuer and/or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4) of this Section 2.09).

 

(e)          (1)           Global Note to Global Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(2)           Global Note to Certificated Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.

 

(3)           Certificated Note to Global Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

 

(4)           Certificated Note to Certificated Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an

 

 
55

 

aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

 

(f)           The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(g)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

Section 2.10.          Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange. (a) The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.09 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to cause the registration of any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.

 

(b)          Subject to paragraph (c), the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.

 

A B C
U.S. Global Note U.S. Global Note (1)
U.S. Global Note Offshore Global Note (2)
U.S. Global Note Certificated Note (3)
Offshore Global Note U.S. Global Note (4)
Offshore Global Note Offshore Global Note (1)

 

 
56

 

Offshore Global Note Certificated Note (5)
Certificated Note U.S. Global Note (4)
Certificated Note Offshore Global Note (2)
Certificated Note Certificated Note (3)

 

(1)           No certification is required.

 

(2)           The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed and executed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.

 

(3)           The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed and executed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed and executed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed and executed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed and executed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.

 

(4)           The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed and executed Rule 144A Certificate.

 

(5)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed and executed Rule 144A Certificate or (y) a duly completed and executed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.

 

 

 
57

 

(c)          No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) after such time (if any) as the Issuer determines that the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need for current public information; provided that the Issuer has provided the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate to that effect, and the Issuer and/or the Trustee may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this paragraph (c) an Opinion of Counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate.

 

Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend.

 

(d)          The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Issuer will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice within a reasonable period of time to the Trustee.

 

(e)          None of the Trustee or the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Issuer’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to the Issuer’s compliance with any federal or state securities laws in connection with registrations of transfers and exchanges of the Notes. The Trustee and the Registrar shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among the Depositary’s Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, as is expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture or the Notes and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Section 2.11.          Temporary Offshore Global Notes. (a) Each Note originally sold by the Initial Purchasers in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced during the Restricted Period by one or more Offshore Global Notes that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

 

(b)          An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note (or a Person acting on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period). Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.

 

 

 
58

 

(c)          Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser owns a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, such Initial Purchaser may, upon written request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as an Initial Purchaser, exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial interest.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal of, or interest or premium on, such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note or transferred for an interest in another Global Note or a Certificated Note.

 

Article 3
Redemption; Offer to Purchase

 

Section 3.01.          Optional Redemption. (a) At any time and from time to time on or after February 1, 2023, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days, notice, at the redemption prices expressed as a percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the redemption date, in cash, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 in the years indicated below.

 

12-month period
commencing
in Year 

Percentage 

2023  102.500%
2024  101.250%
2025 and thereafter  100.000%

  

(b)          At any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2023, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the Issuer may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price of 100.000% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

Section 3.02.          Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering. At any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2023, the Issuer may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 105.000% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of any Additional Notes), provided that:

 

 

 
59

 

(1)           in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

 

(2)           not less than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture) remains outstanding immediately thereafter excluding any Notes held by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries (unless all Notes are otherwise redeemed substantially concurrently).

 

Section 3.03.         Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes, it must notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed by delivering an Officers’ Certificate at least 10 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If fewer than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the Officers’ Certificate must also specify a record date not less than five days after the date of the notice of redemption is given to the Trustee, and the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000. The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Notice of redemption must be sent by the Issuer or at the Issuer’s prior written request (not less than two Business Days prior to the date notice is to be given, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, to Holders whose Notes are to be redeemed at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date.

 

(b)         The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include or state the following:

 

(1)           the redemption date and any conditions to such redemption;

 

(2)           the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued interest;

 

(3)           the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(4)           Notes called for redemption must be so surrendered in order to collect the redemption price;

 

(5)           on the redemption date, subject to satisfaction of any conditions specified therein, the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes called for redemption, and interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(6)           if any Note is redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion will be issued; and

 

 

 
60

 

(7)           if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.

 

(c)          Notice of any redemption upon any corporate transaction or other event (including any Equity Offering, incurrence of Debt, Change of Control or other transaction) may be given prior to the completion thereof. In addition, any redemption or notice thereof may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a corporate transaction or other event. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) if any redemption date shall be delayed as contemplated by this Section 3.03 and the terms of the applicable notice of redemption, such redemption date as so delayed may occur at any time after the original redemption date set forth in the applicable notice of redemption and after the satisfaction of any applicable conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, on a date that is less than 10 days after the original redemption date or more than 60 days after the date of the applicable notice of redemption and (2) any such redemption may not occur and such notice of redemption may be rescinded in the event any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date or by any delayed redemption date. To the extent that the redemption date will occur on a date other than the original redemption date set forth in the applicable notice of redemption, the Issuer shall notify the Holders and the Trustee of the final redemption date prior to such date; provided that the failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of any redemption under this Article 3.

 

(d)          Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date except as provided in Section 3.03(c), and upon surrender of the Notes called for redemption, the Issuer shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price. Commencing on the redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note redeemed in part, the Holder will receive a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered Note.

 

Section 3.04.         Offer to Purchase. (a) An “Offer to Purchase” means an offer by the Issuer or a third party to purchase Notes as required by this Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer (the “offer”) sent to the Holders. The Issuer or third party will notify the Trustee in writing at least two Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of its obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.

 

(b)          The offer must include or state the following as to the terms of the Offer to Purchase:

 

(1)           the provision of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

 

 

 
61

 

(2)           the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to this Indenture) (the “purchase amount”);

 

(3)           the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued interest;

 

(4)           an expiration date (the “expiration date”) not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”) not more than five Business Days after the expiration date;

 

(5)           a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in minimum denomination of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount in excess thereof;

 

(6)           the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

(7)           each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of business on the expiration date (such Note being, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer);

 

(8)           interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue;

 

(9)           on the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date;

 

(10)         Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be received by the Issuer or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the expiration date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender;

 

(11)         (i) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer will purchase all such Notes, and (ii) if the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Issuer will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount in excess thereof will be purchased;

 

 

 
62

 

(12)         if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and

 

(13)         if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.

 

(c)          Prior to the purchase date, the Issuer will accept tendered Notes for purchase as required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase.

 

(d)          Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to an Offer to Purchase will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding paragraphs will have the status of notes issued and outstanding.

 

(e)          The Issuer will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws in making any Offer to Purchase, and the above procedures will be deemed modified as necessary to permit such compliance. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(f)           On the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part.

 

(g)          Except under Section 4.11, Noteholders will not be permitted to require the Issuer to repurchase or redeem Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

Article 4
Covenants

 

Section 4.01.         Payment of Notes. (a) The Issuer agrees to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes, or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee (or Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided that to the extent any such funds are received by the Trustee (or Paying Agent) from the Issuer after such time on such date, such funds will be distributed to such Persons within one Business Day of the receipt thereof, provided further that if the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer is acting as

 

 
63

 

Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture. In each case the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its compliance with this paragraph.

 

(b)          An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if, not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the due date only if paid to the Holders.

 

(c)          The Issuer agrees to pay interest on overdue principal, and overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum specified in the Notes.

 

(d)          Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Issuer will make all payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder’s registered address.

 

Section 4.02.          Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Issuer. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be surrendered or presented for any of such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

Section 4.03.          Existence. The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents, and the material rights, licenses and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Issuer is not required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and

 

 
64

 

its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.12 or Article 5.

 

Section 4.04.          Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Issuer will pay or discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established.

 

Section 4.05.          Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. (a) The Issuer will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(b)         The Issuer will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, including, but not limited to, products liability insurance and public liability insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as are customary for corporations similarly situated in the industry in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are then conducting business.

 

Section 4.06.          Limitation on Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock. (a) The Issuer:

 

(1)           will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Non-Funding Indebtedness; and

 

(2)           will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Disqualified Stock, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor to Incur any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as it is so held);

 

provided, that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Non-Funding Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Preferred Stock if, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt

 

 
65

 

and application of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available, either (x) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is no less than 3.0 to 1.0 or (y) the Debt-to-Equity Ratio does not exceed 2.0 to 1.0.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and, to the extent provided below, any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur the following (“Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)           Debt of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) $260.0 million and (B) 7.0% of Net Consolidated Total Assets;

 

(2)           Debt owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Debt continues to be owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and which, if the obligor is the Issuer or a Guarantor, is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes upon bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event;

 

(3)           Debt pursuant to the Notes and Note Guarantees (other than Additional Notes);

 

(4)           Debt (“Permitted Refinancing Debt”) constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or substitution for, or issued or Incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, prepay, defease, retire, redeem, repurchase, extend, refinance or refund, including by way of any defeasance or discharge mechanism (all of the above, for purposes of this clause, “refinance”) in whole or in part then outstanding Debt in an amount (after deduction of any original issue discount) not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, defeasance costs, tender premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses including Debt that refinances Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided that:

 

(A)           in case the Debt (and any guarantees in respect thereof) to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt (and the corresponding guarantees in respect thereof), by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees at least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(B)            (i) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to (x) the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced or (y) 91 days following the maturity of the Notes, and (ii) the Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced;

 

(C)           in no event may Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor be refinanced pursuant to this clause by means of any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted

 

 
66

 

Subsidiary be refinanced pursuant to this clause by means of any Debt of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

(D)           Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (5), (6), (10), (11), (14) (to the extent such Debt continues to be Non-Recourse Debt), (15), (16) and (18) through (25) of this Section 4.06(b) may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause but shall instead be refinanced pursuant to Debt incurred under such clauses or another clause hereunder;

 

(5)           Debt Incurred under a Regulatory Debt Facility;

 

(6)           Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to (i) performance, bid, appeal, customs or surety bonds and completion guarantees in the ordinary course of business or in connection with judgments that do not result in an Event of Default, obligations in respect of any workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, deferred compensatory or employee or director equity plans, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage taxes, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance, or similar requirements, including letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances supporting any of the foregoing or anything else that is not Debt, or supporting any of the following items in clauses (ii) or (iii), (ii) financing insurance premiums or (iii) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;

 

(7)           (i) Debt Incurred or issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition or other purchase of assets (including Financeable Assets) by the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity or (ii) Acquired Debt; provided that, in each case, any assets acquired or purchased pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(7) are contributed to (or, in the case of Persons, merged into or amalgamated with) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and provided, further, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation or other purchase of assets, (1) the aggregate amount of such Debt incurred pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(7), together with the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof, does not exceed the greater of (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets or (2) either the Issuer (x) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under Section 4.06(a) or (y) has a Debt-to-Equity Ratio equal to or better than the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction or (z) has a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio no less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(8)           Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements outstanding on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the maximum amount available under each such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause (4)(D) of this

 

 
67

 

Section 4.06(b), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt, it being understood that Debt otherwise constituting Permitted Debt pursuant to another clause of this Section 4.06(b) shall be incurred thereunder);

 

(9)           Debt (including Capital Leases) Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, expansion, construction, development, installation, replacement, relocation, renewal, maintenance, upgrade, repair or improvement of property, equipment or any other asset (whether in the nature of real property or personal property, including, but not limited to, assets consisting of Financeable Assets, mortgage related securities or derivatives, consumer receivables, and other similar assets (or any interests in any of the foregoing)) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including the acquisition or purchase of any assets though the acquisition of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or by the merger of a Person with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) which Debt is Incurred on or after the Issue Date and no later than 365 days after the date of completion of the purchase, lease, expansion, construction, development, installation, replacement, relocation, renewal, maintenance, upgrade, repair or improvement of such assets; provided that the amount of such Debt does not exceed the Fair Market Value on the date that such Debt is incurred of the assets or property developed, constructed, purchased, leased, repaired, maintained, expanded, replaced, upgraded, installed or improved with the proceeds of such Debt;

 

(10)         to the extent otherwise constituting Debt, Debt deemed to exist as a result of Standard Securitization Undertakings or Credit Enhancement Agreements;

 

(11)         Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of Guarantees of Debt or other Obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted

 

Subsidiary Incurred under any other clause of this Section 4.06 or Guarantees of Funding Indebtedness;

 

(12)         Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred on or after the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed (a) the greater of (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause;

 

(13)         Debt or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 200% of the net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by an Officer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since the Issue Date from any Equity Offering or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer to the extent that such net cash proceeds has not been applied to permitted payments under Section 4.07 (such contributed equity, “Capital Stock Proceeds”);

 

 

 
68

 

(14)         Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(15)         to the extent otherwise constituting Debt, obligations arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, including, but not limited to, any Servicing Advances, Mortgage Servicing Rights, Receivables, mortgage related securities or derivatives, consumer receivables, REO Assets, Residual Interests, other Financeable Assets and other similar assets (or any interests in any of the foregoing) purchased or originated by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)         to the extent constituting Debt, Debt under Excess Spread Sales incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)         Debt arising out of or to fund purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity in the ordinary course of business or for the purpose of relieving the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity;

 

(18)         Debt consisting of Debt from the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Issuer of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity from any future, current or former officer, director, manager or employee (or any spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs or legatees of any of the foregoing) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(7);

 

(19)         Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, automated clearing house transactions, and otherwise in connection with treasury and/or cash management services, including, but not limited to, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services;

 

(20)         Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to owners of servicing rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21)         Debt under Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which are related to Debt, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

(22)         Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Debt is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

 

 

 
69

 

(23)         Debt to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the notes and Note Guarantees;

 

(24)         Debt of (i) any Foreign Subsidiary, the proceeds of which are used for ordinary course business purposes and (ii) Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors, in an aggregate principal amount, at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets; and

 

(25)         Debt of a joint venture Incurred since the Issue Date or the guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the same in an aggregate principal amount, taken together with all other Debt incurred pursuant to this clause, at any time outstanding not to exceed (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets.

 

(c)         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.06, for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur under this Section 4.06. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

(d)         In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described in this Section 4.06, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses and the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described in this Section 4.06. Further, any Debt originally classified as incurred pursuant to clause (a) or one of the clauses in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.06 may later be reclassified by the Issuer at any time and from time to time at the Issuer’s discretion such that it will be deemed as having been incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.06 or another clause in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.06, as applicable, to the extent that such reclassified Debt could be incurred pursuant to such paragraph at the time of such reclassification.

 

 

 
70

 

(e)          For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.06 shall prohibit the Incurrence of Funding Indebtedness by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that to the extent that any Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary ceases to constitute Funding Indebtedness in accordance with the definition thereof, such Debt shall be deemed to be Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at such time.

 

(f)           The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, will be deemed to be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) and the liquidation preference thereof, exclusive of any accrued dividends.

 

(g)          Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or original issue discount, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt, fees, expenses, charges, additional contingent interest and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt for purposes of this Section 4.06. The amount of any Debt outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Debt issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof in the case of any other Debt.

 

Section 4.07.          Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being collectively “Restricted Payments”):

 

(i)            declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in the Issuer’s or any Parent Entity’s Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)           purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by Persons other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(iii)          repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt (except (i) a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity or (ii) any Debt Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(2)); or

 

(iv)          make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment;

 

unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:

 

 

 
71

 

(1)           no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof,

 

(2)           the Relevant Condition is satisfied at the time thereof, or the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under Section 4.06(a), and

 

(3)           the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of:

 

(A)          (i) in the event that the Relevant Condition is not satisfied at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on the last day of the Issuer’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; or

 

(ii)            in the event that the Relevant Condition is satisfied at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, 100% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning on January 1, 2021 and ending on the last day of the Issuer’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available;

 

plus

 

(B)          subject to paragraph (c), 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (other than (x) from a Subsidiary; or (y) constituting Capital Stock Proceeds to the extent used to incur Debt under Section 4.06(b)(13) (“Excluded Equity”)) from:

 

(i)             the issuance and sale of the Issuer’s or any Parent Entity’s Qualified Equity Interests, including by way of issuance of the Issuer’s or any Parent Entity’s Disqualified Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or Parent Entity; or

 

(ii)            as a contribution to its common equity; plus

 

(C)          an amount equal to the sum, for all Unrestricted Subsidiaries, of the following:

 

 

 
72

 

(x)            0% of cash dividends or cash distributions received directly or indirectly by the Issuer or any Guarantor from any Unrestricted Subsidiary or the cash return on Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after the first day of the first fiscal quarter ended after the Issue Date pursuant to this paragraph (a) as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income); plus

 

(y)            the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the assets less liabilities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

 

not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments made after the Issue Date by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to this paragraph (a); plus

 

(D)          the amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from: (x) the repurchases or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Investment, or repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of property or assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments) or (y) the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee), in either case which amount was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(E)           the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 0.75% of Net Consolidated Total Assets.

 

The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers.

 

(b)          The foregoing will not prohibit:

 

 

 
73

 

(1)           the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the redemption notice if, at the date of declaration, as the case may be, such payment, distribution or redemption would comply with paragraph (a);

 

(2)           dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Issuer, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary a majority of which is held, directly or indirectly through Restricted Subsidiaries, by the Issuer;

 

(3)           the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Debt;

 

(4)           the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Issuer (other than Excluded Equity);

 

(5)           the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of the Issuer in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Issuer (other than Excluded Equity);

 

(6)           any Investment made in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Issuer (other than Excluded Equity);

 

(7)           purchases, redemptions or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Issuer to permit the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Issuer of Equity Interests held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees or the Issuer or any Parent Entity (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period does not exceed an aggregate amount of (i) $35.0 million, plus (ii) the cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are used to make such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, plus (iii) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the

 

 
74

 

Issuer or any Parent Entity of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to officers, directors or employees of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3); provided that if any amounts under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are not utilized during any twelve-month period they may be carried forward and utilized in any subsequent twelve-month periods; provided, further, that cancellation of Debt owing to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity of the Issuer from any such Person in connection with a purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment;

 

(8)           (a) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (i) 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.11 or (ii) 100% of the principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Sections 4.12 and (b) any other Restricted Payments made with Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales remaining after completion of the required Asset Sale Offer as required by Section 4.12; provided that, in each case, prior to the repurchase the Issuer has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all Notes issued under this Indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the required Offer to Purchase;

 

(9)           Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount following the Issue Date not to exceed the greater of (x) $130.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Net Consolidated Total Assets;

 

(10)         any Restricted Payments, so long as, after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Total Debt-to-Equity Ratio does not exceed 0.75 to 1.0;

 

(11)         the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer pursuant to the “Use of Proceeds” as described in the Offering Memorandum;

 

(12)         the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.06.

 

(13)         payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

 

(14)         payments or distributions to dissenting shareholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with any merger, consolidation or disposition in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

 

 
75

 

(15)         the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent necessary, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, to prevent the loss or secure the renewal or reinstatement of any license, permit or other authorization held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries issued by any governmental or regulatory authority or to comply with government contracting regulations;

 

(16)         the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on the Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer (or the payment of dividends to any Parent Entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s Equity Interests) in an amount not to exceed the sum of (A) up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any public offering of the Issuer’s Qualified Equity Interests or the Equity Interests of any Parent Entity, other than public offerings with respect to common equity registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale the proceeds of which were used to finance a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (1) above and (B) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 7.0% of Market Capitalization;

 

(17)         any Restricted Payments to current or former employees, officers, or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estate of any of the foregoing) solely in the form of forgiveness of Debt of such Persons owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity on account of repurchases of the stock options, restricted stock units, purchased shares or other Equity Interests of the Issuer held by such Persons; provided that such Debt was incurred by such Persons solely to acquire Equity Interests of the Issuer;

 

(18)         [reserved]; and

 

(19)         Permitted Payments to Parent;

 

provided that, in the case of clauses (2), (7) and (9), no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof.

 

(c)          Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4), (5) or (6) of Section 4.07(b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clause (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16) and (17) of Section 4.07(b) will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a).

 

Section 4.08.          Limitation on Liens. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens; provided, however, that any Lien on such property shall be permitted notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if all Obligations under the Indenture and

 

 
76

 

the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or, if the obligation to be secured by the Lien is subordinated in right of payment to prior payment of the Notes) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien on such property.

 

Section 4.09.       Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)           pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)           make loans or advances to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(4)           transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)          The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions:

 

(1)           existing on the Issue Date in this Indenture or in any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendment, extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;

 

(2)           existing under or by reason of applicable law;

 

(3)           existing:

 

(A)           with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(B)            with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it is designated or is deemed to become a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

 

 
77

 

which encumbrances or restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any other Person and (ii) were not put in place in anticipation of such event and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;

 

(4)           of the type described in clause (a)(4) of this Section 4.09 arising or agreed to (i) in the ordinary course of business that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right with respect to any property or assets of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)           with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted by Section 4.12;

 

(6)           pursuant to the requirements of any Securitization, Warehousing Facility or Funding Indebtedness with respect to any Securitization Entity, special purpose Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection therewith, in each case that are exclusively applicable to any Securitization, Warehousing Facility, Funding Indebtedness or Financeable Assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection therewith or that are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not reasonably expected to materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the notes;

 

(7)           contained in an instrument governing or relating to Debt that is customary, based on general market conditions, and that are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s senior management, not reasonably expected to materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the notes;

 

(8)           required pursuant to this Indenture; or

 

(9)           customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity, its assets or the equity interests therein) entered in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 4.10.         Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary or a Guarantor) to guarantee the payment of (i) any

 

 
78

 

syndicated Credit Facility incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1) or (ii) capital market debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $150.0 million unless:

 

(1)           such Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after the guarantee of such Indebtedness executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Note Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Note Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(2)           such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other applicable rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Note Guarantee;

 

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 60 day period described in clause (1) above. No Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered to the Trustee in connection with the execution of a supplemental indenture solely to add Guarantors in connection with this Section 4.10.

 

Section 4.11.         Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control.

 

(a)          Not later than 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described in Section 3.01, either (i) the Issuer will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to purchase all outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase (the “change of control payment”) or (ii) Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and any third party purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders.

 

(b)          If Noteholders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes properly tender such notes pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(ii) and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer, in lieu of the Issuer as described above, elects to purchase all of the notes properly tendered by such noteholders,

 

 
79

 

the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon notice given not more than 60 days following such tendering of notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer (and not less than 10 days prior to the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the Change of Control Offer), to redeem on the date of redemption pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, any and all notes that would remain outstanding following such Change of Control Offer, at a price in cash equal to the change of control payment.

 

Section 4.12.         Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:

 

(1)          the Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined as of the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale in good faith by the Board of Managers;

 

(2)          at least 75% of the consideration consists of cash received at closing (for purposes of this clause (2), (a) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries from further liability, (b) instruments or securities received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale that are promptly, but in any event within 270 days of the closing, converted by the Issuer to cash, to the extent of the cash actually so received and (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (2)(c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $110.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Net Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be considered cash received at closing);

 

(3)          Within 365 days from the later of the date of consummation of an Asset Sale or the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used:

 

(A)           to permanently repay (1) any secured Debt (other than Funding Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Debt) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) solely to the extent such Asset Sale included assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, Debt (other than Funding Indebtedness or Non-Recourse Debt) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and in the case of a revolving credit, permanently reduce the commitment thereunder by such amount) in an amount not to exceed the Net Cash Proceeds in respect of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and in each case owing to a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

 

 
80

 

(B)            to permanently reduce obligations under any other Debt of the Issuer that is pari passu with the Notes (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of a Guarantor) (in each case other than Debt owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce obligations, under the notes as provided under Section 3.01 through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.04 for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;

 

(C)            to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, or a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaged in a Permitted Business (provided that such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Securitization Entity), or to make capital expenditures or to otherwise acquire assets, including Financeable Assets and Servicing Advances, that are to be used in a Permitted Business; provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied if a binding commitment or an agreement is entered into within such 365 day period and the acquisition or investment is consummated within 90 days thereafter;

 

(D)            to make an investment in any one or more businesses, properties or assets that replace the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied if a binding commitment or an agreement is entered into within such 365- day period and the acquisition or investment is consummated within 90 days thereafter; or

 

(E)            any combination of the foregoing;

 

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with clause (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) above, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Debt or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture; and

 

(4)          The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied or committed to be applied pursuant to clause (3) within 365 days of the Asset Sale constitute “Excess Proceeds”. Excess Proceeds of less than $40.0 million will be carried forward and accumulated. When accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, the Issuer must, within 30 days, make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to:

 

(A)           accumulated Excess Proceeds; multiplied by

 

 

 
81

 

(B)           a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all pari passu Debt similarly required to be repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. If the Asset Sale Offer is for less than all of the outstanding notes, and notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Issuer will purchase notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or such other manner in the case of global notes, as may be required by the applicable procedures of DTC; provided that only notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof will be purchased. Upon completion of the Asset Sale Offer, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the Asset Sale Offer may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to in Section 4.12(a)(2) shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, if the proceeds before tax would have complied with the 75% limitation referred to in Section 4.12(a)(2).

 

Section 4.13.        Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement including, but not limited to, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a “Related Party Transaction”), involving an aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, except (i) upon terms taken as a whole that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer (or, in the event that there are no comparable transaction involving Persons who are not Affiliates to apply for comparative purposes, is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, the Issuer has determined to be fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), (ii) with respect to any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions involving an aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $30.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Related Party Transaction complies with Section 4.13(a)(i) above and (iii) with respect to any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions involving an aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Managers of the Issuer, approving such Related Party Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Related Party Transaction complies with Section 4.13(a)(i).

 

 

 
82

 

(b)         The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to:

 

(1)           any transaction between the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer;

 

(2)           the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Issuer who are not employees of the Issuer and the provision of customary indemnities to directors, officers or employees of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in their capacities as such;

 

(3)           any Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 if permitted by that covenant or any Permitted Investment (other than pursuant to clauses (1) or (3) of the definition thereof);

 

(4)           transactions, agreements, plans, arrangements, or payments to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided to or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Parent Entity ;

 

(5)           transactions in connection with any Securitization or Funding Indebtedness;

 

(6)           transactions pursuant to any contract, agreement or Investment (including Guarantee) in effect on the date of this Indenture, as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the amended, modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are no more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than those in effect on the date of this Indenture (as determined by the Issuer in good faith);

 

(7)           services provided to Affiliates in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(8)           the provision of mortgage servicing, mortgage loan origination, real estate logistics, brokerage and management and similar services to Affiliates in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined by the Issuer in good faith), or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined by the Issuer in good faith);

 

(9)           mortgage loans provided to officers, directors or employees on terms consistent with past practice;

 

(10)         licensing of intellectual property rights (whether as licensor or licensee);

 

 

 
83

 

(11)         transactions (including pursuant to joint venture agreements) with (i) customers, clients, suppliers, any Person in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made an Investment or holds an interest as a joint venture partner (and such Person is an Affiliate solely because of such Investment or interest) or (ii) others that are Affiliates of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined by the Issuer in good faith), or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined by the Issuer in good faith);

 

(12)         leases of real property entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could be obtained at the time in an arm’s length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate (as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer);

 

(13)         any Co-Investment Transaction;

 

(14)         sales or issuances of Qualified Equity Interests by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Affiliate and capital contributions to the Issuer from Affiliates or the granting and performing of customary registration rights to any Parent Entity or to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate or Immediate Family Members of any of the foregoing, or any permitted transferee thereof) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity and directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law;

 

(15)         any transaction in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion from a nationally or regionally recognized investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm as to (i) the fairness of the transaction to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from a financial point of view or (ii) that such transaction is not materially less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could be obtained at the time in an arm’s length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate; provided that with respect to the modification, amendment or replacement of any Related Party Transaction in existence as of the Issue Date on substantially comparable terms, such threshold shall be calculated only with respect to the amount of any net increase in the value of such Related Party Transaction as a result of such modification, amendment or replacement rather than the aggregate value;

 

(16)         any agreement between a Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, or merged into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided that such agreement was not entered into contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, and so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement,

 

 
84

 

extension or renewal, when taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, in the reasonable determination of an Officer of the Issuer, than the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger;

 

(17)         loans or advances (or cancellation of loans) to future, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Parent Entity in an aggregate not to exceed $10.0 million outstanding at any time;

 

(18)         transaction complying with the covenant described under Section 5.01;

 

(19)         the IPO Transactions;

 

(20)         Permitted Payments to Parent;

 

(21)         (A) investments by Permitted Holders in securities or loans of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any payment of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms, and (B) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities or loans of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (A) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans;

 

(22)         transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person that would constitute a Related Party Transaction solely because a director of such other Person is also a director of the Issuer or any Parent Entity; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such Parent Entity, as the case may be, on any matter including such other Person;

 

(23)         the sale, conveyance or other disposition of mortgages or other loans, customer receivables, mortgage related securities or derivatives or other assets (or any interests in any of the foregoing) to Affiliates in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined by the Issuer in good faith), or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined by the Issuer in good faith);

 

(24)         [reserved];

 

(25)         the payment of tax distributions and the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or any tax receivable agreement with any

 

 
85

 

Parent Entity and the making of any payments or taking of any action, thereunder; and

 

(26)         transactions between the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Affiliates thereof in connection with the lease of the Issuer’s principal place of business, and related leasehold improvements provided, that with respect to any related leasehold improvements, such leasehold improvements (i) are in furtherance of real property improvements already commenced prior to the Issue Date or (ii) annually do not exceed an aggregate amount of $10.0 million; provided, that if any amounts under clause (ii) are not utilized during any twelve-month period they may be carried forward and utilized in any subsequent twelve-month period.

 

Section 4.14.          [Reserved.]

 

Section 4.15.          Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Board of Managers may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications and the designation would not cause a Default:

 

(1)           such Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or hold any Debt of, or any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           at the time of the designation, the designation would be permitted under Section 4.07;

 

(3)           any Guarantee or other credit support of any Debt of the Subsidiary by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 4.06 and Section 4.07;

 

(4)           the Subsidiary is not party to any transaction or arrangement with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that would not be permitted under Section 4.13; and

 

(5)           neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of the Subsidiary or to maintain or preserve its financial condition or cause it to achieve specified levels of operating results, except to the extent permitted by Section 4.06 and Section 4.07.

 

Once so designated the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to paragraph (b).

 

(b)          (1) A Subsidiary previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails to meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (a) will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in paragraph (d).

 

 
86

 

 

(2)           The Board of Managers may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default.

 

(c)         Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

 

(1)           all existing Investments of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein (valued at the Issuer’s proportional share of the fair market value of its assets less liabilities as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers) will be deemed made at that time;

 

(2)           all existing Capital Stock or Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed Incurred at that time, and all Liens on property of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary held by it will be deemed incurred at that time;

 

(3)           all existing transactions between it and the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time; and

 

(4)           it will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary and its Guarantee of the Notes, if any, will be released.

 

(d)         Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(1)           all of its Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock will be deemed Incurred at that time for purposes of Section 4.06, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of Section 4.12;

 

(2)           Investments therein previously charged under Section 4.07 will be credited thereunder;

 

(3)           it may be required to issue a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.10; and

 

(4)           it will thenceforth be subject to the provisions of this Indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(e)         Any designation by the Board of Managers of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to the designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

Section 4.16.          Financial Reports. (a) So long as any Notes remain outstanding:

 

(1)           the Issuer shall provide the Trustee and Noteholders with annual consolidated financial statements audited by the Issuer’s independent public accountants within 90 days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year (120 days for

 

 
87

 

the first fiscal year ended after the Issue Date), and unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement for the fiscal quarter or quarters then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter or quarters from the prior year) within 60 days of the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (90 days for the first two fiscal quarters ended after the Issue Date). Such annual and quarterly financial statements will be prepared in accordance with GAAP and be accompanied by a management’s discussion and analysis of the results of operations and liquidity and capital resources of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable to the management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries contained in the Offering Memorandum; and

 

(2)           the Issuer shall disclose in writing to the Trustee and noteholders the occurrence of any event concerning the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that would be required to be reported on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports pursuant to Items 1.01, 1.02 (it being understood that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall only be required to disclose events under Items 1.01 and 1.02 of Form 8-K to the extent that such events relate to the entry into, or termination or amendment of, any material definitive agreement in respect of a financing other than any Funding Indebtedness including Securitization Indebtedness, Warehousing Indebtedness or MSR Indebtedness, or acquisition or disposition of a business, and that the exhibits to such form need not be filed and that any filing relating to Non-Funding Indebtedness or other Debt can exclude any pricing information), 1.03, 2.01, 4.01, 4.02, and 5.01, in each case, within 10 days of the occurrence of such event.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the information provided in clause (a)(1) and (a)(2), (A) such information shall not be required to include (1) as an exhibit, or to include a summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Issuer and any director, manager or officer, of the Issuer, (2) any information regarding the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clause (a)(2) if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that the event that would otherwise be required to be disclosed is not material to the holders of the notes or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (B) no such report shall be required to comply with the Exchange Act, (C) no such report shall be required to comply with Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X including, without limitation, Rules 3-05, 3-09, 3-10, 3-16 or Article 11 thereof, (D) no such report shall be required to provide any information that is not otherwise similar to information currently included in the Offering Memorandum, (E) in no event shall such reports be required to include as an exhibit copies of any agreements, financial statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits under the SEC rules; (F) trade secrets and other information that could cause competitive harm to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may be excluded from any disclosures; (G) such financial statements or information shall not be required to contain any “segment reporting”; (H) the Issuer may elect to change its fiscal year end, (I) no acquired business

 

 
88

 

financial statements or pro forma financial statements shall be required to be disclosed; and (J) the Issuer may include any information of the information required above in the quarterly report for the quarter in which the event occurred as permitted by the “safe-harbor” provisions of Form 8-K. The reports required pursuant to clause (a)(1) and (a)(2) above will not be required to reflect any accounting standards or guidance, including those issued by the Financial Standards Accounting Board, applicable only to “public business entities.”

 

The financial statements and related discussion referred to in clause (1) and the current reports referred to in clause (2) shall be made available to Noteholders and prospective investors in the Notes by posting on a password-protected or otherwise secured confidential website maintained by the Issuer. Disclosure of any current reports shall be accompanied by a notice of posting released on Bloomberg or a similar news service reasonably accessible to investors in securities such as the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders of the Notes if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system) and such reports are publicly available; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filing has occurred.

 

In addition, the Issuer will make the information and reports available to prospective investors upon request (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuer).

 

(b)          The Issuer will schedule a conference call to be held not more than 15 Business Days following the release of each report containing the financial information referred to in clause (a)(1) of this Section 4.16, at which the Issuer will make available its senior management to discuss the information contained in such report on such conference call; provided that such conference calls shall be permitted to be held jointly with conference calls the Issuer holds for holders of their other Indebtedness. The Issuer will notify Holders of Notes about such calls and provide them and prospective investors in the Notes with call-in information concurrently with and in the same manner as each delivery of financial statements pursuant to the preceding paragraph (a).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer (or a Parent Entity, to the extent permitted by this covenant) holds a quarterly conference call for its equity holders within 15 Business Days of filing a report on EDGAR (or any successor thereto), the Issuer or such Parent Entity, as applicable, will no longer be required to hold a separate conference call in respect of such report for the Holders.

 

(c)          For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, to the extent neither the Issuer nor any Parent Entity is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish

 

 
89

 

to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(d)          The disclosure of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ compliance with any of its covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been so made available to the Trustee or the Noteholders.

 

(e)          If, at any time, the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then either on the face of, or in the footnotes to, the financial statements or in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” or other comparable section, the Issuer shall provide an analysis and discussion of the material differences, if any, with respect to the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as compared to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including such Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

 

In addition, the Issuer may satisfy its reporting obligations described in this Section with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to any Parent Entity; provided that if and so long as such Parent Entity has material assets (other than Cash, Cash Equivalents and Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent Entity), the same is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Entity, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and would otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision). The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the reports referred to in this Section if the Issuer or any Parent Entity has filed the corresponding reports containing such information relating to the Issuer or such Parent Entity with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system).

 

Any subsequent restatement of financial statements shall not have any retroactive effect for purposes of calculations previously made pursuant to the covenants contained in this Indenture. The subsequent posting or making available of any materials or conference call required by this covenant shall be deemed automatically to cure any Default resulting from the failure to post or make available such materials or conference call within the required timeframe.

 

Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure to furnish or file in a timely manner a report or other information required by this Section 4.16 shall be deemed cured (and the Issuer shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.16) upon furnishing or filing such report or other information as contemplated by this covenant (but without regard to the date on which such report or other information is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the

 

 
90

 

Holders under Section 6.01 if payment of the Notes has been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Issuer or any Parent Entity has made a good faith determination to file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to such entity’s Capital Stock, the Issuer will not be required to disclose any information or take any actions that, in the good faith view of the Issuer, would violate applicable securities laws or the SEC’s “gun jumping” rules.

 

Section 4.17.         Reports to Trustee. (a) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, concurrently with the delivery of the annual consolidated audited financial statements described in Section 4.16(a)(1), an Officers’ Certificate stating that there is no Default or, if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status.

 

(b)          The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuer becomes aware of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.18.        Suspension of Certain Covenants. If on any day after the Issue Date (i) the Notes are rated Investment Grade and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, then beginning on that date (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”), then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants in Sections 4.06, 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 5.01(a)(iii)(3) and 5.01(a)(iii)(4) (the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

However, during such time as the above referenced covenants are suspended (a “Suspension Period”), the Issuer will not be permitted to designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) the condition set forth in clause (i) of the first paragraph of this section is no longer satisfied, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events unless and until a subsequent Suspension Date occurs (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect until a subsequent Reversion Date occurs).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants upon a Reversion Date, no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantee with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the

 

 
91

 

Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.

 

On each Reversion Date, all Non-Funding Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date will be deemed to be Debt incurred pursuant to clause (b)(8) of Section 4.06. For purposes of calculating the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3), calculations under such covenant shall be made as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time after the Issue Date (including the Suspension Period). Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period not otherwise permitted under Section 4.07(b) will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3) of such covenant. For purposes of Section 4.09, on the Reversion Date, any consensual encumbrances or restrictions of the type specified in clause (a)(1), (2) or (3) of Section 4.09 entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date, so that they are permitted by clause (b)(1) of Section 4.09. For purposes of Section 4.12, on the Reversion Date, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. For purposes of Section 4.13, any transaction or Investment entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to a contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect as of the Issue Date for purposes of clause (b)(6) of Section 4.13.

 

The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) monitor the ratings of the Notes, (ii) ascertain whether a Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date have occurred, or (iii) notify the Holders of any of the foregoing.

 

Article 5
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

 

Section 5.01.         Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Issuer; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets. (a) The Issuer will not:

 

(i)            consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or

 

(ii)           sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person; or

 

(iii)          permit any Person to merge with or into the Issuer, unless:

 

(1)           either (x) the Issuer is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or, if a limited liability company, then an entity organized as a corporation is added as a

 

 
92

 

co-issuer of the Notes) and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(2)           immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(3)           immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person has a Total Shareholders’ Equity equal to or greater than the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(4)           immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer or the resulting surviving or transferee Person (i) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under Section 4.06(a), or (ii) has a Debt-to-Equity Ratio equal to or better than the Debt-to-Equity Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction or (iii) has a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio no less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction; and

 

(5)           the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture;

 

provided that clauses (2) through (4) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of the Issuer with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Issuer or (ii) if, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Managers of the Issuer, whose determination is evidenced by a Board Resolution, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Issuer (provided that such jurisdiction remains within the United States of America); provided further, that for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (a) does not apply to the IPO Transactions.

 

(b)          The Issuer shall not lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons.

 

(c)          Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if the Issuer is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer in this Indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than substantially all of its assets, the Issuer will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to comply with clauses (3) or (4) of Section 5.01(a) if the Person merging with or into the Issuer, or to which all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer are being transferred has, or is the wholly-owned subsidiary of a Person that has, in each case upon consummation of

 

 
93

 

such transaction, a corporate credit rating that is Investment Grade (the person so rated, the “Investment Grade Buyer”) and the Investment Grade Buyer assumes by supplemental indenture the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes or fully and unconditionally guarantees such obligations.

 

Section 5.02.         Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. (a) No Guarantor will:

 

(i)            consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or

 

(ii)           sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person; or

 

(iii)          permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor;

 

unless:

 

(A)          the other Person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

 

(B)          (i) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee; and

 

(ii)            immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(C)           the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

 

Article 6
Default and Remedies

 

Section 6.01.         Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes occurs if:

 

(1)           the Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer);

 

 

 
94

 

(2)           the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(3)           [reserved];

 

(4)           the Issuer defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Issuer in this Indenture or the Notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days (or in the case of Section 4.16, 90 consecutive days) after written notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

 

(5)           there occurs with respect to any Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of $150.0 million for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements were delivered to the Trustee or more in the aggregate for all such Debt of all such Persons (i) an event of default that results in such Debt being accelerated prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) failure to make a principal payment, interest or premium, if any, when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within the applicable grace period;

 

(6)           one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in the aggregate for all such Persons are rendered against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and are not paid, bonded or discharged when due, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid, bonded or discharged when due against all such Persons to exceed $150.0 million for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements were delivered to the Trustee (in excess of amounts covered by valid and binding insurance policies which the Issuer’s insurance carriers have not declined to pay) during which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; provided, however, that any such judgment or order for the payment of money shall not result in an Event of Default if such judgment or order would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and would not reasonably be expected to affect their ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes; or

 

(7)           an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief is entered against the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; provided, that it shall not be an Event of

 

 
95

 

 

Default under this Section 6.01(7) if the Issuer engages in a solvent reconstruction or reorganization not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(8)         the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors (an event of default specified in clause (7) or (8) a “bankruptcy default”); provided, that it shall not be an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(8) if the Issuer engages in a solvent reconstruction or reorganization not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or

 

(9)         any Note Guarantee by a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms is obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

Section 6.02.        Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with respect to the Issuer, occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if the notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.

 

(b)          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if:

 

(1)         all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; and

 

(2)         the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)           In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded,

 

 
96

 

automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 60 days after the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary received notice of such acceleration or failed to make a principal payment:

 

(x)       the Debt that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

(y)      the Holders thereof have rescinded, annulled or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

(z)       the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

Section 6.03.     Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue, in its own name or as trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.

 

Section 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by written notice to the Trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist with respect to the Notes, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05.     Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that the Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it to be furnished prior to taking such action. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

 

Section 6.06.     Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, unless:

 

(1)       the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

 
97

 

(2)       Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its own name as Trustee under this Indenture;

 

(3)       Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4)       the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity and/or security has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)       during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that is inconsistent with such written request.

 

Section 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its Note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that Holder.

 

Section 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due to the Trustee hereunder.

 

Section 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee hereunder) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or their respective creditors or property, and is entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims. Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee hereunder. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,

 

 
98

 

its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.09 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.     Priorities. If the Trustee or the Agents collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective agents for all amounts due hereunder;

 

Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest; and

 

Third: to the Issuer or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon written notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 6.11.        Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and the proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in the proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Issuer, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.12.        Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by a Holder to enforce payment of principal of or interest on any Note on the respective due dates, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

 
99

 

Section 6.13.        Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14.        Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.15.        Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer or the Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Article 7
The Trustee

 

Section 7.01.        General. (a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as set forth herein. Whether or not expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to this Article. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the default of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants, duties or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

(b)          The Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture and in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be under any duty to examine the same to

 

 
100

 

determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture and need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

 

(c)          No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)       the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer; and

 

(2)       the Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction of the Holders in accordance with Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

 

(d)          The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

 

Section 7.02.     Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

(1)       In the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Trustee may rely, and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but, in the case of any document which is specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof, the Trustee shall examine the document to determine whether it conforms to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The Trustee, in its discretion, may make or require further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(2)       Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, both conforming to Section 11.05 and the Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the certificate or opinion.

 

 
101

 

(3)       The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the negligence or willful misconduct of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

 

(4)       The Trustee will be under no obligation to expend or risk its own funds, incur any liability, financial or otherwise, or exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity against the risks or the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it.

 

(5)       The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(6)       The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuer’s covenants in Article 4 hereof.

 

(7)       The permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

 

(8)       The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, but not limited to, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(9)       The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder, or expend any of its own funds in the performance of its duties thereunder.

 

(10)     The Trustee may at any time request that the Issuer a deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(11)     The Trustee is not to be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or knowledge of any cure of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default or such cure has been received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes, the Issuer and this Indenture.

 

(12)     The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any

 

 
102

 

occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

 

(13)     The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(14)     Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

Section 7.03.     The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

Section 7.04.     Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any offering materials relating to the Notes, or the Notes, (ii) is not accountable for the Issuer’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes, or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and (iii) is not responsible for any statement in the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee other than its certificate of authentication.

 

The Trustee does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be responsible to the Holders or any other Person for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in this Indenture or in any certificate, report, statement, or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Trustee under or in connection with, this Indenture; the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Obligations; the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any obligor; or for any failure of any obligor to perform its Obligations under this Indenture.

 

 
103

 

Section 7.05.        Notice of Default. If any Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send notice of the Default to each Holder within ninety (90) days after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Managers, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors of the Trustee in good faith determine that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders).

 

Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (other than a Regulated Bank) (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such Holder delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”),which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the Issuer with such other information as the Issuer may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Noteholder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the noteholder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

 

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Issuer has (i) a good faith reasonable basis to believe that one or more Directing Holder were at any relevant time in breach of their Position Representation or their Verification Covenant and (ii) initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If such Officers’ Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee, the Trustee shall refrain from acting in accordance with such Noteholder Direction until such time as the Issuer provides to the Trustee such Officers’ Certificate stating that (i) such Directing Holders have satisfied their Verification Covenant, or (ii) such Directing Holders have failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, and during such time the cure

 

 
104

 

period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in the Directing Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of the Directing Holder, the percentage of notes held by the remaining noteholders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default, shall not be permitted to act thereon and shall be restricted from accepting and acting on any future Noteholder Direction in relation to such Event of Default. If the Directing Holder has satisfied the Verification Covenant, then the Trustee shall be permitted to act in accordance with such Noteholder Direction. Notwithstanding the above, if such Directing Holder’s participation is not required to achieve the requisite level of consent of Holders required under this Indenture to give such Noteholder Direction, the Trustee shall be permitted to act in accordance with such Noteholder Direction notwithstanding any action taken or to be taken by the Issuer (as described above). The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction or Officers’ Certificate delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture without verification, investigation or otherwise as to the statements made therein.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing paragraphs shall not apply to any noteholder that is a Regulated Bank.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Position Representation, enforce compliance with any Verification Covenant, verify any statements in any Officers’ Certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to Derivative Instruments, Net Shorts, Long Derivative Instruments, Short Derivative Instruments or otherwise. The Trustee shall have no liability to the Issuer, any noteholder or any other Person in acting in good faith on a Noteholder Direction.

 

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the Trustee (and any agent) shall not be liable to any party for acting or refraining to act in accordance with (i) the foregoing provisions, (ii) any Noteholder direction, (iii) any Officers’ Certificate or (iv) its duties under this Indenture. The Trustee shall have no obligation (i) to monitor, investigation, verify or otherwise determine if a Holder has a Net Short position, (ii) investigate the accuracy or authenticity of any Position Representation, (iii) inquire if the Issuer will seek action to determine if a Directing Holder has breached its Position Representation, (iv) enforce any Verification Covenant, (v) monitor any court proceedings undertaken in connection therewith, (vi) monitor or investigate whether any

 

 
105

 

Default or Event of Default has been publicly reported or (vii) otherwise make any calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to any Derivative Instruments, Net Short position, Long Derivative Instrument, Short Derivative Instrument or otherwise.

 

Section 7.06.     [Reserved].

 

Section 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity. (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will pay the Trustee and the Agents compensation as agreed upon in writing for their respective services. The compensation of the Trustee and the Agents are not limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee and the Agents, including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Agents’ agents and counsel.

 

(b)          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and the Agents and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), for, and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless against, any and all claim, loss or liability or expense (including, but not limited to, the reasonable fees and expenses of its legal counsel) of any kind incurred by it without gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part (as adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and its duties under this Indenture and the Notes and the exercise of its rights hereunder, including the costs and expenses (legal or otherwise) of defending itself against any claim or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers, rights or duties under this Indenture and the Notes. The provisions of this Section 7.07(b) shall survive the satisfaction and termination of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or an Agent.

 

(c)           To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and interest on particular Notes. Such lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(d)          If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default as specified herein, the expenses (including, but not limited to, the reasonable and documented charges and expenses of its legal counsel in each applicable jurisdiction) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect.

 

(e)          The obligations of the Issuer to make any payment to the Trustee or an Agent in respect of compensation, reimbursement, and/or indemnification shall be an obligation guaranteed by each Guarantor under the applicable Note Guarantee.

 

 
106

 

Section 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee. (a) (1) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Issuer.

 

(2)       The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee.

 

(3)       If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(4)       The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

(b)          If the Trustee has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Issuer. Otherwise, if the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring/removed Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may at the cost of the Issuer petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(c)          Upon delivery by the successor Trustee of a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer, (i) the retiring Trustee will, upon payment of all amounts owed to it under this Indenture, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and (iii) the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. Upon request of any successor Trustee, the Issuer will execute any and all instruments for fully and vesting in and confirming to the successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. The Issuer will give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders, and include in the notice the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the

 

 
107

 

successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee in this Indenture.

 

Section 7.10.          Eligibility. This Indenture must always have a Trustee that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

Section 7.11.          Money Held in Trust. The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as it may agree with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article 8.

 

Article 8
Defeasance and Discharge

 

Section 8.01.         Discharge of Issuer’s Obligations. (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee, will terminate if:

 

(1)          all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than (i) destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced, (ii) Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or (iii) Notes for whose payment money or U.S. Government Obligations have been held in trust and then repaid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or

 

(2)          (A)         the Notes mature within sixty (60) days, or all of them are to be called for redemption within sixty days under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption;

 

(B)         the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient (in the case of U.S. Government Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee) without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder;

 

(C)         no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit;

 

(D)         the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it is bound; and

 

 
108

 

(E)          the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers, Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

(b)          After satisfying the conditions in clause (1), only the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 will survive. After satisfying the conditions in clause (2), only the Issuer’s obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 will survive. In either case, the Trustee upon written request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture other than the surviving obligations.

 

Section 8.02.         Legal Defeasance. After the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture, other than its obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee will terminate, provided the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(1)           The Issuer has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient ( on the case of U.S. Government Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee) without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

(2)           No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit.

 

(3)           The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(4)           The Issuer has delivered to the Trustee:

 

(A)         either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a change in law after the date of this Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling described in clause (x); and

 

(B)         an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Issuer Act of 1940,

 

 
109

 

(ii) the Holders have a valid first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary exceptions), and (iii) the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law.

 

(5)           If the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and defeasance will not cause the Notes to be delisted.

 

(6)           The Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance have been complied with.

 

Prior to the deposit, none of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for the surviving obligations specified above.

 

Section 8.03.          Covenant Defeasance. After the deposit referred to in clause (1) of Section 8.02, the Issuer’s obligations set forth in Sections 4.06 through 4.15, inclusive and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a)(iii), and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee, will terminate, and clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (9) of Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default, provided the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

(1)           The Issuer has complied with clauses (1), (2), (3), 4(B), (5) and (6) of Section 8.02; and

 

(2)           the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case.

 

Except as specifically stated above, none of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture will be discharged.

 

Section 8.04.         Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.05, the Trustee will hold in trust the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, and apply the deposited money and the proceeds from deposited U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture. Such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 8.05.         Repayment to Issuer. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee will promptly pay to the Issuer upon written request any excess money held by the Trustee at any time and thereupon be relieved from all liability with respect to

 

 
110

 

such money. The Trustee will pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held for payment with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, provided that before making such payment the Trustee may at the expense of the Issuer publish once in a newspaper of general circulation in New York City, or send to each Holder entitled to such money, notice that the money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified in the notice (at least 30 days after the date of the publication or notice) any remaining unclaimed balance of money will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money must look solely to the Issuer for payment, unless applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such money will cease.

 

Section 8.06.         Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made. If the Issuer makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust.

 

Article 9
Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

 

Section 9.01.         Amendments Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder:

 

(1)           to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(2)           to comply with Article 5;

 

(3)           to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(4)           to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee;

 

(5)           to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(6)           to provide for any Guarantee of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by this Indenture;

 

 
111

 

(7)           to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

 

(8)           to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder; or

 

(9)           to conform any provision of this Indenture or the Notes to the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, as set forth in an Officers, Certificate.

 

Section 9.02.        Amendments with Consent of Holders. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 or paragraph (b), the Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

 

(1)           reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment of principal of any Note;

 

(2)           reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any Note;

 

(3)           reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any Note may be redeemed or, once notice of redemption has been given, the time at which such Note must thereupon be redeemed (except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture);

 

(4)           after the time a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder;

 

(5)           make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(6)           impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive any principal

 

payment or interest payment on such Holder’s Notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment;

 

(7)           make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required for amendments or waivers; or

 

(8)           modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

 

 
112

 

(c)           It is not necessary for Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d)          An amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section will become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer will send to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Issuer will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Issuer to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Section 9.03.        Effect of Consent. (a) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it will bind every Holder unless it is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected. If the amendment, supplement or waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected, the amendment, supplement or waiver will bind each Holder that has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder.

 

(b)          If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate notation of the changed terms on the Note and return it to the Holder, or exchange it for a new Note that reflects the changed terms. The Trustee may also place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. However, the effectiveness of the amendment, supplement or waiver is not affected by any failure to annotate or exchange Notes in this fashion.

 

Section 9.04.        Trustee’s Rights and Obligations. The Trustee is entitled to receive, and will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and/or Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver in accordance with the terms of this Article is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exception, and complies with the provisions hereof. If the Trustee has received such an Officer’s Certificate and/or Opinion of Counsel, it shall sign the amendment, supplement or waiver so long as the same does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture.

 

Article 10
Note Guarantees

 

Section 10.01.    The Note Guarantees. Subject to the provisions of this Article, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally,

 

 
113

 

on an unsecured basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or acceleration, or otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Indenture. Upon failure by the Issuer to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 10.02.    Note Guarantee Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

 

(1)           any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the Issuer under this Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;

 

(2)           any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or any Note;

 

(3)           any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Issuer, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Issuer or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Issuer contained in this Indenture or any Note;

 

(4)           the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have at any time against the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person, whether in connection with this Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 

(5)           any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Issuer for any reason of this Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Issuer of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; or

 

(6)           any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

 

Section 10.03.    Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder will remain in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with

 

 
114

 

respect to such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.

 

Section 10.04.    Waiver by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Issuer or any other Person.

 

Section 10.05.    Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any obligation of the Issuer under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Issuer with respect to such obligation, provided that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so long as any amount payable by the Issuer hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid.

 

Section 10.06.    Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Indenture are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Section 10.07.    Limitation on Amount of Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law.

 

Section 10.08.    Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B) evidences the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.

 

Section 10.09.    Release of Note Guarantee. The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate upon:

 

(1)       a sale, distribution, transfer or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor (in each case, other

 

 
115

 

than, either before or after giving effect to the transaction, to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) in compliance with or in a manner not prohibited by the applicable provisions by this Indenture;

 

(2)           the release or discharge of such other guarantee or direct obligation that resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Note Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.10);

 

(3)           the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event;

 

(5)           as described under Article 9; or

 

(6)           defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8.

 

Notwithstanding clause (4) above, if, after any Covenant Suspension Event, a Reversion Date shall occur, then the Suspension Period with respect to such Covenant Suspension Event shall terminate and all actions reasonably necessary to provide that the notes shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor (to the extent such guarantee is required by Section 4.10) shall be taken within 90 days after such Reversion Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably requested by the Issuer in writing in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

Article 11
Miscellaneous

 

Section 11.01.       [Reserved].

 

Section 11.02.       Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions.

 

(a)           (1)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to amendment, supplement or waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a Holder (an “act”) may be evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the authority of the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

 
116

 

(2)           The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders, which will be binding on all the Holders.

 

(b)          Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof appears on the Note. Subject to Section 11.02(a)(2), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or other consequence of the act becomes effective.

 

(c)          The Issuer may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be entitled to act, or to revoke any previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.

 

Section 11.03.    Notices. (a) Any notice or communication to the Issuer will be deemed given if in writing (i) when delivered in person or (ii) five days after mailing when mailed by first class mail, or (iii) when sent electronically or by facsimile transmission, with transmission confirmed. Notices or communications to a Guarantor will be deemed given if given to the Issuer. Any notice to the Trustee will be effective only upon receipt by a Responsible Officer. In each case the notice or communication should be addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer:

 

Home Point Capital Inc.
2211 Old Earhart Road
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Email: legal@hpfc.com

 

if to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association
Global Corporate Trust
1 Federal Street, 10th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(b)          Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to published notices, any notice or communication to a Holder will be deemed given when mailed to the

 

 
117

 

Holder at its address as it appears on the Register by first class mail or, as to any Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, as agreed by the Issuer, the Trustee and DTC. Copies of any notice or communication to a Holder, if given by the Issuer, will be mailed to the Trustee at the same time. Defect in mailing a notice or communication to any particular Holder will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

(c)          Where this Indenture provides for notice, the notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and the waiver will be the equivalent of the notice. Waivers of notice by Holders must be filed with the Trustee, but such filing is not a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waivers.

 

(d)          In respect of this Indenture, none of the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission (including by e-mail, facsimile transmission, web portal or other electronic methods) is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such electronic transmission; and none of the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information, unless such reliance or compliance was based on gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee or the Agent (as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision), respectively. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee and/or any Agent, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee and/or any Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, to the extent such action was not based on gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee or such Agent (as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision), and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Trustee shall not have any duty to confirm that the person sending any notice, instruction or other communication by electronic transmission (including by e-mail, facsimile transmission, web portal or other electronic methods) is, in fact, a person authorized to do so. Electronic signatures believed by the Trustee to comply with the ESIGN Act of 2000 or other applicable law (including electronic images of handwritten signatures and digital signatures provided by DocuSign, Orbit, Adobe Sign or any other digital signature provider acceptable to the Trustee) shall be deemed original signatures for all purposes and the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification for its reliance on any signatures provided in this manner, as provided in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may in any instance and in its sole discretion require that an original document bearing a manual signature be delivered to the Trustee in lieu of, or in addition to, any such electronic notice.

 

 
118

 

Section 11.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)        an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2)        an Opinion of Counsel stating that all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Section 11.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:

 

(1)        a statement that each person signing the certificate or opinion has read the covenant or condition and the related definitions;

 

(2)        a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in the certificate or opinion is based;

 

(3)        a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, that person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable the person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)        a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with, provided that an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact.

 

Section 11.06.    Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If any payment with respect to a payment of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 11.07.    Governing Law. This Indenture (including any Note Guarantees), and the Notes, and any claim controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Indenture (including any Note Guarantees) or the Notes, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 11.08.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, and no such indenture or loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

 
119

 

Section 11.09.    Successors. All agreements of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successor.

 

Section 11.10.    Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 11.11.    Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 11.12.    Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 11.13.    No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Shareholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, manager, member or shareholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 11.14.    Patriot Act. In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, but not limited to, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable Law”),the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Law.

 

Section 11.15.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 11.16.    Special, Consequential and Indirect Damages. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective

 

 
120

 

of whether such Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

 
121

 

Execution Version

 

SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. as Issuer
       
    By: /s/ Mark Elbaum
      Name: Mark Elbaum
      Title: Chief Financial Officer
       
  HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION, as
  a Guarantor
    By: /s/ Mark Elbaum
      Name: Mark Elbaum
      Title: Acting Chief Financial Officer
       
  HPC INSURANCE AGENCY, LLC, as a
  Guarantor  
    By: /s/ Mark Elbaum
      Name: Mark Elbaum
      Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Karen R. Beard
    Name: Karen R. Beard
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature page to the Indenture] 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FACE OF NOTE]

 

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

 

5.000 % Senior Note Due 2026

 

CUSIP ________

 

ISIN ________

 

No. _____ $______________

 

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to                         , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS ($___________) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto] on February 1, 2026.

 

Interest Rate: 5.000% per annum.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2021.

 

Regular Record Dates: January 15 and July 15.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

  HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

This is one of the 5.000% Senior Notes Due 2026 described in the Indenture referred to in this Note.

 

Date:                                            
   
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

 

5.000% Senior Note Due 2026

 

1. Principal and Interest.

 

The Issuer promises to pay the principal of this Note on February 1, 2026.

 

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Note, at the rate of 5.000% per annum.

 

Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the February 1 and August 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing August 1, 2021.

 

Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Note (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from [the Issue Date].1 Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date, which will be the 15th day preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of such interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before a special record date, the Issuer will send to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that sets forth the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid.

 

2. Indentures; Note Guarantee.

 

This is one of the Notes issued under an Indenture dated as of January 19, 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.

 

The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $550,000,000, but Additional Notes may be issued pursuant to the Indenture, and the originally issued Notes and all

 

 
1 Revise as appropriate for any Additional Notes

 

 

 

such Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture and will vote together as a single class on all matters with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. This Note is guaranteed, as set forth in the Indenture.

 

3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

 

This Note is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Note.

 

If the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the case of U.S. Government Obligations, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee) without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, the Issuer may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture.

 

4. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note or certain portions of a Note.

 

5. Defaults and Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it to be furnished before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies.

 

6. Amendment and Waiver.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer and

 

 

 

the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

7.              Authentication.

 

This Note is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

8.             Governing Law.

 

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

9.              Abbreviations.

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

The Issuer will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge.

 

 

 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

 

 

 

 

  Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

 

  the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

  

attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Issuer with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

 

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]

 

In connection with any transfer of this Note, the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows:

 

Check One

 

☐             (1) This Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

 

             (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

 

or

 

             (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Date: ____________________

 

_________________________ 

Seller


By ______________________

 

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must 

correspond with the name as written upon the face of the 

within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without 

alteration or any change whatsoever.

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee1    
     
  By    
  To be executed by an executive officer  

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you wish to have all of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

 ☐ Section 4.11 (Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control)

 

 ☐ Section 4.12 (Asset Sales)

 

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:

 

$________________

 

Date: ____________________

 

Your Signature: _____________________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:1 ______________________________________


 
                 1 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange 

Amount of decrease in principal amount of this Global Note 

Amount of increase in principal amount of this Global Note 

Principal amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase) 

Signature of authorized officer of Trustee 

         

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

  dated as of                     ,

 

among

 

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.,

 

The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

As Trustee

 

5.000% Senior Notes due 2026

 

 

 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of                          , among HOME POINT CAPITAL INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”),[insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an “Undersigned”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of January 19, 2021 (the “Indenture”), relating to the Issuer’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders, the Issuer agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Securitization Entities) to provide Note Guarantees.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.

 

Section 3. The Trustee, by execution of this Supplemental Indenture, accepts the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and conditions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee and Agents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained in this Supplemental Indenture, which recitals or statements are made solely by the Issuer and each Undersigned, or for or with respect to (i) the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Issuer and each Undersigned by action or otherwise, (iii) the due execution hereof by the Issuer and each Undersigned or (iv) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for, and neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes any representation with respect to any such matters.

 

Section 4. Each of the Issuer and each Undersigned hereby represents and warrants that this Supplemental Indenture is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

 

 

Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture, and any claim, controversy, or dispute arising under or related to this Supplemental Indenture, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 6. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
  as Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  [GUARANTORS]
  As Guarantors
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

RESTRICTED LEGEND

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘SECURITIES ACT’’), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A ‘‘QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER’’ (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ‘‘ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’ (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN ‘‘INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’) OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR (F) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE ISSUER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS

 

 

 

TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1975, AS AMENDED (‘‘ERISA’’), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE ‘‘CODE’’) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (‘‘SIMILAR LAWS’’), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE ‘‘PLAN ASSETS’’ OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

DTC LEGEND

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST ISSUER, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Regulation S Certificate

 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Global Corporate Trust 

1 Federal Street, 10th Floor 

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re: Home Point Capital Inc. 
5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) 
Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of January 19, 2021 relating to the Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (“Regulation S”)under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except as otherwise stated herein.

 

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

 

□   A. This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $________ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows:

 

1. The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

 

2. Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

 

 

 

3. Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.

 

4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Issuer or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.

 

□ B. This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $________ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows:

 

1. At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

 

2. Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States.

 

3. The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
 
[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS)
OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

 

  By:  
    Name:

 

 

 

    Title:
    Address:
     
Date:                                       

  

EXHIBIT F

 

Rule 144A Certificate

 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Global Corporate Trust 

1 Federal Street, 10th Floor 

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re: Home Point Capital Inc. 
5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) 
Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of January 19, 2021 relating to the Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Certificate relates to:

 

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

 

□ A. Our proposed purchase of $_____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture.

 

□ B. Our proposed exchange of $_____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.

 

We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of                     , 20__, which is a date on or since close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”)under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Issuer as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any

 

 

 

administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

  Very truly yours,  
     
  [NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
     
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
    Address:  
     
Date:                                               

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT G

 

Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust

1 Federal Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re: Home Point Capital Inc.

5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”)

Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as

of January 19, 2021 relating to the Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Certificate relates to:

 

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

 

A. Our proposed purchase of $ _____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture.

 

B. Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.

 

We hereby confirm that:

 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (an “Institutional Accredited Investor”).

 

2. Any acquisition of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

3. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Notes.

 

4. We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of

 

 

 

any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control.

 

5. We acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below.

 

6. The principal amount of Notes to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $250,000.

 

We agree for the benefit of the Issuer, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and only (a) to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Issuer reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Notes acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Notes from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Notes will bear a legend to that effect.

 

 

 

 

We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.

 

We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting.

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

  Very truly yours,
       
 

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)

OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
    Address:  

 

Date:  

 

 

 

 

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

By:  

 

Date:  

  

Taxpayer ID number:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H

 

[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]

 

[FORM I]

 

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust

1 Federal Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re: Home Point Capital Inc.
    5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”)
    Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of January 19, 2021 relating to the Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are the beneficial owner of $_____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture).

 

We hereby certify as follows:

 

[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

 

A. We are a Non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

 

B. We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

 

 

 

  Very truly yours,  
       
  [NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
    Address:  

 

Date:  

 

[FORM II]

 

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

 

To: U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust

1 Federal Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA 02110

 

Re: Home Point Capital Inc.

5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”)

Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as

of January 19, 2021 relating to the Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $__ principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Offshore

Global Note being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) Non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

  Yours faithfully,  
       
  [Name of DTC Participant]  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
    Address:  

 

Date:  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I

 

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN INTEREST IN ANOTHER NOTE.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT J

 

[FORM OF NET SHORT REPRESENTATION]

 

[●], 20[●]

 

Home Point Capital Inc.
2211 Old Earhart Road

Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

 

U.S. Bank National Association
Global Corporate Trust
1 Federal Street, 10th Floor
Boston, MA 02110

 

Home Point Capital Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) have heretofore executed an indenture, dated as of January 19, 2021 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”). All terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under the Indenture.

 

This letter constitutes a Position Representation in connection with a Noteholder Direction delivered pursuant to Section 7.05 of the Indenture, whereby the undersigned, as Directing Holder, represents to each of the Company and the Trustee that [it is] [its beneficial owners are] not Net Short.

 

  By:    
    Name:  [Holder]  
    Title:  

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett llp
425 lexington avenue
new york, ny 10017-3954
 
 
telephone: +1-212-455-2000
facsimile: +1-212-455-2502
Direct Dial Number
 
E-mail Address

January 22, 2021
 
Home Point Capital Inc.
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105

 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the sale by the selling stockholders referred to in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholders”) of an aggregate of 14,375,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0000000072  per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) (together with any additional shares of Common Stock that may be sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Shares”).

We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended Charter”), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We have also examined a form of the Certificate of Merger (the “Certificate of Merger”), which will be filed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware immediately following the time the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act for the purposes of effecting the merger of Home Point Capital LP with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving entity (the “Merger”).  In addition, we have examined, and have relied as to matters of fact upon, originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinion hereinafter set forth.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that, when (a) the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or a duly authorized committee of the Board, has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the Merger and (b) the Merger Certificate has been duly filed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.


 
 
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
Home Point Capital Inc.
-2-
January 22, 2021

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
 
 
 
SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP
 

 

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THE EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

 

 

Exhibit 10.5.2

 

TIAA BANK

Warehouse Finance

301 W. Bay Street

Jacksonville, FL 32202

 

Home Point Financial Corporation

2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250

Ann Arbor MI 48105

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

 

Re: Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Pricing Letter (“Second Amendment”).

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Second Amendment, effective as of January 13, 2021 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), amends that certain Amended and Restated Pricing Letter dated September 18, 2020, as amended, (the “Pricing Letter”), and that Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement dated September 18, 2020, as amended (the “Repurchase Agreement”) by and between Home Point Financial Corporation (the “Seller), TIAA, FSB, formerly known as EverBank (as Administrative Agent for the Buyers and as “Buyer”) and Capital One, National Association (as “Buyer”). The Repurchase Agreement and Pricing Letter are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the, “Agreement”.

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer have agreed to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          Amendments.

 

(a)           The following definition contained in the Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

““Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person, total liabilities, as reported on that Person’s balance sheet and calculated in accordance with GAAP including any liabilities of others guaranteed by such Person, but excluding liabilities associated with Mortgage Loans serviced by Seller that are eligible for repurchase pursuant to Chapter 18 of the Ginnie Mae MBS Guide.”

 

(b)           Section 12(bb) of the Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 


 

“(bb) Indebtedness. Seller shall provide the Administrative Agent notice of any new credit facility, Warehouse Facility, servicing rights financing facility or similar facility (however structured) under which the maximum outstanding amount constituting Indebtedness may exceed [***]”

 

SECTION 2.     Defined Terms. Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein should have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.     Limited Effect. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Reference to this Second Amendment need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 4.     Representations. In order to induce Buyers to execute and deliver this Second Amendment, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyers that as of the date hereof, except as otherwise expressly waived by Buyers in writing, Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Facility Documents, including without limitation all of the representations and warranties and all of the affirmative and negative covenants, and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.     Governing Law. This Second Amendment and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to or in connection with this Second Amendment, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to any conflicts of law principles other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law, which shall govern.

 

SECTION 6.     Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. This Second Amendment, to the extent signed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic means, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No signatory to this Second Amendment shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such Person forever waives any such defense.

 

SECTION 7.     Fees. There are no transaction, document or modification fees due and owing as a result of this Second Amendment.

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Second Amendment to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

as Seller

 

By: /s/ Joseph Ruhlin  
Name: Joseph Ruhlin  
Title: Treasurer  

 

TIAA, FSB, f/k/a EVERBANK

as Buyer

 

By: /s/ Mark Bucior  
Name: Mark Bucior  
Title: Vice President  

 

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Buyer

 

By: /s/ Paul Spiridigliozzi  
Name: Paul Spiridigliozzi  
Title: Managing Director  

 

Signature Page to the Second Amendment to the Pricing Letter–Home Point Financial Corporation

 





Exhibit 10.11







STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

of

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

Dated as of [●], 2021





TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
     
Article I Definitions
1
     
SECTION 1.1.
Definitions
1
SECTION 1.2.
Construction
5
     
Article II Corporate Governance
5
     
SECTION 2.1.
Board of Directors
5
SECTION 2.2.
Committees
7
SECTION 2.3.
Consent Rights
7
SECTION 2.4.
Controlled Company.
8
SECTION 2.5.
Permitted Disclosure
8
     
Article III   Information
8
     
SECTION 3.1.
Books and Records; Access; Certain Reports
8
     
Article IV Miscellaneous
9
     
SECTION 4.1.
Termination
9
SECTION 4.2.
Indemnification.
9
SECTION 4.3.
Amendments and Waivers
11
SECTION 4.4.
Successors, Assigns and Transferees
11
SECTION 4.5.
Third Parties
11
SECTION 4.6.
Notices
11
SECTION 4.7.
Further Assurances
12
SECTION 4.8.
Entire Agreement
12
SECTION 4.9.
Restrictions on Other Agreements; Bylaws.
12
SECTION 4.10.
Delays or Omissions
12
SECTION 4.11.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
13
SECTION 4.12.
Severability
13
SECTION 4.13.
Enforcement
13
SECTION 4.14.
Titles and Subtitles
13
SECTION 4.15.
No Recourse
13
SECTION 4.16.
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures
14
SECTION 4.17.
Effectiveness
14

Exhibits

Exhibit A — Assignment and Assumption Agreement

i


STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

OF

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

This STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●], 2021, by and among Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the stockholders of the Company whose name appears on the signature pages hereto (each, a “Stockholder” and collectively, the “Stockholders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its Common Stock (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, Home Point Capital LP (the “Partnership”) will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity (the “Merger”), upon which holders of limited partnership interests in the Partnership will receive shares of Common Stock in respect of their partnership units in the Partnership;

WHEREAS, Section 9.8 of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Home Point Capital LP, dated as of March 31, 2015 (the “LPA”), provides that upon the determination by Home Point Capital GP LLC (the “GP”) to effectuate an IPO, the GP shall take such actions as necessary to structure such IPO in a manner reasonably determined by the GP, so long as each Partner (as defined in the LPA) and Option (as defined in the LPA) holder receives exchanged interests in the securities of the Company;

WHEREAS, the GP has determined that the IPO of the Company complies with the requirements of Section 9.8 of the LPA; and

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the date of completion of the IPO (the “Closing Date”), the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations with respect to their ownership of Common Stock after consummation of the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1.          Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

1


Affiliate” shall mean, (i) with respect to any Person (other than the Stone Point Investor), an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) with respect to the Stone Point Investor, an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act and any investment fund, vehicle or holding company of which the Stone Point Investor or an Affiliate of the Stone Point Investor serves as the general partner, managing member or discretionary manager or advisor; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, except as used in Section 4.2, an Affiliate of the Stone Point Investor shall not include any Portfolio Company or other investment of the Stone Point Investor.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

beneficial owner” or “beneficially own” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no Stockholder shall be deemed to beneficially own any securities of the Company held by any other Stockholder solely by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this definition which shall be deemed to be read for this purpose without the proviso hereto).

Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the City of New York.

Bylaws” shall mean the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the terms of the Charter and the terms of this Agreement.

Change in Control” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation or sale or transfer of Common Stock or assets (including equity securities of the Subsidiaries) or otherwise) as a result of which any Person or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (other than (x) the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates, any group of which the foregoing are members and any other members of such a group and (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company or its controlled Affiliates), obtains ownership, directly or indirectly, of (i) Common Stock that represent more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or applicable successor entity or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. For purposes of this definition, the term “Affiliates” shall include Portfolio Companies.

Charter” shall mean the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and the terms of this Agreement.

Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection
2


with any stock split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange or other similar reorganization.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

Director” shall mean any member of the Board.

Equity Securities” shall mean any and all shares of (i) Common Stock, (ii) preferred stock of the Company, and (iii) any equity securities (including, without limitation, preferred stock) of the Company convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any of the foregoing shares, and options, warrants or other rights to acquire any of the foregoing shares or other securities. In the event any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company issues directly to any Stockholder any common stock of such Subsidiary or any equity securities of the type described in clauses (ii) and (iii), the term “Equity Securities” shall also include the common stock and equity securities of the type described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of such Subsidiary.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 “Governmental Authority” shall mean any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. and other federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (iii) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal).

GP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Law” shall mean any applicable constitutional provision, statute, act, code, law, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, decree, ruling, proclamation, resolution, judgment, decision, declaration, or interpretative or advisory opinion or letter of a Governmental Authority.

LPA” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to the Stone Point Investor, any Transferee that is an Affiliate of the Stone Point Investor; provided, however, that such Permitted Transferee shall agree in writing in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto to be bound by, become a Stockholder under and to comply with all applicable provisions of this Agreement.

3


Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any nature whatsoever.

Portfolio Company” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a “portfolio company” (as such term is customarily used among institutional investors), or any entity controlled by any “portfolio company”, of such Person or one of its Affiliates.

Registration Rights Agreement” shall mean the Registration Rights Agreement, dated the date hereof and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, among the Company, the Stone Point Investor, and each of the other stockholders party thereto.

Repurchase” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f).

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

Stock Exchange” shall mean The NASDAQ Global Select Market or such other securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted.

Stockholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Stone Point Designee(s)” shall mean any Director designated by the Stone Point Investor pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

Stone Point Investor” shall mean, collectively, Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P., and their Permitted Transferees.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to an entity, (i) any corporation of which a majority of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors thereof, at the time as of which any determination is being made, are owned by such entity, either directly or indirectly, and (ii) any joint venture, general or limited partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity in which the entity is the record or beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting interests or the general partner.

Total Number of Directors” shall mean, at any time of determination, the total number of Directors comprising the Board.

Transfer” shall mean, directly or indirectly, to sell, transfer, assign, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition of, any shares of Equity Securities beneficially owned by a Person or any interest in any shares of Equity Securities beneficially owned by a Person.  In the event that any Stone Point Investor that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity (other than an individual, trust or estate) ceases to be controlled by
4


the Person controlling the Stone Point Investor or a Permitted Transferee thereof, such event shall be deemed to constitute a “Transfer” subject to the restrictions on Transfer contained or referenced herein.

Transferee” shall mean any Person to whom any Stockholder or any Transferee thereof Transfers Equity Securities of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

Voting Securities” shall mean, at any time of determination, shares of any class of Equity Securities of the Company that are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

SECTION 1.2.          Construction. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neuter forms and the singular form of words shall include the plural and vice versa. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted. Any percentage set forth herein shall be deemed to be automatically adjusted without any action on the part of any party hereto to take into account any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date of this Agreement so that the rights provided to the Stockholders shall continue to apply to the same extent such rights would have applied absent such stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

SECTION 2.1.          Board of Directors.

(a)          Following the Closing Date, the Stone Point Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) a majority of the Total Number of Directors, so long as the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) 40% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own 40% or more, but less than 50%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (iii) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own 30% or more, but less than 40%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; (iv) 20% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own 20% or more, but less than 30%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; and (v) 10% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own 5% or more, but less than 20%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. For purposes of calculating the number of Directors that the Stone Point Investor is entitled to designate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any fractional amounts shall automatically be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., one and one quarter (1 and 1/4) Directors shall equate to two (2) Directors), and any such calculations shall be made after taking into account any increase in the Total Number of Directors.

5


(b)          Effective as of the Closing Date, the Stone Point Designees shall initially be Agha S. Khan, Stephen A. Levey and Eric L. Rosenzweig.

(c)          The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to include the individuals designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing Directors and to use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, recommending such individual’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof.

(d)          In the event that the Stone Point Investor has nominated less than the total number of designees that it shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 2.1(a), then the Stone Point Investor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designee(s) to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporate action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable the Stone Point Investor to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) designate such additional individuals nominated by the Stone Point Investor to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(e)          In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of any Director designated by the Stone Point Investor pursuant to this Section 2.1, the remaining Directors and the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled by a new designee of the Stone Point Investor as soon as possible, and the Company hereby agrees to take, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same.

(f)          In the event that the Stone Point Investor shall cease to have the right to designate a Director pursuant to this Section 2.1, the designee of the Stone Point Investor selected by the Stone Point Investor shall (i) at the request of a majority of the Directors then in office or the Chairman of the Board resign immediately or the Stone Point Investor shall take all action necessary to remove such designee or (ii) if no such request is made, continue to serve until his or her term expires at the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company. In the event such designee resigns or is removed at the request of a majority of the Directors then in office or the Chairman of the Board, the Directors remaining in office shall be entitled to decrease the size of the Board to eliminate such vacancy and no consent under Section 2.3 shall be required in connection with such decrease.

(g)          The Stone Point Investor shall have the right to representation on the board of directors or other similar governing body (or any committee thereof) of any Subsidiary of the Company in proportion to its representation on the Board.

(h)          The Company shall reimburse each Stone Point Designee for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such person in connection with performing such person’s duties as a
6


member of the Board (or any committee thereof), including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such person for attending meetings of the Board (or any committee thereof), or in connection with such person’s service on the board or other similar governing body of any Subsidiary of the Company (or any committee thereof).

(i)          The rights of the Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.1 are personal to the Stockholders and shall not be exercised by any Transferee other than a Permitted Transferee.

SECTION 2.2.          Committees.  For so long as the Stone Point Investor has the right to designate at least one (1) Director pursuant to Section 2.1, the Stone Point Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one member of each committee of the Board; provided that the right of any Director to serve on a committee shall be subject to applicable Law and the Company’s obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements of the Stock Exchange.

SECTION 2.3.          Consent Rights.  For so long as the Stone Point Investor and its Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the following actions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall require the approval, in addition to any approval by the stockholders of the Company or the Board’s approval (or the approval of the required governing body of any Subsidiary of the Company), of the Stone Point Investor:

(a)          entering into or effecting a Change in Control;

(b)          entering into any agreement providing for the acquisition or divestiture of assets or equity securities of any Person, in each case providing for aggregate consideration in excess of $100 million, other than such agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(c)          entering into any joint venture or similar business alliance having a fair market value as of the date of formation thereof (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of $100 million;

(d)          initiating a voluntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding involving the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act;

(e)          any material change in the nature of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f)          the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money (including through the issuance of debt securities or the guarantee of indebtedness of another Person) in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100 million in any transaction or series of related transactions, other than borrowings under any mortgage warehouse funding facilities or other lines of credit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(g)          terminating the employment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof or hiring a new Chief Executive Officer of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof; and

7


(h)          subject to Section 2.1, any increase or decrease in the size or composition of the Board, committees of the Board, and boards and committees of Subsidiaries of the Company.

SECTION 2.4.          Controlled Company.

(a)          Each of the entities who fall under the definition of “Stone Point Investor” acknowledge and agree that, (i) by virtue of this Article II, they are acting as a “group” within the meaning of the Stock Exchange rules as of the date hereof, and (ii) by virtue of the combined voting power of Common Stock held by them representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing Date, the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” within the meaning of Stock Exchange rules as of the Closing Date.

(b)          So long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules, the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. If the Company ceases to qualify as a “controlled company” for purposes of Stock Exchange rules, the Stone Point Investor and the Company will take whatever action may be reasonably necessary in relation to such party, if any, to cause the Company to comply with Stock Exchange rules as then in effect within the timeframe for compliance available under such rules.

SECTION 2.5.          Permitted Disclosure.  Each Stone Point Designee is permitted to disclose to the Stone Point Investor information about the Company and its Affiliates that such person receives as a result of being a Director, subject to such person’s fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

ARTICLE III

INFORMATION

SECTION 3.1.          Books and Records; Access; Certain Reports.

(a)          The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books, records and accounts, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For so long as the Stone Point Investor has the right to designate at least one (1) Director pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit the Stone Point Investor and its designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company or any Subsidiary so long as the Company has used its best efforts to provide such information to the Stone Point Investor, without the loss of any such privilege, and notified the Stone Point Investor that such information has not been provided.

8


(b)          So long as the Stone Point Investor has the right to designate at least one (1) Director pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Stone Point Investor at its request:

(i)          to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(ii)          such other reports and information as may be reasonably requested by the Stone Point Investor;

provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used its best efforts to provide such information to the Stone Point Investor, without the loss of any such privilege, and notified the Stone Point Investor that such information has not been provided.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1.          Termination. Subject to the early termination of any provision as a result of an amendment to this Agreement agreed to by the Board and the Stockholders as provided under Section 4.3, (i) the provisions of Article II shall, with respect to each Stockholder, terminate as provided in the applicable Section of Article II, (ii) the provisions of Article III shall, with respect to each Stockholder, terminate as provided in the applicable Section of Article III, and (iii) this Article IV shall not terminate. Nothing herein shall relieve any party from any liability for the breach of any of the agreements set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 4.2.          Indemnification.

(a)          The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder and its respective directors, officers, partners, members, direct and indirect owners, managers, Affiliates and controlling persons (each, a “Stockholder Indemnitee”) from and against any and all liability, including, without limitation, all obligations, costs, fines, claims, actions, injuries, demands, suits, judgments, proceedings, investigations, arbitrations (including stockholder claims, actions, injuries, demands, suits, judgments, proceedings, investigations or arbitrations) and reasonable expenses, including reasonable accountant’s and reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses (together, the “Losses”), incurred by such Stockholder Indemnitee before or after the date of this Agreement to the extent arising out of, resulting from, or relating to (i) such Stockholder Indemnitee’s purchase and/or ownership of any Equity Securities or (ii) any litigation to which any Stockholder Indemnitee is made a party in its capacity as a stockholder or owner of securities (or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, Affiliate or controlling person of any Stockholder) of the Company; provided that the foregoing indemnification rights in this Section 4.2 shall not be available to the extent that (a) any such Losses are incurred as a result of such Stockholder Indemnitee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence; (b) any such Losses are incurred as a result of non-compliance by such Stockholder Indemnitee with any laws or regulations applicable to any of them; or (c) subject to the rights of contribution provided for below, indemnification for any Losses would violate any applicable Law or public policy. For purposes
9


of this Section 4.2, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non‑appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Stockholder Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company under this Section 4.2, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Stockholder Indemnitee to the Company. The rights of any Stockholder Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such party may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Stockholder Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. In the event of any payment of indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.2, to the extent that any Stockholder Indemnitee is indemnified for Losses, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of the Stockholder Indemnitee to which such payment is made against all other Persons. Such Stockholder Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required to evidence such rights. The Company will be entitled at its election to participate in the defense of any third party claim upon which indemnification is due pursuant to this Section 4.2 or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Stockholder Indemnitee unless, in the reasonable judgment of the Stockholder Indemnitee, a conflict of interest between the Company and such Stockholder Indemnitee may exist, in which case such Stockholder Indemnitee shall have the right to assume its own defense and the Company shall be liable for all reasonable expenses therefor. Except as set forth above, should the Company assume such defense all further defense costs of the Stockholder Indemnitee in respect of such third party claim shall be for the sole account of such party and not subject to indemnification hereunder. The Company will not without the prior written consent of the Stockholder Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) effect any settlement of any threatened or pending third party claim in which such Stockholder Indemnitee is or could have been a party and be entitled to indemnification hereunder unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes an unconditional release of such Stockholder Indemnitee from all liability and claims that are the subject matter of such claim. If the indemnification provided for above is unavailable in respect of any Losses, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying a Stockholder Indemnitee, shall, if and to the extent permitted by Law, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Stockholder Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and such Stockholder Indemnitee in connection with the actions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other equitable considerations.

(b)          The Company agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Stockholders for (A) all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges, disbursement and expenses) incurred in connection with any amendment, supplement, modification or waiver of or to any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any related agreements and (B) in connection with any stamp, transfer, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any governmental or revenue authority in respect of this Agreement or any related agreements; and (ii) each Stockholder for all costs and expenses of such Stockholder (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges, disbursement and expenses) incurred in connection with (1) the consent to any departure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the terms of any provision of this Agreement or any related agreements and (2) the enforcement or exercise by such Stockholder of any right granted to it or provided for hereunder.

10


SECTION 4.3.          Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective without the approval of the Board and the Stone Point Investor; provided, however, that any Stockholder may waive (in writing) the benefit of any provision of this Agreement with respect to itself for any purpose; provided, further, that any such modification, amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement or waiver that would disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of any Stockholder hereunder (in its capacity as a Stockholder) without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all Stockholders (in their capacities as Stockholders) having the same rights or obligations under this Agreement to which such modification, amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement or waiver relates, as the case may be, shall not be effective as to such Stockholder without such Stockholder’s prior written consent. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Any written amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, or waiver to this Agreement that receives the vote or consent of the Stockholders provided herein need not be signed by all Stockholders, but shall be effective in accordance with its terms and shall be binding upon all Stockholders and any Transferees.

SECTION 4.4.          Successors, Assigns and Transferees.  This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided, however, that the Stone Point Investor shall be entitled to assign, in whole or in part, any of its rights hereunder to any of its Permitted Transferees without such prior written consent.

SECTION 4.5.          Third Parties. Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

SECTION 4.6.          Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) when delivered personally by hand to the party to be notified (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when sent by e-mail (with written confirmation of transmission), (c) when received or rejected by the addressee if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (d) one Business Day following the day sent by reputable overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case at the following addresses (or to such other address as a party may have specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

(i)          if to the Company, to:

Home Point Capital Inc.
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Attention: Corporate Secretary
11




(ii)          if to the Stone Point Investor, to:

Trident VI, L.P.
Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P.
Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P.
Trident VI Professionals Fund, L.P.
c/o Stone Point Capital LLC
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830
Attention: Stephen Levey

SECTION 4.7.          Further Assurances.  At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

SECTION 4.8.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

SECTION 4.9.          Restrictions on Other Agreements; Bylaws.

(a)          Following the date hereof, no Stockholder or any of its Permitted Transferees shall enter into or agree to be bound by any stockholder agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any Equity Securities except pursuant to the agreements and arrangements existing on the date hereof, specifically contemplated herein or the Registration Rights Agreement.

(b)          The provisions of this Agreement shall be controlling if any such provisions or the operation thereof conflict with the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws. Each of the parties covenants and agrees to vote their Equity Securities and to take any other action reasonably requested by the Company or any Stockholder to amend the Company’s Bylaws so as to avoid any conflict with the provisions hereof.

SECTION 4.10.          Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party hereto of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in
12


writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

SECTION 4.11.          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a)          This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that State, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws.

(b)          In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Court of Chancery or, if the Delaware Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction over this matter, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (Complex Commercial Division) or, if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 4.6.

(c)          EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 4.12.          Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

SECTION 4.13.          Enforcement. Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

SECTION 4.14.          Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

SECTION 4.15.          No Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement,
13


or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, may be made only against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto, and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4.16.          Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law (e.g., www.docusign.com)) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be legally valid, effective and enforceable for all purposes.

SECTION 4.17.          Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the Closing Date.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signatures Follow]

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:



[Signature Page to Home Point Capital Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement]


 
TRIDENT VI, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI DE PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TRIDENT VI PROFESSIONALS FUND, L.P.
 
By: Stone Point Capital LLC, its manager
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:



[Signature Page to Home Point Capital Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement]




Exhibit A

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of [●], 2021 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), among Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the stockholders of the Company whose name appears on the signature pages listed therein (each, a “Stockholder” and collectively, the “Stockholders”), _________, (the “Transferor”) hereby assigns to the undersigned the rights that may be assigned thereunder, and the undersigned hereby agrees that, having acquired Equity Securities as permitted by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, the undersigned shall assume the obligations of the Transferor and become entitled to such Transferor’s rights as a Stockholder under the Stockholders’ Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

Listed below is information regarding the Equity Securities:

Number of Shares of

Common Stock

____________________

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Assignment and Assumption Agreement as of __________ ___, ________.

 
[NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
   
   
   
 
Name:
 
Title:
   
 
[NAME OF TRANSFEREE]
   
   
 
Name:
 
Title:


Acknowledged by:

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 



Exhibit 10.15

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

2021 INCENTIVE PLAN

1.          Purpose.  The purpose of the Home Point Capital Inc. 2021 Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and the other members of the Company Group may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors of the Company and the other members of the Company Group can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company Group and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2.          Definitions.  The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a)          Adjustment Event” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11(a) of the Plan.

(b)          Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company.  The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(c)          Applicable Law” means each applicable law, rule, regulation and requirement, including, but not limited to, each applicable U.S. federal, state or local law, any rule or regulation of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted and each applicable law, rule or regulation of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as each such law, rule and regulation shall be in effect from time to time.

(d)          Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Equity-Based Award and Cash-Based Incentive Award granted under the Plan.

(e)          Award Agreement” means the document or documents by which each Award (other than a Cash-Based Incentive Award) is evidenced, which may be in written or electronic form.

(f)          Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g)          Cash-Based Incentive Award” means an Award, denominated in cash, that is granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(h)          Cause” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) “Cause,” as defined in any employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), the Participant’s (A) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; (B) engagement in conduct in connection with the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient, which results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group; (C) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, (I) any felony (or similar crime in any non-U.S. jurisdiction for Participant’s outside the United States) or (II) any other crime that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group; (D) material violation of the written policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (E) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement related to the misuse of funds or property belonging to the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group; (F) act of personal dishonesty that involves personal profit in connection with the Participant’s employment or service to the Service Recipient; or (G) engagement in any Detrimental Activity; provided, in any case, that a Participant’s resignation after an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause will be treated as a Termination for Cause hereunder.


(i)          Change in Control” means:

(i)          the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the Outstanding Common Stock; or (B) the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of the Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

(ii)          during any period of 12 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

2

(iii)          the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company, is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination); or

(iv)          the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company Group (taken as a whole) to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(j)          Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.  Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(k)          Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any properly delegated subcommittee thereof or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(l)          Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(m)          Company” means Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(n)          Company Group” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(o)          Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(p)          Designated Foreign Subsidiaries” means all members of the Company Group that are organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America.

(q)          Detrimental Activity” means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure or use of any confidential or proprietary information of any member of the Company Group; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) a breach by the Participant of any restrictive covenant by which such Participant is bound, including, without limitation, any covenant not to compete or not to solicit, in any agreement with any member of the Company Group; or (iv) the Participant’s fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, in each case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

3

(r)          Disability” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise, (i) “Disability,” as defined in any employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment, severance, consulting or other similar agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Disability” contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Service Recipient or other member of the Company Group in which such Participant is eligible to participate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability of the Participant by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the position at which the Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced.  Any determination of whether Disability exists in the absence of a long-term disability plan shall be made by the Company (or its designee) in its sole and absolute discretion.

(s)          Effective Date” means January 21, 2021.

(t)          Eligible Person” means: any (i) individual employed by any member of the Company Group; provided, however, that no such U.S. employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director of any member of the Company Group; or (iii) consultant or advisor to any member of the Company Group who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act (or, for consultants or advisors outside of the U.S. can be offered securities consistent with Applicable Law).

(u)          Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto.  Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(v)          Exercise Price” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(w)          Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as reasonably determined by the Company and consistently applied for purposes of the Plan, which may include, without limitation, the closing sales price on the trading day immediately prior to or on such date, or a trailing average of previous closing prices prior to such date.

(x)          GAAP” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(d) of the Plan.

(y)          Grant Date Fair Market Value” means, as of a Date of Grant, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last-sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last-sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided, however, as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Grant Date Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price at which the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

4

(z)          Incentive Stock Option” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(aa)          Indemnifiable Person” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(bb)          Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of any member of the Company Group.

(cc)          Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(dd)          Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(ee)          Option Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7(c)(ii) of the Plan.

(ff)          Other Equity-Based Award” means an Award that is not an Option, Cash-Based Incentive Award, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit, that is granted under Section 9 of the Plan and is (i) payable by delivery of Common Stock and/or (ii) measured by reference to the value of Common Stock.

(gg)          Outstanding Common Stock” means the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, and the exercise or settlement of then-outstanding Awards (or similar awards under any prior incentive plans maintained by the Company).

(hh)          Outstanding Company Voting Securities” means the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

(ii)          Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

5

(jj)          Performance Conditions” means specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more members of the Company Group, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing), which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis, including, without limitation, the following measures:  (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes), or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may be but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals, or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations, or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations, and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; (xxviii) gross or net authorizations; (xxix) backlog; or (xxx) any combination of the foregoing.  Any one or more of the aforementioned performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of one or more members of the Company Group as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, or administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more members of the Company Group or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices.

(kk)          Permitted Transferee” has the meaning given to such term in Section 13(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(ll)          Person” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

(mm)          Plan” means this Home Point Capital Inc. 2021 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(nn)          Plan Share Reserve” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(a) of the Plan.

(oo)          Qualifying Director” means a Person who is, with respect to actions intended to obtain an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

6

(pp)          Restricted Period” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions, including vesting conditions.

(qq)          Restricted Stock” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(rr)          Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ss)          Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto.  Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(tt)          Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, the member of the Company Group by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(uu)          SAR Base Price” means, as to any Stock Appreciation Right, the price per share of Common Stock designated as the base value above which appreciation in value is measured.

(vv)          Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Other-Equity Based Award designated in an applicable Award Agreement as a stock appreciation right.

(ww)          Sub-Plans” means any sub-plan to the Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting or facilitating the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the jurisdiction of the United States of America, with each such Sub-Plan designed to comply with Applicable Law in such foreign jurisdictions.  Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with Applicable Law, the Plan Share Reserve and the other limits specified in Section 6(a) of the Plan shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.

(xx)          Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i)          any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii)          any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

7

(yy)          Substitute Awards” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6(e) of the Plan, and shall include any Substitute IPO Option.

(zz)          Substitute IPO Option” means each Option granted in connection with the Company’s initial public offering and in substitution of options to purchase common units of Home Point Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership, granted under its 2015 Option Plan.

(aaa)          Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient for any reason (including death or Disability).

3.          Effective Date; Duration.  The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.  The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4.          Administration.

(a)          General.  The Committee shall administer the Plan.  To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time such member takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act be a Qualifying Director.  However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(b)          Committee Authority.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Applicable Law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled in, or exercised for, cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) adopt Sub-Plans; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

8

(c)          Delegation.  Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any Person or Persons selected by it.  Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of any member of the Company Group, the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated in accordance with Applicable Law, except with respect to grants of Awards to Persons (i) who are Non-Employee Directors, or (ii) who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(d)          Finality of Decisions.  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons, including, without limitation, any member of the Company Group, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e)          Indemnification.  No member of the Board or the Committee or any employee or agent of any member of the Company Group (each such Person, an “Indemnifiable Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission).  Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined, as provided below, that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided, that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts, omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law or by the organizational documents of any member of the Company Group.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under (i) the organizational documents of any member of the Company Group, (ii) pursuant to Applicable Law, (iii) an individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or (iv) any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold such Indemnifiable Persons harmless.

9

(f)          Board Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards.  Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted.  In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5.          Grants of Awards; Eligibility.  The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

6.          Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations.

(a)          Share Reserve.  Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, 6,943,005 shares of Common Stock (the “Plan Share Reserve”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan.  Each Award granted under the Plan will reduce the Plan Share Reserve by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Award.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Share Reserve shall be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the Effective Date falls by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the lesser of (i) the positive difference, if any, between (A) 5% of the Outstanding Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (B) the Plan Share Reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii) a lower number of shares of Common Stock as may be determined by the Board.

(b)          Additional Limits.  Subject to Section 11 of the Plan, (i) no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Plan Share Reserve may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; and (ii) during a single fiscal year, the number of Awards eligible to be made to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director, in each case, in respect of such Non-Employee Director’s service as a member of the Board during such during such fiscal year, shall not exceed a total value of $1,200,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes).

10

(c)          Share Counting.  Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, or terminated without issuance to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the unissued shares underlying such Award will be returned to the Plan Share Reserve and again be available for grant under the Plan.  Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued in settlement of Awards if the Fair Market Value equivalent of such shares is paid in cash; provided, however, that no shares shall be deemed to have been issued in settlement of a SAR, Other Equity-Based Award or Restricted Stock Unit that only provides for settlement in, and settles only in, cash, or in respect of any Cash-Based Incentive Award.  Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the Exercise Price, SAR Base Price, or taxes relating to an Award shall constitute shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant and shall reduce the Plan Share Reserve.

(d)          Source of Shares.  Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, shares of Common Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

(e)          Substitute Awards.  Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”).  Further, each Substitute IPO Option will be treated as a Substitute Award for all purposes under the Plan.  Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Plan Share Reserve; provided, that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.  Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

7.          Options.

(a)          General.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant.  Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.  All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of a member of the Company Group.  No Option may be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code.  Any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option for any reason, including by reason of grant to an Eligible Person who is not an employee or the Plan not being properly approved by the stockholders of the Company under Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, then, to the extent of such non-qualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

11

(b)          Exercise Price.  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“Exercise Price”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value of such share; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value per share.

(c)          Vesting and Expiration; Termination.

(i)          Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, satisfaction of Performance Conditions; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason.

(ii)          Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant (the “Option Period”); provided, that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire on a date when (A) trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), and (B) the Fair Market Value exceeds the Exercise Price per share on such expiration date, then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of any member of the Company Group.

(iii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

12

(d)          Method of Exercise and Form of Payment.  No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld under Applicable Law, as determined in accordance with Section 13(d) hereof.  Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) of exercise to the Company (or any third-party administrator, as applicable) in accordance with the terms of the Option and any other exercise procedure established by the Committee, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, the Exercise Price shall be payable: (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided, that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)); or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit, in its sole discretion, including, without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price; or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld under Applicable Law, as determined in accordance with Section 13(d) hereof.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e)          Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option.  Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date the Participant makes a disqualifying disposition of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.  A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such shares of Common Stock before the later of (i) the date that is two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (ii) the date that is one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option.  The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such shares of Common Stock.

(f)          Compliance With Laws, etc.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time, or any other Applicable Law.

13

8.          Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a)          General.  Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b)          Stock Certificates and Book-Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement.  Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 8, Section 13(b) of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to shares of Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Stock.  To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.  A Participant shall have no rights or privileges as a stockholder as to Restricted Stock Units.

(c)          Vesting; Termination.

(i)          Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall vest, and any applicable Restricted Period shall lapse, in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Committee, including, without limitation, satisfaction of Performance Conditions; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any such dates or events, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or the lapsing of any applicable Restricted Period at any time and for any reason.

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall cease and (B) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

(d)          Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(i)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book-entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share).

14

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (A) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units; or (B) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code.  If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units.

(e)          Legends on Restricted Stock.  Each certificate, if any, or book entry representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend or book entry notation substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. 2021 INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN HOME POINT CAPITAL INC. AND THE PARTICIPANT.  A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.

9.          Other Equity-Based Awards.  The Committee may grant Other Equity-Based Awards under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and dependent on such conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine, including, without limitation, satisfaction of Performance Conditions.  Each Other Equity-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

15

10.          Cash-Based Incentive Awards.  The Committee may grant Cash-Based Incentive Awards under the Plan to any Eligible Person, in such amounts and dependent on such conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine, including, without limitation, satisfaction of Performance Conditions.  Each Cash-Based Incentive Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such form as the Committee may determine from time to time.

11.          Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted hereunder (other than Cash-Based Incentive Awards):

(a)          General.  In the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event that affects the shares of Common Stock (including a Change in Control); or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements, that the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, could result in substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants (any event in (i) or (ii), an “Adjustment Event”), the Committee shall, in respect of any such Adjustment Event, make such proportionate substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable, to any or all of (A) the Plan Share Reserve, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder; (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan or any Sub-Plan; and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (I) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate; (II) the Exercise Price or SAR Base Price with respect to any Option or SAR, as applicable, or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award); or (III) any applicable performance measures; provided, that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring.

16

(b)          Change in Control.  Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Adjustment Event that is a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following:

(i)          substitution or assumption of, acceleration of the vesting of, exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, any one or more outstanding Awards; and

(ii)          cancellation of any one or more outstanding Awards and payment to the holders of such Awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including, without limitation, any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation or for which vesting is accelerated by the Committee in connection with such event pursuant to clause (i) above), the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which value, if applicable, may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or SAR Base Price of such Option or SAR (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or SAR Base Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor).

For purposes of clause (i) above, an award will be considered granted in substitution of an Award if it has an equivalent value (as determined consistent with clause (ii) above) with the original Award, whether designated in securities of the acquiror in such Change in Control transaction (or an Affiliate thereof), or in cash or other property (including in the same consideration that other stockholders of the Company receive in connection with such Change in Control transaction), and retains the vesting schedule applicable to the original Award.

Payments to holders pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or SAR Base Price).

(c)          Other Requirements.  Prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 11, the Committee may require a Participant to (i) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to the Participant’s Awards; (ii) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

(d)          Fractional Shares.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any adjustment provided under this Section 11 may provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award.

(e)          Binding Effect.  Any adjustment, substitution, determination of value or other action taken by the Committee under this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

17

12.          Amendments and Termination.

(a)          Amendment and Termination of the Plan.  The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is required under Applicable Law; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 6 or 11 of the Plan); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to Section 12(c) of the Plan without stockholder approval.

(b)          Amendment of Award Agreements.  The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination); provided, that, other than pursuant to Section 11, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.

(c)          No Repricing.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 11 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the SAR Base Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or SAR Base Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the cancelled Option or SAR; and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

13.          General.

(a)          Award Agreements.  Each Award (other than a Cash-Based Incentive Award) under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant to whom such Award was granted and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee.  For purposes of the Plan, an Award Agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award.  The Committee need not require an Award Agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18

(b)          Nontransferability.

(i)          Each Award shall be exercisable only by such Participant to whom such Award was granted during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under Applicable Law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.  No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (unless such transfer is specifically required pursuant to a domestic relations order or by Applicable Law) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against any member of the Company Group; provided, that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii)          The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with clause (ii) above shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) neither the Committee nor the Company shall be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of a Participant’s Termination under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

19

(c)          Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

(i)          The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards.

(ii)          Without limiting the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, any dividend otherwise payable in respect of any share of Restricted Stock that remains subject to vesting conditions at the time of payment of such dividend shall be retained by the Company and remain subject to the same vesting conditions as the share of Restricted Stock to which the dividend relates and shall be delivered (without interest) to the Participant within 15 days following the date on which such restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate).

(iii)          To the extent provided in an Award Agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the date on which the Restricted Period lapses with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, and if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments (or interest thereon, if applicable).

(d)          Tax Withholding.

(i)          A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, an amount in cash (by check or wire transfer) equal to the aggregate amount of any income, employment and/or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld under Applicable Law in respect of an Award.  Alternatively, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may elect, in its sole discretion, to satisfy this requirement by withholding such amount from any cash compensation or other cash amounts owing to a Participant.

(ii)          Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit or require a Participant to satisfy, all or any portion of the minimum income, employment and/or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld under Applicable Law with respect to an Award by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Participant and vested for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment under applicable accounting standards) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such minimum statutorily required withholding liability (or portion thereof); or (B) having the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, the Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of the Award, as applicable, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to an amount, subject to clause (iii) below, not in excess of such minimum statutorily required withholding liability (or portion thereof).

20

(iii)          The Committee, subject to its having considered the applicable accounting impact of any such determination, has full discretion to allow Participants to satisfy, in whole or in part, any additional income, employment and/or other applicable taxes payable by them with respect to an Award by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, a Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of the Award, as applicable, shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value that is greater than the applicable minimum required statutory withholding liability (but such withholding may in no event be in excess of the maximum statutory withholding amount(s) in a Participant’s relevant tax jurisdictions).

(e)          No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver.  No employee of any member of the Company Group, or other Person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award.  There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards.  The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board.  The Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement.  By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Service Recipient and/or any member of the Company Group and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f)          International Participants.  With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan and create or amend Sub-Plans or amend outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by such Participants,  conform such terms with the requirements of Applicable Law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant or any member of the Company Group.

21

(g)          Designation and Change of Beneficiary.  To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and by the Company, each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more Persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon the Participant’s death.  A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change the Participant’s beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee.  The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt.  If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, or in the event the Company determines that any such designation does not comply with Applicable Law, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant’s estate.

(h)          Termination.  Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company Group in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan.  Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be a member of the Company Group (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i)          No Rights as a Stockholder.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such Person.

(j)          Government and Other Regulations.

(i)          The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all Applicable Law.  Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or as otherwise permitted under Applicable Law) or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan.  The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement and Applicable Law, and, without limiting the generality of Section 8 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of any member of the Company Group issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add, at any time, any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

22

(ii)          The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable.  If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, (A) in the case of Options, SARs or other Awards subject to exercise, pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (I) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable); over (II) the aggregate Exercise Price or SAR Base Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award subject to exercise), or (B) in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Equity-Based Awards, provide the Participant with a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Equity-Based Awards, or the underlying shares in respect thereof.  Any applicable amounts shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k)          No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company.  No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election.  If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within 10 days after filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

23

(l)          Payments to Persons Other Than Participants.  If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for the Participant’s affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or the Participant’s estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to the Participant’s spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m)          Nonexclusivity of the Plan.  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of equity-based awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(n)          No Trust or Fund Created.  Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and a Participant or other Person, on the other hand.  No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be obligated to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes.  Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other service providers under general law.

(o)          Reliance on Reports.  Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of any member of the Company Group and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself or herself.

(p)          Relationship to Other Benefits.  No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by Applicable Law.

(q)          Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.  EACH PARTICIPANT WHO ACCEPTS AN AWARD IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTICIPANT IN RESPECT OF THE PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE PLAN OR ANY APPLICABLE AWARD AGREEMENT.

24

(r)          Severability.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the Applicable Laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s)          Obligations Binding on Successors.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(t)          Section 409A of the Code.

(i)          Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.  Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with the Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Service Recipient nor any other member of the Company Group shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.  With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii)          Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.  Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

25

(iii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code; or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

(iv)          This Section 13(t) shall only apply with respect to Participants to whom Section 409A of the Code is applicable.

(u)          Clawback/Repayment.  All Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by the Board or the Committee and as in effect from time to time; and (ii) Applicable Law.  Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to the extent that the Participant receives any amount in excess of the amount that the Participant should otherwise have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company.

(v)          Detrimental Activity.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Participant has engaged in any Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following:

(i)          cancellation of any or all of such Participant’s outstanding Awards; or

(ii)          forfeiture by the Participant of any gain realized in respect of Awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.

(w)          Right of Offset.  The Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Participant then owes to any member of the Company Group and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Award is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee will have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement if such offset could subject the Participant to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code in respect of an outstanding Award.


(x)          Expenses; Titles and Headings.  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company Group.  The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

26

Exhibit 10.16

SUBSTITUTE OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
2021 INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Substitute Option Agreement (this “Option Agreement”) and the Home Point Capital Inc. 2021 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Participant”) the aggregate number of substitute Options set forth in the table on the signature page hereto, with each Option representing the right to purchase one share of Common Stock (collectively, the “Substitute Options”).  The Substitute Options are “Substitute IPO Options” as set forth in the Plan.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.          Substitute Options.  The Substitute Options are being granted (a) in connection with certain corporate transactions entered into in connection with the initial public offering of the Company (the “Company IPO”), and (b) in substitution of options (the “Original Options”) granted under the Home Point Capital LP 2015 Option Plan, as amended (the “Original Plan”) and pursuant to one or more Option Grant Agreement(s), in each case, identified on the signature page hereto (as applicable, the “Original Option Agreement(s)”).

2.          Vesting.  Subject to the conditions contained herein and in the Plan, the Substitute Options shall vest as provided in the Original Option Agreement to which the Substitute Options relate; provided, however, that with respect to any Substitute Options that relate to Original Options that are “Performance-Vesting Options” (as defined in the Original Option Agreement(s)) (the “Performance-Based Substitute Options”), the following provisions shall apply:

(a)          references to “Common Units” (i) with respect to the transfer by the Sponsor Partners of at least 20% of the Common Units in connection with a Public Offering and (ii) in both of the definitions of “Sponsor Exit Transaction” and “Sponsor Exit Proceeds” shall be deemed to be references to both “Common Units” and “Common Stock into which such Common Units have been converted” (which are collectively referred to as the “Sponsor Interests”); provided, that the reference to “Common Units” in sub-prong “(x)” of the definition of “Sponsor Exit Transaction” shall remain a reference to only “Common Units”;

(b)          in addition to the performance-vesting provisions set forth in the Original Option Agreement(s), the Performance-Based Substitute Options will be eligible to vest in full, to the extent not already vested, on the first to occur of the (i) 2.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date, (ii) 3.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date or (iii) 4.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date.


(c)          the following defined terms shall mean:

(i)          2.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date” means the date upon which the Sponsor Partners have (i) sold or disposed of at least 45% of their Sponsor Interests, and (ii) received cash proceeds, in respect of the Sponsor Partners’ investment in the Sponsor Interests held from time to time by the Sponsor Partners in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 2.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the Sponsor Interests.

(ii)          3.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date” means the date upon which the Sponsor Partners have (i) sold or disposed of at least 35% of their Sponsor Interests and (ii) received cash proceeds, in respect of the Sponsor Partners’ investment in the Sponsor Interests held from time to time by the Sponsor Partners in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 3.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the Sponsor Interests.

(iii)          4.0 Sponsor Partners Realization Date” means the date upon which the Sponsor Partners have (i) sold or disposed of at least 25% of their Sponsor Interests and (ii) received cash proceeds, in respect of the Sponsor Partners’ investment in the Sponsor Interests held from time to time by the Sponsor Partners in an amount necessary to ensure a return equal to 4.0 times the Sponsor Partners’ cumulative invested capital in respect of the Sponsor Interests.

(d)          with respect to Original Options granted prior to January 31, 2020, the “Trigger Amount” shall be tested on the date in which the Sponsor Partners have sold or disposed of at least 45% of their Sponsor Interests (such date, the “Initial Performance Date”), and on each subsequent sale or disposition by such Sponsor Partners thereafter; and

(e)          with respect to Original Options granted on or after January 31, 2020, the financial targets based on the amount of the Sponsor Exit Proceeds specified in Section [4(b)] of the Original Option Agreement(s) shall be tested on the Initial Performance Date, and on each subsequent sale or disposition by such Sponsor Partners thereafter.

3.          Treatment of Options on Termination.  The provisions of Section 7(c)(iii) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a Termination (a) by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Original Option Agreement), (b) as a result of Participant’s resignation with Good Reason (as defined in the Original Option Agreement), or (c) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (i) any Substitute Options that relate to Original Options that are “Time-Vesting Options” (as defined in the Original Option Agreement(s)) shall vest on such termination of employment with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that, but for such termination would have become exercisable on the next anniversary of the Grant Date (as set forth in the Original Option Agreement(s)), if any, and (ii) the Performance-Based Substitute Options shall remain eligible to vest (and shall vest upon satisfaction of the provisions described above in Section 2) until the first anniversary of such termination (but not beyond the expiration date of the Option Period) (the “Post-Termination Tail Period”).  Performance-Based Substitute Options that vest during the Post-Termination Tail Period shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days following the applicable date of vesting (but not beyond the expiration date of the Option Period), and any Performance-Based Substitute Options that fail to vest during the Post-Termination Tail Period shall terminate upon the expiration of the Post-Termination Tail Period.

2

4.          Method of Exercising Options.  The Substitute Options may be exercised by the delivery of notice of the number of Substitute Options that are being exercised accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price applicable to the Substitute Options so exercised.  Such notice shall be delivered either (a) in writing to the Company at its principal office or at such other address as may be established by the Committee, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee; or (b) to a third-party plan administrator as may be arranged for by the Company or the Committee from time to time for purposes of the administration of outstanding Options under the Plan, in the case of either (a) or (b), as communicated to the Participant by the Company from time to time.  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price may be made using any of the methods described in Section 7(d)(i) or (ii)(A), (B) and (C) of the Plan; provided that the Participant shall obtain written consent from the Company prior to the use of the methods described in Section 7(d)(ii)(A) or (C) of the Plan.

5.          Issuance of Shares of Common Stock.  Following the exercise of a Substitute Option hereunder, as promptly as practical after receipt of such notification and full payment of such Exercise Price and any required income or other tax withholding amount (as provided in Section 9 hereof), the Company shall issue or transfer, or cause such issue or transfer, to the Participant the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Substitute Options have been so exercised, and shall either (a) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participant a certificate or certificates therefor, registered in the Participant’s name or (b) cause such shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Participant’s account at the third‑party plan administrator.

6.          Repurchase Rights and Transfer Restrictions.

(a)          The Substitute Options (and any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such Substitute Options) will not be subject to the repurchase rights set forth in Section [2.6] of the Original Plan or Original Option Agreement(s).

(b)          The Substitute Options (and any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such Substitute Options) (i) will not be subject to Transfer (as defined below) during any “Lock-up Period” as set forth in Section [10(e)] of the Original Option Agreement(s) and (ii) may not be subject to Transfer (other than as set forth in Section 8 hereof) prior to the earlier of (i) fourth (4th) anniversary of the effective date of the Company IPO and (ii) the Initial Performance Date; provided, however, the Participant shall be permitted to effect a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” in accordance with Sections 7(d)(ii)(B) of the Plan to satisfy the applicable Exercise Price and/or Section 13(d)(ii) of the Plan to satisfy the applicable withholding tax obligation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant will be permitted to Transfer shares received in respect of Substitute Options that are not Performance-Based Substitute Options (the “Time-Based Substitute Options”) as follows: (i) such shares that relate to vested Time-Based Substitute Options as of the effective date of the Company IPO may be Transferred up to the percentage of Sponsor Interests sold by the Sponsor Partners in connection with the Company IPO (based on the percentage of Sponsor Interests held by all of the Sponsor Partners immediately prior to the Company IPO) and as to such additional percentage as and when the Sponsor Partners sell additional Sponsor Interests following the effective date of the Company IPO (based on the aggregate percentage of Sponsor Interests held by all of the Sponsor Partners immediately prior to the Company IPO) and (ii) shares of Common Stock received upon exercise of any Time-Based Substitute Options that vest following the effective date of the Company IPO may be Transferred as to the percentage of Sponsor Interests sold by the Sponsor Partners through the applicable vesting date (based on the percentage of Sponsor Interests held by all of the Sponsor Partners immediately prior to the Company IPO).

3

For purposes of this Section 6, “Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any direct or indirect, voluntary or involuntary, sale, disposition, hypothecation, mortgage, gift, pledge, assignment, attachment or any other transfer (including the creation of any derivative or synthetic interest, including a participation or other similar interest or any lien or encumbrance) and, when used as a verb, voluntarily (whether in fulfillment of contractual obligation or otherwise) to directly or indirectly sell, dispose, hypothecate, mortgage, gift, pledge, assign, attach or otherwise transfer (including by creating any derivative or synthetic interest, any lien or encumbrance) or any other similar participation or interest, in any case, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

7.          Company; Participant.

(a)          The term “Company” as used in this Option Agreement with reference to employment shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b)          Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Option Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Substitute Options may be transferred in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

8.          Non-Transferability.  The Substitute Options are not transferable by the Participant; provided, however, to the extent permitted by the Committee in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, vested Substitute Options may be transferred to Permitted Transferees.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the Substitute Options, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Substitute Options shall terminate and become of no further effect.

9.          Rights as Shareholder.  The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any share of Common Stock covered by a Substitute Option unless and until the Participant shall have become the holder of record or the beneficial owner of such share of Common Stock, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such share of Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record or the beneficial owner thereof.

4

10.          Tax Withholding.  The provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

11.          Notice.  Every notice or other communication relating to this Option Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, which may be by electronic mail, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by such party in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.  Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time.

12.          No Right to Continued Service.  This Option Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as an employee or service provider to the Company.

13.          Binding Effect.  This Option Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

14.          Waiver and Amendments.  Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Option Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee.  No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

15.          Governing Law.  This Option Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Option Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware.

5

16.          Plan.  The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Option Agreement, the Plan shall govern and control.

17.          Imposition of Other Requirements.  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Substitute Options and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

18.          Electronic Delivery and Acceptance.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means.  The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

19.          Entire Agreement.  This Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to such subject matter.

*          *          *

6

THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF SUBSTITUTE OPTIONS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS OPTION AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

PARTICIPANT
 
     
     
   
Name:
   
     
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
 
     
     
   
By:
   
Title:
   

Substitute Option Information:

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) = (Common Unit FMV / IPO Price)
(e) = (b) * (d)
(f) = (c) / (d)
(g) = 10th anniversary of (a)
Date of Option Grant Agreement of Original Options
Number of Common Units Subject to Original Options
Exercise Price Per Common Unit of Original Option
Exchange Ratio
Number of Substitute Options Granted Hereunder
Exercise Price of Substitute Options
Expiration Date of Option Period of Substitute Option
             
             

7

Exhibit 10.17

HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.          Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which Eligible Employees may purchase Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Designated Companies and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. The Company intends for offerings under the Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (each, a “Section 423 Offering”); provided, however, that the Committee may also authorize the grant of rights under offerings of the Plan that are not intended to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, pursuant to any rules, procedures, agreements, appendices, or sub-plans adopted by the Committee for such purpose (each, a “Non-423 Offering”).

2.          Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a)          Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b)          Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Offering Period, ninety five percent (95%); provided, however, that prior to the Offering Commencement Date applicable to any such Offering Period, the Committee may determine a higher or lower Applicable Percentage so long as such percentage remains eighty five percent (85%) or greater.

(c)          Base Compensation” means regular base straight-time gross earnings paid by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Eligible Employee (other than amounts paid after termination of employment, even if such amounts are paid for pre-termination date services) as base salary or wages (including 13th/14th month payments or similar concepts under local law), excluding payments, if any, for overtime, incentive compensation, commissions, incentive payments, premiums, bonuses, and any other special remuneration of a Participant during an Offering Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of “Base Compensation” for a subsequent Offering Period prior to the Offering Commencement Date of such subsequent Offering Period. Further, the Committee will have discretion to determine the application of this definition to Eligible Employees outside the United States.

(d)          Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


(e)          Change in Control” means:

(i)          the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the Outstanding Common Stock; or (B) the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of the Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

(ii)          during any period of twelve (12) months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii)          the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company, is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination); or

(iv)          the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company Group (taken as a whole) to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, a registered public offering of the Common Stock will not constitute a Change in Control.

(f)          Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

2

(g)          Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any properly delegated subcommittee thereof or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(h)          Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(i)          Company” means Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(j)          Company Group” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(k)          Designated Company” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate, whether now existing or existing in the future, that has been designated by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee may designate any Subsidiary or Affiliate as a Designated Company in a Non-423 Offering. For purposes of a Section 423 Offering, only the Company and any Subsidiary may be Designated Companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under a Section 423 Offering will not be a Designated Company under a Non-423 Offering.

(l)          Effective Date” means the date the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to stockholder approval as provided in Section 11(d).

(m)          Eligible Employees” means, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4(b), any individual employed by the Company or a Designated Company except (i) employees who are not employed by the Company or a Designated Company prior to the beginning of an Offering Period or prior to such other time period specified by the Committee; (ii) individuals who provide services to the Company or any of its Designated Companies as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any reason except for federal income and employment tax purposes; and (iii) employees who reside in countries for whom such employees’ participation in the Plan would result in a violation under any corporate or securities laws of such country of residence.

(n)          Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(o)          Fair Market Value” means, on a given date, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded as of the immediately preceding Trading Day, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, any purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed to be purchased as of immediately prior to the opening of the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on the relevant Purchase Date; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock.

3

(p)          New Purchase Date” means a new Purchase Date, as designated by the Committee, if the Committee shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(q)          Offering” means a Section 423 Offering or a Non-423 Offering of a right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan during an Offering Period as further described in Section 5. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, each Offering under the Plan in which Eligible Employees of one or more Designated Companies may participate will be deemed a separate offering for purposes of Section 423 of the Code, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. With respect to Section 423 Offerings, the terms of separate Offerings need not be identical provided that all Eligible Employees granted options in a particular Offering will have the same rights and privileges, except as otherwise may be permitted by Code Section 423; a Non-423 Offering need not satisfy such requirements.

(r)          Offering Commencement Date” means the first day of each Offering Period.

(s)          Offering End Date” means the last day of each Offering Period.

(t)          Offering Period” means a period selected by the Committee in respect of each offering made under the Plan, the duration of which shall be six (6) months, or if determined by the Committee prior to the Offering Commencement Date applicable to an Offering Period, such period of time not to exceed twenty seven (27) months.

(u)          Outstanding Common Stock” means the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, and the exercise or settlement of then-outstanding equity awards under any current or prior incentive plans maintained by the Company.

(v)          Outstanding Company Voting Securities” means the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

(w)          Participant” means, with respect to an Offering Period, an Eligible Employee who is participating in such Offering Period, as provided in Section 4(a).

(x)          Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

4

(y)          Plan” means this Home Point Capital Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(z)          Purchase Date” means with respect to any Offering Period, the Offering End Date associated with such Offering Period (or such other date established by the Committee pursuant to Section 9(b)); provided, however, if any such date is not a Trading Day, the Purchase Date shall be the next business day that is a Trading Day.

(aa)          Purchase Price” means an amount per share of Common Stock equal to the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Purchase Date, or if such Purchase Date is not a Trading Day, the next business day that is a Trading Day; provided, however, prior to the Offering Commencement Date applicable to any Offering Period, the Committee may determine an alternative Purchase Price applicable to such Offering Period, which Purchase Price for a Section 423 Offering shall in no event be less than the lower of (x) eighty five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offer Commencement Date, or (y) eighty five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Purchase Date (or if such Offer Commencement Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, is not a Trading Day, the next business day that is a Trading Day).

(bb)          Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(cc)          Subscription” means an Eligible Employee’s authorization for payment to be made by the Eligible Employee for Common Stock purchases under this Plan in the form and manner specified by the Company (which may include enrollment by submitting forms, by voice response, internet access or other electronic means).

(dd)          Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i)          any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii)          any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(ee)          Trading Day” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

5

3.          Shares of Common Stock.

(a)          Shares of Common Stock Reserved For the Plan. Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 9(a), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 1,388,601. Such shares of Common Stock may be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, treasury shares or shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market. For avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3 may be used to satisfy purchases of shares of Common Stock under Section 423 Offerings and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares of Common Stock may be used to satisfy purchases of shares of Common Stock under Non-423 Offerings. If the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued on any Purchase Date exceeds the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, the Company shall (i) make a pro-rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for delivery and distribution in as nearly a uniform manner as shall be practicable and the Committee determines to be equitable, (ii) return the balance of payroll deductions credited to the account of each Participant under the Plan as promptly as practicable, and (iii) subject to Committee approval, have the discretion to terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 5(a). If any rights granted under the Plan terminate for any reason without having been exercised, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such rights shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(b)          Participant’s Interest in Rights to Purchase Common Stock.

(i)          Until the applicable shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company), a Participant shall only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares of Common Stock, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to such shares of Common Stock.

(ii)          The Participant shall have no interest in the shares of Common Stock covered by a right to purchase such shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such right has been exercised.

4.          Eligibility and Participation.

(a)          Enrollment and Participation.

(i)          Any individual who, on the day preceding an Offering Commencement Date, qualifies as an Eligible Employee, may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by completing a Subscription through the online enrollment process through the Company’s designated Plan broker or, if permitted by the Company, submitting a Subscription, in the form prescribed for this purpose by the Company. The Subscription shall be filed with the Company in accordance with the procedures as established by the Company. Eligible Employees may not have more than one (1) Subscription in effect with respect to any Offering Period.

(ii)          Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee or withdraws from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(c). Under the foregoing automatic enrollment provisions, payroll deductions will continue at the level in effect immediately prior to any new Offering Commencement Date, unless changed in advance by the Participant in accordance with Section 6(c). A Participant who withdraws from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(c) may again become a Participant if such person is then an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Section 4(a)(i).

6

(b)          Limitations on Participation.

(i)          Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, no Eligible Employee shall be granted a right to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan:

(A)          if, immediately after the option is granted, such Eligible Employee owns shares of Common Stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Common Stock (for purposes of this Section 4(b)(i)(A), the rules of Section 424 of the Code shall apply in determining stock ownership of any Eligible Employee), pursuant to the requirements of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code; or

(B)          which right permits such Eligible Employee to purchase shares of Common Stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its Affiliates that shall accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 in Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (determined at the time such right to purchase Common Stock is granted) for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding, pursuant to the requirements of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code. When applying the limitations of this Section 4(b)(i)(B), the right to purchase Common Stock under an option accrues when the option (or any portion thereof) first becomes exercisable during the calendar year, the right to purchase Common Stock under an option accrues at the rate provided in the option, but in no case may such rate exceed $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such Common Stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for any one (1) calendar year, and a right to purchase Common Stock which has accrued under one option granted pursuant to the Plan may not be carried over to any other option to purchase Common Stock.

(ii)          Prior to any Offering Commencement Date, the Company shall specify, with respect to the Purchase Date for the relevant Offering Period, a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant.

(iii)          Prior to any Offering Commencement Date, the Committee may specify, with respect to the Purchase Date for the relevant Offering Period, a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable on such Purchase Date would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Committee action otherwise, a pro-rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

7

5.          Offering Periods.

(a)          Offering Periods.

(i)          The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with new Offering Commencement Dates commencing on the first Trading Day on or after January 1 and July 1 of each year (or at such other times as may be determined by the Committee). Each Offering Period shall comply with the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code. The Committee shall have the power to terminate or change the duration and/or frequency of the Offering Periods (including the Offering Commencement Date) with respect to future Offering Periods without stockholder approval. Any such changes shall be announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the affected Offering Period.

(ii)          A Subscription that is in effect on an Offering End Date will automatically be deemed to be a Subscription for the Offering Period that commences immediately following such Offering End Date, provided that the Participant is still an Eligible Employee and has not withdrawn such Participant’s Subscription in accordance with Section 6(c). Payroll deductions will continue at the level in effect immediately prior to the new Offering Commencement Date, unless changed in advance by the Participant in accordance with Section 6(c).

(b)          Grant of Option. On each Offering Commencement Date, each Participant shall be automatically granted an option to purchase as many shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share of Common Stock) as may be purchased with such Participant’s payroll deductions during the related Offering Period at the Purchase Price, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(a) and 4(b).

6.          Payroll Deductions.

(a)          Amount of Payroll Deductions. A Participant’s Subscription shall authorize payroll deductions at a rate, in whole percentages, of no less than one percent (1%) and no more than fifteen percent (15%) of such Participant’s Base Compensation on each payroll date that the Subscription is in effect. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payroll date following the Offering Commencement Date and shall continue until the Participant changes the rate of such Participant’s payroll deductions for a future Offering Period or terminates such Participant’s participation in the Plan, in each case, as provided in Section 6(c).

(b)          Participant’s Account. All payroll deductions made with respect to a Participant shall be credited to such Participant’s recordkeeping account under the Plan. A Participant may not make any separate cash payment into such account; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law or (ii) the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code. No interest shall accrue or be paid on any amount withheld from a Participant’s pay under the Plan or credited to the Participant’s account, unless required by law. All amounts in a Participant’s account shall be used to purchase whole shares of Common Stock and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no cash refunds shall be made from such account. Any amounts that are insufficient to purchase whole shares shall be credited to the Participant’s account, and added to any fractional amounts resulting on subsequent Purchase Dates. Upon liquidation or other closing of a Participant’s account, any remaining amounts not used to purchase whole shares of Common Stock on a Purchase Date shall be paid in cash to the Participant. In addition, any amounts that are withheld but unable to be applied to the purchase of Common Stock because of the limitations of Section 4(b) shall be returned to the Participant without interest and shall not be used to purchase shares of Common Stock with respect to any other Offering Period under the Plan.

8

(c)          Changes in Payroll Deductions; Termination of Subscription.

(i)          A Participant may elect to increase or decrease the Participant’s level of elected payroll deductions (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6(a)) for a future Offering Period by completing a Subscription through the online enrollment process through the Company’s designated Plan broker or, if permitted by the Company, submitting a Subscription, in the form prescribed for this purpose by the Company.

(ii)          Subject to such restrictions, prohibitions and procedures established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the Offering Commencement Date associated with an Offering Period, a Participant may terminate such Participant’s Subscription for the Offering Period (but may not otherwise increase or decrease such Participant’s level of elected payroll deductions under the Subscription with respect to such Offering Period) at any time prior to the Purchase Date.

(iii)          Any termination of a Subscription shall only be deemed effective if such termination is executed pursuant to procedures established by the Company. If a Participant terminates such Participant’s Subscription with respect to an Offering Period, the accumulated payroll deductions in such Participant’s account at the time the Subscription is withdrawn shall be paid without interest to such Participant as soon as practicable after receipt of such Participant’s notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s Subscription for the current Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further contributions for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be made during the Offering Period or subsequent Offering Periods until such Participant re-enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a)(i). Any re-enrollment in the Plan shall be effective only at the commencement of a subsequent Offering Period.

7.          Termination of Employment.

(a)          General. Termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason, including retirement, death or the failure of such Participant to remain an Eligible Employee of the Company or an Affiliate, shall immediately terminate such Participant’s participation in the Plan. In such event, the accumulated payroll deductions in such Participant’s account at the termination of such Participant’s employment shall be paid without interest to such Participant (or in the case of his or her death, to the persons entitled thereto under Section 11(e)) as soon as practicable after such termination of such Participant’s employment and such Participant’s Subscription for the current Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further contributions for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be made during the Offering Period or subsequent Offering Periods. For purposes of this Section 7, an Eligible Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that such leave of absence is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or re-employment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

9

(b)          Transfer of Employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company or a Designated Company will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from the Company or a Designated Company participating in a Section 423 Offering to the Company or a Designated Company participating in a Non-423 Offering, as applicable, the exercise of the Participant’s option will be qualified under the Section 423 Offering only to the extent that such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from the Company or a Designated Company participating in a Non-423 Offering to the Company or a Designated Company participating in a Section 423 Offering, as applicable, the exercise of the Participant’s option will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Offering.

8.          Exercise of Rights to Purchase Common Stock.

(a)          Automatic Exercise.

(i)          Unless a Participant terminates such Participant’s Subscription as provided in Section 6(c), a Participant’s right to purchase shares of Common Stock will be automatically exercised on each Purchase Date for the applicable Offering Period. The right to purchase shares of Common Stock will be exercised by using the accumulated payroll deductions in such Participant’s account as of each such Purchase Date to purchase the maximum number of whole shares of Common Stock that may be purchased at the Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest whole share). The number of shares of Common Stock that will be purchased for each Participant on the Purchase Date shall be determined by dividing (i) such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions in such Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date by (ii) the Purchase Price.

(ii)          At the time an option granted under the Plan is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant under the Plan are disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provisions for any applicable federal, state or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the United States, national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the Purchase Date or the disposition of the shares of Common Stock. In their sole discretion, and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company or the Designated Company that employs the Participant may satisfy their withholding obligations by (a) withholding from the Participant’s wages or other compensation, (b) withholding a sufficient whole number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable following purchase having an aggregate fair market value sufficient to pay the withholding obligations required to be withheld with respect to the shares of Common Stock, or (c) withholding from proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock issued upon purchase, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company.

10

(b)          Delivery of Common Stock.

(i)          As promptly as practicable after each Purchase Date, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a) shall be deposited into an account established in the Participant’s name with the broker designated by the Company for such purpose.

(ii)          Shares of Common Stock that are purchased under the Plan will be held in an account in the Participant’s name in uncertificated form. Furthermore, shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the “street name” of such Participant.

9.          Changes in Capitalization; Adjustments Upon Dissolution, Liquidation or Change in Control.

(a)          Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, (i) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been placed under option (collectively, the “Reserves”), (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 3(a), (iv) the Purchase Price per share and (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during an Offering Period, shall, if applicable, be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock (including any such change in the number of shares of Common Stock effected in connection with a change in domicile of the Company), or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or any increase or decrease in the value of a share of Common Stock resulting from a spinoff or split-up; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

11

(b)          Adjustments Upon Dissolution, Liquidation or Change in Control.

(i)          In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee.

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided in the applicable agreement, the consummation of which will result in a Change in Control, in the event of a Change in Control, the applicable Offering Period will be shortened by setting a New Purchase Date on which such Offering Period shall end; provided, that such New Purchase Date may be no later than the date of the consummation of the Company’s proposed Change in Control. Prior to the New Purchase Date, the Committee will notify each Participant, in writing or electronically, that the applicable Purchase Date has been changed to the New Purchase Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Purchase Date, unless such Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period prior to the New Purchase Date as provided in Section 6(c). Alternatively, the Committee and the successor corporation may provide that each outstanding option under the Plan will be assumed or an equivalent option will be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. For purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Change in Control, each holder of an option under the Plan would be entitled to receive the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to the transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the option at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the option as provided for in Section 9(a); provided, however, that if the consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code), the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of shares of Common Stock in the transaction.

10.          Administration.

(a)          Committee to Administer the Plan. The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan.

(b)          Authority of Committee. The Committee (or its designee) shall have full and plenary authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to (i) promulgate such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, (ii) interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States, the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan), (iii) determine eligibility and adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan, including whether Eligible Employees will participate in a Section 423 Offering or a Non-423 Offering and which Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company will be Designated Companies participating in either a Section 423 Offering or a Non-423 Offering, and (iv) take all action in connection therewith or in relation thereto as it deems advisable. All determinations by the Committee under the Plan shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding on upon all parties. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

12

11.          Miscellaneous.

(a)          Amendment and Termination.

(i)          The Board or the Committee may at any time and for any reason terminate the Plan. Except as provided in Section 9, no such termination of the Plan may affect options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering Period may be terminated by the Committee on a Purchase Date or by the Board’s setting a new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering Period then in progress if the Board determines that termination of the Plan and/or the Offering Period is in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders or if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering Period would cause the Company to incur adverse accounting charges as a result of a change after the Effective Date of the Plan in the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the Plan. Either the Board or the Committee may amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 9(a) and in this Section 11(a), no amendment to the Plan shall make any change in any option previously granted that adversely affects the rights of any Participant. In addition, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 or Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any applicable law or regulation), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as so required.

(ii)          Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant’s rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, the Board or the Committee shall be entitled to change the Offering Period, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll tax withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board or the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, are advisable and consistent with the Plan.

13

(iii)          In the event the Committee determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Committee may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(A)          amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(B)          altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period;

(C)          shortening any Offering Period by setting a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Committee action; and

(D)          reducing the maximum percentage of Base Compensation a Participant may elect to have deducted from payroll.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants.

(iv)          Upon termination of the Plan, the date of termination shall be considered a Purchase Date, and any cash remaining in Participant accounts will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock, unless determined otherwise by the Board or the Committee. Upon termination of the Plan, the Board or the Committee shall have authority to establish administrative procedures regarding the exercise of outstanding rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or to determine that such rights shall not be exercised.

(b)          Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company or any Affiliate under this Plan may be used by the Company or such Affiliate for any corporate purpose and neither the Company nor such Affiliate shall be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

(c)          Transferability; Restrictions on Disposition.

(i)          Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of a right to purchase Common Stock or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Sections 7(a) or 11(e). Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be void ab initio. During a Participant’s lifetime, rights to purchase shares of Common Stock that are held by such Participant shall be exercisable only by such Participant.

14

(ii)          The Committee may, in its sole discretion, place restrictions on the sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan by notice to all Participants of the nature of such restrictions given in advance of the Offering Commencement Date of such Offering Period. Any certificates issued for shares that are restricted pursuant to this Section 11(c)(ii), shall, in the discretion of the Committee, contain a legend disclosing the nature and duration of the restriction (including a description of the restricted period). Any such restrictions and exceptions determined by the Committee shall be applicable equally to all shares of Common Stock purchased during the Offering Period for which the restrictions are first applicable. In addition, any restrictions and exceptions applicable to the Common Stock shall remain applicable during subsequent Offering Periods unless otherwise determined by the Committee. If the Committee should change or eliminate any restrictions for a subsequent Offering Period, notice of such action shall be given to all Participants.

(d)          Term; Stockholder Approval of the Plan. The Plan shall be effective upon its approval by the Board and shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan shall occur prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall terminate on the earliest of the (i) termination of the Plan by the Board or the Committee (which termination may be effected by the Board or the Committee at any time), (ii) tenth (10th) anniversary of the approval of the Plan by the stockholders or (iii) issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

(e)          Designation of a Beneficiary.

(i)          If permitted by the Company, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Company, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(ii)          Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

15

(iii)          All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Company may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 11(e)(i) and 11(e)(ii), the Company and/or the Committee may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

(f)          No Employment Rights; Effect of the Plan.

(i)          The Plan does not, directly or indirectly, create in any employee or class of employees, any right with respect to continuation of employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate employing such person to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee’s employment at any time.

(ii)          The provisions of the Plan shall, in accordance with its terms, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Participant, including, without limitation, such Participant’s estate and the executors, administrators or trustees thereof, heirs and legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such Participant.

(g)          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(i)          The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(ii)          Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Plan, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any thereof, shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Participant shall irrevocably and unconditionally (A) submit in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any option, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof (a “Proceeding”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the court of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court, (B) consent that any such Proceeding may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company and each Participant may now or thereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Proceeding in any such court or that such Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agree not to plead or claim the same, (C) waive all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any option, (D) agree that service of process in any such Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (E) agree that nothing in the Plan shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

16

(h)          Code Section 409A. Options granted under a Section 423 Offering are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. Options granted under a Non-423 Offering are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A). In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

(i)          Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

(j)          Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

12.          Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares of Stock. Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, applicable state securities laws and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares of Common Stock may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Further, all shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s policies concerning compliance with securities or exchange control laws and regulations, as such policies may be amended from time to time. The issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or non-U.S. law with respect to such securities. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares of Common Stock as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares of Common Stock are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Common Stock if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

17

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THE EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

 
 

EXECUTION VERSION


Exhibit 10.18

 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT AND SECURITIES CONTRACT

 

between

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, 

as Buyer

 

and

 

HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION,

as Seller

 

Dated as of January 8, 2021

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page(s)
       
Section 1. Applicability; Transaction Overview   1
       
Section 2. Definitions   1
       
Section 3. No Commitment; Initiation; Termination   24
       
Section 4. Repurchases   30
       
Section 5. Income Payments; Price Differential   31
       
Section 6. Requirements Of Law   32
       
Section 7. Margin Maintenance   34
       
Section 8. Taxes   34
       
Section 9. Security Interest; Buyer’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact   38
       
Section 10. Payment, Transfer and Remittance   41
       
Section 11. Hypothecation or Pledge of Purchased Mortgage Loans   42
       
Section 12. [Reserved]   42
       
Section 13. Representations   42
       
Section 14. Covenants Of Seller   47
       
Section 15. Events Of Default   55
       
Section 16. Remedies   58
       
Section 17. Indemnification and Expenses   61
       
Section 18. Servicing   62
       
Section 19. Recording of Communications   64
       
Section 20. Due Diligence   64
       
Section 21. Assignability   64
       
Section 22. Transfer and Maintenance of Register   65
       
Section 23. Tax Treatment   66

 

i 

 

Section 24. Set-Off   66
       
Section 25. Terminability   67
       
Section 26. Notices And Other Communications   67
       
Section 27. Entire Agreement; Severability; Single Agreement   67
       
Section 28. GOVERNING LAW   68
       
Section 29. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS   68
       
Section 30. No Waivers, etc.   69
       
Section 31. Netting   69
       
Section 32. Confidentiality   69
       
Section 33. Intent   71
       
Section 34. Conflicts   72
       
Section 35. Authorizations   72
       
Section 36. Miscellaneous   72
       
Section 37. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes   73
       
Section 38. Effect of Benchmark Transition Event   73
       
Section 39. General Interpretive Principles   74

 

ii 

 

SCHEDULE 1-A REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RE: MORTGAGE LOANS
SCHEDULE 1-B REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RE: POOLED MORTGAGE LOANS
SCHEDULE 2 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES
SCHEDULE 3 INDEBTEDNESS OF SELLER
   
EXHIBIT A [RESERVED]
EXHIBIT B [RESERVED]
EXHIBIT C EVIDENCE OF BUYER LISTED AS LOSS PAYEE OF FIDELITY INSURANCE POLICY, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE POLICY, AND PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY
EXHIBIT D FORM OF SECTION 8 CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT E ASSET SCHEDULE FIELDS
EXHIBIT F FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT G FORM OF OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

iii 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT AND SECURITIES CONTRACT

 

This is a MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT AND SECURITIES CONTRACT, dated as of January 8, 2021, between Home Point Financial Corporation, a New Jersey corporation (“Seller”), and BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian Chartered bank acting through its Chicago Branch (“Buyer”).

 

Section 1.     Applicability; Transaction Overview. From time to time, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto may enter into transactions, on an uncommitted basis, in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer certain Mortgage Loans and all right, title and interest (including the Servicing Rights (as hereinafter defined)) in and to the Mortgage Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Mortgage Loans against the transfer of funds by Seller. Each such transaction involving the transfer of Mortgage Loans shall be referred to herein as a “Transaction” and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement, including any supplemental terms or conditions contained in any annexes identified herein, as applicable hereunder. This Agreement is not a commitment by Buyer to engage in the Transactions, but sets forth the requirements under which Buyer would consider entering into Transactions set forth herein.

 

Section 2.     Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

 

Accelerated Repurchase Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16(a)(i) hereof.

 

Acceptable State” shall mean any state acceptable pursuant to the Underwriting Guidelines in which Seller is licensed to originate Mortgage Loans.

 

Accepted Servicing Practices” shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions which service mortgage loans (a) of the same type as such Mortgage Loan in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, (b) serviced in accordance with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Government Agency servicing practices and procedures, as applicable, (c) in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note and Mortgage, and (d) in accordance with applicable law and regulations, including the servicing standards promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, for any Person, Net Worth of such Person plus Subordinated Debt (if approved for purposes of this calculation by Buyer in its sole discretion), minus all intangible assets, goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, any organizational expenses, receivables from shareholders, Affiliates or employees, any other asset as shown as an intangible asset on the balance sheet of such Person on a consolidated basis as determined at a particular date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person; provided that other than the Seller and its Subsidiaries, no other portfolio company of Stone Point Capital LLC or its affiliates shall be deemed an Affiliate of Seller. For the purposes of this definition, “control”

 

1 

 

means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have meanings correlative to the meaning of “control.”

 

Agency” means Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, as applicable.

 

Agency Approvals” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(ff) hereof.

 

Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan” means a Mortgage Loan that is in compliance with the eligibility requirements for swap or purchase by an Agency, under the applicable Agency guidelines and/or Agency Program.

 

Agency Program” means the specific mortgage backed securities swap program under the applicable Agency guidelines or as otherwise approved by an Agency pursuant to which the Agency Security is to be issued.

 

Agency Security” means a mortgage-backed security issued by an Agency.

 

Aggregate Facility Purchase Price” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Purchase Prices (as of such date of determination) of all Purchased Mortgage Loans then subject to a Transaction.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract between Buyer and Seller, dated as of the date hereof as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(cc) hereof.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(aa) hereof.

 

Appraised Value” shall mean the value set forth in an appraisal made in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Asset Schedule” shall mean with respect to any Transaction as of any date, an asset schedule in the form of a computer tape or other electronic medium (including an Excel spreadsheet) generated by Seller and delivered to Buyer and the Custodian, which provides information (including, without limitation, the information set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto) relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans in a format reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

 

Asset Value” means with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Government Mortgage Loan, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Purchase Price Percentage for the applicable Purchased Mortgage Loan and (ii) the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal balance of such Purchased Mortgage Loan or (b) the Market Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that the Asset Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan may be reduced to zero by Buyer if:

 

2 

 

(i)         a Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue has occurred and such Purchased Mortgage Loan has not been repurchased by Seller;

 

(ii)        the related Mortgage File has been released from the possession of the Custodian under the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement for a period in excess of the time permitted therefor under the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement;

 

(iii)       such Purchased Mortgage Loan has been subject to a Transaction hereunder for a period of greater than the Maximum Transaction Duration identified on the Pricing Side Letter for such Purchased Mortgage Loan;

 

(iv)       Buyer has determined in its good faith discretion that such Purchased Mortgage Loan is not eligible for whole loan sale or securitization in a transaction consistent with the prevailing sale and securitization industry;

 

(v)        such Purchased Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan for which the Mortgage File has not been delivered to the Custodian on or prior to the Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan Document Receipt Date;

 

(vi)       when the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to the Purchase Price for all Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans exceeds the Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan Limit; or

 

(vii)      when the Purchase Price of such Purchased Mortgage Loan is added to other Purchased Mortgage Loans, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans exceeds the Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price.

 

Assignment and Acceptance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21 hereof.

 

Assignment of Mortgage” shall mean an assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage.

 

Authorized Representative” shall mean, for the purposes of this Agreement only, an agent or Responsible Officer of Seller and Buyer listed on Schedule 2 hereto, as such Schedule 2 may be amended from time to time.

 

Bailee Letter” shall mean a bailee letter substantially in the form prescribed by the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement or otherwise approved in writing by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by Buyer giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market

 

3 

 

convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBOR Rate for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall mean, with respect to any replacement of the LIBOR Rate with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Price Differential Collection Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by Buyer giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time.

 

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” shall mean, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of Price Differential, prepayment provisions, and other administrative matters) that Buyer decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by Buyer in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if Buyer decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if Buyer determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as Buyer decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

 

Benchmark Replacement Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBOR Rate:

 

(a)          in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of the LIBOR Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the LIBOR Rate; or

 

(b)          in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

 

Benchmark Transition Event” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR:

 

(1)          a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the LIBOR Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Rate;

 

4 

 

(2)          a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBOR Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the LIBOR Rate, which states that the administrator of the LIBOR Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Rate; or

 

(3)          a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate announcing that the LIBOR Rate is no longer representative.

 

Benchmark Transition Start Date” shall mean (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the [***] day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than [***] after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller.

 

Benchmark Unavailability Period” shall mean, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR and solely to the extent that LIBOR has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder in accordance with this Agreement and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day upon which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed or banking and savings and loan institutions in the States of New York, Minnesota, Michigan, Texas, California, Illinois or the City of New York are closed, or (iii) with respect to any day on which the parties hereto have obligations to Custodian or on which Custodian has obligations to any party hereto, a day upon which Custodian’s offices are closed.

 

Buyer” shall mean Bank of Montreal, its successors in interest and permitted assigns, and with respect to Section 8, its participants.

 

Capital Lease” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any lease of, or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any Property by such Person as lessee that has been or should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Lease Obligations” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Capital Lease, any lease entered into as part of any sale leaseback transaction of any Person or any synthetic

 

5 

 

lease, the amount of all obligations of such Person that is (or that would be, if such synthetic lease or other lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease) capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents” shall mean (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) Buyer or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of [***] and (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of [***] and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed [***].

 

Change in Control” shall mean with respect to Seller, (a) Home Point Capital Inc. ceasing to own directly or indirectly more than [***] of the Equity Interests in and to Seller or (b) the sale, transfer, or other disposition (each, a “Disposition”) of all or substantially all of Seller’s assets (other than any Disposition permitted under this Agreement). For purposes of this definition, “Equity Interests” means, with respect to the Seller, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity of the Seller, including common stock, preferred stock, warrants, membership interests, partnership interests, limited partnership interests, convertible debentures, other debt securities which include voting rights in the Seller referred to, and any and all agreements, instruments and documents convertible, in whole or in part, into any one or more of the foregoing.

 

Closing Agent” shall mean, with respect to any Wet-Ink Transaction, an entity deemed satisfactory to Buyer (which may be a title company, escrow company or attorney in accordance with local law and practice in the jurisdiction where the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is being originated) to which the proceeds of such Wet-Ink Transaction are to be wired pursuant to the instructions of Seller. Unless Buyer notifies Seller (electronically or in writing) that a Closing Agent is unsatisfactory, each Closing Agent utilized by Seller shall be deemed satisfactory.

 

Closing Date” shall mean January 8, 2021.

 

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

6 

 

Committed Mortgage Loan” means a Purchased Mortgage Loan which is the subject of a Take-out Commitment with a Take-out Investor.

 

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32(a) hereof.

 

Contractual Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security (whether in the nature of stock or other equity interests, or otherwise) issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement (other than a Facility Document) to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which any of its Property is subject.

 

Correspondent Mortgage Loan” means a Mortgage Loan which is (i) originated by a Correspondent Seller and underwritten in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and (ii) acquired by the Seller from a Correspondent Seller in the ordinary course of business, for sale to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Correspondent Seller” means a mortgage loan originator that sells Mortgage Loans originated by it to Seller as a “correspondent” client.

 

Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17(a) hereof.

 

Custodial and Disbursement Agreement” shall mean, that certain Custodial and Disbursement Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among Seller, Buyer and Custodian, as may be amended from time to time.

 

Custodian” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association and any successor thereto under the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, or, prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such other entity as mutually agreed upon by Seller and Buyer; provided, however, that following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such other entity as may be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Cut- off Date” means, with respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans, the first calendar day of the month in which the related Settlement Date is to occur.

 

Cut -off Date Principal Balance” means, with respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans, the outstanding principal balance of such Pooled Mortgage Loans on the Cut- off Date after giving effect to payments of principal and interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date whether or not such payments are received.

 

DE Compare Ratio” means the Two Year FHA Direct Endorsement Lender Compare Ratio, excluding streamline FHA refinancings, as made publicly available by HUD.

 

Default” shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

 

Default Right” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

7 

 

Defaulting Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 31(b) hereof.

 

Disbursement Account” shall have the meaning set forth in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement.

 

Disbursement Agent” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, and any successor thereto under the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, or, prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such other entity as mutually agreed upon by Seller and Buyer; provided, however, that following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such other entity as may be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Dollars” and “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

DU Refi Plus” shall mean the Fannie Mae DU Refi Plus program.

 

Due Date” shall mean the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Due Diligence Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20 hereof.

 

Early Opt-in Election” shall mean the occurrence of:

 

(1)           a determination by Buyer that at least [***] currently outstanding U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) as a benchmark interest rate, in lieu of the LIBOR Rate, a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBOR Rate, and

 

(2)           the election by Buyer to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision by Buyer of written notice of such election to Seller;

 

Provided, that in either case Buyer is making a similar early opt-in election with respect to similarly situated counterparties with similar U.S. dollar-denominated bilateral repurchase facilities secured by residential mortgage loan collateral similar to that in connection with this Agreement.

 

Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3(a) shall have been satisfied.

 

Electronic Tracking Agreement” shall mean an Electronic Tracking Agreement that is entered into among Buyer, Seller, MERS and MERSCORP Holdings, Inc., to the extent applicable as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loan” shall mean a Mortgage Loan which:

 

(a)        has been approved by Buyer in its sole and absolute discretion on the related Purchase Date;

 

8 

 

(b)       complies with the representations and warranties set forth on Schedule 1-A; and

 

(c)       with respect to each Pooled Mortgage Loan, complies with the representations and warranties set forth on Schedule 1-B.

 

Environmental Issue” shall mean any environmental issue with respect to any Mortgaged Property, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, including without limitation, the violation of any Environmental Laws.

 

Environmental Laws” shall mean all Requirements of Law and Permits imposing liability or standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the workplace, the environment and natural resources, and including public notification requirements and environmental transfer of ownership, notification or approval statutes.

 

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and any successor thereto, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any Person, whether or not incorporated, that is a member of any group of organizations described in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code of which the Seller is a member.

 

Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy” means an errors and omissions insurance policy to be maintained by the Seller.

 

Escrow Payments” shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage or any other document.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15 hereof.

 

Event of ERISA Termination” shall mean (i) with respect to any Plan, a Reportable Event, or (ii) the withdrawal of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Plan during a plan year in which it is a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (iii) the failure by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA, or (iv) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to terminate any Plan, or (v) the determination that any Plan is or is expected to be in “at-risk” status, within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA or (vi) the failure to meet the requirements of Section 436 of the Code resulting in the loss of qualified status under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, or (vii) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or (viii) the receipt by Seller or any ERISA

 

9 

 

Affiliate thereof of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that action of the type described in the previous clause (vii) has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan, or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be “insolvent” (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) or in “endangered” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); or (ix) the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or (x) any event or circumstance exists which may reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for Seller to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412(b) or 430 (k) of the Code with respect to any Plan.

 

Exception Report” shall have the meaning set forth in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement.

 

Excluded Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Executive Order” shall mean the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (66 Fed. Reg. 49079).

 

Facility Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Pricing Side Letter, the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, any Electronic Tracking Agreement, the Reserve Account Control Agreement, the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, each Power of Attorney and any and all other documents and agreements executed and delivered by Seller in connection with this Agreement or any Transactions hereunder, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Fannie Mae” shall mean the Federal National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto.

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” shall mean the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

 

FHA” means the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto, and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee” means a corporation or institution approved as a mortgagee by the FHA under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and applicable FHA Regulations, and eligible to own and service mortgage loans such as the FHA Loans.

 

FHA Loan” means a Mortgage Loan which is the subject of an FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance” means, mortgage insurance authorized under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time, and provided by the FHA.

 

FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract” means the contractual obligation of the FHA respecting the insurance of a Mortgage Loan.

 

10 

 

FHA Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of Housing and Urban Development under the National Housing Act, as amended from time to time and codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other Department of Housing and Urban Development issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, circulars, notices and mortgagee letters.

 

FICO” shall mean Fair Isaac & Co., or any successor thereto.

 

Fidelity Insurance Policy” shall mean insurance coverage with respect to employee errors, omissions, dishonesty, forgery, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, property (other than money and securities) and computer fraud.

 

Freddie Mac” shall mean the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, applied on a consistent basis and applied to both classification of items and amounts, and shall include, without limitation, the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, its predecessors and successors.

 

Ginnie Mae” means the Government National Mortgage Association and any successor thereto.

 

GLB Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32(b) hereof.

 

Government Agency” shall mean Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, USDA, FHA, VA or other Governmental Authority governing such Government Mortgage Loan.

 

Government Mortgage Loan” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, USDA, FHA, VA or other Government Agency for purchase of Mortgage Loans.

 

Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, taxing, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any central bank, stock exchange, regulatory body, arbitrator, public sector entity, supra-national entity (including the European Union and the European Central Bank) and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

 

Gross Margin” shall mean, with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Guarantee” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise);

 

11 

 

provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The terms “Guarantee” and “Guaranteed” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

High Cost Mortgage Loan” shall mean a mortgage loan classified as (a) a “high cost” loan under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994; or (b) a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” or “predatory” loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law, regulation or ordinance imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees).

 

HUD” shall mean the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development.

 

Income” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, without duplication, all principal and income or dividends or distributions or other amounts received with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, including any insurance proceeds or interest payable thereon or any fees or payments of any kind, or other amounts received, but excluding any Escrow Payments and any and all fees, reimbursement and income entitled to be retained by a Servicer pursuant to the related Servicing Agreement.

 

Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person: (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within [***] of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements, sale/buy-back agreements or like arrangements; (g) Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; and (i) Indebtedness of general partnerships (if applicable) of which such Person is a general partner; provided, however, that the foregoing shall exclude non-recourse debt.

 

Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17(a) hereof.

 

Index” means, with respect to any adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the index identified on the Asset Schedule and set forth in the related Mortgage Note for the purpose of calculating the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate.

 

12 

 

Insolvency Event” shall mean, for any Person:

 

(a)        that such Person shall discontinue or abandon operation of its business; or

 

(b)        that such Person shall fail generally to, or admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(c)        a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or other similar official of such Person, or for any substantial part of its property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such proceeding is not dismissed within [***] of filing; or

 

(d)        the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or such Person’s consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or other similar official of such Person, or for any substantial part of its property, or any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

(e)        that such Person shall become insolvent; or

 

(f)         such Person, or any of its Subsidiaries, shall take any corporate action in furtherance of, or the action of which would result in any of the actions set forth in the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).

 

Intellectual Property” shall mean all rights, title and interests in or relating to intellectual property and industrial property arising under any Requirement of Law.

 

Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and among Seller, Buyer and the other parties thereto, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date” shall mean the date on which an adjustment to the Mortgage Interest Rate with respect to each Mortgage Loan becomes effective.

 

Interest Rate Protection Agreement” means, with respect to any or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any short sale of a US Treasury Security, or futures contract, or mortgage related security, or Eurodollar futures contract, or options related contract, or interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement, or similar arrangement providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies, entered into by Seller.

 

13 

 

Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

 

Joint Securities Account Control Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Joint Securities Account Control Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and among Seller, Buyer and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

LIBOR Rate” shall mean, the rate determined by Buyer on each Business Day a Transaction is outstanding equal to the higher of (a) [***] per annum, and (b) the offered rate per annum for one-month deposits of Dollars that appears on Bloomberg Screen US0001M Page, as of 11:00 A.M. (New York time) on such date. If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M. (New York time) on such date by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to Buyer in the London interbank market for a period of one month and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Aggregate Facility Purchase Price on such date of determination.

 

Lien” shall mean any lien, claim, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance.

 

Loan Program Authority” shall mean, with respect to Government Mortgage Loans, the applicable Government Agency.

 

Manufactured Home” shall mean any dwelling unit built on a permanent chassis and attached to a permanent foundation system.

 

Margin Call” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Margin Deficit” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Margin Payment” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Market Value” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for each Purchased Mortgage Loan, the whole-loan servicing released fair market value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan as may be reasonably determined by Buyer (or an Affiliate thereof) (which determination may be performed on a daily basis, at Buyer’s reasonable discretion and may take into account such factors as Buyer deems appropriate); provided, however, that the methodology for such determination is consistent with Buyer’s determination with respect to those similar mortgage loans it has purchased from unaffiliated sellers pursuant to similar warehousing facilities.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, when taken as a whole, the Property, business or financial operations of Seller, (b) a material impairment of the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under any of the Facility Documents to which it is a party and to avoid any Event of Default or (c) a material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of any of the Facility Documents.

 

14 

 

Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Maximum Transaction Duration” means the number of days that a Purchased Mortgage Loan can be subject to a Transaction as set forth on Exhibit A to the Pricing Side Letter.

 

MERS” shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.

 

MERS Designated Mortgage Loan” shall mean any Mortgage Loan registered with MERS on the MERS System.

 

MERS System” shall mean the system of recording transfers of mortgages electronically maintained by MERS.

 

Minimum Margin Threshold” shall mean [***].

 

MOM Mortgage Loan” shall mean any Mortgage Loan as to which MERS is acting as mortgagee, solely as nominee for the originator of such Mortgage Loan and its successors and assigns.

 

Monthly Payment” shall mean the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan.

 

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successors thereto.

 

Mortgage” shall mean each mortgage, or deed of trust, security agreement and fixture filing, deed to secure debt, or similar instrument creating and evidencing a first Lien on real property and other property and rights incidental thereto.

 

Mortgage File” shall have the meaning set forth in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate” shall mean the rate of interest borne on a Mortgage Loan from time to time in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Interest Rate Cap” shall mean, with respect to an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the limit on each Mortgage Interest Rate adjustment as set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage Loan” shall mean any Government Mortgage Loan, which is a fixed or floating-rate, one-to-four-family residential loan evidenced by a Mortgage Note and secured by a Mortgage.

 

Mortgage Note” shall mean the promissory note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor secured by a Mortgage.

 

15 

 

Mortgaged Property” shall mean the real property securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagor” shall mean the obligor or obligors on a Mortgage Note, including any Person who has assumed or guaranteed the obligations of the obligor thereunder.

 

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA as to which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has made contributions during the current year or the immediately preceding five (5) years or is required to make contributions or has any actual liability.

 

Negative Amortization” shall mean the portion of interest accrued at the Mortgage Interest Rate in any month which exceeds the Monthly Payment on the related Mortgage Loan for such month and which, pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage Note, is added to the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan.

 

Net Income” shall mean, for any period and any Person, the net income of such Person for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding extraordinary gains.

 

Net Operating Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Net Income before tax plus depreciation.

 

Net Worth” shall mean, with respect to any Person, an amount equal to, on a consolidated basis, such Person’s owner equity (determined in accordance with GAAP).

 

Nondefaulting Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 31(b) hereof.

 

Non-Excluded Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Non-Exempt Buyer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(e) hereof.

 

Obligations” shall mean any amounts due and payable by Seller to Buyer in connection with any or all Transactions hereunder, together with interest thereon (including interest which would be payable as post-petition interest in connection with any bankruptcy or similar proceeding) and all other fees or expenses which are due and payable to Buyer hereunder or under any of the Facility Documents.

 

OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(bb) hereof.

 

Officer’s Compliance Certificate” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Seller in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

Other Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

16 

 

Permits” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any permit, approval, authorization, license, registration, certificate, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission from, and any other Contractual Obligations with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.)

 

Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code that is or was at any time during the current year or immediately preceding five (5) years established, maintained or contributed to by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or with respect to which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has any actual liability.

 

Pooled Mortgage Loan” means any Mortgage Loan that is subject to a Transaction hereunder and is part of a pool of Mortgage Loans certified by the Custodian to an Agency for the purpose of being swapped for an Agency Security backed by such pool, in each case, in accordance with the terms of guidelines issued by such Agency.

 

Post-Default Rate” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Power of Attorney” shall mean a power of attorney in the form of Exhibit F hereto delivered by Seller.

 

Price Differential” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as of any date, the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the applicable Pricing Rate (or, during the continuation of an Event of Default, by daily application of the Post-Default Rate) for the related Purchased Mortgage Loan to the Purchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loan on a 360 day per year basis for the actual number of days during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Purchased Mortgage Loan and ending on (but excluding) the Repurchase Date for such Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

Price Differential Collection Period” shall mean, with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan and Price Differential Payment Date (except for the initial Price Differential Payment Date for such Purchased Mortgage Loan), the period that commences on the first (1st) day of the preceding month and ends on the last day of such month. The Price Differential Collection Period with respect to the initial Price Differential Payment Date for a Purchased Mortgage Loan shall be the period that commences on the applicable Purchase Date and ends on the last day of such month.

 

Price Differential Payment Date” shall mean (i) the fifth (5th) calendar day of the month, or the next succeeding Business Day, if such calendar day shall not be a Business Day and (ii) the Termination Date.

 

Pricing Rate” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

17 

 

 

Pricing Side Letter” shall mean that certain letter agreement between Buyer and Seller, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Professional Liability Insurance Policy” shall mean a professional liability insurance policy to be maintained by the Seller.

  

Property” shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Purchase Date” shall mean the date on which Purchased Mortgage Loans are transferred by Seller to Buyer or its designee.

 

Purchase Price” means, with respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan, the price at which such Purchased Mortgage Loan is transferred by Seller to Buyer, which shall equal:

 

(a) on the Purchase Date, the Asset Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan as of the Purchase Date;

 

(b) on any day after the related Purchase Date, the amount determined under the immediately preceding clause (a) decreased by the amount of any cash previously transferred by the Seller to Buyer and applied to reduce the Purchase Price of such Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

Purchase Price Percentage” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as determined in Buyer’s good faith discretion, (i) the related Mortgage Note, Mortgage or related guarantee, if any, are determined to be unenforceable; (ii) there has occurred and is continuing a Representation Issue; (iii) the underlying Mortgaged Property is found to have an Environmental Issue, for which Seller or the related Mortgagor does not promptly set up an escrowed reserve in an amount acceptable to Buyer; (iv) federal, state or local law enforcement agencies have seized the underlying Mortgaged Property or (v) such Purchased Mortgage Loan is either in active forbearance or has been more than thirty (30) days contractually past due.

 

Purchased Mortgage Loans” shall mean the collective reference to the Eligible Mortgage Loans that are purchased by Buyer and listed on the Asset Schedule attached to the related Transaction Notice (as Appendix I or otherwise), including the related Mortgage Files for which the Custodian has been instructed to hold pursuant to the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, to the extent such Mortgage Loans have not been repurchased in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Qualified Originator” shall mean an originator of Mortgage Loans which is acceptable under the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

Rating Agency” shall mean, each of Fitch, Inc., Moody’s and S&P, as applicable.

 

 

 

18 

 

Records” shall mean all instruments, agreements and other books, records, and reports and data generated by other media for the storage of information maintained by Seller or any other Person or entity with respect to a Mortgage Loan. Records shall include the Mortgage Notes, any Mortgages, the Mortgage Files, the credit files related to the Mortgage Loan and any other instruments necessary to document or service a Mortgage Loan.

 

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(b) hereof.

 

Regulations T, U and X” shall mean Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

Relevant Governmental Body” shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

 

Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

Reporting Period” means the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after the end of each calendar month.

 

Representation Issue” shall mean Buyer’s determination that there is a breach of a representation and warranty with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan (including a breach of any representation set forth on Schedule 1-A or Schedule 1-B hereof, as applicable), which breach adversely affects the value of such Mortgage Loan or Buyer’s interest therein, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Repurchase Assets” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9(a) hereof.

 

Repurchase Date” shall mean the earliest of (x) the Termination Date, (y) any date determined by application of the respective Maximum Transaction Duration, (z) the date on which Seller is to repurchase the Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to a Transaction from Buyer on a date requested pursuant to Section 4 hereof, including any date determined by application of the provisions of Sections 3 or 4 or 15 hereof.

 

Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

Repurchase Price” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the applicable Purchase Price minus (A) any payments made by or on behalf of Seller in reduction of the outstanding Repurchase Price in each case before or as of such determination date with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, plus (B) the sum of (i) any accrued and unpaid Price Differential, (ii) any increased costs, indemnification amounts, taxes and breakage fees allocable to the repurchase of such Purchased Mortgage Loan, and (iii) any other amounts due and payable under this Agreement with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, pursuant to the Pricing Side Letter.

 

 

19 

 

Required Insurance Policy” shall mean any Fidelity Insurance Policy, Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy or Professional Liability Insurance Policy.

 

Requirement of Law” shall mean with respect to any Person, the common law and any federal, state, local, foreign, multinational or international laws, statutes, codes, treaties, standards, rules and regulations, guidelines, ordinances, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees (including administrative or judicial precedents or authorities) and the interpretation or administration thereof by, and other determinations, directives, requirements or requests of, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and that are applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

  

Reserve Account” shall mean a segregated account established at the Reserve Account Bank, in the name of Seller and subject to a Reserve Account Control Agreement with Buyer which shall at all times contain a balance in an amount equal or greater than the Reserve Account Threshold, as such amount may be subject to set off by Buyer, following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, with respect to any Obligations.

 

Reserve Account Bank” shall mean BMO Harris Bank N.A., and any successor thereto under the Reserve Account Control Agreement.

 

Reserve Account Control Agreement” shall mean a blocked account control agreement providing the Buyer with control at all times over the Reserve Account.

 

Reserve Account Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Responsible Officer” shall mean (i) as to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer or, with respect to financial matters, the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer or any other officer of such Person whose responsibilities are substantially consistent with those of any of the foregoing or are tasked with acting on behalf of any of the foregoing and (ii) as to Seller, President, Chief Administrative Officer, Treasurer, Senior Managing Counsel or any other executive managing member.

 

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto.

 

Sanctioned Country” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(bb) hereof.

 

Sanctions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(bb) hereof.

 

SDN List” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(bb) hereof.

 

Section 4402” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 31 hereof.

 

Section 8 Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(e)(ii) hereof.

 

Securities Issuance Failure” the failure of a pool of Pooled Mortgage Loans to back the issuance of an Agency Security.

 

 

20 

 

Seller” shall mean Home Point Financial Corporation.

 

Seller Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(m) hereof.

 

Servicer” shall mean any servicer or subservicer appointed by Seller and approved by Buyer in its good faith discretion, which may be Seller.

  

Servicer Side Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18(c) hereof.

 

Servicer Termination Event” shall mean (i) an Event of Default hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Servicer (1) an event of default under the related Servicing Agreement, (2) such Servicer shall become the subject of an Insolvency Event, (3) such Servicer shall admit its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations under the Facility Documents, or (4) the failure of such Servicer to perform its obligations under any of the Facility Documents to which it is a party or the related Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, the failure of such Servicer to (A) remit funds in accordance with Section 5(a)(i) hereof, or (B) deliver reports to Seller when required.

 

Servicing Agreement” shall mean any servicing agreement entered into between Seller and a third party servicer, which form and substance has been approved by Buyer, as the same may be amended from time to time of which Buyer shall be an intended third party beneficiary.

 

Servicing Rights” shall mean rights of Seller or any other Person to administer, manage, service or subservice, the Purchased Mortgage Loans or to possess related Records.

 

Settlement Date” means, with respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans subject to a Transaction, that date specified as the contractual delivery and settlement date in the related Take-out Commitment pursuant to which Buyer or its designee under the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement has the right to deliver Agency Securities to the Take-out Investor.

 

SOFR” shall mean, with respect to any day, the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

 

Subordinated Debt” means, for any Person, Indebtedness of such Person which is (a) unsecured, (b) no part of the principal of such Indebtedness is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption, mandatory prepayment or otherwise) prior to the date which is one year following the Termination Date and (c) the payment of the principal of and interest on such Indebtedness and other obligations of such Person in respect of such Indebtedness are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the principal of and interest (including post-petition obligations) on the Transactions and all other obligations and liabilities of such Person to Buyer hereunder, in each case, on terms and conditions approved in writing by Buyer and all other terms and conditions of which are satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer.

 

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons

 

 

21 

 

performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

  

Take-out Commitment” shall mean a commitment of Seller to sell one or more Purchased Mortgage Loans to a Take-out Investor in an arms-length, all cash transaction, and the corresponding Take-out Investor’s commitment back to Seller to effectuate the foregoing.

 

Take-out Investor” shall mean any Person (other than an Affiliate of Seller) that has entered into a Take-out Commitment; provided that to the extent Purchased Mortgage Loans are sent pursuant to a Bailee Letter with a third party bailee that is not a nationally known bank prior to purchase, such third party bailee must be approved by Buyer in its good faith discretion.

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Term SOFR” shall mean the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

 

Termination Date” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

Transaction Notice” shall mean a request from Seller to Buyer, which may be by electronic means (including e-mail), to enter into a Transaction.

 

Trust Receipt” shall have the meaning set forth in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement.

 

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

Underwriting Guidelines” means the standards, procedures and guidelines of Seller for underwriting and acquiring Mortgage Loans, which are set forth in the written policies and procedures of Seller, which have previously been provided and such other guidelines as are identified and provided to Buyer.

 

Underwriting Package” shall mean with respect to any proposed Purchased Mortgage Loan, the Asset Schedule listing such proposed Purchased Mortgage Loan and such other computer readable file or other information requested by Buyer during the course of its due diligence and delivered prior to the date of a Transaction for such proposed Purchased Mortgage Loan containing, with respect to the related proposed Purchased Mortgage Loan, information in form and substance acceptable to Buyer in its reasonable discretion, together with a certification that Seller has no actual knowledge of any information concerning such proposed Purchased Mortgage Loan which is not reflected in such file or otherwise disclosed to Buyer in writing.

 

 

22 

 

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Repurchase Assets or the continuation, renewal or enforcement thereof is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

  

U.S. Special Resolution Regime” shall mean each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

USA Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended.

 

USDA” means the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

USDA Mortgage Loan” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria established by and guaranteed by the USDA.

 

VA” shall mean the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

VA Approved Lender” means a lender which is approved by the VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA Loans.

 

VA Loan” shall mean a Mortgage Loan which is subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement as evidenced by a loan guaranty certificate.

 

VA Loan Guaranty Agreement” shall mean the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan Document Receipt Date” shall mean the [***] Business Day following the applicable Purchase Date.

 

Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan” shall mean a Mortgage Loan originated by Seller in a transaction table-funded by Buyer, which origination or table funding is financed in part or in whole with proceeds of Transactions and as to which the Custodian has not yet received the related Mortgage File. A Mortgage Loan shall cease to be a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan on the date on which Buyer has received a Trust Receipt and Exception Report from the Custodian with respect to such Mortgage Loan confirming that the Custodian has physical possession of the related Mortgage File (as defined in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement) and that there are no Exceptions (as defined in the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement) with respect to such Mortgage Loan.

 

 

23 

 

Wet-Ink Transaction” shall mean a Transaction in which a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is the Purchased Mortgage Loan. A Wet-Ink Transaction shall cease to be a Wet-Ink Transaction on the date that the underlying Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan ceases to be a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan (in accordance with the definition thereof).

  

Section 3.             No Commitment; Initiation; Termination.

 

Prior to the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Buyer agrees that it may, in its sole discretion, enter into Transactions with Seller from time to time in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in the Aggregate Facility Purchase Price for all Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to then outstanding Transactions under this Agreement, together with any Eligible Mortgage Loans that are being offered by Seller for purchase under such Transaction to exceed, as of any date determination, the Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Seller and Buyer may enter into Transactions. This Agreement is not a commitment by Buyer to enter into Transactions with Seller but sets forth the requirements under which Buyer would consider entering into Transactions as set forth herein. For the sake of clarity, Seller hereby acknowledges that Buyer is under no obligation to agree to enter into, or to enter into, any Transaction pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(a)          Conditions Precedent to Initial Transaction. Buyer’s agreement (if any) to enter into the initial Transaction hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of such Transaction, of the condition precedent that Buyer shall have received from Seller any fees and expenses due and payable hereunder, and all of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel in form and substance:

 

(i)           Facility Documents. The Facility Documents, duly executed by the parties thereto;

 

(ii)          Opinions of Counsel. (A) A security interest creation and perfection, general corporate, Investment Company Act and enforceability opinion or opinions of counsel to Seller and (B) a Bankruptcy Code opinion of outside counsel to Seller with respect to matters outlined in Section 33, each of which shall be in a form acceptable to Buyer in its reasonable discretion;

 

(iii)         Organizational Documents. A certified copy of the articles of incorporation of Seller from the jurisdiction of organization of Seller delivered to Buyer prior to the Effective Date and copies of the organizational documents of Seller and evidence of all corporate or other authority for Seller with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the Facility Documents to which it is a party and each other document to be delivered by Seller from time to time in connection herewith;

 

(iv)         Good Standing Certificates. A certified copy of a good standing certificate from the jurisdiction of organization of Seller, dated as of no earlier than the date that is fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the date hereof;

 

 

24 

 

(v)          Incumbency Certificates. An incumbency certificate of the manager, member, director or other similar officer of Seller certifying the names, true signatures and titles of the representatives duly authorized to request transactions hereunder and to execute the Facility Documents to which it is a party;

 

(vi)         Security Interest. Evidence that all other actions necessary to perfect and protect the sale, transfer, conveyance and assignment by Seller to Buyer or its designee, subject to the terms of this Agreement, of all of Seller’s right, title and interest it may have in and to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Repurchase Assets, and other items pledged under Section 9(a) together with all right, title and interest in and to the proceeds of any related Repurchase Assets have been taken, including in each case performing UCC searches and duly authorized and filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements on Form UCC-1;

 

(vii)        Insurance. Evidence that the Seller has added Buyer as an additional loss payee under the Seller’s Fidelity Insurance Policy and as a direct loss payee with right of action under the Errors and Omissions Insurance Policy or Professional Liability Insurance Policy, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit C;

 

(viii)       [Reserved];

 

(ix)         Reserve Account. Evidence that the Reserve Account has been established, per the terms of this Agreement, and contains at least the Reserve Account Threshold; and

 

(x)          Other Documents. Such other documents as Buyer may request, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer.

 

(b)          Conditions Precedent to all Transactions. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3(a) hereof, and subject to the limitations set forth in the first paragraph of Section 3, Buyer may, in its sole discretion, enter into a Transaction with Seller. Buyer’s entering into each Transaction (including the initial Transaction) is subject to the satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent, both immediately prior to entering into such Transaction and also after giving effect thereto to the intended use thereof:

 

(i)           Due Diligence Review. Without limiting the generality of Section 20 hereof, Buyer shall have completed, to its satisfaction, its due diligence review of the related Mortgage Loans and Seller;

 

(ii)          No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Facility Documents;

 

(iii)         Representations and Warranties; Eligible Mortgage Loans. Both immediately prior to the Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the

 

25 

 

intended use thereof, the representations and warranties made by Seller in Section 13 hereof and on Schedule 1-A and Schedule 1- B hereto, as applicable, in respect of the related Purchased Mortgage Loan, shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such Purchase Date in all respects with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date);

  

(iv)         Maximum Purchase Price. After giving effect to the requested Transaction, the Aggregate Facility Purchase Price subject to then outstanding Transactions under this Agreement shall not exceed the Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price;

 

(v)          No Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue; No Margin Deficit. As of the related Purchase Date, (A) Seller shall not have failed to repurchase any Purchased Mortgage Loan pursuant to a repurchase request by Buyer pursuant to Section 4 hereof following the occurrence of a Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue with respect to such Purchased Mortgage Loan, and (B) no Margin Deficit shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans. Additionally, after giving effect to the requested Transaction, no Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue or Margin Deficit shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to the related Purchased Mortgage Loans;

 

(vi)         Transaction Notice. Seller shall have delivered to Buyer (a) a Transaction Notice and (b) an Asset Schedule;

 

(vii)        Delivery of Mortgage File. Seller shall have delivered to the Custodian the Mortgage File with respect to each Mortgage Loan that is not a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan and that is subject to the proposed Transaction, and the Custodian shall have issued a Trust Receipt showing no exceptions with respect to each such Mortgage Loan to Buyer as of the related Purchase Date all subject to and in accordance with the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement;

 

(viii)       [Reserved].

 

(ix)         Approval of Servicing Agreement. To the extent not previously delivered and approved, Buyer shall have, in its sole reasonable discretion, approved each Servicing Agreement pursuant to which any Mortgage Loan that is subject to such Transaction is to be serviced during the term of such Transaction;

 

(x)          Servicer Side Letter. To the extent the related Purchased Mortgage Loans are to be serviced or sub-serviced by a Servicer other than Seller, Buyer shall have received (a) a Servicer Side Letter with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans serviced by each Servicer and (b) if Buyer so requests in its sole reasonable discretion, an opinion of Seller’s counsel as to the enforceability of such Servicer Side Letter, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer;

 

(xi)         [Reserved.]

 

26 

 

(xii)        Requirements of Law. Buyer shall not have determined in good faith that the introduction of or a change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law applicable to Buyer has made it unlawful, and no Governmental Authority shall have asserted that it is unlawful, for Buyer to enter into Transactions hereunder, and Buyer shall have made a similar determination with respect to similarly situated counterparties with similar collateral;

 

(xiii)       No Material Adverse Change. None of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

 

(A)          an event or events shall have occurred in the good faith determination of Buyer resulting in the effective absence of a “repo market” or comparable “lending market” for financing debt obligations secured by securities or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to finance Mortgage Loans through the “repo market” or “lending market” with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events; or

 

(B)           an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the effective absence of a “securities market” for securities backed by Mortgage Loans or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in Buyer not being able to sell securities backed by Mortgage Loans at prices which would have been reasonable prior to such event or events; or

 

(C)           there shall have occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of Buyer which affects (or can reasonably be expected to affect) materially and adversely the ability of Buyer to fund its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

(D)           there shall have occurred (i) a material change in financial markets, a material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or a material change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions; (ii) a general suspension of trading on major stock exchanges; or (iii) a disruption in or moratorium on commercial banking activities or securities settlement services;

 

(xiv)       Certification. Each Transaction Notice delivered by Seller hereunder shall constitute a certification by Seller that all the conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) have been, or will be on the related Purchase Date, satisfied (both as of the date of such notice or request and as of Purchase Date);

 

(xv)        Repurchase Date. The Repurchase Date for each Transaction shall not be later than the then current Termination Date;

 

(xvi)       Reserve Account. Evidence that the Reserve Account contains at least the Reserve Account Threshold;

 

27 

 

(xvii)      [Reserved].

 

(xviii)     Correspondent Seller. With respect to each Correspondent Mortgage Loan, Seller shall not have received notice from Buyer that the related Correspondent Seller is not approved;

 

(xix)        Pooled Mortgage Loans. Prior to giving effect to any Transaction with respect to any Pooled Mortgage Loan, Buyer shall be added as a party to (i) the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement, in each case, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto;

 

(xx)         Other Documents. Such other documents as Buyer may request, consistent with market practices, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer; and

 

(xxi)        Security Release Certification. With respect to each Purchased Mortgage Loan that is subject to a security interest (including any precautionary security interest) immediately prior to the Purchase Date, Seller shall have received adequate documentation necessary to release the related secured party’s security interest in such Purchased Mortgage Loan and upon request shall provide such documentation to Buyer. If necessary, such secured party shall have filed UCC termination statements in respect of any UCC filings made in respect of such Purchased Mortgage Loan, and each such release and UCC termination statement has been delivered to Buyer prior to each Transaction and to the Custodian as part of the Mortgage File.

 

(c)          Initiation (Transactions other than Wet-Ink Transactions).

 

(i)           Unless otherwise agreed, Seller may request that Buyer enter into a Transaction with respect to any Eligible Mortgage Loans on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date to and excluding the Termination Date, by delivering to Buyer, with a copy to the Custodian, a (i) Transaction Notice, which must be received no later than [***] (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the requested Purchase Date, and (ii) an Asset Schedule, which must be received no later than [***] (New York City time) on the requested Purchase Date. The delivery of such Transaction Notice shall be deemed a representation and warranty that Seller has no actual knowledge of any material information concerning such Eligible Mortgage Loan which is not reflected in such Asset Schedule or Transaction Notice or other information or otherwise disclosed to Buyer in writing. Buyer shall have the right to review the information set forth on the Transaction Notice and accompanying Asset Schedule, the Underwriting Package and the Eligible Mortgage Loans proposed to be subject to a Transaction as Buyer determines during normal business hours. In the event the Asset Schedule provided by Seller contains erroneous computer data, is not formatted properly or the computer fields are otherwise improperly aligned, Buyer shall provide written or electronic notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller describing such error and Seller may either (a) give Buyer written or

 

 

28 

 

electronic authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Asset Schedule or properly align the computer fields or (b) correct the computer data, reformat or properly align the computer fields itself and resubmit the Asset Schedule as required herein. In the event that Seller gives Buyer authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Asset Schedule or properly align the computer fields, Seller shall hold Buyer harmless for such correction, reformatting or realigning, as applicable, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

(ii)          Upon Seller’s request to enter into a Transaction pursuant to Section 3(c)(i) and assuming all conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3 and have been met, on the requested Purchase Date, Buyer may, in its sole discretion purchase the Eligible Mortgage Loans included in the related Transaction Notice pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(iii)         Each Transaction Notice together with this Agreement, shall be conclusive evidence of the terms of the Transaction(s) covered thereby.

 

(iv)         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during such period Seller may sell to, repurchase from and resell to Buyer Eligible Mortgage Loans hereunder.

 

(v)          Seller shall deliver to the Custodian, in accordance with the terms of the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, the Mortgage File pertaining to each Mortgage Loan to be sold to Buyer hereunder on the requested Purchase Date. Upon Buyer’s receipt of the Trust Receipt in accordance with the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement and subject to the provisions of this Section 3, to the extent that Buyer agrees in its sole discretion to fund the related Purchase Price on the Purchase Date, such aggregate Purchase Price for the related Transaction shall then be made available to Seller by Buyer transferring, via wire transfer, in the aggregate amount of such Purchase Prices in funds immediately available in accordance with Section 10(b).

 

(d)          Initiation (Wet-Ink Transactions).

 

(i)           Seller may request a Wet-Ink Transaction hereunder, on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date to and excluding the Termination Date, by delivering to Buyer, with a copy to the Custodian, a transmission or transmissions which shall attach (i) a Transaction Notice with respect to the related Mortgage Loans, which shall be received no later than [***] (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the requested Purchase Date and (ii) an Asset Schedule with respect to the related Mortgage Loans, the latest transmission of which must be received by the Buyer and Custodian no later than [***] (New York City time) on such Purchase Date. Such Transaction Notice shall specify the requested Purchase Date. In the event the Asset Schedule provided by Seller contains erroneous computer data, is not formatted properly or the computer fields are otherwise improperly aligned, Buyer shall provide written or electronic notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller describing such error and

 

29 

 

Seller may either (a) give Buyer written or electronic authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Asset Schedule or properly align the computer fields or (b) correct the computer data, reformat or properly align the computer fields itself and resubmit the Asset Schedule as required herein. In the event that Seller gives Buyer authority to correct the computer data, reformat the Asset Schedule or properly align the computer fields, Seller shall hold Buyer harmless for such correction, reformatting or realigning, as applicable, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

  

(ii)          Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) and release to the Custodian the Mortgage File pertaining to such Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans no later than the Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan Document Receipt Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement.

 

(iii)         Upon the Seller’s request for a Transaction pursuant to Section 3(d)(i), the Buyer may, upon satisfaction of all conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) hereof, and provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, enter into a Transaction with Seller on the requested Purchase Date, in the amount so requested.

 

(iv)         Upon notice from the Closing Agent to Seller that a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan was not originated, such Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan shall be removed from the list of Eligible Mortgage Loans. The Seller shall notify Buyer in writing if a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan was not originated and has been removed from the list of Eligible Mortgage Loans.

 

Section 4.             Repurchases.

 

(a)          Seller shall repurchase the related Purchased Mortgage Loans from Buyer without penalty or premium on each related Repurchase Date. On the Repurchase Date for any Transaction, termination of such Transaction will be effected by reassignment to Seller or its designee of the Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to such Transaction against the simultaneous transfer of the Repurchase Price (excluding the amounts identified in clause (B) of the definition of Repurchase Price, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be paid on the next succeeding Price Differential Payment Date) to the account of the Buyer that is referenced in Section 10(a) of this Agreement. Buyer shall instruct the Custodian to release the Mortgage Files with respect to each repurchased Purchased Mortgage Loan to Seller or its designee at Seller’s expense on the related Repurchase Date.

 

(b)          So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Seller may effect a repurchase in connection with the sale or disposition of Purchased Mortgage Loans to a Take-out Investor or other applicable buyer; provided, that Seller shall be permitted to effect such a repurchase if a Default has occurred and is continuing only if such repurchase would cure such Default; provided, further, that Seller shall not be permitted to repurchase any Purchased Mortgage Loan if the release of such Purchased Mortgage Loans would result in a Margin Deficit unless such Margin Deficit

 

 

30 

 

is simultaneously cured by Seller in connection with such repurchase by payment by Seller. If Seller intends to make such a repurchase, by no later than [***] (New York City time) on the desired Repurchase Date, Seller shall or shall cause the Take-out Investor or other applicable buyer to (i) provide Buyer with a purchase advice notice identifying the Purchased Mortgage Loan(s) being repurchased and the related take-out price(s), and (ii) make payment directly to the account of the Buyer that is referenced in Section 10(a) of this Agreement in an amount equal to the aggregate net proceeds to be received by Seller in connection with the related sale. Buyer shall, on the same Business Day of receipt of such funds, apply such funds to the Repurchase Price of the related Mortgage Loans and shall, on the same Business Day of receipt of such funds, remit any excess to Seller; provided, that Buyer shall have no obligation to apply payments in the event that it is unable to identify the Purchased Mortgage Loans to which such payments correspond. Upon repurchase of the related Purchased Assets, Buyer will be deemed to have released its interests hereunder in such Purchased Assets, and Buyer shall represent to Seller, to the extent that good title was transferred and assigned by Seller to Buyer hereunder on the related Purchase Date, that Buyer is the sole owner of such Purchased Asset, free and clear of any other interests or liens caused by the Buyer’s actions or inactions.

  

(c)          Without limiting Buyer’s rights and remedies under Section 7 hereof or otherwise, if at any time there has occurred a Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Buyer may, at its option, by notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller (as such notice is more particularly set forth below, a “Repurchase Notice”), require Seller or its designee to repurchase such Purchased Mortgage Loan by remitting the related Repurchase Price (excluding the amounts identified in clause (B) of the definition of Repurchase Price, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be paid on the next succeeding Price Differential Payment Date) to the Disbursement Account of Buyer as soon as is practicable but, in any case, not more than two (2) Business Days after Buyer has delivered such Repurchase Notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller.

 

(d)          Buyer’s election, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to send a Repurchase Notice at any time a Purchased Mortgage Loan is no longer an Eligible Mortgage Loan shall not in any way limit or impair its right to send a Repurchase Notice at a later time.

 

(e)          The fact that Buyer has conducted or has failed to conduct any partial or complete due diligence investigation in connection with its purchase of any Purchased Mortgage Loan shall not affect Buyer’s right to demand repurchase or any other remedy as permitted under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.             Income Payments; Price Differential.

 

(a)          Income Payments.

 

(i)           If Income is paid in respect of any Purchased Mortgage Loans during the term of a Transaction, such Income shall be the property of Buyer.

 

 

31 

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, within two (2) Business Days of receipt and identification thereof, Seller shall, and shall cause Servicer to, deposit all Income into the account set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

  

(ii)          Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 5, within three (3) Business Days of receipt by Seller or Servicer of any prepayment of principal in full, with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, Seller shall or shall cause Servicer to remit such amount directly to the Disbursement Account of Buyer and Buyer shall immediately apply any such amount received to reduce the amount of the Repurchase Price due upon termination of the related Transaction and shall promptly remit any excess to Seller; provided, that Buyer shall have no obligation to apply payments in the event that it is unable to identify the Purchased Mortgage Loans to which such payments correspond.

 

(iii)         Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all funds received by Buyer pursuant to this Section 5 shall be applied to reduce the Obligations as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

(b)          Price Differential.

 

(i)           On each Business Day that a Transaction is outstanding, the Pricing Rate shall be reset and, unless otherwise agreed, the accrued and unpaid Price Differential for each Price Differential Collection Period shall be settled in cash on the following Price Differential Payment Date. Two (2) Business Days prior to the Price Differential Payment Date, Buyer shall give Seller written or electronic notice of the amount of the Price Differential due on such Price Differential Payment Date. On the Price Differential Payment Date, Seller shall pay to Buyer the Price Differential for such Price Differential Payment Date (along with any other amounts due from Seller under this Agreement or any other Facility Document), by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

 

(ii)          If Seller fails to pay all or part of the Price Differential by [***] (New York City time) on the related Price Differential Payment Date, with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall be obligated to pay to Buyer (in addition to, and together with, the amount of such Price Differential) interest on the unpaid Repurchase Price at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate until the Price Differential is received in full by Buyer. For the avoidance of doubt, Seller’s obligation to pay any Price Differential to Buyer shall not be deemed to be satisfied (and such Price Differential shall not deemed to be paid to Buyer) until the amount of such Price Differential is actually received by Buyer in the account of Buyer that is referenced in Section 10(a) of this Agreement (and not the Disbursement Account or any other account).

 

Section 6.              Requirements Of Law.

 

 

32 

 

(a)          If any Requirement of Law or any change in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

 

(i)           shall subject Buyer to any Tax or increased Tax of any kind whatsoever (other than Excluded Taxes) with respect to this Agreement or any Transaction or change the basis of taxation of payments to Buyer in respect thereof;

 

(ii)          shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of Buyer which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder; or

 

(iii)         shall impose on Buyer any other material condition; 

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Buyer, by an amount which Buyer deems to be material, of entering, continuing or maintaining any Transaction or to reduce any amount due or owing hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, (A) Buyer shall give Seller prompt notice thereof and (B) Seller shall, at its option, either (1) promptly repurchase all Purchased Mortgage Loans then subject to a Transaction or (2) promptly pay Buyer such additional amount or amounts as calculated by Buyer in good faith as will compensate Buyer for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable; provided that in making a determination of increased cost pursuant to this Section 6(a), Buyer shall treat Seller in substantially the same manner Buyer treats similarly situated counterparties for similar collateral; provided, further, that Seller shall not be responsible for any amounts under this Section 6(a) if such increased costs or reduced amount receivables are incurred by Buyer prior to the date that is ninety (90) days prior to Buyer’s notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller of such costs.

 

(b)          If Buyer shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by Buyer or any corporation controlling Buyer with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Buyer’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Buyer or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration Buyer’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Buyer to be material, then from time to time, Seller shall, at its option, either (1) promptly repurchase all Purchased Mortgage Loans then subject to a Transaction or (2) promptly pay Buyer such additional amount or amounts as calculated by Buyer in good faith as will compensate Buyer for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable; provided that in making a determination of increased cost pursuant to this Section 6(b), Buyer shall treat Seller in substantially the same manner Buyer treats

 

 

33 

 

similarly situated counterparties for similar collateral; provided, further, that Seller shall not be responsible for any amounts under this Section 6(b) if such increased costs or reduced amount receivables are incurred by Buyer prior to the date that is ninety (90) days prior to Buyer’s notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller of such costs.

 

(c)          If Buyer becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly notify Seller of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by Buyer to Seller shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

Section 7.             Margin Maintenance.

 

(a)          If at any time the aggregate outstanding Purchase Price of all Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to Transactions is greater than the aggregate Asset Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to Transactions (a “Margin Deficit”), and such Margin Deficit is greater than the Minimum Margin Threshold, then Buyer may by notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller (as such notice is more particularly set forth below, a “Margin Call”), require Seller to transfer to Buyer cash in an amount at least equal to the Margin Deficit (such amount, a “Margin Payment”).

 

(b)          If Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller on or prior to [***] (New York City time) on any Business Day, then Seller shall transfer the Margin Payment to Buyer or its designee no later than [***] (New York City time) on such Business Day. In the event Buyer delivers a Margin Call to Seller after [***] (New York City time) on any Business Day, Seller shall be required to transfer the Margin Payment no later than [***] (New York City time) on the following Business Day.

 

(c)          Seller shall transfer any Margin Payment to the account of Buyer that is referenced in Section 10(a) of this Agreement.

 

(d)          In the event that a Margin Deficit exists with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans, Buyer may retain any funds received by it to which the Seller would otherwise be entitled hereunder, which funds (i) shall be held by Buyer against the related Margin Deficit and (ii) may be applied by Buyer against the Repurchase Price of any Purchased Mortgage Loan for which the related Margin Deficit remains otherwise unsatisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer retains the right, in its sole discretion, to make a Margin Call in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.

 

(e)          The failure of Buyer, on any one or more occasions, to exercise its rights hereunder, shall not change or alter the terms and conditions of this Agreement or limit the right of Buyer to do so at a later date. Seller and Buyer each agree that a failure or delay by Buyer to exercise its rights hereunder shall not limit or waive Buyer’s rights under this Agreement or otherwise existing by law or in any way create additional rights for Seller.

 

Section 8.             Taxes.

 

 

34 

 

(a)          Any and all payments by Seller under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Facility Documents to which Seller is a party shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto, whether now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxation authority or other Governmental Authority (collectively, “Taxes”), unless required by law. If Seller shall be required under any applicable Requirement of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Facility Documents to Buyer, (i) Seller shall make all such deductions and withholdings in respect of Taxes, (ii) Seller shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld in respect of Taxes to the relevant taxation authority or other Governmental Authority in accordance with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (iii) the sum payable by Seller shall be increased as may be necessary so that after Seller has made all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and withholdings applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 8) Buyer receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Non-Excluded Taxes” are Taxes other than, in the case of Buyer (including for avoidance of doubt any assignee, successor or participant), (i) Taxes that are imposed on its overall net income (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which Buyer is organized or of its applicable lending office, or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) any other Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection (other than a connection arising from Buyer or Buyer’s assignor having executed, delivered, or performed its obligations or received payments under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Facility Documents) between Buyer or Buyer-transferor, as applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing the Tax, (iii) Taxes as a result of Buyer or Buyer-transferor, as applicable, changing its lending office after the Effective Date, (iv) Taxes attributable to Buyer or Buyer-transferor, as applicable, failing to comply with Section 8(e), and (v) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA (such Taxes that are expressly excluded from Non-Excluded Taxes, “Excluded Taxes”).

 

(b)          In addition, Seller hereby agrees to pay any present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property or value-added taxes, or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Facility Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Facility Document, except any Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Buyer and the jurisdiction imposing the Tax (collectively, “Other Taxes”).

 

(c)          Seller hereby agrees to indemnify Buyer for, and to hold it harmless against, the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes, and the full amount of Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable by Seller under this Section 8 imposed on or paid by Buyer and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. The indemnity by Seller provided for in this Section 8(c) shall apply and be made whether or not the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes for which indemnification hereunder is sought have been

 

 

35 

 

correctly or legally imposed or asserted. Amounts payable by Seller under the indemnity set forth in this Section 8(c) shall be paid within ten (10) days from the date on which Buyer makes written demand therefor.

 

(d)          Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of Taxes, Seller (or any Person making such payment on behalf of Seller) shall furnish to Buyer for its own account a certified copy of the original official receipt evidencing payment thereof.

 

(e)          For purposes of subsection (e) of this Section 8, the terms “United States” and “United States person” shall have the meanings specified in section 7701 of the Code. Each Buyer (including for avoidance of doubt any assignee, successor or participant) that either (i) is not incorporated under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia or (ii) whose name does not include “Incorporated,” “Inc.,” “Corporation,” “Corp.,” “P.C.,” “N.A.,” “National Association,” “insurance company,” or “assurance company” (a “Non-Exempt Buyer”) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the following properly completed and duly executed documents:

 

(i)           in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that is not a United States person, or is a foreign disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is entitled to provide such form, a complete and executed (x) U.S. Internal Revenue Form W-8BEN or U.S. Internal Revenue Form W-8BEN-E in which Buyer claims the benefits of a tax treaty with the United States, if applicable, providing for a zero or reduced rate of withholding (or any successor forms thereto), including all appropriate attachments or (y) a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms thereto); or

 

(ii)          in the case of an individual, (x) a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms thereto) and, if applicable, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D (a “Section 8 Certificate”) or (y) a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms thereto); or

 

(iii)         in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that is organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms thereto), including all appropriate attachments; or

 

(iv)         in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia and (y) is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms thereto) and, if applicable, a Section 8 Certificate; or

 

(v)          in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that (A) is treated as a partnership or other non-corporate entity, and (B) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, (x)(i) a

 

 

 

36 

 

complete and executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms thereto) (including all required documents and attachments) and (ii) if applicable, a Section 8 Certificate, and (y) without duplication, with respect to each of its beneficial owners and the beneficial owners of such beneficial owners looking through chains of owners to individuals or entities that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (all such owners, “beneficial owners”), the documents that would be provided by each such beneficial owner pursuant to this Section if such beneficial owner were Buyer; provided, however, that no such documents will be required with respect to a beneficial owner to the extent the actual Buyer is determined to be in compliance with the requirements for certification on behalf of its beneficial owner as may be provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, or the requirements of this clause (v) are otherwise determined to be unnecessary; or

 

(vi)         in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the document that would be provided by its beneficial owner pursuant to this Section if such beneficial owner were Buyer; or

 

(vii)        in the case of a Non-Exempt Buyer that (A) is not a United States person and (B) is acting in the capacity as an “intermediary” (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations), (x)(i) a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor form thereto) (including all required documents and attachments) and (ii) if applicable, a Section 8 Certificate, and (y) if the intermediary is a “non-qualified intermediary” (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations), from each person upon whose behalf the “non-qualified intermediary” is acting the documents that would be provided by each such person pursuant to this Section if each such person were Buyer.

 

Buyer agrees that if any form provided pursuant to clause (e)(i)-(vii) above it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Seller in writing of its legal inability to do so. If Buyer has provided a form pursuant to clause (e)(i)-(vii) above and the form provided by Buyer either at the time Buyer first becomes a party to this Agreement or, with respect to a grant of a participation, at the effective date of such participation, indicates a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be treated as Excluded Taxes and shall not cease to be Excluded Taxes, and qualify as Non-Excluded Taxes, unless and until Buyer provides the appropriate form, if any as required by Section 8(e), certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate shall be considered Excluded Taxes solely for the periods governed by such form. If, however, on the date (after the Effective Date) a Person becomes an assignee, successor or participant to this Agreement, Buyer-transferor was entitled to indemnification or additional amounts under this Section 8, then Buyer assignee, successor or participant shall be entitled to indemnification or additional amounts to the extent (and only to the extent), that Buyer transferor was entitled to such indemnification or additional amounts for Non-Excluded Taxes, and Buyer assignee, successor or participant shall be entitled to additional indemnification or additional amounts for any other or additional Non-Excluded Taxes.

 

37 

 

(f)           For any period with respect to which Buyer has failed to provide Seller with the appropriate form, certificate or other document described in subsection (e) of this Section 8, Buyer shall not be entitled to indemnification or additional amounts under subsection (a) or (c) of this Section 8 with respect to Non-Excluded Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided, however, that should a Buyer become subject to Non-Excluded Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, Seller shall take such steps at Buyer’s expense as Buyer shall reasonably request, to assist Buyer in recovering such Non-Excluded Taxes.

 

(g)          If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this subsection (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(h)          Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Seller hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Seller contained in this Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 8 shall require Buyer to make available any of its tax returns or any other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.

  

Section 9.             Security Interest; Buyer’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact.

 

(a)          Security Interest. On each Purchase Date, Seller hereby sells, assigns and conveys to Buyer all right, title and interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans listed on the related Asset Schedule to the extent of its rights therein, although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases and not loans (in each case, other than for accounting and tax purposes), in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be loans, and in any event, Seller, to the extent of its rights therein, hereby pledges to Buyer as security for the performance of the Obligations and hereby grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a first priority security interest in Seller’s rights, title and interest in:

 

38 

 

(i)           the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Records related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all Agency Securities related to Pooled Mortgage Loans that are Purchased Mortgage Loans or right to receive any such Agency Security when issued to the extent backed by any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Facility Documents (to the extent such Facility Documents and Seller’s rights thereunder relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans), any related Take-out Commitments related to such Purchased Mortgage Loans, any Property relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property, all insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan or any related Mortgaged Property, including but not limited to any payments or proceeds under any related primary insurance, hazard insurance and FHA Mortgage Insurance Contracts (if any) and VA Loan Guaranty Agreements (if any), any Income relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan, Interest Rate Protection Agreements related to such Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Reserve Account, and any other accounts (including any interest of Seller in escrow accounts) and any other payments, rights to payment (including payments of interest or finance charges) and general intangibles to the extent that the foregoing relates solely to any Purchased Mortgage Loans and any other assets to the extent relating solely to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any other accounts) or any interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans and any proceeds and distributions and any other property, rights, title or interests as are specified on a Trust Receipt and Exception Report with respect to any of the foregoing, in all instances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created in each case excluding any Take-out Commitments, insurance policies and Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the extent Seller may not, pursuant to the provisions thereof, assign or transfer, or pledge or grant a security interest in, such Take-out Commitments, insurance policies or Interest Rate Protection Agreements without the consent of, or without violating its obligations to, the related Take-out Investor, insurance provider or counterparty to such Interest Rate Protection Agreement, to such but only to the extent such provisions are not rendered ineffective against the Buyer under Article 9, Part 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code (collectively, the “Repurchase Assets”).

 

(ii)          The foregoing paragraph (i) is intended to constitute a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement related to the Agreement and transactions hereunder as defined under Section 101(47)(v) and 741(7)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(b)          Servicing Rights. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in the event that Seller is deemed to retain any residual Servicing Rights, and for the avoidance of doubt, Seller grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a first priority security interest in the Servicing Rights and proceeds related thereto and all of its contractual rights under the Servicing Agreement in respect of the servicing thereunder and in all instances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created, including all of Servicing Rights related to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, exclusive of any Purchased Mortgage Loan or contractual rights for the Purchased Mortgage Loan

 

 

39 

 

that, in either case, is repurchased in full by Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and therefore is no longer subject to a Transaction. The foregoing provision is intended to constitute a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement related to this Agreement and Transactions hereunder as defined under Sections 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code.

  

(c)          Financing Statements. Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file such financing statement or statements relating to the Repurchase Assets as Buyer, at its option, may deem reasonable and appropriate to protect Buyer’s interest therein. Seller shall pay the filing costs for any financing statement or statements prepared pursuant to this Section 9.

 

(d)          Buyer’s Appointment as Attorney in Fact. Seller hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Buyer and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Seller and in the name of Seller or in its own name, from time to time in Buyer’s discretion, for the purpose, following the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, of carrying out the terms of this Agreement and to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller hereby gives Buyer the power and right, on behalf of Seller without assent by, Seller if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to do the following:

 

(i)           in the name of Seller or in its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due with respect to any Repurchase Assets and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Buyer for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any Repurchase Assets whenever payable;

 

(ii)          to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened in writing against the Repurchase Assets; and

 

(iii)         (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any Repurchase Assets to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Buyer or as Buyer shall direct, including, without limitation, any payment agent with respect to any Repurchase Asset; (B) to send “goodbye” letters on behalf of Seller and Servicer and Section 404 Notices; (C) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Repurchase Assets; (D) to sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any Repurchase Assets; (E) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect

 

40 

 

the Repurchase Assets or any proceeds thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Repurchase Assets; (F) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Seller with respect to any Repurchase Assets; (G) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (F) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as Buyer may deem appropriate and (H) generally, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any Repurchase Assets as fully and completely as though Buyer were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Buyer’s option and Seller’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which Buyer deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Repurchase Assets and Buyer’s Liens thereon and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Seller might do.

  

Seller hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. In addition to the foregoing, Seller agrees to execute a Power of Attorney, the form of Exhibit F hereto, to be delivered on the date hereof. Seller and Buyer acknowledge that the Power of Attorney shall terminate on the Termination Date and satisfaction in full of the Obligations.

 

Seller also authorizes Buyer, if an Event of Default shall have occurred, from time to time, to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 16 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Repurchase Assets.

 

The powers conferred on Buyer hereunder are solely to protect Buyer’s interests in the Repurchase Assets and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Buyer shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Seller for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 10.           Payment, Transfer and Remittance.

 

(a)          Payments and Transfers of Funds. Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, all transfers of funds to be made by Seller hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at the following account maintained by Buyer: [***], not later than [***] New York City time, on the date on which such payment shall become due (and each such payment made after such time shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day). Seller acknowledges that it has no rights of withdrawal from the foregoing account.

 

(b)          Remittance of Purchase Price. On the Purchase Date for each Transaction, ownership of the Purchased Mortgage Loans shall be transferred to Buyer or its designee against the simultaneous transfer of the Purchase Price to the account (or accounts)

 

 

41 

 

designated by Seller to Buyer simultaneously with the delivery to Buyer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans relating to such Transaction.

 

Section 11.           Hypothecation or Pledge of Purchased Mortgage Loans. Title to all Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets shall pass to Buyer and Buyer shall have free and unrestricted use of all Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, subject to the terms of this Agreement. Buyer may engage in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Mortgage Loans or Repurchase Assets or otherwise engage in pledging, repledging, transferring, hypothecating, or rehypothecating the Purchased Mortgage Loans or Repurchase Assets. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate Buyer to segregate any Purchased Mortgage Loans or Repurchase Assets delivered to Buyer by Seller.

  

Section 12.           [Reserved].

 

Section 13.           Representations. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that as of the Purchase Date of any Purchased Mortgage Loans by Buyer from Seller and as of the date of this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder and at all times while this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder is in full force and effect:

 

(a)          Acting as Principal. Seller will engage in such Transactions as principal (or, if agreed in writing in advance of any Transaction by the other party hereto, as agent for a disclosed principal).

 

(b)          Intellectual Property. Seller and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary to conduct its business as currently conducted except for such Intellectual Property the failure of which to own or license would not be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Solvency. Neither the Facility Documents nor any Transaction thereunder are entered into in contemplation of insolvency or with intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of Seller’s creditors. The transfer of the Purchased Mortgage Loans subject hereto is not undertaken with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of Seller’s creditors. Seller is not insolvent within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. Section 101(32) and the transfer and sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loans pursuant hereto (i) will not cause Seller to become insolvent, (ii) will not result in any property remaining with Seller to be unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its business, and (iii) will not result in debts that would be beyond Seller’s ability to pay as same mature. Seller received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the transfer and sale of the Purchased Mortgage Loans subject hereto.

 

(d)          No Broker. Seller has not dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Mortgage Loans pursuant to this Agreement or such other Person who has received such commission or compensation.

 

(e)          Ability to Perform. Seller has the ability to perform each and every covenant contained in the Facility Documents to which it is a party on its part to be performed.

 

42 

 

(f)           Existence. Seller and each of its Subsidiaries: (a) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable; (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted and (ii) execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Facility Documents to which it is a party; (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, and licensed and in good standing, under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary; and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, in each case of clauses (a)-(d), except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)          Environmental Matters. Seller and each of its Subsidiaries is and has been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining and maintaining all Permits required by any applicable Environmental Law.

 

(h)          No Breach. Neither (a) the execution and delivery of the Facility Documents nor (b) the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated to be entered into by Seller in compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in (i) a breach of the organizational documents of Seller, or (ii) a breach of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or (iii) a breach of any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, or (iv) a breach of or default under other agreement or instrument to which Seller is a party or by which Seller or any of its Property is bound or to which Seller is subject, or (v) the creation or imposition of any Lien (except for the Liens created pursuant to the Facility Documents) upon any Property of Seller pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

 

(i)           Action. Seller has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Facility Documents to which it is a party; the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of each of the Facility Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on its part; and each Facility Document to which it is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller.

 

(j)           Approvals. Except for those that have previously been obtained, no authorizations, approvals, exemptions or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority or any securities exchange are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by Seller of the Facility Documents to which it is a party or for the legality, validity or enforceability thereof, except for filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Facility Documents.

 

(k)          Enforceability. This Agreement and all of the other Facility Documents executed and delivered by Seller, as applicable, in connection herewith are legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, as applicable, are enforceable against Seller, as applicable, in accordance with their terms except as such enforceability may be limited

 

 

43 

 

by (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity.

 

(l)           Indebtedness. As of the date of this Agreement, Seller’s Indebtedness is as set forth on Schedule 3.

 

(m)         Labor Relations. There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts existing, pending (or, to the knowledge of Seller or its Subsidiaries, threatened in writing) against or involving Seller or its Subsidiaries, except for those that would not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(n)          No Event of Default. No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(o)          Litigation. There are no actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are pending or threatened in writing) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any federal or state court or before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Facility Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) relates to any violation of the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act or any state, city or district high cost home mortgage or predatory lending law, which, with respect to subsection (ii), individually or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or constitute an Event of Default.

 

(p)          Margin Regulations. The use of all funds acquired by Seller under this Agreement will not conflict with or contravene any of Regulations T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

 

(q)          Taxes. Seller has timely filed all tax returns that are required to be filed by it and has timely paid all Taxes, except for any such Taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided or to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material Liens for Taxes, except for statutory Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

(r)           Investment Company Act. Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(s)          Purchased Mortgage Loans. The provisions of this Agreement are effective to either constitute a sale of the Repurchase Assets owned by Seller to Buyer or to create in favor of Buyer a valid security interest in all right, title and interest of Seller in, to and under any Repurchase Assets owned by Seller.

 

(t)           Chief Executive Office/Jurisdiction of Organization. On the Effective Date, Seller’s chief executive office, is, and has been located at 2211 Old Earheart Road,

 

44 

 

Suite 250, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105. On the Effective Date, Seller’s jurisdiction of organization is New Jersey.

 

(u)          Location of Books and Records. The location where Seller keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records related to the Repurchase Assets is its chief executive office.

 

(v)          True and Complete Disclosure. The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of Seller to Buyer in connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of this Agreement and the other Facility Documents or included herein or therein or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. All written information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of Seller to Buyer in connection with this Agreement and the other Facility Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate in every respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the date as of which such information is stated or certified. There is no fact known to a Responsible Officer of Seller, after due inquiry, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Facility Documents or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other writing furnished to Buyer for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(w)         ERISA.

 

(i)           Other than as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, during the immediately preceding [***] period, Seller and any ERISA Affiliate thereof has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Code and ERISA with respect to each Plan, Seller and any ERISA Affiliate thereof has complied with the minimum funding requirements with respect to each Plan and Multiemployer Plan, and no Event of ERISA Termination has occurred resulting in any liability to Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof.

 

(ii)          Seller is not currently or reasonably expects to be subject to any liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan, other than as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)         Seller provides medical or health benefits to former employees as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, or similar state or local law (collectively, “COBRA”) at no material cost to the employer.

 

(iv)         None of Seller or any Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has incurred a tax liability under Chapter 43 of the Code or a penalty under

 

 

45 

 

Section 502(i) of ERISA which has not been paid in full, except where the incurrence of such tax or penalty would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)          [Reserved].

 

(y)          No Reliance. Seller has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Facility Documents and each Transaction and as to whether such Transaction is appropriate and proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors (including without limitation, legal counsel and accountants) as it has deemed necessary. Seller is not relying upon any advice from Buyer as to any aspect of the Transactions, including without limitation, the legal, accounting or tax treatment of such Transactions.

 

(z)           Plan Assets. Seller is not an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of Title I of ERISA that is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, and Seller is not acting on behalf of any of the foregoing. Seller is not subject to any state or local statute that regulates investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, that is similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and that would be violated by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchased Mortgage Loans are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA in the hands of Seller.

 

(aa)        Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Seller and each Subsidiary of Seller is in compliance with all U.S. laws related to terrorism or money laundering (“Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) including: (i) all applicable requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (31 U.S.C. 5311 et. seq., (the Bank Secrecy Act)), as amended by Title III of the USA Patriot Act, (ii) the Trading with the Enemy Act, (iii) Executive Order, any other enabling legislation, executive order or regulations issued pursuant or relating thereto and (iv) other applicable federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” or anti-money laundering rules and regulations, in each case, except as could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or Governmental Authority with respect to compliance with such Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened in writing to the knowledge of Seller and each Subsidiary of Seller.

 

(bb)       Sanctions. Seller and each Subsidiary of Seller is in compliance in all respects with all U.S. economic sanctions laws, the Executive Order, any other executive orders and implementing regulations (“Sanctions”) as administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and the U.S. State Department, except as could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller (i) is a Person on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”), (ii) is a person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such person, (iii) is a Person organized or resident in

 

 

46 

 

a country or territory subject to comprehensive Sanctions (a “Sanctioned Country”), or (iv) is owned or controlled by (including by virtue of such Person owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any Person on the SDN List or a government of a Sanctioned Country such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Facility Document would be prohibited by U.S. law. Seller and each Subsidiary of Seller has instituted and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by Seller, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Sanctions, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(cc)        Seller, and each Subsidiary of Seller is in compliance in all respects with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”), (“Anti-Corruption Laws”), except as could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller, nor to the knowledge of Seller, any director, officer, agent, employee, or other person acting on behalf of Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation of applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(dd)       Brokers’ Fees; Transaction Fees. Except for fees payable to Buyer, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s or investment banker’s fee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(ee)        [Reserved].

 

(ff)         Agency Approvals. To the extent required by applicable law and/or necessary to issue an Agency Security, Seller and Servicer is (i) an FHA Approved Mortgagee, (ii) a VA Approved Lender and approved by Ginnie Mae as an approved issuer, (iii) approved by Fannie Mae as an approved lender, (iv) approved by Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, and (v) to the extent necessary, approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act (collectively, the “Agency Approvals”). In each such case, Seller is in good standing.

  

Section 14.            Covenants Of Seller. On and as of the date of this Agreement and each Purchase Date and on each day until this Agreement is no longer in force, Seller covenants as follows:

 

(a)          Preservation of Existence; Compliance with Law.

 

(i)           Seller shall preserve and maintain its legal existence;

 

(ii)          Seller shall (A) comply with all Requirements of Law (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws) and (B) shall not engage in any conduct or activity that could subject its assets to forfeiture or seizure, in each case, except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

  

 

47 

 

(iii)         Seller shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by Seller, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and applicable Sanctions;

 

(iv)         Seller shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to fail to comply with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 13(bb). None of Seller nor any Subsidiary of Seller, nor to the knowledge of Seller, any director, officer, agent, employee, or other person acting on behalf of Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller, will request or use the proceeds of Transaction, directly or indirectly, (A) for any payments to any Person, including any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, or otherwise take any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Person on the SDN List or a government of a Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States or in a European Union member state, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto. Furthermore, Seller will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the any Transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, Affiliate, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person participating in the transaction of any Sanctions;

 

(v)          Seller shall preserve and maintain all rights, privileges, licenses, franchises, permits or other approvals necessary for Seller to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Facility Documents and shall conduct its business in accordance with applicable law, except as would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(vi)         Seller shall keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b)          Taxes. Seller shall timely file all tax returns that are required to be filed by it and shall timely pay all Taxes, except for any such Taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided or to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Notice of Proceedings or Adverse Change. Except to the extent otherwise prohibited by any Government Agency, Governmental Authority or Requirement of Law, Seller shall give prompt notice (or notice within the timeframe as otherwise specified below) to Buyer after a Responsible Officer of Seller has any knowledge of:

 

 

48 

 

(i)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(ii)          [Reserved];

 

(iii)         [Reserved];

 

(iv)        as soon as reasonably possible, notice of any of the following events:

 

(A)         a material modification or termination in the insurance coverage of Seller as required to be maintained pursuant to Section 14(m) hereunder, with a copy of evidence of same attached;

 

(B)          any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Seller;

 

(C)          should Seller, for any reason, cease to possess all such applicable Agency Approvals as required herein;

 

(D)          promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of any Lien or security interest (other than security interests created hereby or under any other Facility Document) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Repurchase Assets; provided, however, that a breach of this Section 14(c)(iv)(D) with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan shall only result in Seller’s obligation to repurchase such Purchased Mortgage Loan;

 

(E)           as soon as practicable, but, in any case, no more than two (2) Business Days, after Seller has obtained knowledge of any fact that could reasonably be the basis of any Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue with respect to a Purchased Mortgage Loan, notice identifying the related Purchased Mortgage Loan with respect to which such Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue exists and detailing the cause of such potential Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue provided, however, that a breach of this Section 14(c)(iv)(E) with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loan shall only result in Seller’s obligation to repurchase such Purchased Mortgage Loan;

 

(F)           [Reserved];

 

(G)          any other event, circumstance or condition that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(v)          promptly, but no later than [***] after Seller receives notice of, or has knowledge of, any actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, pending or threatened in writing) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings, the existence of which is not required by law or regulation to remain confidential, affecting Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any federal or state court or before any

 

 

49 

 

Governmental Authority that (A) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Facility Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or (B) relates to any violation of the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act or any state, city or district high cost home mortgage or predatory lending law, which, with respect to clause (B), individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect or constitute an Event of Default; and

  

(vi)         promptly, but no later than [***] after Seller receives notice of the same, any Purchased Mortgage Loan agreed to be the subject of a Take-out Commitment and delivered to a Take-out Investor (whole loan or securitization) under a Bailee Letter, and which was rejected for purchase by such Take-out Investor; provided, that upon written request from Buyer, Seller shall provide an explanation as to why such Purchased Mortgage Loan was rejected for purchase by such Take-out Investor.

 

(d)          Reporting. Seller shall furnish to Buyer the following:

 

(i)           within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, other than the last calendar month of each fiscal quarter, the unaudited balance sheets of Seller as at the end of such calendar month, the related unaudited consolidated statements of income for the Seller, for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, accompanied by the Officer’s Compliance Certificate (including all specified schedules), executed by a Responsible Officer of Seller, which certificate shall state that said financial statements and schedules fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Seller, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such month (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(ii)          within forty-five (45) days after the end of the last calendar month of each fiscal quarter, the unaudited balance sheets of Seller as at the end of such calendar month, the related unaudited consolidated statements of income for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, the related unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows for the Seller, for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, accompanied by the Officer’s Compliance Certificate (including all specified Schedules), executed by a Responsible Officer of Seller, which certificate shall state that said financial statements and schedules fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Seller, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such month (subject to normal year-end adjustments);

 

(iii)         as soon as available and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Seller’s fiscal year, the audited balance sheets and the related statements of income for the Seller as at the end of such fiscal year, prepared by a certified public accountant in accordance with GAAP, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, accompanied

 

 

50 

 

by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall have no “going concern” qualification and shall state that said financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Seller, if applicable, as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

 

(iv)         within [***] after any material amendment, modification or supplement has been entered into with respect to any Servicing Agreement affecting any Purchased Mortgage Loan, a fully executed copy thereof, certified by Seller to be true, correct and complete;

 

(v)         within [***] following written request of Buyer, a monthly servicing and remittance report of each Servicer with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer; and

 

(vi)        except to the extent prohibited by any Government Agency, Governmental Authority or Requirement of Law, copies of relevant portions of all final written Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA, VA, Governmental Authority and investor audits, examinations, evaluations, monitoring reviews and reports of its operations (including those prepared on a contract basis) which provide for or relate to (A) corrective action required, (B) sanctions proposed, imposed or required, including, without limitation, notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, or (C) “report cards”, “grades”, or other classifications of the quality of Seller’s operations that in the case of any of clauses (A) through (C) would be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such operations.

 

(e)          Visitation and Inspection Rights. Subject to Section 32 herein and to the extent not prohibited by a Government Agency, a Governmental Authority or Requirement of Law, Seller shall permit Buyer to inspect, and to discuss with Seller’s officers, the affairs, finances, and accounts of Seller, the Repurchase Assets, OFAC sanctions scanning policies and procedures, including information relating to the method and frequency of scanning and the results of specific scans conducted on borrowers, anti-money laundering policies and procedures, and Seller’s books and records, and to make abstracts or reproductions thereof and, to the extent not prohibited by Requirements of Law, to duplicate, reduce to hard copy or otherwise use any and all computer or electronically stored information or data, in each case, (i) during normal business hours, (ii) upon reasonable notice (provided, that upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, no notice shall be required), and (iii) at the expense of Seller to discuss with Seller’s officers, its affairs, finances, and accounts.

 

(f)           Reimbursement of Expenses. Subject to Sections 17 and 20, on the date of execution of this Agreement, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for all expenses (including legal fees) incurred by Buyer on or prior to such date. From and after such date, Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyer for all expenses as the same are incurred by Buyer upon receipt of invoices therefor.

 

51 

 

 

(g) [Reserved.]

 

(h)          Further Assurances. Seller shall execute and deliver to Buyer all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further reasonable action that may be required under applicable law, or that Buyer may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Facility Documents or, without limiting any of the foregoing, to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first-priority of the security interests created or intended to be created hereby. Seller shall do all things reasonably necessary to preserve the Repurchase Assets so that they remain subject to the first priority perfected security interest hereunder.

 

(i)           True and Correct Information. All information, reports, exhibits, schedules, financial statements or certificates of Seller or any of its Affiliates thereof or any of their officers furnished to Buyer hereunder and during Buyer’s diligence of Seller are true and complete in all material respects and will not omit to disclose any facts necessary to make the statements therein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading. All required financial statements, information and reports delivered by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or in connection with Securities and Exchange Commission filings, if any, the appropriate Securities and Exchange Commission accounting requirements.

 

(j) ERISA Events.

 

(i)        Promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event of ERISA Termination which together with all other Events of ERISA Termination occurring within the prior twelve (12) months involve a payment of money by or a potential aggregate liability of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or any combination of such entities in excess of [***], Seller shall give Buyer a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has taken and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto.

 

(ii)       Promptly upon receipt thereof, Seller shall furnish to Buyer copies of (i) all notices received by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of the PBGC’s intent to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan; (ii) all notices received by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA involving a withdrawal liability in excess of [***]; and (iii) all funding waiver requests filed by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any Plan for which the amount of waived funding deficiency is reasonably expected to be more than [***], and all communications received by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any such funding waiver request.

 

52 

 

(k)          Financial Covenants. Seller shall comply with the financial covenants set forth in Section 3 of the Pricing Side Letter.

 

(l)           Investment Company Act. Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(m)         Insurance. Seller shall obtain and maintain insurance with responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily carried by business entities engaged in similar businesses similarly situated, including without limitation, the insurance required to be obtained and maintained by each Agency pursuant to the applicable Agency guidelines, and will furnish Buyer upon request full information as to all such insurance, and provide within [***] after receipt of such request the certificates or other documents evidencing renewal of each such policy. Seller shall continue to maintain coverage, for itself and its Subsidiaries, that encompasses employee dishonesty, forgery or alteration, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, Property (other than money and securities), and computer fraud in an aggregate amount of at least such amount as is required by each Agency.

 

(n)          Books and Records. Seller shall, to the extent practicable, maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing the Repurchase Assets in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain or obtain, as and when required, all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary for the collection of all Repurchase Assets.

 

(o)          Material Change in Business. Seller shall not make any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof, it being understood that Seller may engage in business lines and transactions related to the mortgage banking and/or lending business or businesses ancillary to the mortgage banking and/or lending business and/or the servicing of Mortgage Loans.

 

(p)          Limitation on Dividends and Distributions. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default or if an Event of Default would result therefrom, Seller shall not, without the prior written consent of Buyer, make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for, a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any equity interest of Seller, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution or dividend in respect of any of the foregoing or to any shareholder or equity owner of Seller, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Seller or any of Seller’s consolidated Subsidiaries.

 

(q)          Disposition of Assets; Liens. Seller shall not (i) cause any of the Repurchase Assets to be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred except in compliance with the applicable Facility Documents or (ii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, Lien, charge or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any of

 

53 

 

the Repurchase Assets, whether real, personal or mixed, now or hereafter owned, other than Liens in favor of Buyer.

 

(r)           Limitation on Accounting Changes. Seller shall not make any material change in the accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Seller or its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such change is required by GAAP, consistently applied, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s) ERISA Matters.

 

(i)        Seller shall not permit any event or condition which is described in any of clauses (i) through (x) of the definition of “Event of ERISA Termination” to occur or exist with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan if such event or condition, together with all other events or conditions described in the definition of Event of ERISA Termination occurring within the prior twelve (12) months, involves the payment of money by or an incurrence of liability of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, or any combination of such entities in an amount in excess of [***].

 

(ii)       Seller shall not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of Title I of ERISA that is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR §2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA. Seller shall not use “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, to engage in this Agreement or the Transactions hereunder. The Transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any state or local statute, applicable to Seller, that regulates investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and that are similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

(t) [Reserved];

 

(u)          Facility Documents. Seller shall not permit the amendment or modification of, the waiver of any event of default under, or the termination of any Facility Document without Buyer’s prior written consent. Seller shall not waive (or direct the waiver of) the performance by any party to any Facility Document of any action, if the failure to perform such action would adversely affect Seller or any Purchased Mortgage Loans in any respect, or waive (or direct the waiver of) any default resulting from any action or inaction by any party thereto.

 

(v)          Illegal Activities. Seller shall not engage in any conduct or activity that would be reasonably likely to subject its assets to forfeiture or seizure.

 

(w)         Transactions with Affiliates. Seller shall not enter into any new transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets or the rendering or accepting of any service with any Affiliate, unless such transaction is (a) not otherwise prohibited in this Agreement, (b) in the ordinary

 

54 

 

course of Seller’s business, and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Seller, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate.

 

(x) [Reserved].

 

(y)          Reserve Account. The Reserve Account Threshold shall be maintained at all times and Seller shall grant to Buyer any online access Seller has to the Reserve Account.

 

(z)           Hedging. Seller has entered into Interest Rate Protection Agreements or other arrangements, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates consistent with the terms of Seller’s hedging program.

 

(aa) [Reserved.]

 

(bb) [Reserved.]

 

(cc) [Reserved.]

 

(dd)      Agency Approvals; Servicing. Seller shall maintain its status with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, in each case in good standing. Seller shall take all commercially reasonable actions to maintain all of its applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Transaction.

 

(ee)       Additional Agreements. At all times during the term of this Agreement, Seller shall maintain at least one repurchase agreement, warehouse facility, guaranty or similar credit facility with an aggregate facility amount greater than or equal to the Aggregate Facility Purchase Price, with any Person covering similar assets in addition to this Agreement.

 

Section 15.           Events Of Default. If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) occur, Seller and Buyer shall have the rights set forth in Section 16, as applicable:

 

(a)          Payment Default. (i) Seller fails to make any payment of (A) Repurchase Price when due (other than Price Differential), whether by acceleration, mandatory repurchase (including following the occurrence of a Purchased Mortgage Loan Issue) or otherwise or (B) Price Differential or to cure any Margin Deficit when due, under the terms of the Facility Documents, or (ii) Seller fails to make any payment of any sum (other than Repurchase Price, Price Differential or Margin Deficit) when due under the terms of the Facility Documents within [***] of Seller’s receipt of notice; or

 

(b)          Immediate Representation and Warranty Default. Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed to be made by Seller contained in any of Sections 13(c) (Solvency); (f)(a) (Existence); (h) (No Breach); (i) (Action); (k) (Enforceability); (p) (Margin Regulations); (r) (Investment Company Act); (v) (True

 

55 

 

and Complete Disclosure); (w) (ERISA); (y) (No Reliance ); (z) (Plan Assets); (bb) (Sanctions); or (ff) (Agency Approvals), in each case, of this Agreement shall be determined by Buyer to have been untrue or misleading in any respect as of the time made or furnished; or

 

(c)          Additional Representation and Warranty Defaults. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein or in any other Facility Document (and not identified in clause (b) of Section 15) by Seller shall be determined by Buyer to have been untrue or misleading in any respect as of the time made or furnished (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1-A and Schedule 1-B; unless (A) Seller shall have made any such representations and warranties with actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of Seller that they were materially false or misleading at the time made or (B) any such representations and warranties have been determined in good faith by Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis), and if such default shall be capable of being remedied, such failure shall continue unremedied for more than [***] or

 

(d)          Immediate Covenant Default. The failure of Seller to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to Seller contained in any of Sections 14(a)(i) and (ii) (Preservation of Existence; Compliance with Law); (i) (True and Correct Information); (k) (Financial Covenants); (o) (Material Change in Business); (p) (Limitation on Dividends and Distributions); (s)(ii) (ERISA Matters); (v) (Illegal Activities); (w) (Transactions with Affiliates); or (dd) (Agency Approvals; Servicing); in each case, of this Agreement; or

 

(e)          Additional Covenant Defaults. The failure of Seller to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Facility Documents (and not identified in clause (d) of this Section 15), and if such default shall be capable of being remedied, such failure to observe or perform continues unremedied for more than [***]; or

 

(f)           Judgments. A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of [***] in the aggregate is rendered against Seller, in each case by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same is not satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof is not procured, within [***] from the date of entry thereof; or

 

(g)          Cross-Default. Seller is in default beyond any applicable grace period (A) under any Indebtedness in excess of [***], which default involves the failure to pay a matured obligation or permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations by any other party to or beneficiary with respect to such Indebtedness; or (B) in making any payment when due under, or performing any other material obligation under any Indebtedness or any other contract, between Seller, as applicable, on the one hand, and Buyer or any of its Affiliates on the other; or

 

56 

 

(h)          Insolvency Event. An Insolvency Event occurs with respect to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries; or

 

(i)           Enforceability. For any reason (i) Seller (or an Affiliate thereof) contests the validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of any Lien granted pursuant to the Facility Documents, (ii) any Person (other than Buyer) contests the validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of any Lien granted pursuant thereto, (iii) Seller, or any Affiliate seeks to disaffirm, terminate, limit, repudiate or reduce its obligations under any Facility Document or (iv) any Facility Document at any time fails to be in full force and effect in all material respects in accordance with its terms or shall not be enforceable in all material respects in accordance with its terms; or

 

(j) [Reserved.]; or

 

(k) [Reserved.]; or

 

(l)           Change in Control. A Change in Control occurs without the prior written consent of Buyer; or

 

(m)         Inability to Perform. Seller admits its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations under the Facility Documents; or

 

(n)          Failure to Transfer. Seller fails to transfer the Purchased Mortgage Loans to Buyer on or prior to the applicable Purchase Date (provided that Buyer has tendered the related Purchase Price); or

 

(o)          Government Action. Any Governmental Authority or any person, agency or entity acting or purporting to act under Governmental Authority takes any action to condemn, seize or appropriate, or to assume custody or control of, all or any substantial part of the Property of Seller, or takes any action to displace the management of Seller or to curtail its authority in the conduct of the business of Seller, or takes any action in the nature of enforcement to remove or materially limit or restrict the approval of Seller as an issuer, buyer or a seller of Mortgage Loans or securities backed thereby, and such action shall not have been discontinued or stayed within [***]; or

 

(p)          Assignment. Any assignment by Seller of this Agreement or any other Facility Document or any rights hereunder or thereunder without first obtaining the specific written consent of Buyer; or

 

(q) [Reserved.]; or

 

(r)           Financial Statements. Seller’s audited annual financial statements or the notes thereto or other opinions or conclusions stated therein are qualified or limited by reference to the status of Seller as a “going concern” or a reference of similar import; or

 

(s)          Servicer Default. A Servicer Termination Event occurs with respect to a Servicer and Seller fails to transfer the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to a

 

57 

 

successor servicer that is acceptable to Buyer within [***] of such Servicer Termination Event; or

 

(t)           Failure to Repurchase. Seller fails to repurchase a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is no longer an Eligible Mortgage Loan within [***] of notice from Buyer.

 

(u)          (I) Seller engages in any nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code), (II) the occurrence of an Event of ERISA Termination or (III) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan; and, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect

 

Section 16.           Remedies.

 

(a)          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the following rights and remedies are available to Buyer; provided, that an Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless expressly waived by Buyer in writing and shall be deemed to be not continuing once so waived:

 

(i)        At the option of Buyer, exercised by written notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised, even if no notice is given, immediately upon the occurrence of an Insolvency Event of Seller), the Repurchase Date for each Transaction hereunder, if it has not already occurred, shall be deemed immediately to occur (the date on which such option is exercised or deemed to have been exercised being referred to hereinafter as the “Accelerated Repurchase Date”).

 

(ii)       If Buyer exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subsection (a)(i) of this Section,

 

(A)       Seller’s obligations in such Transactions to repurchase all Purchased Mortgage Loans, at the Repurchase Price therefor on the Repurchase Date determined in accordance with subsection (a)(i) of this Section, (1) shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (2) all Income paid after such exercise or deemed exercise shall be retained by Buyer and applied to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price and any other amounts owed by Seller hereunder, and (3) Seller shall immediately deliver to Buyer any Purchased Mortgage Loans subject to such Transactions then in Seller’s or Servicer’s possession or control, including Purchased Mortgage Loans; and

 

(B)       to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Repurchase Price with respect to each such Transaction (determined as of the Accelerated Repurchase Date) shall be increased by the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of, on a 360 day per year basis for the actual number of days during the period from and including the date of the

 

58 

 

exercise or deemed exercise of such option to but excluding the date of payment of the Repurchase Price as so increased, (x) the Post-Default Rate in effect following an Event of Default to (y) the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of the Repurchase Date as determined pursuant to subsection (a)(i) of this Section.

 

(iii)       Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of one or more Events of Default, Buyer shall have the right to obtain physical possession of all files of Seller relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the Repurchase Assets and all documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans which are then or may thereafter come in to the possession of Seller or any third party acting for Seller and Seller shall deliver to Buyer such assignments as Buyer shall request. Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance of all agreements of Seller contained in Facility Documents.

 

(iv)       Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Buyer, or Buyer through its Affiliates or designees, may (A) immediately sell, without demand or further notice of any kind, at a public or private sale at such price or prices as Buyer may deem satisfactory any or all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, to retain such Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, and give Seller credit for such Purchased Mortgage Loans in an amount equal to the market value of the related Mortgage Loans (as determined and adjusted by Buyer in its sole discretion, giving such weight to the Market Value or outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as Buyer deems appropriate) against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Price for such Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets and any other amounts due and owing by Seller under the Facility Documents. The proceeds of any disposition of Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets effected pursuant to the foregoing shall be applied as determined by Buyer.

 

(v)       Seller shall be liable to Buyer for (A) the amount of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses, actually incurred by Buyer in connection with or as a consequence of an Event of Default, (B) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with covering transactions or hedging transactions, and (C) any other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket loss, damage, cost or expense arising or resulting from the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default. In addition, Buyer shall have the right to satisfy any Obligations with funds remaining in the Reserve Account.

 

(vi)       Buyer shall have, in addition to its rights hereunder, any rights otherwise available to it under any other agreement or applicable law.

 

59 

 

(b)          Seller acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the absence of a generally recognized source for prices or bid or offer quotations for any Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, Buyer may establish the source therefor in its sole discretion and (B) all prices, bids and offers shall be determined together with accrued Income. Seller recognizes that it may not be possible to purchase or sell all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets on a particular Business Day, or in a transaction with the same purchaser, or in the same manner because the market for such Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets may not be liquid at such time. In view of the nature of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, Seller agrees that liquidation of a Transaction or the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets does not require a public purchase or sale and that a good faith private purchase or sale shall be deemed to have been made. Accordingly, Buyer may elect, in its sole discretion, the time and manner of liquidating any Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets, and nothing contained herein shall (A) obligate Buyer to liquidate any Purchased Mortgage Loans or Repurchase Assets on the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default or to liquidate all of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or Repurchase Assets in the same manner or on the same Business Day or (B) constitute a waiver of any right or remedy of Buyer. Buyer may exercise one or more of the remedies available hereunder immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter without notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller. All rights and remedies arising under this Agreement as amended from time to time hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Buyer may have.

 

(c)          Buyer may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder without prior judicial process or hearing, and Seller hereby expressly waives any defenses Seller might otherwise have to require Buyer to enforce its rights by judicial process. Seller also waives any defense (other than a defense of payment or performance) it might otherwise have arising from the use of nonjudicial process, enforcement and sale of all or any portion of the Repurchase Assets, or from any other election of remedies. Seller recognizes that nonjudicial remedies are consistent with the usages of the trade, are responsive to commercial necessity and are the result of a bargain at arm’s length.

 

(d)         Without limiting the rights of Buyer hereto to pursue all other legal and equitable rights available to Buyer for Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Seller acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any failure to perform obligations hereunder would be inadequate and Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies in the event of any such failure. The availability of these remedies shall not prohibit Buyer from pursuing any other remedies for such breach, including the recovery of monetary damages.

 

(e)          Buyer shall have, in addition to its rights and remedies under the Facility Documents, all of the rights and remedies provided by applicable federal, state, foreign, and local laws (including, without limitation, if the Transactions are recharacterized as secured financings, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC of the State of New York, to the extent that the UCC is applicable, and the right to offset any mutual debt and claim), in equity, and under any other agreement between Buyer and Seller. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall be entitled to set off the

 

60 

 

proceeds of the liquidation of the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Repurchase Assets against all of Seller’s Obligations to Buyer, whether or not such Obligations are then due, without prejudice to Buyer’s right to recover any deficiency.

 

Section 17.           Indemnification and Expenses.

 

(a)          Except as expressly set forth herein to the contrary, Seller agrees to hold Buyer, and its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and indemnify any Indemnified Party against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind (including fees of counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party (collectively, “Costs”), relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby (including without limitation any such liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses arising from any acts or omissions of a Servicer), that, in each case, results from anything other than the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (which gross negligence or willful misconduct is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final judgment). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller agrees to hold any Indemnified Party harmless from and indemnify such Indemnified Party against all Costs with respect to all Purchased Mortgage Loans, that, in each case, results from anything other than the Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (which gross negligence or willful misconduct is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final judgment). In any suit, proceeding or action brought by an Indemnified Party in connection with any Purchased Mortgage Loans for any sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of any Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller will save, indemnify and hold such Indemnified Party harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction or liability whatsoever of the account debtor or obligor thereunder, arising out of a breach by Seller of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing to or in favor of such account debtor or obligor or its successors from Seller. Seller also agrees to reimburse an Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days following a receipt of an invoice therefor from such Indemnified Party for all the Indemnified Party’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or the preservation of Buyer’s rights under this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation the fees and disbursements of its counsel. Seller’s agreements in this Section 17 shall survive the payment in full of the Repurchase Price and the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Seller hereby acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are recourse obligations of Seller and are not limited to recoveries each Indemnified Party may have with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans. Seller also agrees not to assert any claim against Buyer or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the facility established hereunder, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this

 

61 

 

Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated thereby. This Section 17(a) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

(b)          Seller agrees to pay within thirty (30) days following a receipt of an invoice therefor from Buyer all of the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with (i) the development, preparation and execution of this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith and (ii), any amendment, supplement or modification to or the enforcement of, this Agreement, any other Facility Document or any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith. Seller agrees to pay within thirty (30) days following a receipt of an invoice therefor from Buyer all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including without limitation filing fees and all the fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to Buyer which amount may be deducted from the Purchase Price paid for the first Transaction hereunder. Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 20 and 31 hereof, Seller agrees to pay Buyer all the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket due diligence, inspection, testing and review costs and expenses incurred by Buyer with respect to Mortgage Loans submitted by Seller for purchase under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, those reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer pursuant to Sections 16(b) and 20 hereof.

 

(c)          The obligations of Seller from time to time to pay the Repurchase Price, the Price Differential, and all other amounts due under this Agreement shall be full recourse obligations of Seller.

 

Section 18.           Servicing.

 

(a)          Seller, on Buyer’s behalf, shall service or contract with a Servicer to interim service the Purchased Mortgage Loans consistent with the degree of skill and care that such Servicer customarily requires with respect to similar Mortgage Loans owned or managed by such Servicer and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. The Servicer shall (i) comply with all applicable Requirements of Law, and (ii) maintain all state and federal licenses necessary for it to perform its servicing responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement.

 

(b)          Seller shall cause the Servicer to hold or cause to be held all escrow funds collected by Seller with respect to any Purchased Mortgage Loans in trust accounts and shall apply the same for the purposes for which such funds were collected.

 

(c)          Seller shall, or shall cause the Servicer and any interim servicer to, deposit all collections received by Seller or Servicer on account of the Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(a).

 

62 

 

If any Mortgage Loan that is proposed to be sold on a Purchase Date is serviced or subserviced by a servicer other than a currently approved Servicer, or if the servicing of any Purchased Mortgage Loan is to be transferred from a currently approved Servicer to another servicer, Seller shall, prior to such Purchase Date or servicing transfer date, as applicable, (i) provide Buyer with the related Servicing Agreement pursuant to which such servicer shall service such Mortgage Loans, which Servicing Agreement shall be acceptable to Buyer in all respects, (ii) obtain Buyer’s prior written consent to the use of such servicer in the performance of such servicing duties and obligations, which consent may be withheld in Buyer’s sole discretion and (iii) provide Buyer with a fully executed servicer notice or letter agreement, executed by Buyer, Seller and such Servicer (each, a “Servicer Side Letter”), in form and substance acceptable to Buyer with respect to such Servicer. In no event shall Seller’s use of a Servicer relieve Seller of its obligations hereunder, and Seller shall remain liable under this Agreement as if Seller were servicing such Mortgage Loans directly. Seller hereby agrees and acknowledges, and shall cause any Servicer to agree and acknowledge, that Buyer or its designees shall have the right to conduct examinations and audits of the Servicer with respect to the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans. Buyer shall also have the right to obtain copies of all Records relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, including all documents relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and the servicing thereof.

 

(d)          Upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default hereunder or a Servicer Termination Event, Buyer shall have the right to immediately terminate the Servicer’s right to service the Purchased Mortgage Loans under the Servicing Agreement (subject to the related servicing transfer period) without payment of any penalty or termination fee. Seller and the Servicer shall cooperate in transferring the servicing and all Records of the Purchased Mortgage Loans to a successor servicer appointed by Buyer in its discretion.

 

(e)          If Seller should discover that, for any reason whatsoever, Seller or any entity responsible by contract to Seller for managing or servicing any such Purchased Mortgage Loan has failed to perform fully Seller’s obligations under the Facility Documents or any of the obligations of such entities with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer and promptly remedy any non-compliance.

 

(f)           The Servicer’s rights and obligations to interim service the Purchased Mortgage Loans shall terminate on the twentieth (20th) day of each calendar month (and if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), unless otherwise directed in writing by the Buyer prior to such date. For purposes of this provision, notice provided by electronic mail shall constitute written notice. For the avoidance of doubt, this Subsection 18(f) shall no longer apply to any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is repurchased in full by Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and therefore is no longer subject to a Transaction. Upon termination in accordance with the first sentence of this Subsection 18(f), the Servicer shall transfer servicing, including, without limitation, delivery of all servicing files in Servicer’s possession to the designee of the Buyer. The Servicer’s delivery of servicing files shall be in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. The Seller and Servicer shall have no right to select a

 

63 

 

subservicer or successor servicer. After the servicing terminates and until the date the servicing is transferred, the Servicer shall service the Purchased Mortgage Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and for the benefit of the Buyer.

 

Section 19.           Recording of Communications. Buyer and Seller shall have the right (but not the obligation) from time to time to make or cause to be made tape recordings of communications between its employees and those of the other party with respect to Transactions upon notice to the other party of such recording.

 

Section 20.          Due Diligence. Seller acknowledges that Buyer has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans and Seller, including, without limitation, financial information, organization documents, business plans, purchase agreements and underwriting purchase models for each pool of Purchased Mortgage Loans, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, to review the servicing of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, or otherwise, and Seller agrees that upon reasonable prior written notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred, in which case no notice is required, Buyer or its Authorized Representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of the Mortgage Files and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Purchased Mortgage Loans (the “Due Diligence Documents”) in the possession or under the control of Seller and/or the Custodian. Seller also shall make available to Buyer a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Purchased Mortgage Loans. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller acknowledges that Buyer may purchase Purchased Mortgage Loans from Seller and enter into additional Transactions with respect to the Purchased Mortgage Loans based solely upon the information provided by Seller to Buyer in the Asset Schedule and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and that Buyer, at its option, has the right at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on a reasonable portion of the Purchased Mortgage Loans purchased in a Transaction, including, without limitation, ordering new credit reports and new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties with respect to the Mortgage Loans and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such Mortgage Loan, which information may be used by Buyer to calculate Market Value. Buyer may underwrite such Purchased Mortgage Loans itself or engage a mutually agreed upon third party underwriter to perform such underwriting. Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer or any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer with access to any documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the possession, or under the control, of Seller. Seller further agrees that Seller shall pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with Buyer’s due diligence activities pursuant to this Section 20, in an amount not to exceed [***] per calendar year.

 

Section 21.           Assignability.

 

(a)          The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement and under any Transaction shall not be assigned by Seller without the prior written consent of Buyer. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement and any Transactions shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and

 

64 

 

assigns. Nothing in this Agreement express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties to this Agreement and their successors hereunder, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, power, remedy or claim under this Agreement. Prior to the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, Buyer may from time to time assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Facility Documents to any Person pursuant to an executed assignment and acceptance by Buyer and assignee (“Assignment and Acceptance”), specifying the percentage or portion of such rights and obligations assigned upon at least five (5) Business Days’ notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller and with the prior written consent of Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, that with respect to any assignment to an Affiliate of Buyer or any assignment by Buyer during the continuation of an Event of Default, no such notice to or consent from Seller shall be required. Upon such assignment, (a) such assignee shall be a party hereto and to each Facility Document to the extent of the percentage or portion set forth in the Assignment and Acceptance, and shall succeed to the applicable rights and obligations of Buyer hereunder, and (b) Buyer shall, to the extent that such rights and obligations have been so assigned by it be released from its obligations hereunder and under the Facility Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Assignment and Acceptance, Seller shall continue to take directions solely from Buyer unless otherwise notified by Buyer in writing. Buyer may distribute to any prospective assignee any document or other information delivered to Buyer by Seller solely to the extent such prospective assignee is subject to an agreement with Buyer similar in substance to what is set forth in Section 32.

 

(b)          Buyer, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller (provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such sale), may sell participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Person; provided, however, that (i) Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) Buyer shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (iii) Seller shall continue to deal solely and directly with Buyer in connection with Buyer’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Facility Documents except as provided in Section 8; provided that no such restrictions shall apply with respect to any sale to any Affiliate of Buyer or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and provided further that Buyer shall act as agent for all purchasers, assignees and point of contact for Seller pursuant to agency provisions to be agreed upon by Buyer, its intended purchasers and/or assignees and Seller.

 

(c)          Buyer may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 21, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, as the case may be, any information relating to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or to any aspect of the Transactions that has been furnished to Buyer by or on behalf of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 22.           Transfer and Maintenance of Register.

 

(a)          Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 22, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and

 

65 

 

Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of Buyer under this Agreement.

 

(b)          Seller shall maintain a register (the “Register”) on which it shall record Buyer’s rights hereunder, and each Assignment and Acceptance and participation. The Register shall include the names and addresses of Buyer (including all assignees, successors and participants) and the percentage or portion of such rights and obligations assigned or participated. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the parties shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Buyer hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation shall not affect Seller’s obligations in respect of such rights. If Buyer sells a participation in its rights hereunder, it shall provide Seller, or maintain as agent of Seller, the information described in this paragraph and permit Seller to review such information as reasonably needed for Seller to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or under any applicable Requirement of Law.

 

Section 23.           Tax Treatment. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it is its intent for purposes of U.S. federal taxes and all relevant state and local income and franchise taxes, to treat each Transaction as indebtedness of Seller that is secured by the Purchased Mortgage Loans and that the Purchased Mortgage Loans are owned by Seller in the absence of a Default by Seller. All parties to this Agreement agree to such treatment and agree to take no action inconsistent with this treatment, unless required by law.

 

Section 24.           Set-Off.

 

(a)          In addition to any rights and remedies of Buyer hereunder and by law, Buyer shall have the right during the continuation of an Event of Default, without prior notice to a Responsible Officer of Seller, any such notice being expressly waived by Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law to set-off and appropriate and apply against any obligation from Seller to Buyer or any Affiliate thereof any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other obligation (including to return excess margin), credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by or due from Buyer or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Seller. Buyer agrees promptly to notify Seller after any such set-off and application made by Buyer; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

(b)          Buyer shall at any time have the right, in each case until such time as Buyer determines otherwise, to retain, to suspend payment or performance of, or to decline to remit, any amounts or deliver any property that Buyer would otherwise be obligated to pay, remit or deliver to Seller hereunder if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. For avoidance of doubt and not as a limitation, Buyer may set-off any amounts in the Reserve Account against any outstanding Obligations provided an Event

 

66 

 

of Default has occurred and is continuing, but may not set-off, transfer or withdraw any amounts from the Reserve Account unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 25.           Terminability. Each representation and warranty made or deemed to be made by entering into a Transaction, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty, and Buyer shall not be deemed to have waived any Default that may arise because any such representation or warranty shall have proved to be false or misleading, notwithstanding that Buyer may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or misleading at the time the Transaction was made. The obligations of Seller under Section 17 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 26.           Notices And Other Communications. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, all notices, requests and other communications provided for herein (including without limitation any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including without limitation by email or facsimile) delivered to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof or thereof); or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and except for notices given under Sections 3 and 4 (which shall be effective only on receipt), all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. In all cases, to the extent that the related individual set forth in the respective “Attention” line is no longer employed by the respective Person, such notice may be given to the attention of a Responsible Officer of the respective Person or to the attention of such individual or individuals as subsequently notified in writing by a Responsible Officer of the respective Person.

 

Section 27.           Entire Agreement; Severability; Single Agreement.

 

(a)          This Agreement and the Facility Documents collectively constitute the entire understanding between Buyer and Seller with respect to the subject matter they cover and shall supersede any existing agreements between the parties containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions involving Purchased Mortgage Loans. By acceptance of this Agreement, Buyer and Seller acknowledge that they have not made, and are not relying upon, any statements, representations, promises or undertakings not contained in this Agreement. Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

(b)          Buyer and Seller acknowledge that, and have entered hereinto and will enter into each Transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and that each has been entered into in consideration of the other Transactions. Accordingly, each of Buyer and Seller agrees (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such

 

67 

 

obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, (ii) that payments, deliveries, and other transfers made by either of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries, and other transfers in respect of any other Transactions hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries, and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted and (iii) to promptly provide notice to the other after any such set off or application.

 

Section 28.           GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF, OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, WHICH SHALL GOVERN.

 

Section 29.           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS. BUYER AND SELLER EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

 

(a)          SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FACILITY DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

(b)         CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

 

(c)          AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH UNDER ITS SIGNATURE BELOW OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED;

 

(d)          AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND

 

68 

 

(e)         BUYER AND SELLER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER FACILITY DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

Section 30.            No Waivers, etc. No failure on the part of Buyer to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Facility Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Facility Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. An Event of Default hereunder shall be deemed to be not continuing once waived by the Buyer.

 

Section 31.           Netting. If Buyer and Seller are “financial institutions” as now or hereinafter defined in Section 4402 of Title 12 of the United States Code (“Section 4402”) and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder,

 

(a)          All amounts to be paid or advanced by one party to or on behalf of the other under this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder shall be deemed to be “payment obligations” and all amounts to be received by or on behalf of one party from the other under this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder shall be deemed to be “payment entitlements” within the meaning of Section 4402, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be a “netting contract” as defined in Section 4402.

 

(b)          The payment obligations and the payment entitlements of the parties hereto pursuant to this Agreement and any Transaction hereunder shall be netted as follows. In the event that either party shall fail to honor any payment obligation under this Agreement or any Transaction hereunder (the “Defaulting Party”), the other party (the “Nondefaulting Party”) shall be entitled to reduce the amount of any payment to be made by the Nondefaulting Party to the Defaulting Party by the amount of the payment obligation that the Defaulting Party failed to honor.

 

Section 32.           Confidentiality.

 

(a)          Buyer and Seller each hereby acknowledges and agrees that all written or computer-readable information provided by one party to any other regarding the terms set forth in any of the Facility Documents or the Transactions contemplated thereby or pursuant to the terms thereof, including, but not limited to, the name of, or identifying information with respect to Buyer or Seller, any pricing terms, or other nonpublic business or financial information (including, without limitation, any sub-limits, financial covenants, financial statements and performance data), the existence of this Agreement and the Transactions with Buyer (the “Confidential Information”) shall be kept confidential and shall not be divulged to any party without the prior written consent of such other party except to the extent that (i) it is necessary to disclose to its Affiliates and its and their employees, directors, officers, advisors (including legal counsel, accountants,

 

69 

 

taxing authorities, equity holders, representatives, investors, lenders, agents or auditors), representatives and servicers, (ii) it is requested or required by governmental agencies, regulatory bodies or other legal, governmental or regulatory process, in which case the disclosing party shall provide prior written notice to the other party hereto to the extent not prohibited by any Government Agency, Governmental Authority or Applicable Law or regulation; provided, however, that Buyer and Seller shall not be required to provide each other with prior written notice of disclosure of Confidential Information in connection with routine examinations by accountants or regulatory authorities, (iii) any of the Confidential Information is in the public domain other than due to a breach of this covenant, (iv) disclosure to any approved hedge counterparty to the extent necessary to obtain any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or, (v) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Buyer reasonably determines in good faith such information to be necessary or desirable to disclose in connection with the marketing and sales of the Purchased Mortgage Loans or otherwise to enforce or exercise Buyer’s rights hereunder. Seller and Buyer shall be responsible for any breach of the terms of this Section 32(a) by any Person that it discloses Confidential Information to pursuant to clause (i) above. Each party hereto agrees that it shall not, without the written consent of each other party hereto, make any communication, press release, public announcement or statement in any way connected to the existence or terms of this Agreement or the other Facility Documents or the Transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except where such communication or announcement is required by law or regulation, in which event the disclosing party will consult and cooperate with each other party hereto with respect to the wording of any such announcement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Facility Document, the parties hereto may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal, state and local tax treatment or tax structure of the Transactions, any fact relevant to understanding the federal, state and local tax treatment or tax structure of the Transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) relating to such federal, state and local tax treatment and that may be relevant to understanding such tax treatment or tax structure; provided that the “tax treatment or “tax structure” shall be limited to any facts relevant to the U.S. federal, state or local tax treatment of any Transaction contemplated hereunder and specifically does not include any information relating to the identity of Buyer, Seller or any pricing terms hereunder. The provisions set forth in this Section 32(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement for two years.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller and Buyer understand that Confidential Information disclosed hereunder may contain “nonpublic personal information”, as that term is defined in Section 509(4) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”), and each Party agrees to maintain such nonpublic personal information that it receives hereunder in accordance with the GLB Act and other applicable local, state and federal laws relating to privacy and data protection. Seller and Buyer shall implement administrative, technical and physical safeguards and other security measures to (a) ensure the security and confidentiality of the “nonpublic personal information” of the Mortgagors, (b) protect against any threats or hazards to the security and integrity of such nonpublic personal information, and (c) protect against any unauthorized access to or use of such nonpublic personal information. Upon request, Seller will provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to allow Buyer to

 

70 

 

confirm that Seller has satisfied its obligations as required under this Section 32(b). Without limitation, this may include Buyer’s review of audits, summaries of test results, and other equivalent evaluations of Seller. Each Party shall notify the other Party immediately following discovery of any breach or compromise of the security, confidentiality, or integrity of nonpublic personal information of the Mortgagors. Such notice shall be provided by personal delivery, by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, or by overnight courier with confirmation of receipt to the applicable requesting individual. The provisions set forth in this Section 32(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement for as long as each Party retains any “nonpublic personal information” disclosed hereunder.

 

Section 33.           Intent.

 

(a)          The parties intend and recognize that this Agreement and each Transaction hereunder is a “repurchase agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code, a “securities contract” as that term is defined in Section 741 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a “master netting agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(38A)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, that all payments hereunder are deemed “margin payments” or “settlement payments” as defined in the Bankruptcy Code, that each Purchased Mortgage Loan constitutes either a “mortgage loan” or an “interest in a mortgage” as such terms are used in the Bankruptcy Code and that the pledge of the Repurchase Assets in Section 9 of this Agreement constitutes “a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” the Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of Sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code. Seller and Buyer further recognize and intend that this Agreement is an agreement to provide financial accommodations and is not subject to assumption pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section 365(a).

 

(b)          The parties further intend and recognize that (i)(1) for so long as Buyer is a “financial institution,” “financial participant” or another entity listed in Sections 555, 559, 561, 362(b)(6), 362(b)(7) or 362(b)(27) of the Bankruptcy Code, Buyer shall be entitled to, without limitation, the liquidation, termination, acceleration, netting, set-off, and non-avoidability rights afforded to parties such as Buyer to “repurchase agreements” pursuant to Sections 559, 362(b)(7) and 546(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, “securities contracts” pursuant to Sections 555, 362(b)(6) and 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and “master netting agreements” pursuant to Sections 561, 362(b)(27) and 546(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (2) Buyer’s right to liquidate the Purchased Mortgage Loans and other Repurchase Assets delivered to it in connection with the Transactions hereunder or to accelerate or terminate this Agreement or otherwise exercise any other remedies pursuant to Section 16 hereof is a contractual right to liquidate, accelerate or terminate such Transaction as described in Bankruptcy Code Sections 555, 559 and 561; (ii) Buyer’s right to set-off claims and appropriate and apply any and all deposits of money or property or any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by Buyer to or for the credit of the account of any Affiliate against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of Seller pursuant to Section 24 hereof is a contractual right as described in Bankruptcy Code Section 561; and (iii) any payments or transfers of property made with respect to this Agreement or any Transaction to satisfy a Margin Deficit shall be

 

71 

 

considered a “margin payment” or “settlement payment” as such terms are defined in Bankruptcy Code Sections 741(5) and 741(8).

 

(c) [Reserved].

 

(d)          Each party agrees that this Agreement is intended to create mutuality of obligations among the parties, and as such, the Agreement constitutes a contract which (i) is between all of the parties and (ii) places each party in the same right and capacity.

 

(e)          Each party agrees that it shall not challenge, and hereby waives to the fullest extent available under applicable law its right to challenge, the characterization of this Agreement or any Transaction as a repurchase agreement, securities contract and master netting agreement under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(f)           Each party agrees that this Agreement and the Facility Documents and the Transactions entered into hereunder are part of an integrated, simultaneously-closing suite of financial contracts.

 

Section 34.           Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement, any other Facility Document, the documents shall control in the following order of priority the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

Section 35.           Authorizations. Any of the persons whose signatures and titles appear on Schedule 2 are authorized, acting singly, to act for Seller or Buyer under this Agreement.

 

Section 36.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

(b)          Captions. The captions and headings appearing herein are for included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(c) Acknowledgment. Seller hereby acknowledges that:

 

(i)        it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Facility Documents;

 

(ii)       Buyer has no fiduciary relationship to Seller in connection with the Facility Documents;

 

(iii)      no joint venture exists between Buyer and Seller as a result of the Facility Documents; and

 

72 

 

(iv)      it has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Facility Documents and each Transaction and as to whether such Transaction is appropriate and proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors (including without limitation, legal counsel and accountants) as it has deemed necessary and Seller is not relying upon any advice from Buyer as to any aspect of the Transactions, including without limitation, the legal, accounting or tax treatment of such Transactions.

 

(d)          Documents Mutually Drafted. Seller and Buyer agree that this Agreement and each other Facility Document prepared in connection with the Transactions set forth herein have been mutually drafted and negotiated by each party, and consequently such documents shall not be construed against either party as the drafter thereof.

 

Section 37.           Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. In the event that Buyer becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from Buyer of this Agreement and/or the Facility Documents, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement and/or the Facility Documents, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement and/or the Facility Documents, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

Section 38.           Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.

 

(a)          Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Facility Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, Buyer may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBOR Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment will become effective at 5:30 p.m. on the [***] after Buyer has provided such amendment to Seller without any further action or consent of Seller. No replacement of the LIBOR Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section 38 will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

 

(b)          Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with a Benchmark Replacement, Buyer will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time upon prior written notice to Seller and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Repurchase Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of Seller.

 

(c)          Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. Buyer will promptly notify Seller of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Buyer pursuant to this Section 38 including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or

 

73 

 

of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in Buyer’s sole discretion and without consent from Seller.

 

(d)          Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Seller’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, Seller may revoke any request for a proposed Transaction to be entered into during any Benchmark Unavailability Period.

 

Section 39.           General Interpretive Principles. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          the terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender;

 

(b)         accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)          references herein to “Articles”, “Sections”, “Subsections”, “Paragraphs”, and other subdivisions without reference to a document are to designated Articles, Sections, Subsections, Paragraphs and other subdivisions of this Agreement;

 

(d)         a reference to a Subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such Subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule shall also apply to Paragraphs and other subdivisions;

 

(e)          the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision;

 

(f)           the term “include” or “including” shall mean without limitation by reason of enumeration;

 

(g)         all times specified herein or in any other Facility Document (unless expressly specified otherwise) are local times in New York, New York unless otherwise stated; and

 

(h)         all references herein or in any Facility Document to “good faith” means good faith as defined in Section 5-102(7) of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York.

 

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

74 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

         
  BUYER:
         
  BANK OF MONTREAL
         
  By: /s/ Michael Pryluck
  Name: Michael Pryluck
  Title: Managing Director

 

  Address for Notices:
   
  Bank of Montreal
  c/o BMO Capital Markets Corp.
  3 Times Square
  New York, New York 10036
  Attn: [***]
  Telephone: [***]
  Email: [***]
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Bank of Montreal
  c/o BMO Capital Markets Corp.
  3 Times Square
  New York, New York 10036
  Attn: [***]

 

[Master Repurchase Agreement (BMO-Home Point) (2021)]

 

 

 

  SELLER:
   
  HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
         
  By: /s/ Joseph Ruhlin
  Name: Joseph Ruhlin
  Title: Senior Managing Director - Treasurer

 

  Address for Notices:
   
  Home Point Financial Corporation
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Attention: [***]
Telephone: [***]
E-mail: [***]
   
  With copies to:
   
  Home Point Financial Corporation
2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Attention: [***]
E-mail: [***]

 

[Master Repurchase Agreement (BMO-Home Point) (2021)]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1-A

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Seller makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer with respect to each Mortgage Loan, as of the Purchase Date for such Mortgage Loan and at all times while such Mortgage Loan is subject to a Transaction hereunder. Notwithstanding any qualifications herein as to Seller’s knowledge at the time a representation or warranty is made, Seller shall be required to repurchase any Mortgage Loan that Buyer has determined breaches a representation or warranty in this Schedule 1-A regardless of whether Seller had knowledge of such breach.

 

(a)       Payments Current. All payments required to be made up to the Purchase Date for the Mortgage Loan under the terms of the Mortgage Note have been made and credited. No payment required under the Mortgage Loan is delinquent nor has any payment under the Mortgage Loan been delinquent at any time since the origination of the Mortgage Loan. The first Monthly Payment shall be made, or shall have been made, with respect to the Mortgage Loan on its Due Date or within thirty (30) days thereof, all in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note. No payment required under the Mortgage Loan is or has ever been subject to forbearance for any reason.

 

(b)       No Outstanding Charges. All taxes and governmental assessments or other similar charges, levies or assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer and municipal charges, leasehold payments or ground rents which previously became due and owing have been paid, or an escrow of funds has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every such item which remains unpaid and which has been assessed but is not yet due and payable. Neither Seller nor the Qualified Originator from which Seller acquired the Mortgage Loan has advanced funds, or induced, solicited or knowingly received any advance of funds by a party other than the Mortgagor, directly or indirectly, for the payment of any amount required under the Mortgage Loan, except for interest accruing from the date of the Mortgage Note or date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan, whichever is earlier, to the day which precedes by one (1) month the Due Date of the first installment of principal and/or interest thereunder.

 

(c)       Original Terms Unmodified. The terms of the Mortgage Note and Mortgage have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect, from the date of origination; except by a written instrument which has been recorded, if necessary to protect the interests of Buyer, and which has been delivered to the Custodian and the terms of which are reflected in the Asset Schedule. The substance of any such waiver, alteration or modification has been approved by the title insurer, to the extent required, and its terms are reflected on the Asset Schedule. No Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan has been released, in whole or in part, except in connection with an assumption agreement approved by the title insurer, to the extent required by such policy, and which assumption agreement is part of the Mortgage File delivered to the Custodian and the terms of which are reflected in the Asset Schedule. The related Mortgage, Mortgage Note and each other document in the Mortgage File contain the entire agreement of the parties and all of the obligations of the Seller under the Purchased Mortgage Loans. 

 
Schedule 1-A-1

(d)       No Defenses. The Mortgage Loan is not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including, without limitation, the defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage unenforceable, in whole or in part and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with respect thereto, and no Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan was a debtor in any state or Federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding at the time the Mortgage Loan was originated. To the knowledge of Seller and its Subsidiaries, the Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan is not currently a debtor in any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

(e)       Hazard Insurance. The Mortgaged Property is insured by a fire and extended perils insurance policy, issued by a qualified insurer as defined by the applicable Loan Program Authority, and such other hazards as are customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located, and to the extent required by Seller as of the date of origination consistent with the applicable Loan Program Authority’s requirements, against earthquake and other risks insured against by Persons operating like properties in the locality of the Mortgaged Property, in an amount that would have been required as of the date of origination in accordance with the applicable Loan Program Authority’s requirements. If any portion of the Mortgaged Property is in an area identified by any federal Governmental Authority as having special flood hazards, and flood insurance is available, a flood insurance policy meeting the current guidelines of the Federal Emergency Management Agency is in effect with a generally acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, (2) the full insurable value of the Mortgaged Property, and (3) the maximum amount of insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1974. All such insurance policies (collectively, the “hazard insurance policy”) contain a standard mortgagee clause naming Seller, its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, subsequent owners of the Mortgage Loan), as mortgagee, and may not be reduced, terminated or canceled without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the mortgagee. No such notice has been received by Seller. All premiums on such insurance policy have been paid. The related Mortgage obligates the Mortgagor to maintain all such insurance and, at such Mortgagor’s failure to do so, authorizes the mortgagee to maintain such insurance at the Mortgagor’s cost and expense and to seek reimbursement therefor from such Mortgagor. Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor has been given an opportunity to choose the carrier of the required hazard insurance, provided the policy is not a “master” or “blanket” hazard insurance policy covering a condominium, or any hazard insurance policy covering the common facilities of a planned unit development. The hazard insurance policy is the valid and binding obligation of the insurer and is in full force and effect. Seller has not engaged in, and has no knowledge of the Mortgagor’s having engaged in any act or omission which would impair the coverage of any such policy, the benefits of the endorsement provided for herein, or the validity and binding effect of either including, without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by Seller.

 

(f)       Compliance with Applicable Laws. Any requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation including, without limitation, usury, truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity or disclosure laws

 
Schedule 1-A-2

applicable to the Mortgage Loan have been complied with, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not involve the violation of any such laws or regulations, and Seller shall maintain or shall cause its agent to maintain in its possession, available for the inspection of Buyer, and shall deliver to Buyer, upon demand, evidence of compliance with all such requirements.

 

(g)       No Satisfaction of Mortgage. The Mortgage has not been satisfied, canceled, subordinated or rescinded, in whole or in part, and the Mortgaged Property has not been released from the lien of the Mortgage, in whole or in part, nor has any instrument been executed that would affect any such release, cancellation, subordination or rescission. Seller has not waived the performance by the Mortgagor of any action, if the Mortgagor’s failure to perform such action would cause the Mortgage Loan to be in default, nor has Seller waived any default resulting from any action or inaction by the Mortgagor.

 

(h)       Location and Type of Mortgaged Property. The Mortgaged Property is located in an Acceptable State and consists of a single parcel of real property with a dwelling which is acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority pursuant to the applicable Loan Program Authority’s requirements. No residence or dwelling is a mobile home or manufactured housing unit (other than a Manufactured Home) not secured by real property.. No portion of the Mortgaged Property is used for commercial purposes; provided, that, Mortgaged Properties which contain a home office shall not be considered as being used for commercial purposes as long as the Mortgaged Property has not been altered for commercial purposes and is not storing any chemicals or raw materials other than those commonly used for homeowner repair, maintenance and/or household purposes, and provided further, that, the Mortgaged Property may be a mixed use property if such Mortgaged Property conforms to Underwriting Guidelines acceptable to Buyer in its discretion. With respect to each Manufactured Home, such unit is acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority pursuant to the applicable Loan Program Authority’s requirements.

 

(i)         Valid First Lien. The Mortgage is a valid, subsisting, enforceable and perfected first priority lien and perfected first priority security interest on the real property included in the Mortgaged Property, including all buildings on the Mortgaged Property and all installations and mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems located in or annexed to such buildings, and all additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing. The lien of the Mortgage is subject only to:

 

a.      the lien of current real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable;

  

b.     covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of way, easements and other matters of the public record as of the date of recording acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions generally and specifically referred to in the lender’s title insurance policy delivered to the originator of the Mortgage Loan and (a) referred to or otherwise considered in the appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan or (b) which do not adversely affect the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property set forth in such appraisal; and

 
Schedule 1-A-3

c.     other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which do not materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage or the use, enjoyment, value or marketability of the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related to and delivered in connection with the Mortgage Loan establishes and creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first lien and first priority security interest on the property described therein and Seller has full right to pledge and assign the same to Buyer. The Mortgaged Property was not, as of the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan, subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument creating a lien subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage.

 

(j)       Validity of Mortgage Documents; Fraud. The Mortgage Note and the Mortgage and any other agreement executed and delivered by a Mortgagor or guarantor, if applicable, in connection with a Mortgage Loan are genuine, and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker thereof enforceable in accordance with its terms. All parties to the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any other such related agreement had legal capacity to enter into the Mortgage Loan and to execute and deliver the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any such agreement, and the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any other such related agreement have been duly and properly executed by such related parties. No fraud, error, omission, misrepresentation, negligence or similar occurrence with respect to a Mortgage Loan has taken place on the part of any Person, including, without limitation, the Mortgagor, any appraiser, any builder or developer, or any other party involved in the origination of the Mortgage Loan. Seller has reviewed all of the documents constituting the Mortgage File and has made such inquiries as it deems necessary to make and confirm the accuracy of the representations set forth herein. Except as disclosed to Buyer in writing, all tax identifications and property descriptions are legally sufficient; and tax segregation, where required, has been completed.

 

(k)       Full Disbursement of Proceeds. Other than with respect to escrow holdback amounts for weather-related or seasonal improvement costs, fees or expenses, there is no further requirement for future advances under the Mortgage Loan, and any requirements as to completion of any on-site or off-site improvement and as to disbursements of any escrow funds therefor have been complied with. All costs, fees and expenses incurred in making or closing the Mortgage Loan and the recording of the Mortgage were paid, and the Mortgagor is not entitled to any refund of any amounts paid or due under the Mortgage Note or Mortgage.

 

(l)       Ownership. Seller has full right to sell the Mortgage Loan to Buyer free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and has full right and authority subject to no interest or participation of, or agreement with, any other party, to sell each Mortgage Loan pursuant to this Agreement and following the sale of each Mortgage Loan, Buyer will own such Mortgage Loan free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest except any such security interest created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(m)       Doing Business. All parties which have had any interest in the Mortgage Loan, whether as mortgagee, assignee, pledgee or otherwise, are (or, during the period in which they held and disposed of such interest, were) (i) in compliance with any applicable licensing

 
Schedule 1-A-4

requirements of the laws of the state wherein the Mortgaged Property is located, and (ii) either (A) organized under the laws of such state, (B) qualified to do business in such state, (C) a federal savings and loan association, a savings bank or a national bank having a principal office in such state, or (D) not doing business in such state.

 

(n)       Title Insurance. The Mortgage Loan is covered by either (i) an irrevocable title commitment, or an attorney’s opinion of title and abstract of title, each of which must be in form and substance acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions making mortgage loans in the area wherein the Mortgaged Property is located or (ii) an ALTA lender’s title insurance policy or other generally acceptable form of policy or insurance acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority and each such title insurance policy is issued by a title insurer acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority and qualified to do business in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located, insuring Seller, its successors and assigns, as to the first priority lien of the Mortgage in the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan, subject only to the exceptions contained in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of paragraph (i) of this Schedule 1-A, and in the case of adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, against any loss by reason of the invalidity or unenforceability of the lien resulting from the provisions of the Mortgage providing for adjustment to the Mortgage Interest Rate and Monthly Payment. Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor has been given the opportunity to choose the carrier of the required mortgage title insurance. Additionally, such lender’s title insurance policy affirmatively insures ingress and egress and against encroachments by or upon the Mortgaged Property or any interest therein. The title policy does not contain any special exceptions (other than the standard exclusions) for zoning and uses and has been marked to delete the standard survey exception or to replace the standard survey exception with a specific survey reading. Seller, its successors and assigns, are the sole insureds of such lender’s title insurance policy, and such lender’s title insurance policy is valid and remains in full force and effect and will be in force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No claims have been made under such lender’s title insurance policy, and no prior holder or servicer of the related Mortgage, including Seller, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of such lender’s title insurance policy, including without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by Seller.

 

(o)        No Defaults. Other than Mortgage Loans which are no more than thirty (30) days past due, there is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and no event has occurred which, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration, and neither Seller nor its predecessors have waived any default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.

 

(p)       No Mechanics’ Liens. There are no mechanics’ or similar liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or material (and no rights are outstanding that under the law could give rise to such liens) affecting the Mortgaged Property which are or may be liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the Mortgage.

 
Schedule 1-A-5

(q)       Location of Improvements; No Encroachments. All improvements which were considered in determining the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Mortgaged Property. No improvement located on or being part of the Mortgaged Property is in violation of any applicable zoning and building law, ordinance or regulation.

 

(r)       Payment Terms. Principal and/or interest payments on the Mortgage Loan commenced or will commence no more than [***] after funds were disbursed in connection with the Mortgage Loan. With respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, the  Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date to equal [***] plus  [***]. The Mortgage Note is payable on the [***] of each month in equal monthly installments of principal and/or interest, which installments of interest with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans are subject to change on the Interest Rate Adjustment Date due to adjustments to the Mortgage Interest Rate on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date. Interest is calculated and payable in arrears, sufficient to amortize the Mortgage Loan fully by the stated maturity date, over an original term of not more than [***] from commencement of amortization. The Mortgage Note does not permit Negative Amortization.

 

(s)       Customary Provisions. The Mortgage Note has a stated maturity. The Mortgage contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against the Mortgaged Property of the benefits of the security provided thereby, including, (i) in the case of a Mortgage designated as a deed of trust, by trustee’s sale, and (ii) otherwise by judicial foreclosure. Upon default by a Mortgagor on a Mortgage Loan and foreclosure on, or trustee’s sale of, the Mortgaged Property pursuant to the proper procedures, the holder of the Mortgage Loan will be able to deliver good and marketable title to the Mortgaged Property. There is no homestead or other exemption available to a Mortgagor which would interfere with the right to sell the Mortgaged Property at a trustee’s sale or the right to foreclose the Mortgage. The Mortgage Note and Mortgage are on forms acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority.

 

(t)       Occupancy of the Mortgaged Property. As of the Purchase Date the Mortgaged Property is lawfully permitted to be occupied under applicable law. All inspections, licenses and certificates required to be made or issued with respect to all occupied portions of the Mortgaged Property and, with respect to the use and occupancy of the same, including but not limited to certificates of occupancy and fire underwriting certificates, have been made or obtained from the appropriate authorities. Seller has not received notification from any Governmental Authority that the Mortgaged Property is in material non-compliance with such laws or regulations, is being used, operated or occupied unlawfully or has failed to have or obtain such inspection, licenses or certificates, as the case may be. Seller has not received notice of any violation or failure to conform with any such law, ordinance, regulation, standard, license or certificate. With respect to any Mortgage Loan originated with an “owner-occupied” Mortgaged Property, the Mortgagor represented at the time of origination of the Mortgage Loan that the Mortgagor would occupy the Mortgaged Property as the Mortgagor’s primary residence.

 
Schedule 1-A-6

(u)       No Additional Collateral. The Mortgage Note is not and has not been secured by any collateral except the lien of the corresponding Mortgage and the security interest of any applicable security agreement or chattel mortgage referred to in clause (i) above. No Mortgage Loan is cross-collateralized or is subject to a cross-default provision with any mortgage loan that is not a Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

(v)       Deeds of Trust. In the event the Mortgage constitutes a deed of trust, a trustee, authorized and duly qualified under applicable law to serve as such, has been properly designated and currently so serves and is named in the Mortgage, and no fees or expenses are or will become payable by the Custodian or Buyer to the trustee under the deed of trust, except in connection with a trustee’s sale after default by the Mortgagor.

 

(w)       Transfer of Mortgage Loans. Except with respect to Mortgage Loans registered with MERS, the Assignment of Mortgage is in recordable form and is acceptable for recording under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located. With respect to each MOM Mortgage Loan, the related Assignment of Mortgage to MERS, if applicable, has been duly and properly recorded, or has been delivered for recording to the applicable recording office.

 

(x)       Due-On-Sale. Except as permitted by the applicable Loan Program Authority, the Mortgage contains an enforceable provision for the acceleration of the payment of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan in the event that the Mortgaged Property is sold or transferred without the prior written consent of the mortgagee thereunder.

 

(y)       No Buydown Provisions; No Graduated Payments or Contingent Interests. The Mortgage Loan does not contain provisions pursuant to which Monthly Payments are paid or partially paid with funds deposited in any separate account established by Seller, the Mortgagor, or anyone on behalf of the Mortgagor, or paid by any source other than the Mortgagor nor does it contain any other similar provisions which may constitute a “buydown” provision. The Mortgage Loan is not a graduated payment mortgage loan and the Mortgage Loan does not have a shared appreciation or other contingent interest feature.

 

(z)       Consolidation of Future Advances. Any future advances made to the Mortgagor prior to the Purchase Date have been consolidated with the outstanding principal amount secured by the Mortgage, and the secured principal amount, as consolidated, bears a single interest rate and single repayment term. The lien of the Mortgage securing the consolidated principal amount is expressly insured as having first lien priority by a title insurance policy, an endorsement to the policy insuring the mortgagee’s consolidated interest or by other title evidence acceptable to the applicable Loan Program Authority. The consolidated principal amount does not exceed the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan.

 

(aa)     Mortgaged Property Undamaged. The related Mortgaged Property is free of damage and waste that would adversely affect the value of the Mortgaged Property as security for the Mortgage Loan or the use for which the premises were intended. There have not been any total or partial condemnation proceedings with respect to the Mortgage Property and, to the knowledge of the Seller, there is no proceeding pending for the total or partial condemnation of such Mortgaged Property.

 
Schedule 1-A-7

(bb)       Origination; Collection Practices; Escrow Deposits; Interest Rate Adjustments. The Mortgage Loan was originated by Seller or a Correspondent Seller. The origination and collection practices used by the originator, each servicer of the Mortgage Loan and Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loan have been in all respects in compliance with Accepted Servicing Practices, applicable laws and regulations, and have been in all respects legal and proper. With respect to escrow deposits and Escrow Payments, all such payments are in the possession of, or under the control of, Seller or Servicer and there exist no deficiencies in connection therewith for which customary arrangements for repayment thereof have not been made. All Escrow Payments have been collected in full compliance with state and federal law. An escrow of funds is not prohibited by applicable law and if an escrow deposit has been established, it has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every item that remains unpaid and has been assessed but is not yet due and payable. No escrow deposits or Escrow Payments or other charges or payments due Seller have been capitalized under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note. All Mortgage Interest Rate adjustments have been made in strict compliance with state and federal law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note. Any interest required to be paid pursuant to state, federal and local law has been properly paid and credited.

 

(cc)       Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate. Except as allowed by the applicable Loan Program Authority or otherwise as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage Loan is not convertible to a fixed interest rate Mortgage Loan.

 

(dd)       Other Insurance Policies. No action, inaction or event has occurred and no state of facts exists or has existed that has resulted or will result in the exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage under any applicable special hazard insurance policy, private mortgage insurance policy or bankruptcy bond, irrespective of the cause of such failure of coverage. In connection with the placement of any such insurance, no commission, fee, or other compensation has been or will be received by Seller or by any officer, director, or employee of Seller or any designee of Seller or any corporation in which Seller or any officer, director, or employee had a financial interest at the time of placement of such insurance.

 

(ee)       Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. The Mortgagor has not notified Seller, and Seller has no knowledge, of any relief requested or allowed to the Mortgagor under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003.

 

(ff)        Appraisal. The Mortgage File with respect to such Mortgage Loan contains either an evaluation or appraisal of the related Mortgaged Property meeting the requirements set forth by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, unless such evaluation is not required by the applicable Loan Program Authority, or applicable regulatory or licensing body. Such evaluation or appraisal must have been made and signed, prior to the approval of the application for such Mortgage Loan, by a qualified appraiser (a) who, at the time of such appraisal, met the minimum qualifications of the applicable Loan Program Authority, and the requirements of the Seller’s appraisal policy and (b) who satisfied (and which appraisal was conducted in accordance with) all of the applicable requirements of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and all applicable federal and state laws and regulations in effect at the time of such appraisal and procedures. Such appraiser had no interest, direct or indirect, in such Mortgaged Property or in any loan made on the security

 
Schedule 1-A-8

thereof, and such appraiser’s compensation was not affected by the approval or disapproval of such Mortgage Loan.

 

(gg)        Disclosure Materials. The Mortgagor has executed a statement to the effect that the Mortgagor has received all disclosure materials required by applicable law with respect to the making of adjustable rate mortgage loans, and Seller maintains such statement in the Mortgage File.

 

(hh)        Construction or Rehabilitation of Mortgaged Property. No Mortgage Loan was made in connection with the construction or rehabilitation of a Mortgaged Property or facilitating the trade-in or exchange of a Mortgaged Property.

 

(ii)           No Defense to Insurance Coverage. No action has been taken or failed to be taken, no event has occurred and no state of facts exists or has existed on or prior to the Purchase Date (whether or not known to Seller on or prior to such date) which has resulted or will result in an exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage under any private mortgage insurance (including, without limitation, any exclusions, denials or defenses which would limit or reduce the availability of the timely payment of the full amount of the loss otherwise due thereunder to the insured) whether arising out of actions, representations, errors, omissions, negligence, or fraud of Seller, the related Mortgagor or any party involved in the application for such coverage, including the appraisal, plans and specifications and other exhibits or documents submitted therewith to the insurer under such insurance policy, or for any other reason under such coverage, but not including the failure of such insurer to pay by reason of such insurer’s breach of such insurance policy or such insurer’s financial inability to pay.

 

(jj)           Capitalization of Interest. The Mortgage Note does not by its terms provide for the capitalization or forbearance of interest.

 

(kk)         No Equity Participation. No document relating to the Mortgage Loan provides for any contingent or additional interest in the form of participation in the cash flow of the Mortgaged Property or a sharing in the appreciation of the value of the Mortgaged Property. The indebtedness evidenced by the Mortgage Note is not convertible to an ownership interest in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor and Seller has not financed nor does Seller own directly or indirectly, any equity of any form in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor.

 

(ll)           Proceeds of Mortgage Loan. The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have not been and shall not be used to satisfy, in whole or in part, any debt owed or owing by the Mortgagor to Seller or any Affiliate or correspondent of Seller, except in connection with a refinanced Mortgage Loan.

 

(mm)       Origination Date. The origination date of the Mortgage Loan is no earlier than ninety (90) days prior to the related Purchase Date.

 

(nn)        No Exception. The Custodian has not noted any material exceptions on an Asset Schedule with respect to the Mortgage Loan which would materially adversely affect the Mortgage Loan or Buyer’s interest in the Mortgage Loan.

 
Schedule 1-A-9

(oo)        Mortgage Submitted for Recordation. The Mortgage either has been or will promptly be submitted for recordation in the appropriate governmental recording office of the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located.

 

(pp)        Documents Genuine. Such Purchased Mortgage Loan and all accompanying collateral documents are complete and authentic and all signatures thereon are genuine.

 

(qq)        Bona Fide Loan. Such Purchased Mortgage Loan arose from a bona fide loan, complying with all applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, to persons having legal capacity to contract and is not subject to any defense, set-off or counterclaim.

 

(rr)          Committed Mortgage Loans. Each Committed Mortgage Loan is covered by a Take-out Commitment, does not exceed the availability under such Take-out Commitment (taking into consideration mortgage loans which have been purchased by the respective Take-out Investor under the Take-out Commitment and mortgage loan which Seller has identified to Buyer as covered by such Take-out Commitment) and conforms to the requirements and the specifications set forth in such Take-out Commitment and the related regulations, rules, requirements and/or handbooks of the applicable Take-out Investor and is eligible for sale to and insurance or guaranty by, respectively the applicable Take-out Investor and applicable insurer. Each Take-out Commitment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(ss)        Credit Score and Reporting. As of the Purchase Date, the Mortgagor’s credit score as listed on the Asset Schedule is no more than one hundred twenty (120) days old, or as otherwise permitted by the applicable Loan Program Authority. Full, complete and accurate information with respect to the Mortgagor’s credit file was furnished to Equifax, Experian and Trans Union Credit Information in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and its implementing regulations.

 

(tt)         Other Encumbrances. Any property subject to any security interest given in connection with such Purchased Mortgage Loan is not subject to any other encumbrances other than a stated first mortgage, if applicable, and encumbrances which may be allowed under the Underwriting Guidelines.

 

(uu)       Description. Each Purchased Mortgage Loan conforms to the description thereof as set forth on the related Asset Schedule delivered to the Custodian and Buyer.

 

(vv)       Located in U.S. No collateral (including, without limitation, the related real property and the dwellings thereon and otherwise) relating to a Purchased Mortgage Loan is located in any jurisdiction other than in one of the fifty (50) states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

 

(ww)      Underwriting Guidelines. Each Purchased Mortgage Loan has been originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines (including all supplements or

 
Schedule 1-A-10

amendments thereto) in effect as of the date of the Transaction is entered into and as previously provided to Buyer.

 

(xx)        Primary Mortgage Guaranty Insurance. If required by the applicable Loan Program Authority, after the funding of the Purchased Mortgage Loan and payment of any premium thereafter, each Mortgage Loan is insured as to payment defaults by a policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance in the amount required where applicable, and by an insurer approved, by the applicable Take-out Investor, if applicable, and all provisions of such primary mortgage guaranty insurance have been and are being complied with, such policy is in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereunder have been paid. Each Mortgage Loan which is represented to Buyer to have, or to be eligible for, FHA insurance is insured, or eligible to be insured, pursuant to the National Housing Act. Each Mortgage Loan which is represented by Seller to be guaranteed, or to be eligible for guaranty, by the VA is guaranteed, or eligible to be guaranteed, under the provisions of Chapter 37 of Title 38 of the United States Code. As to each FHA insurance certificate or each VA guaranty certificate, Seller has complied with applicable provisions of the insurance for guaranty contract and federal statutes and regulations, all premiums or other charges due in connection with such insurance or guarantee have been paid, there has been no act or omission which would or may invalidate any such insurance or guaranty, and the insurance or guaranty is, or when issued, will be, in full force and effect with respect to each Mortgage Loan. There are no defenses, counterclaims, or rights of setoff affecting the Mortgage Loans or affecting the validity or enforceability of any private mortgage insurance or FHA insurance applicable to the Mortgage Loans or any VA guaranty with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

(yy)       Predatory Lending Regulations; High Cost Loans. None of the Mortgage Loans are classified as High Cost Mortgage Loans.

 

(zz)        FHA Mortgage Insurance; VA Loan Guaranty; USDA Mortgage Loan Guaranty. With respect to each Mortgage Loan to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA, the VA or the USDA, (i) all insurance or guaranty premiums or payments payable to the applicable Loan Program Authority in connection with such Mortgage Loan were paid within the timeframe required by such agency to avoid the imposition of any late fees or penalty fees, (ii) Seller has submitted all documents required by and in accordance with the timeframes established by the applicable Loan Program Authority to insure such Mortgage Loan (regardless of whether such documents are required to be contained in the related servicing file) (iii) there has been no notice, indication of ineligibility or rejection of the Mortgage Loan and there exists no impairment to full recovery without indemnity from the related Loan Program Authority, and (iv) the related insurance contract, guaranty agreement and each similar agreement, as applicable, (x) is in full force and effect, all necessary steps have been taken to keep such guaranty or insurance valid, binding and enforceable and each of such is the binding, valid and enforceable obligation of the related Loan Program Authority to the full extent thereof, without surcharge, set-off or defense, or, (y) is not yet in full force and effect, all required documentation has been successfully submitted to the appropriate agency within the time frame set forth in clause (ii) above and Seller has provided Buyer any evidence or information requested by Buyer necessary for Buyer to verify compliance with (ii) above and that the related insurance or guaranty premiums or payments have been made.

 
Schedule 1-A-11

(aaa)        LTV; CLTV. The LTV and CLTV, as applicable, of any Purchased Mortgage Loan at origination was in accordance with the applicable Loan Program Authority’s guidelines, or such other percentage approved by the Buyer in writing.

 

(bbb)       No Adverse Selection. Such Mortgage Loan was not intentionally selected by the Seller in a manner intended to adversely affect the interest of the Buyer. The Seller used no selection procedures that identified such Mortgage Loan as being less desirable or valuable than other comparable Mortgage Loans originated by the Seller. Such Mortgage Loans, collectively with the other Mortgage Loans included on such Asset Schedule, is representative of the Seller’s portfolio of Mortgage Loans.

 

(ccc)        Single Original Mortgage Note. There is only one originally executed Mortgage Note; provided, however, that if there is more than one signed note, then each page of such additional note will have “Duplicate,” “Copy” or similar language clearly stamped on it.

 

(ddd)       [Reserved].

 

(eee)        Environmental Matters. To the knowledge of Seller, the Mortgaged Property is free from any and all toxic or hazardous substances and there exists no violation of any local, state or federal environmental law, rule or regulation. To the knowledge of Seller with respect to each of the following clauses, there is no pending action or proceeding directly involving any Mortgaged Property in which compliance with any environmental law, rule or regulation is an issue; and nothing further remains to be done to satisfy in full all requirements of each such law, rule or regulation existing as a prerequisite to use and enjoyment of said property.

 

(fff)         Regarding the Mortgagor. The Mortgagor is one or more natural persons or a trustee under a “living trust” and such “living trust” is in compliance with the applicable Take-out Investor guidelines for such trusts.

 

(ggg)      [Reserved].

 

(hhh)      [Reserved].

 

(iii)          Prepayment Fee. With respect to each Mortgage Loan that has a prepayment fee feature, each such prepayment fee is enforceable and was originated in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations.

 

(jjj)          Flood Certification Contract. Seller shall have obtained a life of loan, transferable flood certification contract for each Mortgage Loan and such contract is assignable to Buyer.

 

(kkk)       Endorsements. Each Mortgage Note has been endorsed by a duly authorized representative of Seller for its own account and not as a fiduciary, trustee, trustor or beneficiary under a trust agreement.

 

(lll)          Accuracy of Information. All information provided to Buyer by Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans, including but not limited to, any information contained in the Mortgage File, is accurate in all material respects. 

 
Schedule 1-A-12

(mmm)    Single Premium Credit Insurance. No Mortgagor is offered or required to purchase single premium credit insurance in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan.

 

(nnn)      Patriot Act. Seller has complied with all applicable anti money laundering laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act. To the knowledge of the Seller, no Mortgage Loan is subject to nullification pursuant to the Executive Order or the regulations promulgated by OFAC (the “OFAC Regulations”) or in violation of the Executive Order or the OFAC Regulations, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no Mortgagor is subject to the provisions of such Executive Order or the OFAC Regulations nor listed as a “blocked person” for purposes of the OFAC Regulations.

 

(ooo)      MERS Designated Mortgage Loans. With respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loans, a mortgage identification number has been assigned by MERS and such mortgage identification number is accurately provided on the Asset Schedule. The related Assignment of Mortgage to MERS has been duly and properly recorded. With respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan, Seller has not received any notice of liens or legal actions with respect to such Mortgage Loan and no such notices have been electronically posted by MERS.

 

(ppp)       MOM Mortgage Loans. With respect to each MOM Mortgage Loan, Seller has not received any notice of liens or legal actions with respect to such Mortgage Loan and no such notices have been electronically posted by MERS.

 

(qqq)       Authorized Funds Recipient. Any related settlement or closing agent has fully disbursed all proceeds received from Buyer in accordance with the related HUD-1 form or closing disclosure, as applicable.

 

(rrr)          Ability to Repay. Before originating the Mortgage Loan, the originator made a reasonable and good faith determination that the borrower would have a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms, in accordance with the “ability to repay” standards of the federal Truth in Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. 1639c(a), and Regulation Z, 12 C.F.R. 1026.43, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(sss)        [Reserved].

 

(ttt)          [Reserved].

 

(uuu)       FICO Floor. With respect to Mortgage Loans (other than those originated in connection with any “streamline refinance” FHA or VA program) which are FHA Loans, VA Loans, or USDA Mortgage Loans, the applicable Mortgagor’s FICO score at the time of origination was in accordance with the applicable Loan Program Authority’s requirements.

 

(vvv)       TRID Compliance. With respect to each Mortgage Loan where the Mortgagor’s loan application for the Mortgage Loan was taken on or after October 3, 2015, such Mortgage Loan was originated in compliance with the TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule.

 
Schedule 1-A-13

(www)   Closing Protection Letter. With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan (other than any such Mortgage Loan originated in the State of New York), Seller has obtained an ALTA closing protection letter which provides indemnification for Buyer for losses arising from the related Closing Agent’s fraud, theft, dishonesty, negligence or failure to follow written closing instructions, in form and substance acceptable to Buyer. If such closing protection letter is not addressed to Buyer, such closing protection letter shall provide that Buyer and any assignee of Buyer are protected by such letter as if it were addressed directly to them.

 

(xxx)       Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans. With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the Closing Agent has been instructed in writing by Seller to hold the related Mortgage File as agent and bailee for Buyer and to promptly forward such Mortgage File in accordance with the provisions of the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement and the escrow instruction letter, if any.

 

(yyy)      No Encumbrances; Good Title. Seller has not assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed or encumbered any Mortgage Loan to any Person other than Buyer. Immediately prior to the sale of a Mortgage Loan to Buyer, Seller was the sole owner of such Mortgage Loan and had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, in each case except for Liens to be released simultaneously with the sale to Buyer hereunder.

 
Schedule 1-A-14

SCHEDULE 1-B

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO POOLED MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Seller makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, with respect to each Pooled Mortgage Loan, as of the Purchase Date for such Pooled Mortgage Loan and at all times while such Pooled Mortgage Loan is subject to a Transaction hereunder.

 

(a)       Agency Approvals. To the extent required by applicable law or necessary to issue and/or service, as applicable, an Agency Security, the Seller and Servicer possess all Agency Approvals and is in good standing with each Agency. No event has occurred, and neither Seller nor Servicer has any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect an event may occur, prior to the issuance of the Agency Security (including a change in insurance coverage), which would either make Seller or Servicer, as applicable, unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such Agency Approvals.

 

(b)       Agency Eligibility. Each Pooled Mortgage Loan is an Agency Eligible Mortgage Loan.

 

(c)        [Reserved].

 

(d)       Aggregate Principal Balance. The Cut-off Date Principal Balance respecting each Pooled Mortgage Loan shall be at least equal to the original unpaid principal balance of the Agency Security for the Pooled Mortgage Loans designated to be issued.

 

(e)       Committed Mortgage Loans. The Agency Security to be issued on account of the Pooled Mortgage Loans is covered by a Take-out Commitment, does not exceed the availability under such Take-out Commitment. Each Take-out Commitment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(f)       Certification. With respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans being placed in an Agency Security, the Custodian has certified such Pooled Mortgage Loans to the applicable Agency for the purpose of being swapped for an Agency Security backed by such pool, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agency guidelines.

 

(g)       Sole Subscriber. As to the Agency Security being issued with respect to Pooled Mortgage Loans, Buyer or the agent under the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement has been listed as the sole subscriber thereto.

 

(h)       No Securities Issuance Failure. With respect to each Pooled Mortgage Loan being placed in an Agency Security, no Securities Issuance Failure shall have occurred.

 
Schedule 1-B-1

(i)       Agency Securities. With respect to any Pooled Mortgage Loans, Seller has only designated Buyer or the agent under the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement as the party authorized to receive the related Agency Security and shall designate Buyer or the agent under the Joint Securities Account Control Agreement accordingly on the applicable Form HUD 11705 (Schedule of Subscribers).

 
Schedule 1-B-2

SCHEDULE 2

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES

 

SELLER

 

Home Point Financial Corporation

2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250

Ann Arbor, MI 48105 

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

E-mail: [***]

 

With copies to:

 

Home Point Financial Corporation

2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250

Ann Arbor, MI 48105 

Attention: [***]

E-mail: [***]

 

SELLER

 

See Authorized Representatives of Seller attached.

 

 

[Authorized Representatives (BMO-Home Point) (2021)]

 
Schedule 2-1

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF SELLER

 

Name   Title   Authorized Signature
         
William A. Newman   President and Chief Executive Officer   /s/ [***] 
         
Maria Fregosi   Chief Investment Officer   /s/ [***] 
         
Brian Ludtke   Chief Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary   /s/ [***] 
         
Phillip Miller   Chief Operating Officer   /s/ [***] 
         
William Fischer   Controller/ Chief Accounting Officer   /s/ [***] 
         
Joseph Ruhlin   Treasurer   /s/ [***] 
         
Mark Elbaum   Chief Financial Officer   /s/ [***] 

 


 

BUYER NOTICES

 

Bank of Montreal
c/o BMO Capital Markets Corp.
3 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Attn: [***]
Telephone: [***]
Email: [***]

 

With a copy to:

 

Bank of Montreal
c/o BMO Capital Markets Corp.
3 Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Attn: [***]

 

BUYER AUTHORIZATIONS

 

Any of the persons whose signatures and titles appear below, including any other authorized officers, are authorized, acting singly, to act for Buyer under this Agreement:

 

Name   Title   Signature 
Michael Pryluck   Managing Director   /s/ [***]
       
Eric Jacks   Managing Director   /s/ [***]
         
Matt Peters   Managing Director   /s/ [***]

 

 

Schedule 2-2

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

INDEBTEDNESS OF SELLER

 

Lender Type of Facility Facility Amount
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]

 


 

Schedule 3-1

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[RESERVED]

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

EXHIBIT B

 

[RESERVED]

 

 

Exhibit B-1

 

EXHIBIT C

 

EVIDENCE OF BUYER LISTED AS LOSS PAYEE

OF SELLER’S FIDELITY INSURANCE POLICY, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

INSURANCE POLICY, AND PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY

 

(Attached)

 

 

Exhibit C-1

 

Coverage: MORTGAGE BANKERS BOND
Assured: Home Point Financial Corporation Endorsement No. 43
Policy Number: [***] Effective Date: January 8, 2021

 

SPECIFIC WAREHOUSE LENDER LOSS PAYEE/RIGHT OF ACTION ENDORSEMENT
TO ADD A SPECIFICALLY APPROVED WAREHOUSE LENDER
UNDER INSURING CLAUSE B1[b]

 

It is hereby understood and agreed that, in the event of a loss affecting the interest of Bank of Montreal, c/o BMO Capital Markets Corp. 3 Times Square, New York, NY 10036 then Bank of Montreal shall be named on the loss payable draft as its interest may appear.

 

Further, it is understood and agreed that the above named Warehouse Lender is hereby provided access to coverage found under Insuring Clause B1[b], subject to all the terms, insuring clauses, agreements, definitions, exclusions, limitations, conditions and endorsements of the attached Bond.

 

All other terms, insuring clauses, agreements, definitions, exclusions, limitations, conditions and endorsements of the attached Bond remain unchanged.

 

Dated at Chicago, Illinois   BANKERS INSURANCE SERVICE
   
a division of Financial & Professional Risk Solutions, Inc.
(TX Lic # 15890) In CA dba: FPR Insurance Solutions, Inc.
Lic #0G83953

 

January 8, 2021   BY: /s/ illegible
       

 

1 of 1  

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SECTION 8 CERTIFICATE

 

Reference is hereby made to the Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract dated as of January 8, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), between Home Point Financial Corporation (the “Seller”) and Bank of Montreal (the “Buyer”). Pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

1.        It is __ a natural individual person, treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, disregarded for federal income tax purposes (in which case a copy of this Section 8 Certificate is attached in respect of its sole beneficial owner), or treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (one must be checked).

  

2.       It is the beneficial owner of amounts received pursuant to the Agreement.

 

3.       It is not a bank, as such term is used in section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or the Agreement is not, with respect to the undersigned, a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, within the meaning of such section.

 

4.       It is not a 10-percent shareholder of Seller within the meaning of section 871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code.

  

5.       It is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to Seller within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

6.       Amounts paid to it under the Facility Documents are not effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

  [NAME OF UNDERSIGNED]  
       
  By:    

 

  Title:    

 

 
Exhibit D-1

EXHIBIT E

 

ASSET SCHEDULE FIELDS


[***]

 

 

 
Exhibit E-1

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Home Point Financial Corporation (“Seller”) hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Bank of Montreal (“Buyer”) and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Seller and in the name of Seller or in its own name, from time to time in Buyer’s discretion:

 

(a)       in the name of Seller, or in its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due with respect to any assets purchased by Buyer under the Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract (as amended, restated or modified) dated as of January 8, 2021 (the “Assets”), and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Buyer for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due with respect to any other assets whenever payable;

  

(b)       to pay or discharge taxes and liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Assets;

 

(c)       (i) to direct any party liable for any payment under any Assets to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to Buyer or as Buyer shall direct; (ii) to send “goodbye” letters on behalf of Seller and Servicer; (iii) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Assets; (iv) to sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any Assets; (v) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Assets or any proceeds thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Assets; (vi) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Seller with respect to any Assets; (vii) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (vi) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as Buyer may deem appropriate; and (viii) generally, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any Assets as fully and completely as though Buyer were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Buyer’s option and Seller’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which Buyer deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Assets and Buyer’s Liens thereon and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Seller might do;

 

(d)       for the purpose of carrying out the transfer of servicing with respect to the Assets from Seller to a successor servicer appointed by Buyer in its sole discretion and to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish such transfer of servicing, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller hereby gives Buyer the power and right, on behalf of Seller, without assent by Seller, to, in the name of Seller or its own name, or otherwise, prepare and send or cause to be sent “good-bye” letters to all mortgagors under the Assets, transferring the servicing of the Assets to a successor servicer appointed by Buyer in its sole discretion;

 
Exhibit F-1

(e)       for the purpose of delivering any notices of sale to mortgagors or other third parties, including without limitation, those required by law.

 

Seller hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

 

Seller also authorizes Buyer, from time to time, to execute, in connection with any sale, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Assets.

 

The powers conferred on Buyer hereunder are solely to protect Buyer’s interests in the Assets and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Buyer shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Seller for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

TO INDUCE ANY THIRD PARTY TO ACT HEREUNDER, SELLER HEREBY AGREES THAT ANY THIRD PARTY RECEIVING A DULY EXECUTED COPY OR FACSIMILE OF THIS INSTRUMENT MAY ACT HEREUNDER, AND THAT REVOCATION OR TERMINATION HEREOF SHALL BE INEFFECTIVE AS TO SUCH THIRD PARTY UNLESS AND UNTIL ACTUAL NOTICE OR KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH REVOCATION OR TERMINATION SHALL HAVE BEEN RECEIVED BY SUCH THIRD PARTY, AND BUYER ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF BUYER’S ASSIGNS, HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS THAT MAY ARISE AGAINST SUCH THIRD PARTY BY REASON OF SUCH THIRD PARTY HAVING RELIED ON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS INSTRUMENT.

  

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. SIGNATURES FOLLOW.]

 
Exhibit F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF Seller has caused this power of attorney to be executed this  __ day of ___________, 2021.

 

 

HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
(Seller)

 
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
 
Exhibit F-3

 

  Acknowledgment of Execution by Seller (Principal):

STATE OF   )  
    )     ss.:  
COUNTY OF
_____________ )
 

 

On the _____ day of_______________, 2021, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared ______________________, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity as _________________________ for Home Point Financial Corporation and that by his signature on the instrument, the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my office seal the day and year in this certificate first above written.



 

  Notary Public  
     
  My Commission expires  
 

 

 
Exhibit F-4

 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

I, ___________________, do hereby certify that I am the [duly elected, qualified and authorized] [CFO/TREASURER/FINANCIAL OFFICER] of HOME POINT FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Seller”). This certificate (“Certificate”) is delivered to you in connection with Section 14(d) of the Master Repurchase Agreement and Securities Contract, dated as of January 8, 2021 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and between Seller and Bank of Montreal (“Buyer”). Capitalized terms shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement. I hereby certify that, as of the date of the financial statements attached hereto and as of the date hereof, Seller is and has been in compliance with all the terms of the Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, I certify that:

 

(a) Material Adverse Effect. Seller has promptly given to Buyer notice of any event, circumstance or condition that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) Financial Covenants. Seller has complied with all the financial covenants set forth in Section 3 of the Pricing Side Letter. A detailed summary of the calculation of Adjusted Tangible Net Worth, liquidity, Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ratio, and maintenance of profitability is provided in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

(c) Insurance. Seller has maintained, for Seller and its Subsidiaries, with responsible companies, at its own expense, insurance policies in accordance with its obligations under Section 14(m) the Agreement.

 

(d) Financial Statements. The financial statements and schedules attached hereto fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Seller, in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the date(s) thereof.

 

(e) Documentation. Seller has performed the documentation procedures required by its operational guidelines with respect to endorsements and assignments, including the recordation of assignments, or has verified that such documentation procedures have been performed by a prior holder of such Purchased Mortgage Loan.

 

(f) Compliance. Seller has observed, performed or satisfied in all material respects all of its covenants, other agreements and conditions contained in the Agreement and the other Facility Documents to be observed, performed and satisfied by it. [If a covenant or other agreement or condition has not been complied with, Seller shall describe such lack of compliance and provide the date of any related waiver thereof.]

 

(g) Regulatory Action. Seller has promptly provided Buyer with written notice of any actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the

 

 
Exhibit G-1

 

foregoing which are, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, pending or threatened in writing) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings, the existence of which is not required by law or regulation to remain confidential, affecting Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any federal or state court or before any Governmental Authority that (A) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Facility Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or (B) relates to any violation of the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act or any state, city or district high cost home mortgage or predatory lending law, which, with respect to clause (B), individually or in the aggregate, if not cured and if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect or constitute an Event of Default.

 

(h) No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Seller shall describe the same in reasonable detail and describe the action Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, and if such Default or Event of Default has been expressly waived by Buyer in writing, Seller shall describe the Default or Event of Default and provide the date of the related waiver.]

 

(i) Warehouse Lines. All warehouse lines of Seller (other than the warehouse line evidenced by the Agreement) of Seller existing on the date hereof are listed on Schedule 2 hereto, including related lender, facility size, total line amount, outstanding amount, and maturity or termination date.

 

(j) Distributions. Except as permitted by Buyer in writing, Seller has not made any distributions prohibited by the Agreement.

 

(k) Originations. Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is a true and correct summary of all Mortgage Loans originated by Seller for the calendar month ending [DATE] and for the year to date ending [DATE], stratified by loan category, loan purpose, and production channel.

 

(l)
Repurchases and Early Payment Default Requests. Attached hereto as Schedule 4 is a true and correct summary of repurchases due to fraud, early payment defaults, or investor guidelines issues summarized on the basis of (i) pending repurchase demands and (ii) satisfied repurchase demands.
     
  (m) MSR Valuation. A detailed summary of the market value analysis for Seller’s valuation of its mortgage servicing rights as determined by a Third Party Evaluator as of the calendar month ending [DATE] is provided in Schedule 5 hereto.

  

(n) DE Compare Ratio. Seller’s most recent DE Compare Ratio is listed on Schedule 6 hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 
Exhibit G-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand this _____ day of ________, ________.

         
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
Exhibit G-3

 

Schedule 1 [to Exhibit G]

 

Calculation of Financial Covenants

 

[ATTACHED]

 

 
Exhibit G-4

 

Schedule 2 [to Exhibit G]

 

Warehouse Lines of Seller

 

             
Lender Facility Size Total Line Outstanding   Maturity/Termination  
    Amount Amount   Date  
               
               
               
               

 

 
Exhibit G-5

 

Schedule 3 [to Exhibit G]

 

Originations

 

[ATTACHED]

 

 
Exhibit G-6

 

Schedule 4 [to Exhibit G]

 

     HPFC - EOM 

     October 2020

 

    YTD
Repurchases YTD UPB Count
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***]

 

  Total # of  
Indemnifications Loans Indemnifications ($)
[***] [***] [***]

 

 
Exhibit G-7

 

Schedule 5 [to Exhibit G]

 

MSR Valuation

 

[ATTACHED]

 

 
Exhibit G-8

 

Schedule 6 [to Exhibit G]

 

DE Compare Ratio

 

[Seller to provide]

 

 
Exhibit G-9

 

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THE EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

January 9, 2021

 

The Bon Salle Group, Inc.
1632 S. Bayshore Ct. #103
Miami, FL 33133
Attention: Mr. Andrew Bon Salle

 

Dear Andrew:

 

We are delighted that you have agreed to serve as a consultant to Home Point Financial Corporation (“Homepoint” or the “Company”). As you are aware, this is an exciting time for the Company, and we are sure you will be an integral part of the Homepoint story!

 

The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth the terms of your service to Homepoint and its affiliates, which shall be provided via The Bon Salle Group, Inc. (“BSG”), a corporation that is controlled by Mr. Bon Salle. For purposes of this letter agreement, the terms “you,” “your” and similar descriptors shall be deemed to refer to BSG, provided that the covenants set forth in Annex I shall apply to both BSG and Mr. Bon Salle, individually.

 

Term, Title and Responsibilities

Homepoint has agreed to engage you as a consultant from January 9, 2021, through December 31, 2022 (the “Initial Term”), provided that following December 31, 2022, the Initial Term shall automatically be extended on a one-year rolling basis (collectively with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless written notice of termination is provided by either you or Homepoint at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the then current Term. Either party may terminate this letter agreement and the herein described consulting arrangement at any time without cause upon 30 days written notice to the other party.

 

You shall serve throughout the Term as a consultant to Homepoint and shall devote such time as you reasonably deem appropriate to performing your responsibilities and services hereunder, up to a maximum of 20 hours per week. Mr. Bon Salle shall have no obligation to work from any of Homepoint’s offices and may work remotely with the exception of his in person attendance at mutually agreed upon scheduled meetings from time to time. Mr. Bon Salle’s title shall be “Executive Chairperson.” Mr. Bon Salle will be covered under the Company’s D&O Insurance policy, which shall provide coverages in such scope and with such limits as are customary for similarly situated companies in the mortgage industry.

 

Homepoint expects that your services will relate primarily to (i) involvement with any initial public offering by Home Point Capital Inc. (“HPC Inc.”), including participation in meetings with potential investors; (ii) advice regarding and management of key investor, agency and regulatory relationships; (iii) review and advice regarding the Company’s business plan, operations, processes and technology; (iv) assistance with the development (e.g., structure, strategy and fundraising) of the Company’s affiliate, Home Point Asset Management LLC; (v) review and advice regarding potential mergers,

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

acquisitions and similar corporate actions; (vi) review and advice regarding senior leadership and other personnel matters; and (vii) such other services as may be requested by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board of Managers of Home Point Capital GP LLC (“HPC GP”) (or, following any initial public offering, the Board of Directors of HPC Inc.). As Executive Chairperson, Mr. Bon Salle also will serve throughout the Term as the Chairperson of the governing board of Homepoint’s parent company (i.e., currently, as Chairperson of the Board of Managers of HPC GP and, following any initial public offering, as Chairperson of HPC Inc.), subject to the terms of the applicable organizational documents.

 

The advisory services to be performed by you hereunder shall be as an independent contractor, not as an employee of Homepoint. You and Mr. Bon Salle shall be free to use your time not dedicated to performing your responsibilities hereunder to pursue any other business endeavors of your choosing including, without limitation, as an employee, consultant, director, manager, owner, investor or in any other capacity; provided, that you and Mr. Bon Salle remain in compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Annex I attached hereto.

 

Consulting Fee and Other Compensation

As consideration for your services hereunder, Homepoint will pay you a consulting fee at an annual rate of $500,000. Such consulting fee shall be payable bi-weekly in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices and procedures and shall be prorated for any partial year during the Term.

 

You also will be eligible for an annual bonus from Homepoint based on your assistance and contribution to the Company, as well as the Company’s performance. You and the Company shall work together in good faith to establish mutually acceptable performance targets for the annual bonus. The target performance bonus will equal 150% of your annual consulting fee; provided, however, unless you have terminated this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein for any reason or the Company has terminated this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein for Cause1, in either case, prior to December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2022, as applicable, for each of calendar years 2021 and 2022, you will be entitled to receive a minimum annual bonus of $500,000, which amount shall be due and payable on or before March 15 of the year following the calendar year to which such annual bonus relates, irrespective of whether any performance targets are achieved.

 

 

 

1 For purposes of this letter agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean you (i) engage in intentionally dishonest or willful misconduct; (ii) perpetrate a fraud, theft, or embezzlement or misappropriation against or affecting the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) are indicted on charges of, commit, or are convicted of, or enter a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; or (iv) violate any law or other regulation applicable to the Company or any of its affiliates or breach any of your duties to the Company or any of its affiliates that in each case, for purposes of this clause (iv), materially and adversely affects (economically, reputationally or otherwise) the Company or any of its affiliates, unless such action or conduct is curable and is cured within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written notice from the Company or any such affiliate.

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

Further, you (or Mr. Bon Salle, as determined by HPC LP) are eligible to participate in the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan. Upon commencement of the Term, you (or Mr. Bon Salle) will be granted 500,000 options of the Company’s parent company, Home Point Capital LP (“HPC LP”). Your (or Mr. Bon Salle’s) option agreement will set forth the vesting provisions and the option exercise prices payable by you (or him) upon exercise of such options. In summary, but subject to the complete terms of the option agreement and HPC LP’s 2015 Option Plan (as amended, the “Plan”):

 

50% of your (or Mr. Bon Salle’s) options (the “Time-Vesting Options”) will have an option exercise price of $56.54 per unit of HPC LP, which the Board of Managers of HPC GP has determined to be the fair market value of the options as of the date of grant. 20% of your (or Mr. Bon Salle’s) Time-Vesting Options will be vested upon grant and 20% of the Time-Vesting Options will vest on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, subject to Mr. Bon Salle’s and your continued service to the Company and its affiliates; and

50% of your (or Mr. Bon Salle’s) options (the “Performance-Vesting Options”) will vest in accordance with the liquidity provisions of the Plan, with (i) 25% of the Performance-Vesting Options having an option exercise price of $70.68; (ii) 25% of the Performance-Vesting Options having an option exercise price of $84.81; (iii) 25% of the Performance-Vesting Options having an option exercise price of $98.95; and (iv) 25% of the Performance-Vesting Options having an option exercise price of $113.08.

 

Upon any initial public offering of HPC Inc., such options would be converted to options of HPC Inc. consistent with the options granted to members of the Company’s management team and to Homepoint employees (including giving effect to any stock split that may be effectuated in connection with such offering) and will be subject to the terms and conditions of HPC Inc’s 2021 Incentive Plan and a substitute option agreement.

 

In addition, following any initial public offering of HPC Inc., you (or Mr. Bon Salle, as determined by HPC Inc.) will be granted restricted stock units or other incentive compensation in an amount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of HPC Inc. to be appropriate for HPC Inc.’s Chairperson.

 

Expense Reimbursement; Benefits

You will be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with the performance of your services hereunder in accordance with Homepoint’s policies regarding travel and entertainment expenses upon your submission of reasonable documentation of such expenses. You and Mr. Bon Salle will not be eligible to participate in any benefit program of Homepoint.

 

Taxes

You are solely responsible for the payment of all income, social security, employment-related, or other taxes incurred as a result of the performance of the services hereunder and for all obligations, reports, and timely notifications relating to such taxes. No amount will be withheld from any payment made by to you hereunder for the payment of social security, federal, state, local or other taxes.

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

Covenants

You and Mr. Bon Salle acknowledge that as a consultant to Homepoint and as Executive Chairperson you and Mr. Bon Salle will have possession of and access to valuable business information and, in consideration of the consulting fee and other compensation offered hereby, you and Mr. Bon Salle agree to the covenants set forth on Annex I to this letter agreement.

 

* * * *

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

Andrew, we are excited to have you join the Homepoint team as our Executive Chairperson. If you are in agreement with these terms, please sign and return a copy to me at your earliest convenience.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Willie Newman   
Willie Newman  
President and CEO  

 

Agreed and Accepted:   Date:
       
The Bon Salle Group, Inc.    
     
By: /s/ Andrew Bon Salle   January 9, 2021
  Andrew Bon Salle, President    

 

 

Agreed and Accepted    
with respect to the covenants    
set forth in Annex I:   Date:
     
/s/ Andrew Bon Salle   January 9, 2021
Andrew Bon Salle    

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

Annex I

 

For purposes of this Annex I, the terms “you,” “your” and similar descriptors shall be deemed to refer to both BSG and Mr. Bon Salle, individually.

 

Confidentiality

Except as otherwise necessary or advisable in the performance of your duties under this letter agreement, you agree to:

 

a) hold in the strictest confidence and not (x) use in any manner detrimental to the business of the Company and its affiliates, or (y) disclose, publish or divulge, directly or indirectly, to any Person, any Confidential Information regarding the Company, any of its affiliates or Stone Point Capital LLC (“SPC”) and investment funds managed by SPC (each a “Protected Person”);

b) use such Confidential Information only in relation to the Company and its affiliates and only for its and their valid business purposes; and

c) take such other protective measures as may be or become reasonably necessary to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information.

 

For the purpose of this letter agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include, with respect to each Protected Person, all data, information, reports, interpretations, forecasts and records, financial or otherwise, including information related to the financial performance and results of the business of the Company and its affiliates that is not available to the general public. The term “Confidential Information” does not include information that: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by you (or at your direction); (ii) was or becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Protected Person; provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to such Protected Person with respect to such information; (iii) is developed independently by you without the use of any Confidential Information (other than in your capacity as an officer, manager, director or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates); (iv) is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or governmental body, or by any law, rule or regulation, or by subpoena, summons or any other administrative or legal process, or by applicable regulatory standards, after notice of such requirement has been given to the Protected Person, and the Protected Person has had a reasonable opportunity to oppose such disclosure; or (v) is disclosed with the written approval of (A) the Company with respect to Confidential Information related to the Company or its affiliates or (B) SPC with respect to Confidential Information related to SPC and investment funds managed by SPC. The term “Person” means and includes any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, trust, estate or other entity.

 

Upon the Company’s request at any time following the termination of this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein or any other time as requested by the Company, you shall deliver to the Company (or, if requested by the Company, destroy and certify in writing as to such destruction), and not retain for your or any other Person’s use, any and all records, electronic

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

data, files, memoranda, documents and materials of any type, and all copies, excerpts and notes thereof containing any Confidential Information or other information or material of or concerning any customers, prospective customers, brokers, consultants, funding sources, services, projects, programs or business of the Company or any of its affiliates, about which you obtain knowledge during the course of your service to the Company and its affiliates. Your confidentiality obligations hereunder shall survive for two years after the termination of this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein.

 

Homepoint acknowledges that in connection with any non-Homepoint activities, you may possess or have access to material, non-public information regarding third parties and you agree that you will not knowingly share any of such information with the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

Nothing contained in this letter agreement restricts your ability to report matters to the SEC or to take any other action in conformance with the SEC’s Whistleblower Rules under Section 21F of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Policy

You are expected to adhere to Home Point’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and supporting procedures. Failure to comply with such policy and procedures may result in a range of disciplinary actions, up to and including termination of this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein.

 

Non-Competition

During the Term and for a period of six (6) months thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), without the prior written consent of the Company, you agree not to directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other Person (i) engage in any Competing Business in the United States or (ii) become interested in (as owner, stockholder, lender, partner, co-venturer, director, officer, employee, agent or consultant) any Person engaged in a Competing Business, except that you may hold up to 1% of the outstanding securities of any class of any publicly traded securities of any company. The term “Competing Business” means (i) the business of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans, (ii) the business of raising and managing third-party capital to invest in mortgage servicing rights and issuing and investing in securities backed thereby, and (iii) any business that the Company or any of its affiliates is engaged in or actively developing, or planning to engage or actively develop during the Term, provided that with respect to this clause (iii) you are (or were) actively involved in the development of such business. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this non-competition covenant shall not prohibit you from serving on the boards of directors (or similar governing body) of, or holding an advisory or consulting position with, any of the entities Identified on Confidential Schedule A.

 

Non-Interference

During the Restricted Period, you agree not to directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other Person: (i) induce or attempt to induce any customer, broker, client, supplier, licensee, distributor, funding source or business relation of the Company or any of its affiliates to withdraw, decrease or cancel its business (or otherwise negatively interfere) with the Company or any of its

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

affiliates; or (ii) attempt to do any of the foregoing, or assist, entice, induce or encourage any other Person to do or attempt to do any activity which, were it done by you, would violate this covenant.

 

Non-Solicitation of Employees

You agree that you shall not, directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other Person, for a period of two (2) years after the termination of this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein (i) solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave such employee’s employment, or take away such employees, or (ii) attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away any such employees.

 

Non-Disparagement

You agree that you shall not, directly or indirectly, on your behalf or on behalf of any other Person, (i) take any action that is intended, or could reasonably be expected, to harm, disparage, defame, slander or lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity for any Protected Person, or otherwise take any action that could reasonably be expected to detrimentally affect the reputation, image, relationships or public view of any Protected Person or (ii) attempt to do any of the foregoing, or assist, entice, induce or encourage any other Person to do or attempt to do any activity which, were it done by you, would violate this covenant; provided, however, that you shall not be prohibited by this covenant from (x) making truthful statements when required by order of a court or other body of competent jurisdiction or as required by law or (y) taking any good faith action to enforce legal or contractual rights, or pursuing in good faith claims relating thereto, against a Person.

 

Acknowledgement

You acknowledge that you have carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this letter agreement, including the restraints imposed upon you pursuant to this Annex I. You agree that each of the restraints contained herein are necessary for the protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints, individually or in the aggregate, will not prevent you from obtaining suitable employment and/or consulting engagements during the period in which you are bound by such restraints. You further acknowledge that, were you to breach any of the covenants contained in this Annex I, the damage to the Company and its affiliates would be irreparable. You therefore agree that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by you of any such covenants, without having to post bond. You and the Company further agree that, in the event that any provision of this Annex I shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Annex I shall survive the termination of this letter agreement and the consulting arrangement described herein in accordance with their express terms.

 

 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 


 

2211 Old Earhart Rd. Suite 250 ● Ann Arbor MI 48105

 

 

 

Confidential Schedule A

 

[***]


 

 

homepoint.com

 

Home Point Financial Corporation d/b/a Homepoint. NMLS No.7706 (For licensing information, go to: www.nmlsconsumeraccess.org). Home Point Financial Corporation does not conduct business under the name, “Homepoint” in IL, KY, LA, MD, NY, or WY. In these states, the company conducts business under the full legal name, Home Point Financial Corporation. 2211 Old Earhart Road, Suite 250, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Toll-Free Tel: 888-616-6866. For Licensing and Disclaimers visit www.homepointfinancial.com/licenses.

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE

HOME POINT CAPITAL LP
2015 OPTION PLAN

This Second Amendment (this “Amendment”) to the Home Point Capital LP 2015 Option Plan, dated as of March 31, 2015 (as the same has been and may be modified, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the Board of Managers (the “Board”) of Home Point Capital GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HPC GP”), as the Administrator of the Plan and the general partner of Home Point Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“HPC LP”), pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 3.1 of the Plan and Section 3.10(a)(ii) of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of HPC LP, dated as of March 31, 2015 (as the same may be modified, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time, the “LP Agreement”). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Administrator has previously approved of an increase in the total number of Common Units reserved for Options under the Plan equal to 250,000 Common Units for a total number of 5,200,000 Common Units, with the understanding and agreement that such additional Options will be granted pursuant to Option Agreements reflecting vesting terms as may be agreed by the Administrator upon grant of such Options;

NOW THEREFORE, HPC LP, through HPC GP, as Administrator of the Plan, hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1.
Increase to Aggregate Number Available. The second sentence of Section 1.4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The aggregate number of Common Units reserved for Options under the Plan shall be 5,200,000, subject to adjustment by the Administrator in accordance with the LP Agreement and this Plan.

2.
Ratification. Except as expressly modified and amended herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan remain unchanged and unmodified and in full force and effect.

3.
Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

4.
Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and it shall be sufficient that the signature of each party appears on one or more such counterparts. All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement. Signatures to this Amendment transmitted by facsimile, .pdf, electronic mail or other electronic transmission shall be treated as originals in all respects.



 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Managers of HPC GP, as the Administrator, has cause this Amendment to be executed as of January 6, 2021.

 
MANAGERS:
   
 
/s/ William Newman
 
William Newman
   
 
/s/ Agha Khan
 
Agha Khan
   
 
/s/ Stephen Levey
 
Stephen Levey
   
 
/s/ Eric Rosenzweig
 
Eric Rosenzweig




Exhibit 10.21

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE
UNDER THE
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
2021 INCENTIVE PLAN

Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth below the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth below.  The Restricted Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (attached hereto or previously provided to the Participant in connection with a prior grant), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

Participant:
[•]
   
Date of Grant:
[•]
   
Vesting Commencement Date:
[•]
   
Number of
 
   
Restricted Stock Units:
[•]
   
Vesting Schedule:
Provided the Participant has not undergone a Termination prior to the applicable vesting date (or event), 100% of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the first regularly scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company in fiscal year 2022; provided, however, that the Restricted Stock Units will, to the extent not vested, become fully vested if the Participant undergoes a Termination by the Service Recipient in connection with or following a Change in Control.
   
Dividend Equivalents:
The Restricted Stock Units shall be credited with dividend equivalent payments, as provided in Section 13(c)(iii) of the Plan.

*          *          *


THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

PARTICIPANT1
   
   
   
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
 
   
   
By:
 
Title:
 



1
To the extent that the Company has established, either itself or through a third-party plan administrator, the ability to accept this award electronically, such acceptance shall constitute the Participant's signature hereto.
2

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
HOME POINT CAPITAL INC.
2021 INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) delivered to the Participant (as defined in the Grant Notice), and subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) and the Home Point Capital Inc. 2021 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), Home Point Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Participant agree as follows.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.          Grant of Restricted Stock Units.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units provided in the Grant Notice (with each Restricted Stock Unit representing an unfunded, unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock).  The Company may make one or more additional grants of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant under this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by providing the Participant with a new grant notice, which may also include any terms and conditions differing from this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the extent provided therein.  The Company reserves all rights with respect to the granting of additional Restricted Stock Units hereunder and makes no implied promise to grant additional Restricted Stock Units.

2.          Vesting.  Subject to the conditions contained herein and in the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as provided in the Grant Notice.

3.          Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.  Subject to any election by the Committee pursuant to Section 8(d)(ii) of the Plan, the Company will deliver to the Participant, without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two and one-half months) following the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit (as adjusted under the Plan, as applicable) which becomes vested hereunder and such vested Restricted Stock Unit shall be cancelled upon such delivery.  The Company shall either (a) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participant a certificate or certificates therefor, registered in the Participant’s name or (b) cause such shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Participant’s account at the third party plan administrator.  Notwithstanding anything in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock as contemplated by this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement unless and until such issuance or transfer complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading.

3

4.          Treatment of Restricted Stock Units Upon Termination.  The provisions of Section 8(c)(ii) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a Termination as a result of the Participant’s death, unvested Restricted Stock Units will remain outstanding for one (1) month following the date of such Termination, but shall be eligible to vest only to the extent the Committee determines, during such one (1) month period, to accelerate the vesting of such unvested Restricted Stock Units, and if the Committee fails to make such determination, the unvested Restricted Stock Units will terminate without further action at the end of such period.

5.          Company; Participant.

(a)          The term “Company” as used in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with reference to service shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b)          Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Restricted Stock Units may be transferred in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or person.

6.          Non-Transferability.  The Restricted Stock Units are not transferable by the Participant except to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the Restricted Stock Units, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Restricted Stock Units shall terminate and become of no further effect.

7.          Rights as Shareholder.  Subject to any dividend equivalent payments to be provided to the Participant in accordance with the Grant Notice and Section 13(c)(iii) of the Plan, the Participant or a Permitted Transferee of the Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any share of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Participant shall have become the holder of record or the beneficial owner of such share of Common Stock, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such share of Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record or the beneficial owner thereof.

8.          Tax Withholding.  The provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Participant’s status as an independent consultant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company does not intend to withhold any amounts as federal income tax withholdings under any other state or federal laws, and the Participant hereby agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company which may arise in connection with the grant and/or vesting of Restricted Stock Units.

4

9.          Notice.  Every notice or other communication relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, which may include by electronic mail, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by such party in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.  Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time.

10.          No Right to Continued Service.  This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as a director or other service provider to the Company.

11.          Binding Effect.  This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.

12.          Waiver and Amendments.  Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee.  No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

13.          Governing Law.  This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware.

14.          Plan.  The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (including the Grant Notice), the Plan shall govern and control.

5

15.          Section 409A.  It is intended that the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule applicable to such section, as set forth in the regulations or other guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder.

16.          Imposition of Other Requirements.  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Restricted Stock Units and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

17.          Electronic Delivery and Acceptance.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means.  The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

18.          Entire Agreement.  This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to such subject matter.

6

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries
Ann Arbor, Michigan

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of our report dated November 6, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Home Point Capital Inc. & Subsidiaries, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

BDO USA, LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

January 22, 2021



 

 

Exhibit 24.2


Home Point Capital Inc.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned Chairperson of Home Point Capital Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints William A. Newman, Mark E. Elbaum and Brian R. Ludtke and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-251963) together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the undersigned has subscribed his name as of the 21st day of January, 2021.

   
/s/ Andrew J. Bon Salle  
Andrew J. Bon Salle  
Chairperson